FORM 20-F
Table of Contents

 
 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

     
(Mark One)
o
  REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
  OR
x
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
  For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004
  OR
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number 1-14642

ING GROEP N.V.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

The Netherlands

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

ING Groep N.V.
Amstelveenseweg 500
1081 KL Amsterdam
P.O. Box 810, 1000 AV Amsterdam
The Netherlands
(Address of principal executive offices)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

     
Title of each class
  Name of each exchange on which registered
American Depositary Shares, each representing one Ordinary share
  New York Stock Exchange
Ordinary shares, nominal value EUR 0.24 per Ordinary share and
   
Bearer Depositary receipts in respect of Ordinary shares*
  New York Stock Exchange
9.20% Noncumulative Guaranteed Trust Preferred Securities
  New York Stock Exchange
7.05% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
  New York Stock Exchange
7.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
  New York Stock Exchange
6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
  New York Stock Exchange


*   Listed, not for trading or quotation purposes, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

         
Ordinary shares, nominal value EUR 0.24 per Ordinary share
    2,204,719,842  
Bearer Depositary receipts in respect of Ordinary shares
    2,203,264,448  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes þ            o No
Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow:
o Item 17            Item 18 þ
 
 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
        PAGE
 
  PART I    
Item
       
 
       
  IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISORS   5
 
       
  OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE   5
 
       
  KEY INFORMATION   5
 
       
  INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY   14
 
       
  OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS   64
 
       
  DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES   123
 
       
  MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS   142
 
       
  FINANCIAL INFORMATION   145
 
       
  THE OFFER AND LISTING   147
 
       
  ADDITIONAL INFORMATION   148
 
       
  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE OF MARKET RISK   154
 
       
  DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES   171
 
       
 
  PART II    
 
       
  DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES   171
 
       
  MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS   171
 
       
  CONTROL AND PROCEDURES   171
 
       
  AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT DISCLOSURE   171
 
       
 
  CODE OF ETHICS DISCLOSURE   171
 
       
 
  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES   171
 
       
 
  PURCHASES OF REGISTERED EQUITY SERVICES OF THE ISSUER BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS   173
 
       
 
  PART III    
 
       
  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   174
 
       
  EXHIBITS   174
 EXHIBIT 1.1
 EXHIBIT 7
 EXHIBIT 8
 EXHIBIT 10.1
 EXHIBIT 10.2
 EXHIBIT 10.3
 EXHIBIT 12.1
 EXHIBIT 12.2
 EXHIBIT 13.1
 EXHIBIT 13.2
 EXHIBIT 16

2


Table of Contents

PRESENTATION OF INFORMATION

In this Annual Report, references to “ING Groep N.V.”, “we” and “us” refer to the ING holding company, incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, and references to “ING”, “ING Group”, the “Company” and the “Group”, refer to ING Groep N.V. and its consolidated subsidiaries. ING Groep N.V.’s primary insurance and banking subsidiaries are ING Verzekeringen N.V. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “ING Insurance”) and ING Bank N.V. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “ING Bank”), respectively.

ING presents its consolidated financial statements in euros, the currency of the European Economic and Monetary Union. Unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise requires, references to “$”, “US$”, “Dollars”, “USD” and “U.S. Dollars” are to the United States dollars and references to “EUR” and € are to euros.

Solely for the convenience of the reader, this Annual Report contains translations of certain euro amounts into U.S. dollars at specified rates. These translations should not be construed as representations that the translated amounts actually represent such dollar or euro amounts, as the case may be, or could be converted into U.S. dollars or euros, as the case may be, at the rates indicated or at any other rate. Therefore, unless otherwise stated, the translations of euros into U.S. dollars have been made at the rate of euro 1.00 = $ 1.3244, the noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfers in euros as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the “Noon Buying Rate”) on March 4, 2005. Except as otherwise noted, financial statement amounts set forth in this Annual Report are presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the Netherlands (“Dutch GAAP”), which differ in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). Reference is made to Note 6 of Notes to the consolidated financial statements for a description of the significant differences between Dutch GAAP and U.S. GAAP and a reconciliation of certain income statement and balance sheet items to U.S. GAAP. Certain amounts set forth herein may not sum due to rounding.

Unless otherwise indicated, gross premiums, gross premiums written and gross written premiums as referred to in this Annual Report include premiums (whether or not earned) for insurance policies written during a specified period, without deduction for premiums ceded, and net premiums, net premiums written and net written premiums include premiums (whether or not earned) for insurance policies written during a specified period, after deduction for premiums ceded.

When we refer to the “Rest of Europe” we refer to Europe and Russia, excluding the Netherlands and Belgium.

3


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT WITH RESPECT TO FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain of the statements contained in this Annual Report that are not historical facts, including, without limitation, certain statements made in the sections hereof entitled “Information on the Company,” “Dividends,” “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” “Selected Statistical Information on Banking Operations” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risk” are statements of future expectations and other forward-looking statements that are based on management’s current views and assumptions and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results, performance or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in such statements. Actual results, performance or events may differ materially from those in such statements due to, without limitation,

•   changes in general economic conditions, including in particular economic conditions in ING’s core markets,
 
•   changes in performance of financial markets, including emerging markets,
 
•   the frequency and severity of insured loss events,
 
•   changes affecting mortality and morbidity levels and trends,
 
•   changes affecting persistency levels,
 
•   changes affecting interest rate levels,
 
•   changes affecting currency exchange rates, including the euro/U.S. dollar exchange rate,
 
•   increasing levels of competition in the Netherlands, Belgium, the Rest of Europe, the United States and other markets in which we do business, including emerging markets,
 
•   changes in laws and regulations,
 
•   regulatory changes relating to the banking or insurance industries,
 
•   changes in the policies of central banks and/or foreign governments,
 
•   general competitive factors, in each case on a global, regional and/or national basis.

ING is under no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information or for any other reason. See “Item 3. Key Information-Risk factors” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Factors affecting results of operations.”

4


Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1. Identity Of Directors, Senior Management And Advisors

Not Applicable.

Item 2. Offer Statistics And Expected Timetable

Not Applicable.

Item 3. Key Information

In the table below, we provide you with summary historical data of ING Group. We have prepared this information using the consolidated financial statements of ING Group for the five years ended December 31, 2004. The financial statements for the five fiscal years ended December 31, 2004 have been audited by Ernst & Young Accountants, independent registered public accounting firm, except for the financial statements of ING Bank N.V., a direct wholly-owned subsidiary, which were audited by KPMG Accountants N.V., independent registered public accounting firm, and whose report, insofar as it relates to the 2004, 2003 and 2002 consolidated financial statements of ING Bank N.V., is based in part upon the reports of other auditors.

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with Dutch GAAP, which differ in certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP. You can find a description of the significant differences between Dutch GAAP and U.S. GAAP and a reconciliation of certain income statement and balance sheet items to U.S. GAAP in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements.

In 2002, a significant difference existed between the net profit pursuant to Dutch GAAP accounting principles, which amounted to EUR 4,500 million, and the net profit pursuant to U.S. GAAP accounting principles which amounted to EUR (9,627) million. This difference was primarily the result of the new goodwill requirements (SFAS 142) under U.S. GAAP. As of January 2002, goodwill is no longer amortized, but tested for impairment annually. This change resulted in a non-cash transitional impairment loss in 2002, related to the carrying value of goodwill as at January 1, 2002, of EUR 13,103 million, which was required to be recognized under U.S. GAAP net profit 2002 as the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles. Excluding the effects of changes in accounting principles U.S. GAAP net profit in 2002 was EUR 3,476 million. The 2002 annual goodwill impairment test did not result in any impairment charges other than the transition impairment charge described above. In 2003 ING Group recognized a goodwill impairment charge of EUR 101 million. The 2004 annual goodwill impairment test resulted in a EUR 26 million goodwill impairment charge. The transitional goodwill impairment test and annual goodwill impairment tests are discussed in Note 7.12 to the consolidated financial statements.

Under ING Group accounting principles goodwill paid on acquisitions including related intangible assets are charged directly to shareholders’ equity.

ING Group evaluates the results of its insurance operations and banking operations using non-GAAP financial performance measures called operating profit before tax and operating net profit. Operating net profit and operating profit before tax are defined as profit before tax and net profit, excluding:

•   capital gains and losses on equity securities,
 
•   the impact of the negative revaluation reserve on equity securities, and
 
•   realized gains on divestitures that are made with the purpose of using the proceeds to finance acquisitions.

While these excluded items are significant components in understanding and assessing the Group’s consolidated financial performance, ING Group believes that the presentation of operating profit enhances the understanding and comparability of its segment performance by highlighting net income attributable to ongoing operations and the underlying profitability of the segment businesses. We believe that trends in the underlying profitability of ING Group’s businesses can be more clearly

5


Table of Contents

identified without the fluctuating effects of realized capital gains and losses on equity securities and the impact of the negative revaluation reserve on equity securities. These results are largely dependent on market cycles and can vary across periods. The timing of sales that would result in gains or losses is largely at the discretion of the Company. The realized gains on divestitures that are made with the purpose of using the proceeds to finance acquisitions are excluded because the timing of these gains is largely subject to the Company’s discretion, influenced by market opportunities and ING Group does not believe that they are indicative of future results. Operating profit before tax and operating net profit are not a substitute for profit before tax and net profit as determined in accordance with Dutch GAAP. ING Group’s definition of operating profit before tax and operating net profit may differ from those used by other companies and may change over time.

The following information should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to the Group’s consolidated financial statements and other financial information included elsewhere herein.

                                                 
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2004(2)     2003     2002     2001(3)     2000(4)  
    USD(1)     EUR     EUR     EUR     EUR     EUR  
    (in millions, except amounts per share and ratios)  
Dutch GAAP Consolidated Income Statement Data
                                               
Operating income from banking insurance operations:
                                               
Gross premiums written:
                                               
Life(5)
    48,970       36,975       33,904       38,899       37,367       22,088  
Non-life
    8,796       6,642       7,288       7,917       5,903       4,095  
 
                                   
Total
    57,766       43,617       41,192       46,816       43,270       26,183  
Investment income(6)(7)
    13,170       9,944       9,721       10,506       9,723       7,212  
Commission and other income
    2,433       1,837       2,320       2,127       2,281       1,126  
 
                                   
Total operating income from insurance operations
    73,369       55,398       53,233       59,449       55,274       34,521  
Operating income from banking operations:
                                               
Interest income
    33,834       25,547       23,802       24,088       24,318       24,285  
Interest expense
    22,169       16,739       15,687       16,442       18,246       18,499  
Net interest result
    11,665       8,808       8,115       7,646       6,072       5,786  
Commission
    3,418       2,581       2,464       2,615       2,765       3,630  
Other income
    1,521       1,148       1,101       940       2,274       1,886  
 
                                   
Total operating income from banking operations
    16,604       12,537       11,680       11,201       11,111       11,302  
 
                                   
Total operating income(8)
    89,813       67,814       64,746       70,633       66,360       45,782  
Non-operating items
                            280       325       8,597  
Realized capital gains (losses)
    781       590       20       1,003       779       855  
 
                                   
Total income
    90,594       68,404       64,766       71,916       67,464       55,234  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Operating expenditure from insurance operations:
                                               
Life(5)
    59,732       45,101       42,539       48,135       46,425       27,951  
Non-life
    8,333       6,292       7,208       8,144       6,057       4,263  
 
                                   
Total operating expenditure from insurance operations
    68,065       51,393       49,747       56,279       52,482       32,214  
Total operating expenditure from banking operations(9)
    12,082       9,123       9,309       9,733       8,941       8,697  
 
                                   
Total operating expenditure(9)
    79,987       60,395       58,889       65,995       61,398       40,870  
Non-operating items
                                            395  
 
                                   
Total expenditure
    79,987       60,395       58,889       65,995       61,398       41,265  
 
                                   

6


Table of Contents

                                                 
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2004(2)     2003     2002     2001(3)     2000(4)  
    USD(1)     EUR     EUR     EUR     EUR     EUR  
    (in millions, except amounts per share and ratios)  
Operating profit before tax from insurance operations:
                                               
Life
    3,173       2,396       2,478       2,603       2,278       1,945  
Non-life
    2,131       1,609       1,008       567       514       362  
 
                                   
Total
    5,304       4,005       3,486       3,170       2,792       2,307  
Operating profit before tax from banking operations
    4,522       3,414       2,371       1,468       2,170       2,605  
 
                                   
Operating profit before tax
    9,826       7,419       5,857       4,638       4,962       4,912  
Taxation
    2,328       1,758       1,460       873       1,099       1,377  
Third-party interests
    361       272       344       332       324       147  
 
                                   
Operating net profit
    7,137       5,389       4,053       3,433       3,539       3,388  
Non-operating items after taxation
                            247       325       7,976  
Realized capital gains (losses) after taxation
    767       579       (10 )     820       713       620  
 
                                   
Net profit
    7,904       5,968       4,043       4,500       4,577       11,984  
Dividend on Preference shares of ING Groep N.V.
    19       14       21       21       21       21  
 
                                   
Net profit after deducting dividend on Preference shares of ING Groep N.V.
    7,885       5,954       4,022       4,479       4,556       11,963  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Dividend on Ordinary shares
    3,124       2,359       2,024       1,930       1,914       2,173  
Addition to shareholders’ equity
    4,761       3,595       1,998       2,549       2,642       9,790  
Distributable net profit
    6,580       5,968       4,043       4,253       4,252       4,901  
Operating net profit per Ordinary share(10)
    3.35       2.53       2.00       1.77       1.83       1.76  
Distributable net profit per Ordinary share(10)
    3.71       2.80       2.00       2.20       2.20       2.56  
Net profit per Ordinary share(8)
    3.71       2.80       2.00       2.32       2.37       6.27  
Net profit per Ordinary share and Ordinary share equivalent (fully diluted)(10)
    3.71       2.80       2.00       2.32       2.35       6.18  
Dividend per Ordinary share(10)
    1.42       1.07       0.97       0.97       0.97       1.13  
Interim Dividend
    0.65       0.49       0.48       0.48       0.47       0.41  
Final Dividend
    0.77       0.58       0.49       0.49       0.50       0.72  
Number of Ordinary shares outstanding (in millions)
    2,204.7       2,204.7       2,115.9       1,992.7       1,992.7       1,970.6  
Dividend pay-out ratio(11)
    38.2 %     38.2 %     48.5 %     44.1 %     44.1 %     43.9 %
U.S. GAAP Consolidated Income Statement Data
                                               
Total income (operating)
    65,897       49,756       48,025       49,316       49,479       42,039  
 
                                               
Net profit U.S. GAAP, excluding cumulative effects
    8,858       6,688       4,512       3,476       1,770       10,925  
Cumulative effects of changes in accounting principles
    (121 )     (91 )             (13,103 )                
 
                                         
Net profit U.S. GAAP, including cumulative effects(12)
    8,737       6,597       4,512       (9,627 )     1,770       10,925  
Net profit per Ordinary share and Ordinary share equivalent(10)
    4.11       3.10       2.23       (5.00 )     0.90       5.64  

7


Table of Contents

                                                 
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2004(2)     2003     2002     2001(3)     2000(4)  
    USD(1)     EUR     EUR     EUR     EUR     EUR  
    (in millions)  
Reconciliation of net profit to operating profit before tax and operating net profit, by segment for the consolidated Group
                                               
 
                                               
Total Group
                                               
Net profit
    7,904       5,968       4,043       4,500       4,577       11,984  
Taxation
    2,343       1,769       1,490       1,089       1,165       1,838  
Third-party interests
    361       272       344       332       324       147  
 
                                   
Profit before tax
    10,608       8,009       5,877       5,921       6,066       13,969  
Non-operating items
                            280       325       8,202  
Realized capital gains (losses)
    782       590       20       1,003       779       855  
 
                                   
Operating profit before tax
    9,826       7,419       5,857       4,638       4,962       4,912  
Taxation
    2,328       1,758       1,460       873       1,099       1,377  
Third-party interests
    361       272       344       332       324       147  
 
                                   
Operating net profit
    7,137       5,389       4,053       3,433       3,539       3,388  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Insurance operations
                                               
Net profit
    4,720       3,564       2,498       3,605       3,135       9,560  
Taxation
    1,208       912       891       756       688       1,022  
Third-party interests
    158       119       117       92       73       39  
 
                                   
Profit before tax
    6,086       4,595       3,506       4,453       3,896       10,621  
Gain on joint venture ANZ
                            280                  
Result on sale of investments re financing of acquisitions
                                    325       7,368  
Release millenium calamity fund
                                            91  
Realized capital gains (losses)
    782       590       20       1,003       779       855  
 
                                   
Operating profit before tax
    5,304       4,005       3,486       3,170       2,792       2,307  
Taxation
    1,193       901       861       540       622       540  
Third-party interests
    158       119       117       92       73       39  
 
                                   
Operating net profit
    3,953       2,985       2,508       2,538       2,097       1,728  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Banking operations
                                               
Net profit
    3,184       2,404       1,545       895       1,442       2,424  
Taxation
    1,135       857       599       333       477       816  
Third-party interests
    203       153       227       240       251       108  
 
                                   
Profit before tax
    4,522       3,414       2,371       1,468       2,170       3,348  
Result Libertel
                                            376  
Sales result CCF
                                            853  
Re-organization provision CIB
                                            (486 )
 
                                   
Operating profit before tax
    4,522       3,414       2,371       1,468       2,170       2,605  
Taxation
    1,135       857       599       333       477       837  
Third-party interests
    203       153       227       240       251       108  
 
                                   
Operating net profit
    3,184       2,404       1,545       895       1,442       1,660  
 
                                   

8


Table of Contents

                                                 
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2004(2)     2003     2002     2001(3)     2000(4)  
    USD(1)     EUR     EUR     EUR     EUR     EUR  
    (in millions, except amounts per share and ratios)  
Dutch GAAP Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
                                               
Total assets
    1,147.1       866.1       778.8       716.4       705.1       650.2  
Investments:
                                               
Insurance
    306.9       231.7       216.0       214.8       241.0       219.2  
Banking
    222.5       168.0       119.8       84.4       70.2       59.1  
Eliminations(13)
    (2.3 )     (1.7 )     (0.8 )     (1.6 )     (3.8 )     (1.1 )
 
                                   
Total investments
    527.1       398.0       335.0       297.6       307.4       277.2  
Lending
    420.5       317.5       292.6       284.4       254.2       246.8  
Insurance provisions:
                                               
Life
    265.1       200.2       188.2       186.0       204.6       193.3  
Non-life
    13.2       9,9       9.8       9.8       9.4       6.9  
 
                                   
Total
    278.3       210.1       198.0       195.8       214.0       200.2  
Funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations:
                                               
Savings accounts of the banking operations
    292.8       221.1       168.1       115.1       69.6       52.4  
Other deposits and bank funds
    190.7       144.0       137.3       129.2       132.4       134.1  
Debt securities of the banking operations
    93.8       70.8       72.4       75.5       74.4       66.3  
 
                                   
Total
    577.3       435.9       377.8       319.8       276.4       252.8  
Due to banks
    149.4       112.8       102.1       96.3       107.8       94.7  
Capital Stock (in millions)(14)
    2,291.8       2,291.8       2,203.0       2,079.8       2,079.8       2,057.7  
Shareholders’ equity
    34.3       25.9       21.3       18.3       21.5       25.3  
Shareholders’ equity per Ordinary share(10)
    15.57       11.76       10.08       9.14       11.03       13.04  
Shareholders’ equity per Ordinary share and Ordinary share equivalent(10)
    15.57       11.76       10.08       9.14       10.92       12.86  
U.S. GAAP Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
                                               
Total assets
    1,216.1       918.2       818.8       762.5       752.3       693.4  
Shareholders’ equity
    46.5       35.1       28.0       25.1       38.8       41.6  
Shareholders’ equity per Ordinary share and Ordinary share equivalent(10)
    21.19       16.00       13.27       12.61       19.83       21.27  


(1)   Euro amounts have been translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate of $ 1.3244 to EUR 1.00, the noon buying rate in New York City on March 4, 2005 for cable transfers in euros as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
 
(2)   Discontinued business in 2004: ING sold its Asian equity business, Australia non-life business, NN Zorg (the Netherlands), CenE Bankiers (the Netherlands), ING US Re individual life business, ING BHF Bank (Germany), Life of Georgia (United States), Baring Asset Management (United Kingdom) and NMB Heller Germany. In addition, ING divested itself of 27.1% of its interest in ING Canada Inc. in an initial public offering (additional shares were sold in the first quarter of 2005, see “Item 4. Information on the Company-Recent developments”). The total effect on net profit in 2004 from these dispositions amounted to approximately EUR 200 million.
 
(3)   In 2001 acquisitions of ReliaStar and Aetna influenced the figures compared to earlier years.
 
(4)   Discontinued business in 2000: Tiel Utrecht Group in the Netherlands (net profit EUR 63 million).
 
(5)   As from 2004, Guaranteed Investment Contracts (GICs) are no longer reported in premium income and underwriting expenditure, to bring reporting in line with insurance industry practice. See Note 1.3 to the consolidated financial statements. The comparable figures have been adjusted accordingly.
 
(6)   As of 2001, the “Insurance operations-General” is no longer reported separately. The items previously accounted for under this heading are now included in either the life result or the non-life result. The year 2001 has been restated accordingly.
 
(7)   As of 2001, investment income for risk of policyholders has been netted with the related underwriting expenditure. This results in a presentation of investment income of the insurance operations for own risk, which is in line with insurance industry practice. The comparative figures have been adjusted accordingly.
 
(8)   After elimination of certain intercompany transactions between the insurance operations and the banking operations. See Note 1.1. to the consolidated financial statements.
 
(9)   Includes all non-interest expenses, including additions to the provision for loan losses. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and

9


Table of Contents

    prospects — Liquidity and capital resources”.
 
(10)   Net profit per share amounts have been calculated based on the weighted average number of Ordinary shares outstanding and shareholders’ equity per share amounts have been calculated based on the number of Ordinary shares outstanding at the end of the respective periods. For purposes of this calculation ING Groep N.V. shares held by Group companies were deducted from the applicable number of outstanding Ordinary shares. All amounts and numbers are presented after giving effect to all stock dividends and retroactive application of the Company’s 2-for-1 stock split, which became effective on July 2, 2001. See note 5.2.3 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
(11)   The dividend pay-out ratio is based on distributable net profit.
 
(12)   As of January 2002, SFAS 142 under U.S. GAAP requires that goodwill is no longer amortized but tested for impairment annually. This change resulted in a non-cash transitional impairment loss in 2002, related to the carrying value of goodwill as of January 1, 2002 of EUR 13,103 million, which was required to be recognized under U.S. GAAP net profit in 2002 as the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles.
 
(13)   Consisting of investments in banking operations held by Group insurance companies, investments in insurance operations held by Group banking companies, and ING Groep N.V. shares held by Group insurance companies.
 
(14)   Reflects the Company’s 2-for-1 stock split effected on July 2, 2001.

EXCHANGE RATES

Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the euro and the U.S. dollar will affect the U.S. dollar amounts received by owners of shares or ADSs on conversion of dividends, if any, paid in euros on the shares and will affect the U.S. dollar price of the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange.

The following table sets forth, for the periods and dates indicated, certain information concerning the exchange rate for U.S. dollars into euros based on the Noon Buying Rate.

                                 
    U.S. dollars per euro  
    Period     Average              
Calendar Period   End(1)     Rate(2)     High     Low  
2000
    0.9388       0.9207       1.0335       0.8270  
2001
    0.8901       0.8909       0.9535       0.8370  
2002
    1.0485       0.9495       1.0485       0.8594  
2003
    1.2597       1.2074       1.2597       1.0361  
2004
    1.3538       1.2478       1.3625       1.1801  
2005 (through March 4, 2005)(2)
    1.3244       1.3189       1.3476       1.2773  


(1)   The Noon Buying Rate at such dates differ from the rates used in the preparation of ING’s consolidated financial statements as of such date. See Note 1.6.1.4. to the consolidated financial statements.
 
(2)   The average of the Noon Buying Rates on the last business day of each full calendar month during the period.

Recent Exchange Rates of U.S. dollars per Euro

The table below shows the high and low exchange rate of U.S. dollars per euro for the last six months

                 
    High     Low  
September 2004
    1.2417       1.2052  
October 2004
    1.2746       1.2271  
November 2004
    1.3288       1.2703  
December 2004
    1.3625       1.3224  
January 2005
    1.3476       1.2954  
February 2005
    1.3208       1.2773  
March 2005 (through March 4, 2005)
    1.3244       1.3127  

The Noon Buying Rate for euros on December 31, 2004 was EUR 1.00 = $ 1.3538 and the Noon Buying Rate for euros on March 4, 2005 was EUR 1.00 = $ 1.3244.

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

RISKS RELATED TO THE FINANCIAL SERVICES INDUSTRY

Because we are an integrated financial services company conducting business on a global basis, our revenues and earnings are affected by the volatility and strength of the economic, business and capital markets environments specific to the geographic regions in which we conduct business and changes in such factors may adversely affect the profitability of our insurance, banking and asset management business.

Factors such as interest rates, exchange rates, consumer spending, business investment, government spending, the volatility and strength of the capital markets, and terrorism all impact the business and economic environment and, ultimately, the amount and profitability of business we conduct in a specific geographic region. For example, in an economic downturn characterized by higher unemployment, lower family income, lower corporate earnings, lower business investment and consumer spending, the demand for banking and insurance products would be adversely affected and our reserves and provisions would likely increase, resulting in lower earnings. Similarly, a downturn in the equity markets could cause a reduction in commission income we earn from managing portfolios for third parties, as well as income generated from our own proprietary portfolios, each of which is generally tied to the performance and value of such portfolios. We also offer a number of insurance and financial products that expose us to risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates, securities prices or the value of real estate assets. In addition, a mismatch of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities in any given period may, in the event of changes in interest rates, have a material effect on the financial condition or result from operations of our banking businesses.

Because our life and non-life insurance and reinsurance businesses are subject to losses from unforeseeable and/or catastrophic events, which are inherently unpredictable, our actual claims amount may exceed our established reserves or we may experience an abrupt interruption of activities, each of which could result in lower net profits and have an adverse affect on our results of operations.

In our life and non-life insurance and reinsurance businesses, we are subject to losses from natural and man-made catastrophic events. Such events include, without limitation, weather and other natural catastrophes such as hurricanes, floods and earthquakes, as well as events such as for example the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks on the United States. The frequency and severity of such events, and the losses associated with them, are inherently unpredictable and can not always be adequately reserved for. In accordance with industry practices, reserves are established based on estimates using actuarial projection techniques. The process of estimating is based on information available at the time the reserves are originally established. Although we continually review the adequacy of the established claim reserves, and based on current information, we believe our claim reserves are sufficient, there can be no assurances that our actual claims experience will not exceed our estimated claim reserves. If actual claim amounts exceed the estimated claim reserves, our earnings may be reduced and our net profits may be adversely affected. In addition, because unforeseeable and/or catastrophic events can lead to abrupt interruption of activities, our banking and insurance operations may be subject to losses resulting from such disruptions. Losses can relate to property, financial assets, trading positions and also to key personnel. If our business continuity plans are not able to be put into action or do not take such events into account, losses may further increase.

Because we operate in highly regulated industries, changes in statutes, regulations and regulatory policies that govern activities in our various business lines could have an affect on our operations and our net profits.

Our insurance and banking operations are subject to insurance, banking and financial services statutes, regulations and regulatory policies that govern what products we sell and how we manage our business. Changes in existing statutes, regulations and regulatory policies, as well as changes in the implementation of such statutes, regulations and regulatory policies may affect the way we do business, our ability to sell new policies, products or services and our claims exposure on existing policies. In addition, changes in tax laws may affect our tax position and/or the attractiveness of certain of our products, some of which currently have favorable tax treatment.

11


Table of Contents

RISKS RELATED TO THE COMPANY

Because we operate in highly competitive markets, including in our home market, we may not be able to further increase, or even maintain, our market share, which may have an adverse affect on our results of operations.

There is substantial competition in the Netherlands and the other countries in which we do business for the types of insurance, commercial banking, investment banking and other products and services we provide. Customer loyalty and retention can be influenced by a number of factors, including relative service levels, the prices and attributes of products and services, and actions taken by competitors. If we are not able to match or compete with the products and services offered by our competitors, it could adversely impact our ability to maintain or further increase our market share, which would adversely affect our results of operations. Such competition is most pronounced in our more mature markets of the Netherlands, Belgium, the Rest of Europe, the United States, Canada and Australia. In recent years, however, competition in emerging markets, such as South America, Asia and Central and Eastern Europe, has also increased as large insurance and banking industry participants from more developed countries have sought to establish themselves in markets which are perceived to offer higher growth potential, and as local institutions have become more sophisticated and competitive and have sought alliances, mergers or strategic relationships with our competitors. We derived approximately 42% of our operating profit before tax in 2004 from the Netherlands. Based on geographic division of our operating profit, the Netherlands is our largest market for both our banking and insurance operations. In the retail banking market our market share is approximately 23% based on total assets, approximately 24% based on total deposits and 23% based on retail mortgages. Our main competitors in the banking sector in the Netherlands are ABN Amro N.V. and Rabo Group B.A. In the Netherlands, we are also currently the largest insurance company, with a market share of approximately 24% in the life insurance market and approximately 9% in the non-life insurance market, each based on premium income. Our main competitors in the insurance sector in the Netherlands are Fortis Utrecht N.V. and Aegon N.V. We derived approximately 18% of our operating insurance profit in 2004 from the United States, which is our second largest market for the insurance operations. In the United States, we have two core operating units and own the second-largest broker-dealer network in the United States with over 10,000 registered representatives. Our main competitors in the United States are insurance companies such as Lincoln National, Hartford, Aegon Americas, Met Life, Prudential, Nationwide and Principal Financial. Increasing competition in these or any of our other markets may significantly impact our results if we are unable to match the products and services offered by our competitors.

Because our reinsurance arrangements are with a limited number of reinsurers, the inability of one or more of these reinsurers to meet its financial obligations could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our insurance operations have bought protection for risks that exceed certain risk tolerance levels set for both our life and non-life business. This protection is bought through reinsurance arrangements in order to reduce possible losses. Because in most cases we must pay the policyholders first, and then collect from the reinsurer, we are subject to credit risk with respect to each reinsurer for all such amounts. As of December 31, 2004, approximately 36% of our (potential) reinsurance receivables were with our primary reinsurer and approximately 29% were with six other reinsurers. The inability of any one of these reinsurers to meet its financial obligations to us could have a material adverse effect on our net profits and our financial results.

Because we also operate in markets with less developed judiciary and dispute resolution systems, proceedings could have an adverse effect on our operations and net result.

In the less developed markets in which we operate, judiciary and dispute resolution systems may be less developed. In case of a breach of contract we may have difficulties in making and enforcing claims against contractual counterparties. On the other hand, if claims are made against us, we might encounter difficulties in mounting a defense against such allegations. If we become party to legal proceedings in a market with an insufficiently developed judiciary system, it could have an adverse effect on our operations and net result.

12


Table of Contents

Because we are a financial services company and we are continually developing new financial products, we might be faced with claims that could have an adverse effect on our operations and net result if clients’ expectations are not met.

When new financial products are brought to the market, communication and marketing is focussed on potential advantages for the customers. If the products do not generate the expected profit, or result in a loss, customers may file claims against us for not fulfilling our potential duty of care. Potential claims could have an adverse effect on our operations and net result.

Because we are a Dutch company and because the Stichting ING Aandelen holds more than 99% of our Ordinary shares, the rights of our shareholders may differ from the rights of shareholders in other jurisdictions, which could limit your rights as a shareholder and reduce the accountability of the members of our Executive and Supervisory Boards and our management to our shareholders.

While holders of our Bearer receipts are entitled to attend and speak at the General Meetings of Shareholders, voting rights are not attached to the Bearer depositary receipts. Stichting ING Aandelen (“the Trust”) holds more than 99% of our Ordinary shares, exercises the voting rights attached to the Ordinary shares (for which Bearer receipts have been issued). Holders of Bearer receipts who attend — in person or by proxy — the General Meeting of Shareholders must obtain voting rights by proxy from the Trust. Holders of Bearer receipts and holders of the ADSs representing the Bearer receipts, who do not attend the General Meeting of Shareholders, may give binding voting instructions to the Trust. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Voting of the Ordinary shares by holders of Bearer receipts as proxy for the Trust”. The Trust is entitled to vote for any Ordinary shares corresponding with Bearer depositary receipts for which the Trust has not granted voting proxies, or voting instructions have not been given to the Trust. In excercising its voting discretion, the Trust is required to make use of the voting rights attached to the Ordinary shares in the interest of the holders of Bearer receipts, while having regard for

•   our interests;
 
•   the interests of our affiliates; and
 
•   the interests of our other stakeholders,

in such a way that all interests are balanced and safeguarded as effectively as possible. The Trust may, but has no obligation to, consult with the holders of Bearer receipts or ADSs in exercising its voting rights in respect of any Ordinary shares for which it is entitled to vote. These arrangements differ from U.S. practice and accordingly may affect the rights of the holders of Bearer receipts or ADSs and their power to affect the Company’s business and operations and the accountability of the Company’s directors and management. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Corporate Organization” for more information on voting rights and our corporate structure.

The share price of our Bearer receipts and ADSs has been, and may continue to be, volatile which may impact the value of our Bearer receipts or ADSs you hold.

The share price of our Bearer receipts and our ADSs has been volatile in the past due, in part, to the high volatility in the securities markets generally and more particular in shares of financial institutions. In addition, there are other factors, beside our financial results, that may impact our share price. These factors include, but are not limited to:

•   market expectations of the performance and capital adequacy of financial institutions in general;
 
•   investor perception of the success and impact of our strategies;
 
•   a downgrade or review of our credit ratings;
 
•   potential litigation or regulatory action involving ING Group or sectors we have exposure to through our insurance and banking activities;
 
•   announcements concerning financial problems or any investigations into the accounting practices of other financial institutions; and
 
•   general market volatility.

13


Table of Contents

Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands and many of the members of our Supervisory and Executive Board and our officers reside outside of the United States, it may be difficult for you to enforce judgments against us or the members of our Supervisory and Executive Boards or our officers.

Most of our Supervisory Board members, our Executive Board members and some of the experts named in this Annual Report, as well as many of our officers are persons who are not residents of the United States, and most of our and their assets, are located outside the United States. As a result, you may not be able to serve process on those persons within the United States or to enforce in the United States judgments obtained in U.S. courts against us or those persons based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws.

You also may not be able to enforce judgments of U.S. courts under the U.S. federal securities laws in courts outside the United States, including the Netherlands. The United States and the Netherlands do not currently have a treaty providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, you will not be able to enforce in the Netherlands a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any U.S. federal or state court based on civil liability, even if the judgment is not based only on the U.S. federal securities laws, unless a competent court in the Netherlands gives binding effect to the judgment.

Item 4. Information on the Company

GENERAL

ING was established as a Naamloze Vennootschap (public limited liability company) on March 4, 1991 through the merger of Nationale-Nederlanden, which was the largest insurer in the Netherlands, and NMB Postbank Group, which was one of the largest banks in the Netherlands. ING Groep N.V. is incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands.

     
The official address of ING Group is:
  Our principal U.S. office is:
 
   
ING Groep N.V.
  ING Financial Holdings Corporation
Amstelveenseweg 500
  1325 Avenue of the Americas
1081 KL Amsterdam
  New York, NY 10019
P.O. Box 810, 1000 AV Amsterdam
  United States of America
The Netherlands
  Telephone +1 646 424 6000
Telephone +31 20 541 5411
   

Mission

We strive to deliver our financial products and services in the way our customers expect: with exemplary service, maximum convenience and at competitive rates. This is reflected in our mission statement: To set the standard in helping our customers manage their financial future.

Profile

ING Group is a global financial services company of Dutch origin with 150 years of experience, providing a wide array of banking, insurance and asset management services in over 50 countries. Our 113,000 employees work daily to satisfy a broad customer base: individuals, families, small businesses, large corporations, institutions and governments. Based on market capitalization, ING Group is one of the 20 largest financial institutions worldwide and in the top-10 in Europe.

Business

ING is the number one financial services company in the Benelux home market based on market capitalization. ING services its retail clients in these markets with a wide range of retail-banking, insurance and asset management products. In our wholesale banking activities we operate worldwide, but also with a primary focus on the Benelux countries. In the United States, ING is a top-5 provider of retirement services and life insurance based on premium income. In Canada, we are, based on premium income, the top property and casualty insurer. ING Direct is a leading online (direct) bank with over 11 million customers in nine large countries. In the growth markets of Asia, Central Europe and South America we provide life insurance. We are also a large asset manager with assets under management of almost EUR 500 billion.

14


Table of Contents

Stakeholders

ING conducts its business on the basis of clearly defined business principles. In all our activities we carefully weigh the interests of our stakeholders: customers, shareholders, employees, business partners and society at large. ING strives to be a good corporate citizen.

CHANGES IN PRINCIPLES OF VALUATION AND DETERMINATION OF RESULTS

Starting January 1, 2004, ING adopted the U.S. GAAP accounting standard “Statement of Position 03- 1: Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Non-Traditional Long-Duration Contracts and for Separate Accounts” (SOP 03-1) for both its Dutch and US accounting. SOP 03-1 requires the establishment of benefit reserves for annuity contracts, such as guaranteed minimum death benefits, and affects the timing of profit recognition of universal life contracts. ING already held adequate reserves for guaranteed minimum death benefits with variable annuities, so the impact for ING mainly relates to the timing of the profit recognition in universal life contracts in the United States. This accounting change resulted in an EUR 91 million after-tax reduction in shareholders’ equity at January 1, 2004.

CHANGES IN PRESENTATION

Beginning January 1, 2004, Guaranteed Investment Contracts (GICs) are no longer included in premium income and underwriting expenditure in order to bring reporting in line with insurance industry practice. Premium income and underwriting expenditure related to these contracts are no longer included in revenues and expenses, respectively. Only the difference between premium income and underwriting expenditure of GICs is included in the profit and loss account. The comparable figures have accordingly been adjusted for all prior periods.

Beginning January 1, 2003, additions to the provision for investment losses are reported on a separate line within total (operating) expenditure. Previously, these additions were reported as an element of income from investments of the insurance operations. This makes the presentation of the addition to these provisions consistent with the presentation of the addition to the provisions for loan losses of the banking operations. The comparable figures have accordingly been adjusted for all prior periods.

Beginning January 1, 2003, claims handling expenses are accounted for as part of the operating expenses. Previously, these expenses were accounted for as part of the underwriting expenditure. This new classification better represents the nature of the claims handling expenses. The comparable figures have accordingly been adjusted for all prior periods.

The Latin America region is comprised of South America, including Mexico. Prior to January 1, 2003, Mexico was included in the North America region. This new regional classification is more in line with the internal management reporting structure. The comparable figures have accordingly been adjusted for all prior periods.

Prior to January 1, 2002, amortization of deferred acquisition costs (DAC) on insurance policies was accounted for as part of operating expenses of the insurance operations. In order to have a better view on the development of manageable operating expenses, we decided to transfer the amortization of DAC to underwriting expenditure. The comparable figures have accordingly been adjusted for all prior periods.

2004 CHANGES IN THE COMPOSITION OF THE GROUP

On December 10, 2004, ING Canada Inc. entered into an underwriting agreement to issue 34,880,000 common shares at a price of CDN$ 26.00 per share to a syndicate of underwriters. Part of the offering proceeds was used to fund the acquisition of Allianz Canada at a purchase price of EUR 228 million. The initial public offering was completed on December 25, 2004. On January 13, 2005, the underwriters exercised in full their over-allotment option to purchase 5,232,000 additional shares. The total gross proceeds of the IPO were CDN$ 1,043 million.

On December 2, 2004, ING Group finalized the agreement for the sale of ING BHF-Bank to Sal. Oppenheim (Germany) for approximately EUR 600 million. The sale was completed on December 31,

15


Table of Contents

2004. ING Group will retain Deutsche Hypothekenbank of ING BHF-Bank and the restructured loan portfolio. On December 23, 2004, ING Group further announced it sold the London Branch of ING BHF-Bank to Deutsche Postbank (Germany), which was completed on January 1, 2005.

On November 22, 2004, ING Group reached an agreement to sell the activities of Baring Asset Management. Under the agreement, MassMutual Financial Group (United States) will purchase the investment management activities of Baring Asset Management, and Northern Trust Corporation (United States) will purchase Baring Asset Management’s Financial Services Group. The sales will result in a net gain for ING Group of approximately EUR 250 million. The sale was finalized on March 31, 2005.

On November 18, 2004, ING announced it had reached an agreement with Jackson National Life, owned by Prudential (United Kingdom), for the sale of Life Insurance Company of Georgia. Under the terms of the transaction, Jackson National Life will pay ING EUR 197 million, subject to adjustment for actual capital retained by Life of Georgia, to acquire all of the stock of Life of Georgia. The transaction is expected to be finalized in the second quarter of 2005 and is expected to result in a pre-tax loss to ING under IFRS in 2005 of less than EUR 150 million.

On October 18, 2004, ING Group announced it had decided to exit the individual life reinsurance business in the United States. ING Group signed a co-insurance agreement with Scottish Re. The transaction with Scottish Re is structured such that Scottish Re will reinsure the individual life reinsurance business of ING Re. ING Group will transfer all assets and reinsure the liabilities of the business through Scottish Re. In addition ING Group will pay Scottish Re a ceding commission of EUR 450 million. The agreement with Scottish Re is expected to result in a loss for ING Group of approximately EUR 500 million after tax, including the ceding commission mentioned above. Of that EUR 500 million, EUR 260 million was taken as a charge in 2004. The remaining EUR 240 million will be amortized over the life of the business, resulting in a charge to the profit and loss account of
EUR 25 million in 2005 and gradually decreasing in subsequent years as the business runs off. The transaction was completed on January 4, 2005.

On October 8, 2004, ING Group and Allianz Group (Germany) announced that ING Canada had concluded a definitive share purchase agreement for the acquisition of Allianz’s property and casualty insurance operations in Canada for EUR 228 million. On December 9, 2004, ING Canada announced the closing of the acquisition pursuant to which it acquired Allianz of Canada and its subsidiaries: Allianz Insurance Company of Canada, group insurer Trafalgar Insurance Company of Canada and Canada Brokerlink.

On August 12, 2004, ING Group acquired Mercator Bank, a Belgium medium-sized savings bank. The negative goodwill amounted to EUR 26 million and is added to shareholders’ equity.

On July 20, 2004, ING Group announced its intention to sell CenE Bankiers to Van Lanschot (The Netherlands) for approximately EUR 250 million. On October 1, 2004 the sale was completed.

On May 13, 2004, ING Group announced that it had entered into a letter of intent regarding the sale of its Australian non-life interests to QBE Insurance Group (Australia) of Mercantile Mutual Insurance Limited, Mercantile Mutual Insurance (Workers Compensation) Limited and its 50% stake in the QBE Mercantile Mutual joint venture for EUR 431 million. The sale was completed on June 30, 2004. An additional EUR 14 million is payable by QBE Insurance Group in February 2007 subject to the run-off of pre-joint venture net insurance liabilities.

At the end of May 2004, ING Group acquired the Dutch real estate fund Rodamco Asia. As a result, the fund was delisted from Euronext in Amsterdam and will be delisted from the Frankfurt Stock Exchange in 2005. The goodwill amounted to EUR 22 million and is charged to shareholders’ equity.

On March 8, 2004, ING Group announced it had reached an agreement with Macquarie Bank Limited (Australia) for the sale of its Asian cash equities sales, trading, research and capital market operations in 10 countries in Asia and key locations in Europe and the United States. The transaction was completed in the third quarter 2004.

16


Table of Contents

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

On March 25, 2005 ING Bank announced an agreement with the Bank of Beijing to acquire up to a 19.9% holding for a consideration of approximately EUR 166 million as part of a broader strategic alliance. Subject to final regulatory approvals, ING Bank will take two seats to join the current 15-person board of directors of the Bank of Beijing as part of the strategic alliance.

On March 15, 2005, ING Group announced it will propose to the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders the appointments of Christine Lagarde (born 1956, French nationality) as of April 27, 2005, and Jan Hommen (born 1943, Dutch nationality) as of June 1, 2005, as members of the Supervisory Board of ING Group.

On February 28, 2005, ING Group announced it will reduce its 87.77% ownership in ING Bank Slaski by 12.77%. The reducement was completed in March 2005 through a secondary offering. By reducing its stake ING Group complies with a requirement of the Polish regulator set in 2001.

On January 13, 2005, ING Canada announced that the underwriters of its initial public offering had exercised their over-allotment option in full and purchased an additional 5,232,000 common shares of ING Canada at the offering price of CDN$ 26 for gross proceeds of CDN$ 136 million. The total proceeds of the IPO of CDN$ 1,043 million resulted in a net gain of about
EUR 285 million for ING Group, of which EUR 24 million will be recorded in 2005. Following the offering we held approximately 70% of the common shares of ING Canada.

GROUP STRATEGY

Key points

•   Value-based management at the heart of ING’s renewed strategic focus
 
•   New management structure client-oriented and based on accountability
 
•   Divestments free up capital to reduce leverage and to invest in future profitable growth
 
•   Good results in 2004 supported by focus on execution skills

ING renewed its overall strategic direction in 2004. Our aim is to create value, which means outperforming our peers when it comes to shareholder return. In order to achieve this, ING focused on good execution skills in its core businesses and actively managed its business portfolio. Implementing these priorities allowed us to lay the foundations for profitable growth.

Managing for value

ING expanded at a fast pace in the past decade. After the initial mergers in the Netherlands, a number of acquisitions followed in Europe, the Americas and Asia. This has allowed ING to develop into a world player in the financial sector, with expertise in insurance, banking and asset management. Nationale-Nederlanden, Postbank and ING Bank in the Netherlands, ING Belgium and the wealth management and pension business in the United States all form part of ING’s businesses in mature markets. ING Direct, the life insurance operations in developing markets and pension activities are ING’s main growth business.

It is key in ING’s new strategic direction to gear each of these businesses in their own way towards the same target, and that is to create value. Managing for value is at the core of ING’s strategy. It forms an inherent part of ING’s financial objective: “to deliver value through a combination of return and growth higher than our peers”. ING wants to make sure that, over a longer period, its shareholders have a better total return (return on shares in the form of capital gains and reinvested dividends) on their investment in ING than on most other investments in the financial sector.

Simplifying the management structure

One of the first steps taken in 2004 in order to facilitate the value-creating process was the introduction of a new management structure. Based on the principles of transparency, accountability and client-focus, ING reorganised its activities in six functional business lines: three business lines manage the insurance activities in respectively Europe, the Americas and Asia/Pacific, while ING’s banking activities are managed by a business line each for Wholesale Banking, Retail Banking and ING Direct. Creating this new structure meant abolishing several management committees. Direct reporting lines

17


Table of Contents

replaced these committees, raising as such the speed of decision-making. Direct reporting lines also ensure personal empowerment and more accountability which is key in a company that manages for value, because personal empowerment and accountability are the best guarantee for good execution.

Focus on execution

Good execution skills are vital in the value-creating process. Execution stands for implementing plans. In 2004, ING successfully repositioned itself in the wholesale banking market. ING’s insurance business in the Netherlands introduced a far-reaching plan to improve its customer service, with positive results so far.

Execution also means we want to excel at what we do. ING’s business lines sharpened their focus on profitable top-line growth, managing costs, managing risks and showing bottom-line results. These four pillars are all equally important to generate above-average returns for shareholders. The good financial results of ING Group in 2004 underline the efforts ING’s business lines undertook in these areas last year. Operating net profit went up by 33.0%, revenue growth was 4.7%, compared to a growth in operating expenditure of 2.6%.

In order to support the execution skills on the company floor, ING set up a work shop for business managers to sharpen their focus on managing for value, because good execution comes from ING’s employees. They are the company’s most important asset and only via them can a better performance in value creation be achieved.

Exemplary customer service

We also count on our employees to have the right attitude towards the customer, because the customer is fundamental in ING’s businesses. To underline the importance of good customer service, we amended our mission statement in 2004 to: “To set the standard in helping our customers manage their financial future”. We have placed customer satisfaction in all our markets as a key indicator of business performance, and we are acting upon it. In certain of ING’s businesses, customer ratings are already high and need to be maintained at these levels. Clients judge Postbank first of the major banks in the Netherlands when it comes to service. Close to 80% of ING Direct’s customers indicate they are more satisfied with ING Direct than with other financial institutions they deal with. Surveys show ING Wholesale Banking’s cash management services are highly appreciated by its clients. In other business units, ING is raising its efforts to bring customer satisfaction up to par. Our efforts to improve customer services at our Dutch insurance business company Nationale-Nederlanden are starting to pay off. Customer satisfaction ratings went up substantially in 2004.

Containing costs

The financial services industry is a mature industry, making it indispensable for any company in our sector to focus on costs. Cost containment is particularly important in ING’s businesses in mature markets in the United States and Benelux. Operational efficiency and cost control, combined with excellent customer service are the way forward in these markets. In 2004, underlying cost developments were generally under control. ING will continue to pay special attention to cost containment.

Active business portfolio management

An important contribution to value creation comes from active management of the business portfolio. In 2004 this strategic priority manifested itself mostly through a number of divestments. These led to a better allocation of capital and strengthened ING’s financial position, witness thereof the sharp improvement in ING’s debt/equity ratio to 9.9% from 14.4% at the end of 2003.

A carefully chosen set of criteria guide ING’s portfolio-management decisions. In judging whether a business can be defined as ING’s core activities or not, growth opportunities are taken into account, as much as return potential, volatility, the scale of the business in question and its integration possibilities. It is the balance of answers to these questions that steer ING’s decision to disengage from certain business activities.

In 2004, ING sold its insurance activities in Argentina, its health insurance activities in the Netherlands (NN Zorg), its Asian cash equities business and its interest in non-life insurance in Australia. With GE Commercial Finance, we reached an agreement to restructure our mutually owned working-capital joint venture, NMB-Heller. In the United States, ING announced the agreement to sell the tied-agent

18


Table of Contents

business of Life of Georgia and decided to exit the individual life reinsurance business, while in Canada we completed an initial public offering of a part of our non-life business. ING also sold Delta Asset Management in the United States and CenE Bankiers in the Netherlands (a subsidiary specialising in commercial and private banking). This was followed by the sale of the German unit ING BHF-Bank and of Baring Asset Management later on in the year.

The total of these divestments freed up EUR 1.5 billion in regulatory capital in 2004, money which ING will also use to invest in areas showing clear growth potential for the future.

Investing in future growth

Investing in future growth means investing in the right markets and the right product lines. We focus on further organic growth in our existing businesses, such as our businesses in Benelux, where over the years we have achieved strong results thanks to a focus on top-line growth and cost efficiency. Also in the important savings market of the United States, ING aims to achieve further organic growth.

Next to organic growth, future growth will also result from business portfolio management. In 2004, we only made investments in activities complementary to our own, such as Rodamco Asia, the savings customers of Egg France and some of the activities of Allianz in Canada. In Korea, ING acquired a 49% stake in a bancassurance joint venture with Kookmin Bank, called KB Life.

For clear future growth potential, three areas of business stand out: ING Direct, ING’s life insurance operations in developing markets and opportunities derived from worldwide pension reforms. In all of these markets ING already has a strong starting position. ING Direct is the leading direct bank in the world and it was built largely from scratch. In life insurance, ING occupies the number two position as international insurer in Asia and the overall number one position in Central Europe and Russia, both based on premium-income. Pensions have been a core activity for ING for 150 years. At the end of 2004, ING’s pension assets under management amounted to EUR 183 billion, up from EUR 158 billion a year earlier, and its importance keeps growing. With further selective expansion, ING wants to capture the growth potential that these business areas continue to offer.

The importance of economic profit

In order to measure its performance on value-based management, ING focuses on economic profit, which measures profit beyond the cost of capital. In the past, it was often considered sufficient to focus on accounting profit, because capital was abundant and profit and value creation went hand in hand. In today’s circumstances, capital is scarce and the right allocation of capital is key as it is a major element to value creation. This makes economic profit a key measure when managing for value. Two important indicators help ING: Risk-Adjusted-Return on Capital (RAROC) and Internal Rate of Return (IRR). RAROC measures value creation in ING’s banking activities. IRR on new business stands for the internal rate of return realized on new life business written and is a good measure of value creation in ING’s insurance activities. ING improved on both measures in 2004, encouraging us to continue with the implementation of the new strategic focus.

Conclusions and ambitions

ING sharpened its strategic focus in 2004. Managing for value became the core of ING’s strategy. Good execution, a focus on the customer and active business portfolio management led the way to improved results. But ING’s strategy does not focus on one year. ING wants to offer continuity to its investors, providing them with better returns on their investment in the longer run. We will therefore continue to emphasize and implement the renewed strategic focus, by optimizing the business portfolio, guiding the business lines towards good execution skills and investing in future growth. The final result of this strategy will be a business mix that respects ING’s identity, offers more value-creating opportunities and rewards our shareholders with a better total shareholder return.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Corporate governance refers to the proper management and supervision of companies. The year 2004 was the year of the implementation of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code (“Tabaksblat Code”). During 2004, ING adapted its practices, its Articles of Association and the charters of the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board to the extent necessary in order to comply with the Tabaksblat Code.

19


Table of Contents

Application of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code

In a separate document, entitled: “The Dutch Corporate Governance Code – ING’s implementation of the Tabaksblat Code for good corporate governance” (which can be downloaded from www.ing.com and can be ordered in print through the same website), ING Group sets out whether and how it applied each of the best-practice provisions of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code (“Tabaksblat Code”).

The ING Group corporate-governance structure as reflected in this document, including some deviations from the Tabaksblat Code as explained, will be submitted for approval to the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders in 2005. Once the corporate-governance structure is approved by the General Meeting of Shareholders, ING will be considered to be in full compliance with the Code.

Changes in 2004

As the Executive Board and Supervisory Board decided to implement the Dutch Corporate Governance Code expeditiously, the best-practice provisions of the Tabaksblat Code were already applied in the preparation for and the follow-up of the 2004 General Meeting of Shareholders as much as possible. This was reflected in the agenda for this meeting, not only in the breakdown of the various items to be discussed, but also in the contents of the resolutions passed at that meeting, e.g.:

•   the adoption of the remuneration policy for the Executive Board members;
 
•   an amendment to the Articles of Association to bring these into line with the best practices detailed in the Code and with the requirements of the Act on the large-company regime, which became effective in the meantime. One of the most significant amendments is the abolition of the required larger majority for the rejection of a binding proposal for nomination to the Executive Board or Supervisory Board and for dismissal of a member of either Board. Moreover, under the amended Articles of Association, the number of shareholder votes required for an item to be submitted for inclusion in the agenda of the General Meeting of Shareholders is reduced to 1 per mille of the share capital,or a total stock-price value of EUR 50 million;
 
•   three new Executive Board members – Eric Boyer de la Giroday, Eli Leenaars and Hans Verkoren – were appointed for a period of four years and shall be eligible for reappointment for four years without any limit to the number of times they may be reappointed, taking into account ING’s retirement rules for Executive Board members. As they were already employed by ING, their employment contracts were continued on the same basis, taking into account their existing contractual rights as regards severance payments.

Following the General Meeting of Shareholders, the draft minutes of that meeting were disclosed on the ING website. Moreover, the Supervisory Board appointed a Company Secretary (the General Counsel) in February 2004, and adopted a whistleblower procedure, which has since been approved by the Dutch Central Works Council.

In accordance with the Tabaksblat Code, ING announced a more active role as an institutional investor and published its global voting policy on its website.

With effect from the publication of the 2003 results in February 2004, ING’s periodic meetings with analysts, such as those held after publication of the quarterly, half-year and annual figures, can be followed simultaneously by telephone or webcast.

Finally, the charters of the Supervisory Board and its committees and of the Executive Board were brought into line with the best-practice provisions of the Tabaksblat Code and were made available on the ING website.

Committees

The Supervisory Board has three Committees: the Audit Committee, the Renumeration and Nomination Committee and the Corporate Governance Committee.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee consists of four members and meets at least four times a year of which at least one meeting a year with the external auditors, without the members of the Executive Board being present. The Committee consists of Aad Jacobs (chairman), Claus Dieter Hoffman, Paul Baron de Meester and Jan Timmer. The Audit Committee advises the Supervisory Board in observing its responsibility for

20


Table of Contents

ensuring that the Group’s financial systems provide accurate and up-to-date information on its financial position and that the Group’s published financial statements represent a true and fair reflection of this position. It also advises the Supervisory Board in ensuring that appropriate accounting policies, internal controls, risk management, compliance procedures and tax policy are in place. The meetings are attended by the chairman and vice-chairman/CFO of the Executive Board. The general manager(s) responsible for risk control, financing and accounting of Corporate Control & Finance, the General Counsel, the Group Actuary and the internal auditor and the external auditors also attend its meetings.

Remuneration and Nomination Committee

The Remuneration and Nomination Committee meets at least two times a year. It consists of four members – Cor Herkströter (chairman), Luella Gross Goldberg, Paul van der Heijden and Jan Timmer. The Committee advises the Supervisory Board on compensation policies and the composition of the Supervisory Board and Executive Board. The committee advises the Supervisory Board, also supported by external consultants, on the compensation packages of the members of the Executive Board. From the Executive Board the meetings are attended by the chairman and vice-chairman.

Corporate Governance Committee

The Corporate Governance Committee meets at least once a year and consists of four members. The current members are Cor Herkströter (chairman), Luella Gross Goldberg, Paul van der Heijden and Jan Timmer. The primary tasks of the Corporate Governance Committee are to perform an annual evaluation of ING’s corporate governance as a whole and the governance of the Executive Board, to make proposals to the Supervisory Board and to the Annual General Meeting for improvements and to ensure that the corporate governance of ING as a whole and the policy on which it is based is fully transparant and communicated in the Annual Report and to the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders. From the Executive Board the meetings are attended by the chairman and vice-chairman.

Corporate Governance Differences

Under the New York Stock Exchange’s (“NYSE”) listing standards, foreign private issuers must disclose any significant ways in which their corporate governance practices differ from those followed by US domestic companies under the NYSE listing standards. We believe the following to be the significant differences between our corporate governance practices and NYSE corporate governance rules applicable to US companies:

•   We have a two-tiered board, in contrast to the one-tier board used by most US companies. In the Netherlands, a Naamloze Vennootschap (public limited liability company) has an Executive Board as its management body and a Supervisory Board which advises and supervises the Executive Board. In general Executive Board members are employees of the company while members of the Supervisory Board often are former captains of state or industry and sometimes former members of the Executive Board. Usually the members of the Supervisory Board are independent of the company in the sense of the NYSE listing requirements. Our Audit Committee, Corporate Governance Committee and Remuneration and Nomination Committee are comprised of members of the Supervisory Board.
 
•   In contrast to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Tabaksblat Code contains a “comply-or-explain” principle, offering the possibility to deviate from the Tabaksblat Code as long as any such deviations are explained.
 
•   Dutch law requires that our external auditors be appointed at the General Meetings of Shareholders and not by the Audit Committee.
 
•   Our Articles of Association provide that there are no quorum requirements to hold a General Meeting of Shareholders, although the taking of certain actions may require a quorum.
 
•   The shareholder approval requirements with respect to equity compensation plans under Dutch Law and the Tabaksblat Code differ from those applicable to US companies which are subject to the NYSE’s listing standards. Under Dutch Company Law and the Tabaksblat Code shareholder approval is only required for equity compensation plans (or changes thereto) for members of the Executive Board and Supervisory Board, and not for equity compensation plans for other groups of employees.

CORPORATE ORGANIZATION

ING Groep N.V. has a Supervisory Board and an Executive Board. The Executive Board is responsible

21


Table of Contents

for the day-to-day management of the Group and its business lines (Insurance Europe, Insurance Americas, Insurance Asia/Pacific, Wholesale Banking, Retail Banking and ING Direct). The function of the Supervisory Board is to supervise the Executive Board and the general course of events in the Company’s business, as well as to provide advice to the Executive Board.

Business Lines

The Executive Board (supported by various corporate staff departments) determines the Group’s corporate strategy, prescribes capital base ratios and reserving levels, allocates resources, sets financial performance targets and risk profiles for the business lines, appoints senior management, manages the Group’s corporate image, establishes information technology strategy and monitors the realization of the objectives established for the Group. Certain actions of the Executive Board are subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board, including the issuance or cancellation of shares, significant acquisitions, the declaration of interim dividends, material capital expenditures and matters concerning substantial changes in employee relations. Each business line formulates the strategic, commercial and financial policies in conformity with the group strategy and performance targets set by the Executive Board. Each business line is also responsible for the preparation of its annual budget, which is then approved and monitored by the Executive Board. In addition, each business line, furthermore, approves the strategy, commercial policy and the annual budgets of the business units in its business line and monitors the realization of the policies and budgets of that business line and its business units. The six business lines, which are subdivided in business units, are:

     Insurance

Insurance Europe

Operates the insurance activities in the Netherlands, Belgium and Central Europe and Russia and the asset-management activities in Europe. In these countries, we offer life insurance products with a particular focus on pensions. In the Netherlands and Belgium, we also offer non-life insurance products. ING has leading market share positions in the Netherlands and Belgium and throughout Central Europe and Russia.

Insurance Americas

Holds insurance operations and asset-management activities in the Americas. It has strong market positions in the United States, offering retirement services, annuities and life insurance products. It also has leading positions in non-life insurance in Mexico and Canada. Furthermore, we are active in Chile, Brazil and Peru.

Insurance Asia/Pacific

Holds the life insurance operations and asset/wealth management activities in Asia/Pacific. It has well-established positions in Australia, Hong Kong, Japan, South Korea, Malaysia and Taiwan. We consider that our activities in the Indian, Chinese and Thai markets are future growth engines for ING.

     Banking

Wholesale Banking

In charge of our global wholesale banking activities. It has five business units: Clients, Network, Products, Corporate Finance and Equity Markets, and Financial Markets. It offers a full range of products to corporate clients and financial institutions in the Benelux markets. Beyond these domestic markets, it has a more selective and focused client and product approach.

Retail Banking

Undertakes retail banking activities in the Netherlands, Belgium, Poland, Romania and India. Retail Banking also offers private banking in selected markets such as the Netherlands, Belgium, Switzerland, Luxembourg and several countries in Asia.

ING Direct

Operates direct retail-banking activities for individual clients in the United States, Canada, Australia, the United Kingdom, France, Italy, Spain, Germany and Austria. It primarily offers savings and mortgage products.

22


Table of Contents

INSURANCE EUROPE

                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
    (EUR millions)  
Total operating income
    16,209       16,537       15,709  
Operating profit before tax
    1,733       1,791       1,296  

The Netherlands

Distribution

ING’s insurance operating companies within the Netherlands are grouped under the following four distribution channels:

             
Direct marketing
  Independent intermediaries   Branches   Tied agents
Postbank
  Nationale-Nederlanden Movir   ING Bank Nederland   RVS

These operating companies have tailored their insurance products and services for certain target markets and distribution channels. For example, through the direct marketing channel (using the Postbank brand), ING offers primarily basic retail insurance products, while other distribution channels are more suitable for selling complex products requiring more personal service and specialized advice. ING considers the degree of personal service and specialized advice as an important factor in determining how to distribute its products and services in the Netherlands.

Products

The Group’s insurance and banking products and services are offered to the Dutch market through each of ING Nederland’s four distribution channels. The following is a summary of the primary insurance products offered.

Life products

ING’s life insurance products in the Netherlands consist of a broad range of participating (with profit) and non-participating (without profit) policies written for both individual and group customers. Participating policies share in either the results of the issuing company or the investment returns on specified assets. In recent years, an increasing number of ING Nederland’s policies consist of policies that participate in the investment return of a specified investment fund, consistent with the trends in the Dutch market.

Individual life. Individual life products include a variety of endowment, term and whole life insurance policies. ING offers single and recurring premium policies which are primarily linked to mortgages and also used for the funding of individual retirement benefits. These policies are often connected with tax incentives offered by Dutch law. Benefits under these policies are payable typically at the age of 60 to 65 on early death or supplementary to (company) pensions. The single premium endowment policies are mainly excess interest sharing, whereby policyholders receive profit sharing payments, which depend on the profit of the ING’s insurance company.

Group life. Group policies are designed to fund private pension benefits offered by a wide range of businesses and institutions as a supplement to government provided benefits. These benefits include sums assured, annuities, disability benefits and widow’s and orphan’s benefits. For corporate clients, customized policies are offered to meet the needs of individual employers. For small and medium sized companies, standardized policies providing specified benefit levels are offered.

Non-life products

Fire. ING’s fire insurance policies provide coverage to both individual and commercial clients. Fire policies generally provide coverage for a variety of losses, including, but not limited to, fires, storms, burglary and other perils. Individual coverage is provided on both a single-risk and multi-risk basis, with multi-risk policies providing coverage for loss or damage to dwellings, damage to personal goods and liability to third parties. Commercial coverage is provided to Dutch companies for buildings and facilities in the Netherlands and includes ordinary and commercial risks.

23


Table of Contents

Automobile. The automobile policies provide coverage to individual and commercial (fleet) insured for third-party liability (including property damage and bodily injury), as well as coverage for theft, fire and collision damage. Coverage for third party liability is required by law to be maintained with respect to each licensed motor vehicle. Other additional coverage is optional. Dutch law does not require that insurance be maintained for damage suffered by the policyholder, the driver of the vehicle or the vehicle itself. Policies are generally written for a minimum period of one year.

Disability and Health-Care. ING provides disability and health care insurance on both an individual and group basis. In 2004, ING formed a strategic alliance with Onderlinge Nationale Verzekeringen tegen Ziektekosten (“ONVZ”) regarding health insurance business. The types of risks covered by disability and health policies include death by accident and temporary and permanent disability. In the Netherlands, the government is decreasing its role in the field of disability insurance and sick pay, creating new opportunities for insurance companies to provide private-sector coverage for benefits previously provided by the Dutch government. ING offers a broad range of disability insurance products and complementary services for employers and individual professionals (such as dentists and lawyers).

Other Non-life. Other non-life insurance consists of transport and aviation insurance, third party liability insurance and indirect premiums (incoming reinsurance premiums).

Belgium

ING Insurance products targeted at the Belgian market are offered by ING Insurance SA/NV, since early 2002. These products are marketed through banking networks and independent brokers allowing the customer to opt for the channel of his/her choice.

Central Europe and Russia

The Group has life insurance companies in Hungary, Greece, Poland, the Czech Republic, Slovakia and Romania. The Group has pension funds in Poland, Hungary, the Czech Republic, Slovakia, Bulgaria and Russia. Together, these operations serve nearly 5 million clients throughout the region. In the past years, the life insurance and pension businesses in Central Europe and Russia have created substantial value for ING.

Our main objective is to continue the stable creation of value. To achieve this objective, ING Central Europe Insurance will implement a two-pronged strategy. First, we seek to improve the value of the existing operations by improving distribution and products and achieving operational excellence. Second, ING aims to achieve economies of scale and develop operations in countries with significant growth potential. Several countries are planning pension reforms, and ING is positioning itself to capture business opportunities created by these reforms.

Spain

ING Nationale-Nederlanden was established in Spain, in 1978. It offers individuals and families saving and pension solutions. The central office and its team of professionals consists of more than 700 people. It has a commercial network of 2,500 people. It provides insurance and investment advice to more than one million clients through its more than 55 offices.

ING Investment Management Europe

ING Investment Management Europe (“ING IM Europe”) is responsible for managing the investments of ING’s insurance companies in Europe. It also manages equity, fixed income and structured investments for institutional investors and the private label investment funds sold by various ING companies, including ING Bank, ING Belgium, Postbank, Nationale-Nederlanden and third party distributors. In addition, ING IM Europe is responsible for managing the treasury activities of ING Insurance.

24


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AMERICAS

                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
    (EUR millions)  
Total operating income
    28,112       27,589       35,350  
Operating result before tax
    1,669       1,310       1,430  

ING Insurance Americas (“ING Americas”) is comprised of three broad geographic-based business units in the United States, Canada and Latin America (including Mexico). ING Americas primarily offers various types of insurance, mutual funds, brokerage services and institutional products, including group reinsurance and principal protection products, as well as retail and institutional asset management. In addition, ING offers retail banking products and limited corporate and investment banking products and services in certain countries in the Americas through other ING business units.

ING Americas’ combined insurance operations place it among the top ten life insurers in the United States based on life and annuity premiums written. ING Americas’ total assets under management at the end of 2004 amounted to EUR 163 billion. ING Americas ranks as the number one international insurer in Latin America and is the largest property and casualty underwriter in Canada.

United States

Through its U.S. business operations, ING Americas offers a wide range of products that include traditional life, variable universal life, interest sensitive life, universal life, group life, stop loss, group reinsurance, guaranteed investment products, variable and fixed annuities, mutual funds, and retirement products that meet the requirements of 401(k), 403(b) and 457 plans. Distribution channels include independent producers, career agents, broker dealers and financial institutions.

On December 31, 2004, insurance company subsidiaries doing business under ING America Insurance Holdings, Inc., our U.S. insurance holding company, included the following: ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company, ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company, ING Insurance Company of America, Security Life of Denver Insurance Company and ReliaStar Life Insurance Company and ReliaStar Life Insurance Company of New York.

ING has a long history in the United States and is committed to further strengthening its existing US operations and optimizing their performance. Although in the process of consolidating, the U.S. life and non-life markets remain fragmented and subject to intense competition as clients move towards investment, savings, and pure risk products. Increasing bank participation in the insurance market may also intensify competition. Business units in the U.S. have been organized by client segment to support the offering of the entire breadth of ING products to ING’s target markets, through the distribution channel of the client’s choice.

In 2004, ING Americas operated in the United States in two business segments: US Financial Services (which includes retail-oriented businesses, worksite financial services, retirement services and institutional businesses), and ING Investment Management. The activities of each segment are described below.

United States Financial Services

ING US Financial Services (“USFS”), is comprised of six primary business units, which provide a wide variety of financial products and services to individuals both on a retail basis and through their employers. These business units are: Individual Life Insurance, Annuities, Retirement Services (which includes Defined Contribution Pensions and Rollover/Payout business), Group Insurance, Mutual Funds and ING Advisors Network. An extensive distribution network, Internet, a Voice Response Unit (VRU) and customer service representatives support products and services. The primary customer target market is the mass affluent segment. Additionally, institutional customers are served in two areas: group reinsurance, through ING Re, and principal protection products, through ING Institutional Markets. The divestment of the individual life reinsurance business to Scottish Re was completed on

25


Table of Contents

December 31, 2004. The sale of Life Insurance Company of Georgia is expected to be completed in the second quarter of 2005.

USFS products comprise a wide range of individual insurance and investment products, including variable universal life, universal life, and term insurance, fixed and variable annuities and mutual funds. Group insurance and employee benefit-related products and services are also offered, and include group life and disability insurance, dental and vision plans, defined contribution retirement plans, tax-sheltered annuities, voluntary employee-paid products and stop-loss coverage. Products focused on the corporate-owned insurance markets are also available. Additionally, USFS offers financial services such as financial planning, investment advisory services, pension plan administrative services and trust services primarily through the approximately 8,900 financial professionals affiliated with the wholly owned broker-dealers in ING Advisors Network.

ING Investment Management

ING Investment Management Americas (“ING IM Americas”) is comprised of two primary business activities: proprietary assets and third party business. ING IM Americas manages proprietary assets for ING Americas’ insurance entities, investing in a diverse mix of public fixed income, private placements, structured products and commercial mortgages. Third party business units include mutual fund sub advisory, institutional assets, alternative assets, and managed accounts.

Assets are managed in a wide range of investment styles and portfolios including: domestic and international equity funds across the value, blend and growth styles and small, mid- and large capitalization, domestic fixed income portfolios across the major bond market sectors, balanced portfolios, fund of hedge funds, and private equity.

Third-party products are distributed through proprietary, affiliated and outside distribution channels. The mutual funds it sub-advises for USFS are distributed primarily through USFS products (including worksite retirement products, individual annuity products and life insurance products), through ING and third-party financial intermediaries, and through ING’s Internet bank, ING Direct. ING IM Americas institutional investment strategies primarily serve the defined benefit market and are distributed directly to pension plans and through consultants by ING IM Americas dedicated institutional sales force as well as through affiliated ING distribution channels in Europe and Asia/Pacific.

Alternative products are targeted to high net worth individuals and institutional investors. These products include hedge fund of funds, private equity, structured products and single strategy hedges funds which we distributed primarily through proprietary distribution channels. ING IM Americas managed account business serves almost 20,000 high net worth customers by offering individually managed portfolios through financial intermediaries.

ING IM Americas’ business strategy is to further leverage the powerful distribution network existing in ING’s affiliate businesses and expand the model of maximizing the number of distribution channels for a given investment product or capability.

Canada

ING Americas’ business strategy for Canada is centered around risk management expertise delivered through strong manufacturing and distribution capabilities. In addition, a wealth management capability supports the distribution network.

ING Canada is the largest provider of property and casualty insurance in Canada with a market share of approximately 13%. In 2004, ING Group sold a 27.1% equity interest (increasing it to approximately 30% in 2005 upon the exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option) in ING Candad through an initial public offering reducing its share to approximately 70%. ING Canada’s shares are listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX-IIC.LV).

ING Canada’s principal insurance products are automobile and property and liability insurance, which are marketed to individuals and to small and medium size businesses. ING Canada also offers commercial specialty lines products, such as marine, surety and other niche products.

ING Canada uses independent brokers as its primary distribution channel, accounting for approximately 90% of direct premiums written. ING Canada also sells products directly to customers

26


Table of Contents

through the Internet and by telephone through call centers in Quebec and Ontario. Currently, ING Canada has in total approximately 2.9 million insurance policies in force.

In addition to insurance operations, ING Canada also has a mutual fund operation, ING Funds, and a registered mutual fund dealer, ING Wealth Management. It focuses on delivering financial solutions to ING clients through a number of distribution partners.

In December 2004, ING Canada acquired Allianz Canada, the thirteenth largest property and casualty insurance company in Canada. Allianz Canada is the sole shareholder of two insurance companies: Allianz Insurance Company of Canada and Trafalger Insurance Company of Canada. In addition, Allianz Canada owns Canada Brokerlink, Inc., a brokerage network with activities in two Canadian provinces. As a result of the transaction, ING Canada acquired approximately, 449,000 policies in force.

Latin America

ING Americas seeks to be a leading player in emerging and other selected markets outside North America which have the potential for attractive long-term returns. Therefore, ING Americas sells through subsidiaries and joint venture affiliates, life insurance, health insurance, pensions, auto, property and casualty insurance, and financial services products in selected markets in strategic Latin American markets. It focusses its activities on the Brazilian, Chilean and Mexican markets. ING also has a presence in the AFP (privatized pension) and annuities markets in Peru. We expect that the evaluation of non-strategic activities for divestment will continue throughout the Latin American operations.

Mexico

ING Americas’ current presence in Mexico consists of the largest insurance company, ING Comercial America (“ING CA”), and ING Comerical America Afore, which is a top five pension company in Mexico . ING CA is the market leader in the Mexican insurance industry with premium income of EUR 1.6 billion in 2004. ING CA has its strongest market positions in auto (ranked second), commercial property & casualty business (ranked first) and health insurance (ranked second). We are focusing our efforts to grow our business in personal lines of insurance, in particular life and wealth accumulation products.

ING Comercial America Afore, a privatized pension savings fund business, has more than 2.6 million clients and assets under management exceeding EUR 3.1 billion.

Argentina

In 2004, ING placed the life insurance business in Argentina into a service-only mode. The sale of the company was completed at the end of March 2005.

Chile

ING Americas has been gaining scale in order to become a leading financial services group in Chile. It rankst first in the life and health insurance markets. In 2004, total revenues (premium income and asset management fees) in Chile were EUR 555 million and assets under management were EUR 7.2 billion at year-end 2004.

Brazil

ING has a 49% joint venture partnership in Sul America, positioning ING at the forefront in the largest South American insurance market. Sul America’s health insurance business ranks first based on premiums written. It also offers products such as life and personal accident, pension, auto, other property and casualty, and fund management activities. Co-branded wealth management products were launched in 2004.

Peru

ING has a 60% stake in AFP Integra, the leading private pension fund in Peru with approximately EUR 1.9 billion in assets under management at year-end 2004. ING also has a minority stake in InVita Life, which offers life, survivor and disability insurance, as well as annuities.

27


Table of Contents

INSURANCE ASIA/PACIFIC

                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
    (EUR millions)  
Total operating income
    10,487       8,424       8,778  
Operating result before tax
    751       411       574  

Insurance Asia/Pacific (“IAP”) is comprised of business units operating in certain Asian countries, Australia and New Zealand. The key markets are Australia/New Zealand, Hong Kong/Macau, Japan, Malaysia, South Korea and Taiwan. In addition IAP has launched smaller start-up businesses in China, India and Thailand. IAP’s business units offer primarily various types of life insurance and asset/wealth management products and services, as well as retail and institutional asset management. In addition, we offer asset management in the Philippines and Singapore.

In general, the positive trends experienced in 2003 in the businesses of IAP continued through 2004. Australia, Japan, South Korea and Taiwan are the major contributors to the IAP’s operating result before tax. With the exception of Japan and Australia, IAP’s distribution of life insurance products in the region has been dominated by tied or career agents. However, this is changing with the growth of independent agents, financial planners, and bancassurance, together with e-business, which is making inroads of both direct customer access and supporting intermediary channels.

Market positioning strengthened in several countries through joint ventures as well as strong organic growth. In Australia and New Zealand, the life insurance and funds management joint venture with Australia New Zealand Banking Group Limited (“ANZ”). In China, a life insurance joint venture with Beijing Capital Group received approval to open a new branch in Beijing in 2004. Also in China, the Shanghai joint venture with China Pacific Insurance Company began operations in the Guangzhou province. In South Korea, ING invested in a new bancassurance joint venture, KB Life, with Kookmin Bank. ING Malaysia began operations at its new fund management company. As part of its active global portfolio management of businesses, ING sold its 50 per cent share in the Australian non-life insurance joint venture to its former partner, QBE, in June 2004.

A regional office in Hong Kong supervises and supports all business units in the region, ensures implementation of strategy and standards, encourages synergies, both regionally and globally, and produces regional management reports to headquarters in Amsterdam.

Australia and New Zealand

ING Australia (the life and wealth management joint venture with ANZ) ranks third in the life insurance business with gross premiums written of approximately EUR 1.2 billion in 2004 and fourth in the wealth management business with assets under management of EUR 20 billion in 2004. ING Australia offers a wide range of life insurance and wealth management products through a network of financial planners and independent brokers. ING Australia is focusing on leveraging its reach and scale. Additionally, it has lowered its operational cost ratios, developed new product platforms, and grown the ANZ Bank distribution capacity and production through equity-owned distribution in multiple channels. In New Zealand, ING’s life businesses, ING Life and Club Life, are focusing on building market share and successfully finding ways to present an integrated set of products to their customers.

South Korea

In 2004, ING Life Korea was among the fastest growing international companies in South Korea. Currently it ranks fourth in the market, based on total premium income. ING Life Korea’s gross premiums written in 2004 amounted to approximately EUR 1.6 billion. Life insurance premiums continued to grow rapidly through ING’s productive agency force and bancassurance activities with Kookmin Bank. To further strengthen this position, ING Life’s priorities in 2005 include expanding distribution capacity to mass-affluent customers and broadening the product range. The extended strategic investment agreement with Kookmin Bank provides expanded distribution for life insurance

28


Table of Contents

and asset management products. ING’s 20% owned investment trust joint venture with Kookmin Bank ended the year 2004 with assets under management of over EUR 11.5 billion. It is the third largest asset manager in South Korea, based on assets under management. ING’s bancassurance joint venture with Kookmin Bank, KB Life, began operations in June 2004 and has performed well in relation to its peer companies. ING’s 49% shareholding started in January 2005.

Japan

In Japan, IAP plans to maintain its leadership positions in the Corporate Owned Life Insurance (COLI) segment and the Single Premium Variable Annuity (SPVA) segment. ING Life Japan’s gross written premium in 2004 was approximately EUR 3.5 billion. ING Life Japan ranks third in total annual sales in the SPVA segment based on assets under management. IAP will continue to be a producer for independent agents, banks and securities houses. Important new distribution alliances with three large banks have been successfully launched, and the product range will be broadened. The pension joint venture with Principal Financial Group (United States), which focuses on small and medium-sized companies, markets a comprehensive range of products related to defined contribution pensions. The pensions joint venture ranks sixth (based on the number of plans) among corporate defined-contribution pension plan providers in Japan. IAP will support the pensions and SPVA business by continuing to build its asset management proprietary funds capability.

Taiwan

Taiwan remains one of the most important markets for ING in the Asia Pacific region. IAP’s businesses in Taiwan include our life insurance company, ING Antai, which ranks fifth in the market based on total premium income, and a mutual fund joint venture with Chang Hwa Commercial Bank. Our products are distributed primarily through career life agents, although bancassurance is growing in prominence. Due to the continued low interest rate environment, the life business introduced a number of new life and health products in order to reduce capital risk and to improve returns and profitability. Improving investment performance within the investment mandates is also critical given the low interest environment.

Hong Kong and Macau

In Hong Kong and Macau, IAP offers a range of life insurance, non-life insurance and asset management products. The presence of IAP’s regional office in Hong Kong adds to ING’s capabilities in this market. IAP’s Hong Kong strategy is to focus on growing its market position, while continuing to develop alternative channels such as bancassurance and financial planning to accelerate growth for the life business. In particular, ING has deepened its relationships with regional banks by offering sales support and training to enhance operating efficiency and quality of sales. The non-life business aims to maximize synergies by cross-promoting its products with other ING businesses operating in Hong Kong. The pension business continues to seek and implement various cost reduction initiatives. The mutual fund business received encouraging response to its retail sales of ING structured products through local banks during the year.

Malaysia

In Malaysia, ING ranks fourth in terms of new life insurance business with a 10% market share. ING ranks first as a provider of employee benefits. In 2005, we expect to further broaden our product range, improve operational efficiency and expense performance to drive profitability. ING Malaysia has rebranded itself successfully from Aetna to ING leading to increased awareness of the ING brand. A separate bancassurance unit was established in 2004 to focus on and pursue the growing opportunities in this area. A new fund management operation was also started in April 2004 to provide “one-stop” wealth management services and products.

Thailand

In Thailand, ING offers a range of life insurance and asset management products. Both businesses will continue to focus on meeting accelerated greenfield sales and earnings plans through organic growth and strategic partnerships. The life business is expanding its bancassurance operations and pursuing

29


Table of Contents

additional banking partnerships while growing its agency force and improving agent productivity. The funds company has created a number of award winning funds which are helping it grow successfully by obtaining several important mandates.

China

In China, ING has three joint ventures. In Shanghai, Pacific Antai Life Insurance Company (PALIC), ING’s life insurance joint venture with China Pacific Insurance Company, currently ranks seventh in new business premiums and fifth in terms of total premium income. It continues to focus on improving agency productivity and developing alternative distribution channels, in particular bancassurance. PALIC obtained regulatory approval to sell group insurance policies in December 2004. In Dalian, ING Capital Life Insurance Company (ICLIC), ING’s life insurance joint venture with Beijing Capital Group, started operations in December 2002 and now ranks third by new business premium . In Shenzhen, China Merchant Funds, ING’s fund management joint venture with China Merchants Securities, launched China’s first open-ended fund and first money market fund during 2003. During 2004, China Merchants Funds grew its assets under management to over EUR 1 billion, and it is currently ranked thirteenth by assets under management among fund managers in China.

India

In India, IAP offers life insurance through ING Vysya Life Insurance Company Private Limited and asset management through ING Investment Management (India) Private Limited. In 2004, ING Vysya Life Insurance continued to focus on building and developing a large, professional tied agency force while increasing its distribution reach by opening new sales offices and adding bancassurance and corporate agencies. It also expanded its product portfolio to include unit-linked sales and group policies. ING Vysya Life is ranked ninth based on new business premium income in India among 12 private life insurance companies. ING Investment Management (India) Private Limited offers a range of mutual funds.

30


Table of Contents

WHOLESALE BANKING

                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
    (EUR millions)  
Total operating income
    5,761       5,825       5,765  
Operating result before tax
    1,932       1,272       596  

A client focused organization

In 2004, Wholesale Banking concentrated its efforts on reshaping and repositioning its business. ING decided to refocus service with the full range of products to corporate institutions in the European home market, in particular the Benelux countries. Outside the home markets, our approach became more selective, in terms of both products and clients. This repositioning was a natural consequence of ING Group’s renewed strategic focus and the important shifts in global trends in the wholesale banking industry.

In line with the principles underlying the new structure of ING Group, Wholesale Banking moved away from its regionally organized structure, towards a functionally driven and more client-focused organization, with a particular emphasis on execution and accountability. The groundwork for this reorganization was put in place in 2004 and was fully implemented by January 2005. The new organization allows for a much more unified approach to clients. Senior account managers work directly with clients and are supported by sector heads and senior bankers, who provide the essential link between the key client and product divisions within Wholesale Banking. These divisions also aim to further enhance their cooperation with Wholesale Banking’s Financial Markets division, whose business was also comprehensively restructured in 2004. The common aim of these different pillars of Wholesale Banking’s new organization is to find further cross-selling opportunities across all the business lines, which add value for the client and ING. As of 2005, mid-corporates in the Netherlands and Belgium also form part of the new Wholesale Banking organization. This strengthens the home market position of the corporate-client business and supports the wider initiatives to increase cross-selling opportunities of the full product range in these markets.

Divestments and acquisitions

Wholesale Banking’s repositioning and ING’s overall focus on optimal capital allocation means that portfolio management was an important focus in the Wholesale Banking business line. During 2004 ING sold: in Germany ING BHF-Bank (excluding its DHB subsidiary); in Asia the cash equities business, and in the Netherlands CenE Bankiers. We also reached an agreement to sell United Kingdom-based Baring Asset Management, the sale was completed in the first quarter of 2005. In the United Kingdom, ING purchased the asset finance, country finance and vendor finance businesses of Abbey National.

The divestments were part of Wholesale Banking’s continued efforts to streamline its international network. ING BHF-Bank no longer fitted into ING’s strategy. Therefore, we sold most of BHF-Bank’s activities to Sal. Oppenheim, including ING BHF’s asset management, private banking, financial markets and core corporate banking businesses, for EUR 600 million. An agreement, in principle, was also reached on the sale of the London Branch of ING-BHF-Bank to Deutsche Postbank and to sell part of ING BHF-Bank’s corporate lending portfolio to HVB Group. ING retains ING BHF’s 83.7% stake in Deutsche Hypothekenbank (DHB), a restructured loan portfolio of about EUR 1.3 billion, and ING BHF-Bank’s private equity activities.

The sale of ING’s Asian cash equities business to Macquarie Bank was part of Wholesale Banking’s decision to concentrate on providing value-added products and services to a selected group of clients in Asia. It also allows Wholesale Banking to position itself for future sustainable growth.

CenE Bankiers, a subsidiary that specialized in commercial and private banking, was sold to Van Lanschot. As a result of its specialization and intensive segment approach, CenE Bankiers had

31


Table of Contents

developed into a niche player with an independent status within ING. For these reasons, ING decided to sell rather than integrate CenE Bankiers with similar activities in Wholesale Banking or ING’s other private banking activities.

The streamlining of Wholesale Banking’s international network also meant further restructuring in other markets. Activities in Vietnam, Turkey, Thailand and Indonesia were reorganized to focus on certain client and product groups. Worldwide, Wholesale Banking will maintain its geographic coverage with branches or representative offices in more than 40 countries.

An important aspect of the new structure is the outward focus on clients’ needs, which is also reflected in Wholesale Banking’s revised mission statement: “to excel in delivering value-added financial solutions to our clients”. ING seeks to accomplish this through our knowledge of our clients’ businesses and competitive products. Wholesale Banking’s products include payments and cash management, lending and debt products, structured finance, securitization, syndication, securities services, leasing and diverse financial markets products (such as foreign exchange, integrated products and disintermediation, cash and derivatives products). Wholesale Banking also continues to improve its cross-selling of ING’s asset management and insurance products (especially employee benefits) and the services of ING Real Estate.

32


Table of Contents

RETAIL BANKING

                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
    (EUR millions)  
Total operating income
    5,035       4,773       4,814  
Operating result before tax
    1,170       1,058       1,023  

Retail Banking

The retail banking business focuses on retail banking services to individuals, and to small- and medium-sized businesses and on private banking. These businesses are supported by a multi-product, multi-channel distribution approach. We serve two types of retail markets, each reflecting our different market positions and therefore each requires a slightly different approach with regard to the retail strategy. In the mature markets of the Netherlands and Belgium, our strategy is to assist our clients in areas such as wealth accumulation, savings and mortgages. We seek to distribute these different products through an efficient mix of channels appropriate to the client segments and products. In a number of selected developing markets (Poland, Romania) with the right demographics, economic growth potential and stabile institutional environment, our strategy is to become a prominent player in the local retail banking markets, providing our clients with simple but with quality products. In the mature markets, achieving operational excellence and cost leadership, combined with the right level of customer satisfaction, will be important for continuing profit growth. ING considers developing economies as opportunities for structural growth due to their strong demographics, rapid income growth, emerging middle classes, and relatively low penetration of the financial services sector.

The Netherlands

Postbank is ING’s on-line (direct) bank in the Netherlands. Postbank reaches its approximately 7 million individual customers through home banking, telephone, call centers, Internet banking, mailings and post offices. Using direct marketing methods, Postbank leverages its position as a leading provider of current account services and payments systems to provide other financial services such as savings accounts, mortgage loans, consumer loans, credit card services, investment and insurance products.

In 2004, Postbank successfully continued its marketing campaign for mortgages and savings. Postbank’s tied agent mortgage sales force, which was created two years ago, is having a positive effect by increasing substantially our share of new sales in 2004. Postbank has invested, and continues to invest, in becoming a top Internet bank in the Netherlands. Since the launch of its new website in 2004, the number of clients and sales through the Internet increased considerably to well over one million customers.

ING Bank Netherlands operates through a branch network of 250 branches. It offers to its one million individual and business customers, a full range of commercial banking activities and life and non-life insurance products. In response to customer demands, ING Bank restored a number of cash withdrawal points and basic banking functions in 2004.

Belgium

ING Belgium provides banking, insurance (life, non-life, employee benefits) and asset management products and services to meet the needs of individuals, families, companies and institutions through a network of local head offices and 825 traditional branches. Its approximately 1.8 million customers can also access ING Belgium’s direct banking channels which consist of 800 fully automated branches (Self’ Bank), home banking services, and ING’s contact call center.

The rebranding process from BBL to ING Belgium, which started in 2003, was completed in 2004. External studies show that positive results with a spontaneous name recognition of 54% and total brand awareness of 97%. These figures are consistent with survey results for the former BBL brand. We consider this a success after only a year and a half of rebranding. We also reported strong growth in savings and investment products. Our subsidiary, Record Bank, strengthened its position by acquiring Mercator Bank. Through successive mergers, Record Bank is now the fourth largest savings

33


Table of Contents

bank in Belgium, based on non-bank client deposits, operating through independent agents

Central Europe

ING Bank Slaski provides a full range of banking services to its 1.8 million business and individual customers through a network of 330 branches, supported by ATMs and telephone, Internet and electronic banking. In 2004, ING Bank Slaski introduced a new performance-oriented organization structure. We also introduced a program to rationalize the product portfolio and launched new products and marketing campaigns in order to re-establish our market presence and market position. In Romania, we launched a new franchising concept based on the Self’Bank concept in Belgium and the ING brand. We believe this will help our growth in this market of 22 million people.

India

India represents a promising opportunity for ING to create value in retail banking. It is an attractive market in a rapidly growing and stable economy. ING Vysya Bank has continued to develop into a professional universal bank. The bank has 370 branches and a staff of more than 5,000 full-time employees supported by a sales force of tied agents, who provide services to its one million customers.

Private Banking

Private Banking provides wealth management services for high net worth individuals throughout the world. After the 2002/2003 restructuring, we believe Private Banking is now positioned for growth. To this end, we will raise the visibility of the Private Banking activities in our home markets and seek to penetrate ING’s existing client base in these markets. In new international markets, we will seek to attract new assets to the group. Across all operations, we believe that improved segmentation and better aligned products and services will further contribute to revenue growth. As of June 2004, ING Trust, which serves corporate and private clients, reports to Private Banking.

ING DIRECT

                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
    (EUR millions)  
Total operating income
    1,705       1,045       618  
Operating result before tax
    432       151       (48 )

The ING Direct line of business consists of two functional areas: a direct bank (ING Direct) and a stand-alone credit card operation (ING Card).The direct bank ING Direct is an important part of ING’s retail strategy. The strategy of ING Direct is to be a low-cost provider of financial services in large mature markets by offering clients best value for money and excellent service via call-centers, direct mail and the Internet. The main products offered are saving accounts and mortgages. ING Direct also sells a focused range of financial products such as mutual funds, e-brokerage services, pension management and life insurance.

ING Direct is active in nine countries. Each country forms a separate business unit, except for Austria, which is operated by the German business unit. All business units were profitable in 2004 except the United Kingdom, which started operations in May 2003 and is still incurring start-up losses. Ever since ING Direct started business in 1997, growth in clients, funds entrusted and mortgages have been substantial. In 2004, there was an autonomous increase of the client base by approximately 3 million clients, funds entrusted by EUR 46 billion and mortgages by EUR 12 billion. Brand awareness as well as customer satisfaction also continued to improve.

Compared to 2003, France and Italy turned to profit. The USA, Germany and Spain posted strong profit increases. Canada and Australia also produced double-digit growth in profit. Commercial developments in the UK have been much better than planned, with higher-than-expected funds entrusted and client numbers, which has resulted in lower than expected start-up losses.

In total, ING Direct’s customer base by year-end 2004 amounted to over 11 million customers. In 2004, ING Direct recorded strong growth in number of clients, funds entrusted and mortgage balances. ING

34


Table of Contents

Direct’s leading offering is its savings product, followed by residential mortgage products, which are planned to be developed further in the future. The percentage of mortgages versus savings is increasing. The locked-in margins of the mortgages add stability to the overall business model.

On average, 78% of ING Direct customers respond that they receive better service from ING Direct than from other financial institutions (based on the global customer satisfaction survey September 2004 by Millward Brown). This is an important qualitative indication for ING Direct, as are client and deposit stability and brand awareness. The current attrition rate of ING Direct worldwide is, on average, below approximately 5% per year. The clients’ deposits (which average approximately EUR 13,500 per customer) are very stable over time and in different interest rate environments, which adds to the sustainability of the ING Direct business model. The ING brand was virtually unknown in all markets where ING Direct started. In 2004, brand awareness exceeded 80% in the majority of business units. ING Direct Germany, which was known as DiBa, was successfully rebranded to ING DiBa in 2004.

The year 2004 also marked the successful integration of German direct bank Entrium, which was acquired in 2003. Entrium was the second largest direct bank in Germany with almost one million customers and approximately EUR 8 billion in client funds entrusted. In 2004, the ING Direct business model was introduced in Austria by the German business unit under the brand ING DiBa.

With the acquisition of the 45,000 clients of Egg France at the end of 2004, ING Direct France witnessed a substantial growth of its customer base. This acquisition resulted from the decision by British direct bank Egg to exit the French market. Overall, ING Direct has reached strong market positions in all of the countries in which it operates a relatively short period of time, and six out of eight business units have achieved a top 10 position among all banks in their market in terms of funds entrusted. Moreover, ING DiBa is the number 4 bank in Germany in number of retail clients.

                                 
    Number of Clients     Funds Entrusted  
    (in thousands)     (in EUR billion)  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
Canada
    1,121       905       9.0       7.0  
Spain
    975       753       10.2       7.9  
Australia
    996       719       8.5       6.9  
France
    413       339       9.2       7.6  
United States
    2,226       1,399       21.2       12.8  
Italy
    485       379       10.6       7.6  
United Kingdom
    762       305       27.9       11.5  
Germany*
    4,511       3,735       48.8       38.1  
 
                       
Total
    11,489       8,534       145.4       99.4  
 
                       


*   Including Austria

ING Card

ING Card launched in 2003 and is accounted for within the ING Direct business line. The stand-alone credit card operation aims at leveraging the extensive retail customer databases within ING Group. As from January 2004, ING Card took over the credit card portfolios of Postbank Netherlands and ING Bank Netherlands and Belgium. At year-end 2004, the portfolio size amounted to 1.6 million cards and over EUR 500 million of total exposure. In the Netherlands, ING Card has a market share of approximately 25% based on the number of cards and around 45% in terms of total exposure, ranking it second in the Netherlands. In addition to the integration of the existing card portfolios, ING Card successfully introduced a new, modern type of credit card: with flexible repayment(client decides when and how much is repayed), value for money (low interest rate, no fees), transparent (24/7 access to all transaction data through the Internet), ease of use (change cards online or through the call centre) and safe (all purchases insured). ING Card has a pan-European ambition and will continue to implement throughout Europe its strategy of focusing on marketing, business intelligence (including database marketing and analysis) and risk management.

35


Table of Contents

ASSET MANAGEMENT

The asset management activities in banking are comprised of ING Real Estate and Baring Asset Management.

In 2004, ING Real Estate and Baring Asset Management had an average of 1,436 and 1,333 full-time employees, respectively.

In November 2004, ING entered into an agreement to sell BAM to Mass Mutual and Northern Trust. The transactions were completed on March 31, 2005.

ING Real Estate

ING Group’s real estate activities are conducted through ING Real Estate. Based on a portfolio of more than EUR 50 billion at the end of 2004, ING Real Estate is ranked as the largest property company in the world with offices in Europe, the United States, Asia and Australia. ING Real Estate constitutes a unique combination of investment management, development and finance activities. Its primary aim is to make maximum use of the global expertise in the creation of valuable products. Despite some stagnating real-estate markets in the world, revenues of all its business units strongly increased, and the 2004 results exceeded expectations.

Investment management activities are pre-dominantly carried out for institutional investors who want to diversify their property investments. As an investment manager, ING Real Estate launched ten new funds in 2004. ING Clarion Global Real Estate Income Fund (U.S.), a listed fund with EUR 2.2 billion in assets under management by year-end, was the largest-ever initial public offering of a real estate fund in history. The acquisition of Rodamco Asia added EUR 800 million to property assets under management. We believe that this acquisition will act as a stepping stone for further growth in Asia, a region with strong potential for real estate activities. In 2004, the investment management portfolio increased by 17% to EUR 30.9 billion.

ING Real Estate Development covers the development of shopping centres, offices and residential units in response to market demand. In 2004, development activities returned to a more normalized level. Prominent real estate projects were launched in Belgium, the Czech Republic, Italy and the United States. Construction started on major projects in Australia and a number of European countries. As of year-end 2004, the global real estate development portfolio amounted to EUR 2.1 billion.

Our finance business offers a wide range of products, from mortgages, project finance, construction finance and leasing arrangements to syndicated loans. The finance activities made a considerable contribution to ING Real Estate’s result, with significant portfolio growth. A noteworthy finance deal was the refinancing of the Vendex KBB real estate portfolio in close co-operation with ING Bank. It maintained its leading position in the Dutch financing market. In 2004, the real estate finance portfolio increased by 24% to EUR 17.1 billion. Roughly two-thirds of the increase stemmed from net new business awarded in an extremely competitive environment, while the rest was the result of internal transfers.

Baring Asset Management

Baring Asset Management (“BAM”) provides a diversified spectrum of investment management services to a variety of institutional and private clients.

In November 2004, ING entered into an agreement to sell BAM to Mass Mutual and Northern Trust. The transactions were completed on March 31, 2005.

36


Table of Contents

THE FOLLOWING TABLE SETS FORTH OUR PRINCIPAL GROUP COMPANIES:
Unless otherwise stated our participating interest is 100%, or almost 100%

COMPANIES TREATED AS PART OF THE INSURANCE OPERATIONS

     
The Netherlands
   
ING Verzekeringen N.V.
  The Hague
ING Verzekeringen Nederland N.V.
  The Hague
ING Vastgoed Belegging B.V.
  The Hague
Nationale-Nederlanden Levensverzekering Maatschappij N.V.
  Rotterdam
Nationale-Nederlanden Schadeverzekering Maatschappij N.V.
  The Hague
Parcom Ventures B.V.
  Utrecht
Postbank Levensverzekering N.V.
  The Hague
Postbank Schadeverzekering N.V.
  The Hague
RVS Levensverzekering N.V.
  Rotterdam
RVS Schadeverzekering N.V.
  Ede
Movir N.V.
  Nieuwegein
 
   
Belgium
   
ING Insurance N.V.
  Antwerp
 
   
Rest of Europe
   
ING Life Insurance Company a.s.
  Bratislava, Slovakia
Nationale-Nederlanden Life Insurance Company Poland
  Warsaw, Poland
NN Pension Fund Poland S.A.
  Warsaw, Poland
ING Nederlanden Asigurari de Viata S.A.
  Bucharest, Romania
ING Greek Life Insurance Company S.A.
  Athens, Greece
ING Greek General Insurance Company S.A.
  Athens, Greece
ING Nationale-Nederlanden Hungary Insurance Rt.
  Budapest, Hungary
Nationale Nederlanden Vida, Compañia de Seguros y Reasuguros S.A.
  Madrid, Spain
Nationale Nederlanden Generales Compañia de Seguros y Reasuguros S.A.
  Madrid, Spain
 
   
North America
   
ING Canada, Inc. (70%)
  Toronto, Ontario, Canada
Belair Insurance Company Inc.
  Montreal, Quebec, Canada
ING Insurance Company of Canada
  Toronto, Ontario, Canada
ING Novex Insurance Company of Canada
  Toronto, Ontario, Canada
ING America Insurance Holdings, Inc.
  Wilmington, Delaware, U.S.A.
ING International Insurance Holdings, Inc.
  Hartford, Connecticut, U.S.A.
ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company
  Hartford, Connecticut, U.S.A.
ING North America Insurance Corporation
  Atlanta, Georgia, U.S.A.
Life Insurance Company of Georgia
  Atlanta, Georgia, U.S.A.*
Lion Connecticut Holdings Inc.
  Hartford, Connecticut, U.S.A.
ReliaStar Life Insurance Company
  Minneapolis, Minnesota, U.S.A
ReliaStar Life Insurance Company of New York
  Woodbury, New York, U.S.A
Security Life of Denver Insurance Company
  Denver, Colorado, U.S.A.
ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company
  Des Moines, Iowa, USA
 
   
Latin America
   
ING Seguros de Vida S.A.
  Santiago, Chile
ING Afore S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico City, Mexico
Seguros Comercial America S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico City, Mexico
 
   
Asia
   
ING Life Insurance Company (Japan) Limited
  Tokyo, Japan
ING Life Insurance Company (Korea) Limited (80%)
  Seoul, South Korea
ING Life Insurance Company of America
  Hartford, Connecticut**

37


Table of Contents

     
Australia
   
ING Australia Holdings Limited
  Sydney, Australia
ING Australia Pty Limited (51%)
  Sydney, Australia
 
   
Reinsurance companies
   
ING Re (Netherlands) N.V.
  The Hague, the Netherlands

Branches

In addition, ING Insurance and its subsidiaries have offices in Brazil, the Czech Republic and Luxembourg.


*   sale expected to be completed in the second quarter of 2005
 
**   operating primarily as ING Antei in Taipei, Taiwan

COMPANIES TREATED AS PART OF THE BANKING OPERATIONS

     
The Netherlands
   
ING Bank N.V.
  Amsterdam
Bank Mendes Gans N.V. (97.79%)
  Amsterdam
ING Lease Top Holding B.V.
  Amsterdam
ING Bank Corporate Investments B.V.
  Amsterdam
ING Trust (Nederland) B.V.
  Amsterdam
ING Vastgoed Management Holding B.V.
  The Hague
InterAdvies N.V.
  Amsterdam
Nationale-Nederlanden Financiële Diensten B.V.
  Amsterdam
NMB-Heller Holding N.V. (50%)*
  Amsterdam
Postbank N.V.
  Amsterdam
Postbank Groen N.V.
  Amsterdam
Stichting Regio Bank
  Amsterdam
 
   
Belgium
   
ING België N.V.
  Brussels
 
   
Rest of Europe
   
ING Bank Slaski S.A. Katowicach (87.8%)
  Katowice, Poland
Baring Asset Management Holdings Ltd.
  London, United Kingdom**
ING Bank Deutschland A.G.
  Frankfurt, Germany
 
   
North America
   
ING Financial Holdings Corporation
  New York, NY, U.S.A.
 
   
Latin America
   
ING Trust (Antilles) N.V.
  Curaçao, Netherlands Antilles
Middenbank Curaçao N.V.
  Curaçao, Netherlands Antilles
 
   
Asia
   
ING Vysya Bank Ltd. (44%)
  Bangalore, India
 
   
Other
   
ING Direct N.V.
  Canada, Germany, Spain,
  Australia, France, USA, Italy, UK

Branches

ING Bank N.V. has offices in most of the major financial centres, including London, Frankfurt, Hong Kong and Tokyo. In addition, ING Bank and/or ING Belgie N.V. have offices in Asunción, Bangkok, Bratislava, Bucharest, Buenos Aires, Curaçao, Dublin, Havana, Istanbul, Lima, Madrid, Manila, Milan, Paris, Prague, São Paulo, Seoul, Shanghai, Singapore, Sofia, Taipei and Vienna among others.


*   proportionally consolidated
 
**   sold on March 31, 2005

38


Table of Contents

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

The insurance, banking and asset management business of ING are subject to detailed comprehensive supervision in all the jurisdictions in which ING conducts business. This supervision is based in a large part on European Union (“EU”) directives, discussed more fully below. These directives have a significant impact on the supervision of the insurance, banking, asset management and broker dealer businesses in the EU.

In the EU, groups of companies are permitted to be engaged in both insurance and banking. However, direct mergers between banking and insurance companies are not permitted.

On December 16, 2002, the European Union adopted a directive on the supplementary supervision of credit institutions, insurance undertakings and investment firms in a financial conglomerate. This directive aims to address the supervisory issues that arise from the blurring of distinctions between the activities of firms in each of the banking, securities, investment services and insurance sectors. The main objectives of this directive are to:

•   ensure that a financial conglomerate has adequate capital;

•   introduce methods for calculating a conglomerate’s overall solvency position;

•   deal with the issues of intra-group transactions, exposure to risk and the suitability and professionalism of management at financial conglomerate level; and

•   prevent situations in which the same capital is used simultaneously as a buffer against risk in two or more entities which are members of the same financial conglomerate (“double gearing”) and where a parent issues debt and downstreams the proceeds as equity to its regulated subsidiaries (“excessive leveraging”).

ING does not expect this directive to have a material impact on its business, on its capital requirements nor on its solvency position, as it already complies with comparable national legislation for financial conglomerates.

ING and its subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with the applicable banking and insurance supervision, capitalization and capital base requirements of each applicable jurisdiction. On October 30, 2004, the merger of the Dutch Central Bank, de Nederlandsche Bank, (“DNB”) and the Pensions & Insurance Supervisory Authority of the Netherlands, Pensioen- & Verzekeringskamer, (“PVK”) was officially completed. On the operational level, the two prudential supervisors of the Dutch financial sector have already been working as an integrated body since May 3, 2004. The new merged organization shall continue under the name of DNB.

The merger between the two supervisors marks the second of three steps in an extensive restructuring of financial supervision in the Netherlands. The first step in early 2002, involved a shift in the basis or supervision. The supervisory body no longer based its supervision on the types of institutions, such as banks or insurers, but rather on the nature of supervision. As of 2002, the Dutch regulatory system for financial supervision consists of prudential supervision – monitoring the soundness of financial institutions and the financial sector, and conduct-of-business supervision – regulating institutions’ conduct in the markets. Prudential supervision is exercised by the DNB, while conduct-of-business supervision is performed by the Netherlands Authority for the Financial Markets, Autoriteit Financiële Markten (“AFM”). The second step is the recently completed merger of the two prudential supervisors, DNB and PVK.

The third step in the restructuring of supervision will be the introduction of the new Financial Supervision Act in the beginning of 2006. This law will replace the numerous existing laws and regulations in the area of supervision, and will represent a significant adjustment in the legislation in the Netherlands to reflect market conditions.

39


Table of Contents

INSURANCE

Europe

Insurance companies in the EU are subject to supervision by insurance supervisory authorities. The relevant national regulations are based on the 1992 EU Insurance Directives. These directives are based on the “home country control” principle, according to which the ongoing regulation of insurance companies, including their foreign insurance operations, is the responsibility of the home country insurance supervisory authority. The home country insurance supervisory authority monitors compliance with applicable regulations, the capital base of the insurer and its actuarial reserves, as well as the assets of the insurer, which support such reserves. As a result of the implementation of these directives, an insurance company which has been licensed to conduct insurance business in one jurisdiction of the EU, may also conduct business directly, or through foreign branches, in all the other jurisdictions of the EU, without being subject to licensing requirements under the laws of the other EU member-states.

In the Netherlands, the home country insurance supervisory authority is the DNB, which regulates the insurers and pension funds that operate in the Netherlands.

In Belgium, ING’s insurance operations are supervised by the Banking, Finance and Insurance Commission (CBFA), created as a result of the integration of the Insurance Supervisory Authority (ISA) and the Banking and Finance Commission. Since January 1, 2004, it is the single supervisory authority for the Belgian financial sector. In other European Union countries ING’s insurance operations are subject to supervision by similar supervisory authorities.

ING Insurance’s life and non-life subsidiaries in the EU are required to file detailed annual reports with their home country insurance supervisory authority. These reports are audited by ING Insurance’s independent auditors and include balance sheets, profit and loss statements, actuarial statements and other financial information. The authorization granted by the insurance supervisory authority stipulates the class or classes of business that an insurer may write, and is required for every proposed new class of business. In addition, the home country insurance supervisory authority may require an insurer to submit any other information it requests and may conduct an audit at any time.

On the basis of the EU directives, European life insurance companies are required to maintain at least a shareholders’ equity level of generally 4% of insurance reserves (1% of separate account reserves), plus 0.3% of the amount at risk under insurance policies. The required shareholders’ equity level for Dutch non-life insurers is the greater of two calculations: one based on premiums and the other on claims. The former is based on 16% of gross premiums written for the year, the latter is based on 23% of a three-year average of gross claims.

In 1998, the directive of the European Parliament and Council on the supplementary supervision of the insurance undertakings in an insurance group was adopted. The directive enables the insurance supervisory authorities involved to form a more sound judgement on the financial situation of insurance undertakings that are part of a group, in order to provide additional safety to policyholders. Furthermore, the directive aims to prevent distortion of competition and contribute to the safety of the financial markets. 2002 has been the first financial year in which was reported according to this directive.

The supervision of our significant insurance businesses outside the EU is described below.

Americas

United States

ING Group’s United States insurance subsidiaries are subject to supervision in the individual states in which they operate. Supervisory agencies in various states have broad powers to grant or revoke licenses to conduct business, regulate trade practices, license agents, approve policy forms and certain premium rates, set standards of capital base and reserve requirements, determine the form and content of required financial reports, examine insurance companies and prescribe the type and amount of investments permitted. Insurance companies are subject to a mandatory annual audit of

40


Table of Contents

their statutory basis financial statements by an independent certified public accounting, and in addition are subject to an insurance department examination approximately every three to five years.

Insurers, including the companies comprising of ING Insurance’s U.S. operations are subject to the Risk Based Capital (“RBC”) guidelines. These guidelines provide a method to measure the adjusted capital (statutory capital and surplus plus other adjustments) that insurance companies should maintain for supervisory purposes, taking into account the risk characteristics of the company’s investments and products. The RBC ratio of an insurance company varies over time depending upon many factors, including its earnings, the mix of assets in its investment portfolio, the nature of the products it sells and its rate of sales growth, as well as changes in the RBC formulas required by supervisors. The RBC guidelines are intended to be a supervisory tool only, and are not intended as a means to rank insurers generally. Each of the companies comprising ING Insurance’s U.S. operations was above its target and statutory minimum RBC ratios, at year-end 2004.

Insurance holding company statutes and regulations of each insurer’s state of domicile require periodic disclosure concerning the ultimate controlling person (i.e., the corporation or individual that controls the domiciled insurer in each state). Such statutes also impose various limitations on investments in affiliates and may require prior approval of the payment of certain dividends by the registered insurer to ING or several of its affiliates. ING is subject, by virtue of its ownership of insurance companies, to certain of these statutes and regulations.

Canada

Our insurance businesses in Canada are federal companies incorporated pursuant to the Canada Business Corporations Act. The various provincial statutes are almost identical. The law of Quebec, which is based on a Civil Code (modelled on the Napoleonic Code of France), varies in form from that of the other provinces. There are few significant differences between provinces in the administration of the insurance statutes. Ontario has case law that makes insurers absolutely liable for the actions of their agents, even if that agent is acting outside the scope of his or her appointment. The only defence which is available to the insurer is that of fraud. Due diligence may be pleaded; however, unless the insurer can prove that its standards of education, monitoring and auditing of agents are of the highest level, the insurer will be held responsible for the agents’ action. Quebec also has a statute that similarly makes the insurer responsible for the acts of its agents. As for mutual funds and other investment products, the various provincial statutes are almost identical and the rules are almost identical to the U.S. rules in this regard.

Asia/Pacific

Japan

In Japan, the Financial Services Agency (“FSA”) was established on July 1, 2000, by the integration of the Financial Supervisory Agency and the Financial System Planning Bureau of the Ministry of Finance. The FSA supervises insurance companies, banks and securities houses.

New products, revision of existing products and changes in policy provisions require approval by the FSA. The Cabinet Office and FSA ordinances stipulate the types of assets in which an insurance company can invest. In addition, ordinances limit the proportion of assets in which an insurance company may invest in certain categories of investments. The Insurance Business Law further requires that an insurance company set aside a liability reserve for each policyholder in every business period to provide for the fulfillment of the level of expected mortality and other assumptions that are applied in calculating liability reserves for long-term contracts. An insurance company shall appoint a corporate actuary at a meeting of the board of directors and have such a corporate actuary be involved in the method of calculating premiums and other actuarial matters. An external audit is required for all insurers. The auditors must report on whether the balance sheet and income statements represent fairly the status of the insurer’s assets and liabilities in conformity with relevant laws, Cabinet Office or FSA ordinances and the insurer’s articles of incorporation. In addition to the external audit, the statutory corporate auditors must be elected to examine whether there have been any serious violations by the insurer’s directives of the law, relevant FSA ordinances or the insurer’s articles of incorporation. The statutory corporate auditors are also responsible for accounting matters, depending on the results produced from the external audit and are required to draw up a report covering financial and non-financial issues, which is included in the annual report to shareholders.

41


Table of Contents

South Korea

ING Group’s South Korean insurance subsidiaries are subject to supervision by the Financial Supervisory Commission (“FSC”) and its executive arm, the Financial Supervisory Service (“FSS”). A second body, the Korean Insurance Development Institute (“KIDI”) advises the FSC, FSS and the Ministry of Finance and Economy on policies and systems related to life insurance. The KIDI must approve of all new products and revisions of existing products. In August 2003, the Insurance Business Act was revised to deregulate the insurance industry and to increase competition. In 2004, the FSS announced a plan to strengthen and change its supervisory policies based on the Risk Assessment and Application System (“RAAS”) from 2006 onwards.

Australia

The financial services activities of life insurance, investments, superannuation, general insurance and banking are currently governed by separate legislation under Australian law. The two main financial services regulators are the Australian Securities and Investment Commission (“ASIC”) and the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (“APRA”). APRA is responsible for the prudential regulation of banks and other deposit taking institutions, life and general insurance companies, superannuation funds and Retirement Savings Account Providers. APRA’s responsibilities include regulating capital and liquidity requirements and monitoring the management functions of product providers. ASIC is responsible for consumer protection and market integrity across the financial systems, including the areas of insurance banking and superannuation. All relevant business entities were licensed by March 11, 2004 pursuant to the Corporations Act 2001 requirements.

Taiwan

The Financial Supervisory Commission (“FSC”) was established on July 1, 2004 and supervises insurance companies, banks and securities houses in Taiwan. On July 9, 2004, the FSC issued new solvency requirements, stipulating that the paid-in capital held by Taiwanese life insurance companies must be at least 200% of their risk based capital (“RBC”). This applies to both local and foreign insurance companies in Taiwan; should the paid-in capital to risk capital ratio fall below 200%, the life insurance company is required to raise new funds to achieve the target. The Taiwanese RBC rules are quite similar to the U.S. RBC rules. ING Group’s operations in Taiwan are regulated by both the insurance department of the State of Connecticut, as a branch of a US company, and by the Ministry of Finance (“MoF”) in Taiwan. In accordance with the Directions Governing Review of life Insurance Products, dated June 30, 2003 of the MoF, all kinds of life insurance products shall be filed and submitted for review by the Insurance Bureau of the FSC before marketing.

BANKING

Wholesale Banking, Retail Banking and ING Direct

     Basel Standards

The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision of the Bank for International Settlements (“BIS”) develops international capital adequacy guidelines based on the relationship between a bank’s capital and all of its risks, including but not limited to credit, market and operational risk. In this context, on July 15, 1988, the Basel Committee adopted risk-based capital guidelines (the “Basel guidelines”), which have been implemented by banking regulators in the countries that have endorsed them. The Basel guidelines are intended to strengthen the soundness and stability of the international banking system. The Basel guidelines are also intended to reduce an existing source of competitive inequality among international banks by harmonizing the definition of capital and the rules for the evaluation of asset risks and by establishing a uniform target capital base ratio (capital to risk-weighted assets). Supervisory authorities in each jurisdiction have, however, some discretion in determining whether to include particular instruments as capital under the Basel guidelines and to assign different weights, within a prescribed range, to various categories of assets. The Basel guidelines were adopted by the European Community. In June 1999, the Basel Committee proposed a review of the Basel guidelines of 1988. Since then the proposals for a New Basel Accord from the Basel Committee were further discussed by several international working parties. In June 2004, the Basel Committee issued the final documentation with revised regulations governing the capital adequacy of banks that are active in the

42


Table of Contents

international markets. The implementation of the New Basel Capital Accord is expected in the beginning of 2007.

The purpose of Basel II is to lay down capital requirements that are more risk-sensitive. There is greater emphasis on internal methods of risk control by banks. For example, the Accord further refines the system of risk weightings and permits capital requirements to be calculated based upon the ratings issued by recognized rating agencies. In addition, under certain conditions, banks will be permitted to use their internal models to determine the amount of capital that they must hold. It also adds capital requirements for operating risk to those laid down for credit risk and market risk.

The European Union is currently drawing up a directive, the Capital Requirement Directive (“CRD”), which shall apply to all European banks and investment firms. Through this European directive, Basel II will be implemented in the legislation and regulations and in supervisory practice in all EU member states.

     European Union Standards

The European Community has adopted capital adequacy supervision for credit institutions in all its member states based on the Basel guidelines. In 1989, the EC adopted the Council Directive of April 17, 1989 on the “own funds” of credit institutions (the “Own Funds Directive”), defining qualifying capital (“own funds”), and the Council Directive of December 18, 1989 on a capital base ratio for credit institutions (the “Capital base Ratio Directive”. These two directives (the “EC Directives”) set forth the required ratio of own funds to risk-adjusted assets and off-balance sheet items. The EC Directives required the EU member states to transform the provisions of the Capital base Ratio Directive and the provisions of the Own Funds Directive into national law which shall be directly binding on banks operating in the member states. The EC Directives permit EU member states, when transforming the EC Directives into national law, to establish more stringent requirements, but do not permit more lenient requirements.

The EC Directives are aimed at harmonizing banking regulations and supervision throughout the EU by laying down certain minimum standards in key areas, and requiring member states to give “mutual recognition” to each other’s standards of regulation. The concept of “mutual recognition” has also been extended to create the “passport” concept: the freedom to establish branches in, and to provide cross-border services into, other EU member states once a bank has been licensed in its “home” state. The single market program for banking was completed when the Capital Adequacy Directive (“CAD”), was implemented in the Netherlands with effect from January 1, 1996. In particular, CAD introduces a new requirement for banks to provide capital for market risk.

The EC Directives require a bank to have a capital base ratio of own funds to risk-adjusted assets and certain off-balance sheet items of at least 8%. At least one-half of the own funds in the numerator of the ratio must be “original own funds”, or “Tier 1” capital. The rest may be “additional own funds”, or “Tier 2” capital. As of January 1, 1997, Tier 1 capital consists solely of paid-up share capital plus Tier 1 capital instruments, share premium accounts and certain other reserves, less a deduction for goodwill. Tier 2 capital includes revaluation reserves, value adjustments of certain assets and certain categories of long-term subordinated debt and cumulative preferred shares. The aggregate of a bank’s Tier 2 capital may not exceed 50% of the bank’s Tier 1 capital.

To compute the denominator of the capital base ratio, the assets of a bank are assigned to five broad categories of relative credit risk (0%, 10%, 20%, 50% and 100%) and the balance sheet value of each asset is multiplied by the percentage weight applicable to its risk category to arrive at the risk-adjusted value. With respect to off-balance sheet items, such as financial guarantees and letters of credit, first, their face value is adjusted according to their risk classification depending on the type of instrument (0%, 20%, 50% and 100%), then they are assigned, like on-balance sheet assets, to the credit risk categories depending on the type of debtor and multiplied by the applicable percentage weights. With respect to derivatives contracts, first, their fair value is adjusted with a product specific potential future credit exposure (0% to 15% over the notional amounts), then they are assigned, like on-balance sheet assets, to the credit risk categories depending on the type of debtor and multiplied by the applicable percentage weights.

ING Bank files consolidated monthly and annual reports of its financial position and results with the DNB in the Netherlands. ING Bank’s independent auditors audit these reports.

43


Table of Contents

Our banking operations in Belgium are supervised by the CBFA Commission. Banking supervision in Germany is carried out by the German Federal Financial Supervisory Agency (BAFIN), working in cooperation with the German Central Bank (‘Deutsche Bundesbank’). Similar authorities supervise ING’s banking operations in other European Union countries, such as, the Financial Services Authority in the United Kingdom.

An EU member state credit institution is not permitted to start operations through a branch in another EU member state until it has received confirmation from its home country banking supervisory authority that the information required by the Second Directive on the Coordination of Legislation to the Taking Up and Pursuit of the Business of Credit Institutions (the “Second Banking Coordination EC Directive”) has been submitted to that supervisor and until, following this confirmation, a period of two months has elapsed or until, before the expiry of this period, it has received confirming information by that home country banking supervisory authority.

The supervision of our significant banking businesses outside the EU is described below.

Americas

United States

ING Bank has a limited direct presence in the United States through the facility of the ING Bank Representative Office in New York. Although the office’s activities are strictly limited to essentially that of a marketing agent of bank products and services and a facilitator (i.e., the office may not take deposits or execute any transactions), the office is subject to the jurisdiction of the State of New York Banking Department and the Federal Reserve.

A major part of our banking activities in the United States, ING Direct USA, is regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision, a division of the United States Department of the Treasury and, to a lesser extent, by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, an independent agency of the Federal government that operates under the auspices of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, a US federal law.

Canada

ING Bank of Canada (“ING BOC”) is a federally regulated financial institution that is subject to the supervision of the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (“OSFI”), which is the primary supervisor of federally chartered financial institutions (including banks and insurance companies) and federally administered pension plans. ING BOC operates a wholly owned mortgage loan company subsidiary, ING Mortgage Broker Services Inc., which is subject to provincial regulation in the provinces in which it operates. ING MBS’s home province supervisor is the Financial Services Commission of Ontario, which supervises insurance, pensions, credit unions, caisses populaires, cooperatives, mortgage brokers and loan & trust companies in the province of Ontario. As of December 31, 2004, ING MBS is being wound up into ING BOC and will cease to be a subsidiary. Effective as of such date, the activities carried out under the ING MBS brand shall be governed by OSFI.

Furthermore, ING BOC operates a wholly-owned mutual fund dealer subsidiary, ING Direct Mutual Funds Limited. This company is subject to provincial regulation in the provinces in which it operates. ING Direct Mutual Funds Limited’s home province supervisor is the Ontario Securities Commission, which regulates the sale of mutual funds and equities in Ontario. ING Direct Mutual Funds Limited is also a member of the Mutual Funds Dealer’s Association, a mandatory self-regulatory body, which governs and oversees the conduct of mutual fund dealers in Canada.

Asia/Pacific

Australia

The Australian Prudential Regulation Authority is responsible for the prudential regulation of banks and other deposit taking institutions, life and general insurance companies, superannuation funds and Retirement Savings Account Providers. See also supervision insurance on page 42.

44


Table of Contents

BROKER-DEALER AND INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES

ING’s broker-dealer entities in the United States are regulated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the states, and the self-regulatory organizations (e.g., the NASD and the NYSE) of which they individually are members. The primary governing statutes for such entities are the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and state statutes and regulations, as applicable. These laws, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, impose requirements (among others) regarding minimum net capital requirements, safeguarding of customer assets, protection and use of material, non-public (inside) information, record-keeping requirements, supervision of employee activities, credit to customers, suitability determinations in the context of recommending transactions to customers and clearance and settlement procedures. The rules of the self-regulatory organizations in some respects duplicate the above mentioned legal requirements, but also impose requirements specific to the marketplaces that these organizations oversee. For example, the NASD imposes requirements relating to activities by market-makers in the over-the-counter market in equity securities and the NYSE imposes requirements regarding transactions effected in its listed securities market. In addition, in December 2001, the Department of Treasury proposed new anti-money laundering standards applicable to broker-dealers.

Certain ING entities in the United States (including certain of its broker-dealers) also act in the capacity of a federally registered investment advisor (i.e. providing transactional advice to customers for a fee), and are governed in such activities by the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. Moreover, certain ING entities manage investment funds (such as mutual funds); the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, regulates the governance and activities of those funds. These laws impose record-keeping and disclosure requirements on ING in the context of such activities. Moreover, the laws impose restrictions on transactions or require disclosure of transactions involving advisory clients and the advisor or the advisors’ affiliates, as well as transactions between advisory clients. In addition, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, imposes certain obligations on investment advisors managing employee plan assets as defined in this act.

The failure of ING to comply with these various requirements could result in civil and criminal sanctions and administrative penalties imposed by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the states, or self-regulatory organizations on these entities of ING which have committed the violations. Moreover, employees who are found to have participated in the violations, and the managers of these employees, also may be subject to penalties by governmental and self-regulatory agencies.

45


Table of Contents

SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION ON BANKING OPERATIONS

The tables below set forth selected statistical information regarding the Group’s banking operations. Unless otherwise indicated, average balances, when used, are calculated from monthly data and the distinction between domestic and foreign is based on the location of the office where the assets and liabilities are booked, as opposed to the domicile of the customer. However, the Company believes that the presentation of these amounts based upon the domicile of the customer would not result in material differences in the amounts presented below.

The return on equity of the banking operations amounted to 15.8% in 2004 against 11.0% in 2003 and 6.5% in 2002, whereas the return on equity of ING Group amounted to 22.9%, 21.5% and 17.4% for the years 2004, 2003 and 2002 respectively. The dividend pay-out ratio of ING Group amounted to 38.2% in 2004, 48.5% 2003 and 44.1% in 2002. The return on assets ratio was 1.0% in 2004, 0.8% in 2003 and 0.9% in 2002. The equity to assets ratio amounted to 3.0%, 3.3% and 3.6% for the years 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

AVERAGE BALANCES AND INTEREST RATES

The following tables show the banking operations, average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities, together with average rates, for the periods indicated. The interest income, interest expense and average yield figures include interest on non-accruing loans and do not reflect:

•   income on amortized results investments;
 
•   lending commissions;
 
•   interest income on off-balance sheet instruments;
 
•   other income not considered to be directly related to interest-earning assets;
 
•   interest expense on off-balance sheet instruments, or
 
•   other expense not considered to be directly related to interest-bearing liabilities,

all of which are reflected in the corresponding interest income, interest expense and net interest result figures in the consolidated financial statements. A reconciliation of the interest income, interest expense and net interest result figures to the corresponding line items in the consolidated financial statements is provided below.

46


Table of Contents

ASSETS

                                                                         
                            Interest-earning assets                      
            2004                     2003                     2002        
    Average     Interest     Average     Average     Interest     Average     Average     Interest     Average  
    balance     income     yield     balance     income     yield     balance     income     yield  
    (EUR millions)     %     (EUR millions)     %     (EUR millions)     %  
Time deposits with banks
                                                                       
domestic
    4,845       113       2.3       1,984       98       4.9       3,625       128       3.5  
foreign
    32,959       968       2.9       24,450       723       3.0       21,965       935       4.3  
Loans and advances
                                                                       
domestic
    157,457       7,237       4.6       154,944       7,800       5.0       146,277       7,885       5.4  
foreign
    183,458       7,792       4.2       160,338       6,790       4.2       148,979       7,149       4.8  
Interest-earning securities(1)
                                                                       
domestic
    31,221       616       2.0       25,384       682       2.7       20,472       692       3.4  
foreign
    165,173       5,922       3.6       116,092       4,450       3.8       92,616       4,182       4.5  
Other interest-earning assets
                                                                       
domestic
    527       30       5.7       3,563       208       5.8       4,588       167       3.6  
foreign
    2,941       158       5.4       9,188       262       2.9       11,040       465       4.2  
 
                                                           
Total
    578,581       22,836       3.9       495,943       21,013       4.2       449,562       21,603       4.8  
 
                                                                 
Non-interest earning assets
    22,276                       24,011                       27,216                  
 
                                                                 
Total assets(1)
    600,857                       519,954                       476,778                  
 
                                                                 
 
                                                                       
Percentage of assets applicable to foreign operations
            66.5 %             64.9 %             62.1 %                        
Other interest income
                                                                       
(reconciliation to consolidated financial statements):
                                                                       
amortized results investments(2)
            157               258               348                          
lending commission
            96               96               102                          
adjustment for interest on non- performing loans(3)
            (84 )             (123 )             (105 )                        
interest on off-balance instruments (4)
            2,223               2,187               1,758                          
other
            352               371               382                          
 
                                                                 
Total interest income
            25,580               23,802               24,088                          
 
                                                                 

47


Table of Contents

LIABILITIES

                                                                         
                            Interest-earning liabilities                      
            2004                     2003                     2002        
    Average     Interest     Average     Average     Interest     Average     Average     Interest     Average  
    balance     expense     yield     balance     expense     yield     balance     expense     yield  
    (EUR millions)     %     (EUR millions)     %     (EUR millions)     %  
Time deposits from banks
                                                                       
domestic
    26,131       590       2.3       19,829       666       3.4       23,789       832       3.5  
foreign
    50,522       1,111       2.2       36,870       771       2.1       43,435       1,238       2.9  
Demand deposits(5)
                                                                       
domestic
    32,210       176       0.6       32,694       219       0.7       31,291       332       1.1  
foreign
    26,992       423       1.6       23,867       391       1.6       20,994       528       2.5  
Time deposits(5)
                                                                       
domestic
    14,432       371       2.6       13,082       391       3.0       17,675       746       4.2  
foreign
    29,995       727       2.4       31,207       956       3.1       34,432       1,242       3.6  
Savings deposits(5)
                                                                       
domestic
    58,277       1,504       2.6       50,051       1,425       2.9       43,463       1,300       3.0  
foreign
    150,428       4,422       2.9       100,317       2,878       2.9       57,781       2,050       3.6  
Short term debt
                                                                       
domestic
    4,992       102       2.0       5,664       180       3.2       5,082       193       3.8  
foreign
    29,879       696       2.3       48,305       909       1.9       48,836       1,309       2.7  
Long term debt
                                                                       
domestic
    15,645       670       4.3       15,586       895       5.7       19,278       865       4.5  
foreign
    40,394       1,751       4.3       32,143       1,300       4.1       30,439       1,634       5.4  
Subordinated liabilities
                                                                       
domestic
    13,061       732       5.6       10,915       647       5.9       9,109       589       6.5  
foreign
    2,802       160       5.7       2,921       178       6.1       3,184       190       6.0  
Other interest-bearing liabilities
                                                                       
domestic
    18,468       158       0.9       19,475       583       3.0       10,972       359       3.3  
foreign
    32,470       971       3.0       25,253       1,063       4.2       22,890       1,103       4.8  
 
                                                           
Total
    546,698       14,564       2.7       468,179       13,452       2.9       422,650       14,510       3.4  
Non-interest bearing liabilities
    36,299                       34,587                       36,726                  
 
                                                                 
Total Liabilities
    582,997                       502,766                       459,376                  
Group Capital
    17,860                       17,188                       17,402                  
 
                                                                 
Total liabilities and capital
    600,857                       519,954                       476,778                  
 
                                                                 
 
                                                                       
Percentage of liabilities applicable to foreign operations
            64.9 %                     65.1 %                     63.2 %        
Other interest expense (reconciliation to Consolidated
                                                                       
Financial Statements):
                                                                       
interest on off-balance instruments (6)
            2,078                       2,027                       1,718          
other
            130                       208                       214          
 
                                                                 
Total interest expense
            16,772                       15,687                       16,442          
Total net interest result
            8,808                       8,115                       7,646          
 
                                                                 


(1)   Substantially all interest-earning securities held by the banking operations of the Company are taxable securities. The interest income excludes the interest income on trading activities reported under result from financial transactions.
 
(2)   Includes amortization of premiums and discounts and deferred realized gains and losses on sales of investments in debt securities on a straight-line basis over the estimated average remaining life of the portfolio.
 
(3)   Interest on non-performing loans is included when calculating the average yield in this table but excluded from interest income reported in the consolidated profit and loss account.

48


Table of Contents

(4)   Includes amortization of deferred realized gains and losses on off-balance sheet hedging instruments on a straight line basis over the estimated average remaining life of the portfolio and interest accrued on hedging instruments, primarily on interest rate swaps.
 
(5)   These captions do not include deposits from banks.
 
(6)   Includes accrued interest expense on hedging instruments, primarily on interest rate swaps.

ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN NET INTEREST INCOME

The following table allocates changes in the Group’s interest income and expense and net interest result between changes in average balances and rates for the periods indicated. Changes due to a combination of volume and rate have been allocated to changes in average volume. The net changes in interest income, interest expense and net interest result, as calculated in this table, have been reconciled to the changes in interest income, interest expense and net interest result in the consolidated financial statements. See introduction to “Average Balances and Interest Rates” for a discussion of the differences between interest income, interest expense and net interest result as calculated in the following table and as set forth in the consolidated financial statements.

                                                 
    2004 over 2003     2003 over 2002  
            Increase (decrease)                     Increase (decrease)        
            due to changes in                     due to changes in        
    average     average           net     average     average           net  
    volume             rate     change     volume             rate     change  
    (EUR millions)     (EUR millions)  
Interest-earning assets
                                               
Time deposits to banks
                                               
domestic
    67       (52 )     15       (81 )     51       (30 )
foreign
    250       (5 )     245       73       (285 )     (212 )
Loans and advances
                                               
domestic
    115       (678 )     (563 )     436       (521 )     (85 )
foreign
    982       20       1,002       481       (840 )     (359 )
Interest-earning securities
                                               
domestic
    115       (181 )     (66 )     132       (142 )     (10 )
foreign
    1,760       (288 )     1,472       900       (632 )     268  
Other interest-earning assets
                                               
domestic
    (172 )     (6 )     (178 )     (60 )     101       41  
foreign
    (335 )     231       (104 )     (52 )     (151 )     (203 )
Interest income
                                               
domestic
    125       (917 )     (792 )     427       (511 )     (84 )
foreign
    2,657       (42 )     2,615       1,402       (1,908 )     (506 )
 
                                   
Total
    2,782       (959 )     1,823       1,829       (2,419 )     (590 )
 
                                   
Other interest income (reconciliation to consolidated financial statements)
                    (45 )                     304  
 
                                           
Total interest income
                    1,778                       (286 )
 
                                           

49


Table of Contents

                                                 
    2004 over 2003     2003 over 2002  
            Increase (decrease)                     Increase (decrease)        
            due to changes in                     due to changes in        
    average     average           net     average     average           net  
    volume             rate     change     volume             rate     change  
    (EUR millions)     (EUR millions)  
Interest-bearing liabilities
                                               
Time deposits from banks
                                               
domestic
    142       (218 )     (76 )     (133 )     (33 )     (166 )
foreign
    300       40       340       (137 )     (330 )     (467 )
Demand deposits
                                               
domestic
    (2 )     (41 )     (43 )     9       (122 )     (113 )
foreign
    49       (17 )     32       47       (184 )     (137 )
Time deposits
                                               
domestic
    35       (55 )     (20 )     (138 )     (217 )     (355 )
foreign
    (30 )     (199 )     (229 )     (99 )     (187 )     (286 )
Savings deposits
                                               
domestic
    212       (133 )     79       188       (63 )     125  
foreign
    1,473       71       1,544       1,220       (392 )     828  
Short term debt
                                               
domestic
    (14 )     (64 )     (78 )     19       (32 )     (13 )
foreign
    (430 )     217       (213 )     (10 )     (390 )     (400 )
Long term debt
                                               
domestic
    3       (228 )     (225 )     (212 )     242       30  
foreign
    358       93       451       69       (403 )     (334 )
Subordinated liabilities
                                               
domestic
    120       (35 )     85       107       (49 )     58  
foreign
    (6 )     (12 )     (18 )     (16 )     4       (12 )
Other interest-bearing liabilities
                                               
domestic
    (9 )     (416 )     (425 )     255       (31 )     224  
foreign
    216       (308 )     (92 )     99       (139 )     (40 )
Interest expense
                                               
domestic
    487       (1,190 )     (703 )     95       (305 )     (210 )
foreign
    1,930       (115 )     1,815       1,173       (2,021 )     (848 )
 
                                   
Total
    2,417       (1,305 )     1,112       1,268       (2,326 )     (1,058 )
Other interest expense (reconciliation to consolidated financial statements)
                    (27 )                     303  
 
                                           
Total interest expense
                    1,085                       (755 )
 
                                           
 
                                               
Net interest
                                               
domestic
    (362 )     273       (89 )     333       (208 )     125  
foreign
    727       73       800       228       115       343  
 
                                   
Net interest
    365       346       711       561       (93 )     468  
Other net interest result (reconciliation to consolidated financial statements)
                    (18 )                     1  
 
                                           
Net interest result
                    693                       469  
 
                                           

50


Table of Contents

LOAN PORTFOLIO

Loans and advances to banks and customers

Loans and advances to banks include all receivables from credit institutions, except for cash, current accounts and deposits with other banks (including central banks). Lending facilities to corporate and private customers encompass among others, loans, overdrafts and finance lease receivables. The following table sets forth the gross loans and advances to banks and customers for the last five years.

                                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  
    (EUR millions)  
By domestic offices:
                                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    7,296       6,473       8,013       8,949       8,306  
Loans secured by mortgages
    103,594       94,125       86,932       78,789       65,585  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    7,323       8,367       7,103       8,356       3,643  
Other private lending
    6,420       7,009       8,201       3,775       3,532  
Other corporate lending
    35,897       36,861       42,083       35,060       33,715  
 
                             
Total domestic offices
    160,530       152,835       152,332       134,929       114,781  
 
                             
 
                                       
By foreign offices:
                                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    17,118       16,603       15,750       13,398       13,019  
Loans secured by mortgages
    53,156       39,604       31,260       19,502       14,048  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    26,471       17,879       23,562       21,861       19,635  
Other private lending
    8,474       7,813       6,810       3,259       2,790  
Other corporate lending
    88,639       86,722       82,256       88,687       102,484  
 
                             
Total foreign offices
    193,858       168,621       159,638       146,707       151,976  
 
                             
Total gross loans and advances to banks and customers
    354,388       321,456       311,970       281,636       266,757  
 
                             

The total net loans and advances to banks and customers amounted to EUR 350,126 million on December 31, 2004 and to EUR 316,785 million on December 31, 2003. The difference between total net loans and advances to banks and customers on the one hand and total gross loans and advances to banks and customers on the other, amounting to EUR 4,262 million, EUR 4,671 million and EUR 4,870 million on December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, represents the provisions for loan losses.

51


Table of Contents

Maturities and sensitivity of loans to changes in interest rates

The following table analyzes loans and advances to banks and customers by time remaining until maturity as of December 31, 2004.

                                 
    1 year     1 year     After        
    or less     to 5 years     5 years     Total  
    (EUR millions)  
By domestic offices:
                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    457       515       6,324       7,296  
Loans secured by mortgages
    9,023       10,918       83,653       103,594  
Loans guaranteed by credit institutions
    6,371       699       253       7,323  
Other private lending
    5,689       584       147       6,420  
Other corporate lending
    23,183       8,383       4,331       35,897  
 
                       
Total domestic offices
    44,723       21,099       94,708       160,530  
 
                       
 
                               
By foreign offices:
                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    7,125       5,075       4,918       17,118  
Loans secured by mortgages
    5,005       15,347       32,804       53,156  
Loans guaranteed by credit institutions
    20,311       3,773       2,387       26,471  
Other private lending
    4,257       1,923       2,294       8,474  
Other corporate lending
    64,502       13,970       10,167       88,639  
 
                       
Total foreign offices
    101,200       40,088       52,570       193,858  
 
                       
Total gross loans and advances to banks and customers
    145,923       61,187       147,278       354,388  
 
                       

The following table analyzes loans and advances to banks and customers by interest rate sensitivity by maturity as of December 31, 2004.

                         
    1 year or              
    less     Over 1 year     Total  
 
          (EUR millions)        
Non-interest earning
    4,306       510       4,816  
Fixed interest rate
    86,040       57,018       143,058  
Semi-fixed interest rate(1)
    3,498       94,712       98,210  
Variable interest rate
    52,079       56,224       108,304  
 
                       
 
                 
Total
    145,923       208,465       354,388  
 
                 


(1)   Loans that have an interest rate that remains fixed for more than one year and which can then be changed are classified as “semi-fixed”

Risk elements

     Non-accrual and past due loans

Each of the business units within the banking operations of ING Group, maintains its own system for servicing and monitoring past due loans. ING Group’s international banking offices and subsidiaries generally account for delinquent loans in accordance with U.S. GAAP. When a loan is in default as to payment of principal and interest for 90 days or when, in the judgment of management, the accrual of interest should cease before 90 days, such a loan is placed on a non-accrual status. Any accrued, but unpaid, interest is reversed against current period interest revenue. Interest payments received on a cash basis during the period are recorded as interest income. Domestic banking offices follow the same policy for consumer mortgage and private loans. All of the foregoing loans are included in the table below under “Non-accrual”.

52


Table of Contents

Under “Accruing but past due 90 days”, all loans reported are still accruing, but principal or interest payments are contractually past due 90 days or more. Domestic commercial loans combined with an overdraft facility, which make up approximately 50% of the reported amount in the domestic “Accruing but past due 90 days” category, were included in the 2004, 2003 and 2002 table below if the overdraft facility exceeded a specified limit for 90 days or more on December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The amount of loans meeting these criteria in prior years was estimated by management based on the size of the underlying portfolio and specific risk factors.

Based on the foregoing, the following table sets forth management’s estimate, without giving effect to available security or related specific provisions, of the amounts of its loan portfolio in each of the two categories indicated. These loans are under constant review of the credit risk department.

                                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  
    (EUR millions)  
Non-accrual
                                       
domestic
    1,143       965       1,093       1,425       711  
foreign
    2,284       2,599       3,044       2,613       2,745  
 
                             
Sub-total
    3,427       3,564       4,137       4,038       3,456  
Accruing but past due 90 days
                                       
domestic
    577       830       986       1,083       1,112  
foreign
    510       819       1,048       957       756  
 
                             
Sub-total
    1,087       1,649       2,034       2,040       1,868  
 
                             
Total
    4,514       5,213       6,171       6,078       5,324  
 
                             

Restructured loans

The following table sets forth the troubled debt restructuring loans consisting of loans that are accruing interest but at rates different from the original terms of such loans as a result of the terms of any such restructuring.

                                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  
    (EUR millions)  
Troubled debt restructuring
                                       
domestic
    197       115       439       57       154  
foreign
    651       516       461       1,054       569  
 
                             
Total troubled debt restructuring
    848       631       900       1,111       723  
 
                             

On receipt of cash, suspended interest is recovered prior to the principal outstanding, except that, where amounts are outstanding for costs and other late payment charges, the cash received is first used to recover these costs and charges. When it becomes apparent that recovery of interest is unlikely, interest ceases to be accrued and is suspended.

Interest income that would have been recognized in 2004 under the original terms of the non-accrual and restructured loans amounted to an estimated EUR 118 million from loans granted by domestic offices and an estimated EUR 143 million from loans granted by foreign offices. Interest income of approximately EUR 78 million from such domestic loans and approximately EUR 24 million from such foreign loans was recognized in the profit and loss account for 2004.

On December 31, 2004, ING Group had loans amounting to EUR 4,205 million that were not included in the risk elements schedule above. These loans are considered potential problem loans as the credit review officers obtained information that caused doubts as to the repayment of the loan by the borrower. Of this total, EUR 1,910 million relates to domestic loans and EUR 2,295 million relates to

53


Table of Contents

foreign loans. Appropriate provisions, following ING Group’s credit risk rating system, have been established for these loans.

     Cross-border outstandings

Cross-border outstandings are defined as loans (including accrued interest), acceptances, interest-earning deposits with other banks, other interest-earning investments and any other monetary assets that are denominated in euro or other non-local currency. To the extent that material local currency outstandings are not hedged or are not funded by local currency borrowings, such amounts are included in cross-border outstandings.

The following tables analyze cross-border outstandings as of the end of each of the last three years, stating the name of the country and the aggregate amount of cross-border outstandings to borrowers in each foreign country where such outstandings exceed 1% of total assets, by the following categories.

Guaranteed or secured loans are deducted from gross cross-border outstandings to arrive at net cross-border outstandings provided that political and transfer risks are also covered explicitly by the agreement. Commitments such as irrevocable letters of credit are not considered as cross border outstanding. Total outstandings are in line with Dutch Central Bank requirements. On December 31, 2004, there were no outstandings exceeding 1% of total assets in any country where current conditions give rise to liquidity problems which are expected to have a material impact on the timely repayment of interest or principal.

                                         
    Year ended December 31, 2004  
            Banks                    
    Government     & other                    
    & official     financial     Commercial              
    institutions     institutions     & industrial     Other     Total  
    (EUR millions)  
United Kingdom
    92       19,620       30,391       640       50,743  
Germany
    9,641       19,367       3,538       4,721       37,267  
United States
    507       3,097       19,462       3,998       27,064  
France
    5,245       8,185       3,664       649       17,743  
Spain
    3,850       8,595       2,566       1,449       16,460  
Italy
    6,753       5,008       2,725       423       14,909  
Belgium
    2,887       2,133       3,015       904       8,939  
                                         
    Year ended December 31, 2003  
            Banks                    
    Government     & other                    
    & official     financial     Commercial              
    institutions     institutions     & industrial     Other     Total  
    (EUR millions)  
United Kingdom
    503       19,403       16,818       1,034       37,758  
Germany
    6,294       16,810       2,405       2,705       28,214  
United States
    193       3,295       18,066       324       21,878  
Spain
    2,157       9,760       1,490       221       13,628  
France
    2,926       5,725       3,388       699       12,738  
Italy
    4,141       4,384       2,440       409       11,374  

54


Table of Contents

                                         
    Year ended December 31, 2002  
            Banks                    
    Government     & other                    
    & official     financial     Commercial              
    institutions     institutions     & industrial     Other     Total  
    (EUR millions)  
United Kingdom
    5       17,782       20,032       1,280       39,099  
United States
    2,013       2,491       19,578       912       24,994  
Germany
    4,660       8,899       2,165       2,070       17,794  
France
    515       3,941       2,876       784       8,116  
Belgium
    2,039       1,940       2,248       1,256       7,483  

There were no cross-border outstandings in any country between 0.75% and 1% of total assets, on year-end 2004. On December 31, 2003 and 2002, the following countries had cross-border outstandings between 0.75% and 1% of total assets:

         
    Cross-border outstandings  
    Year ended December 31  
    (EUR millions)  
2003
       
Belgium
    6,888  
 
       
2002
       
Italy
    7,101  
Spain
    5,828  

Loan concentration

The following industry concentrations were in excess of 10% of total loans as of December 31, 2004:

         
    Total outstandings  
    (EUR millions)  
Financial institutions(1)
    68,897  
Service industry
    55,746  


(1)   Excluding bank deposits given of approximately EUR 57 billion.

Bad and doubtful debts

A provision for loan losses is maintained for the banking operations, which is considered to be adequate to absorb losses arising from the existing portfolios of loans. The provision for loan losses is made in accordance with the overall supervisory direction of the Dutch Central Bank. Each operating company makes provisions for bad and doubtful debts, based on centrally given instructions. The provisions are reviewed on a quarterly basis by management. On the face of the balance sheet, the provisions are deducted from ‘Lending’ and ‘Banks’. The net additions to or subtractions from such balance sheet provisions are reflected in the Group’s profit and loss account, principally under ‘Value adjustments to receivables’ of the Banking operations.

In determining the amount of the provisions, corporate loans are assessed on a case-by-case basis, and the following factors are considered:

•   the financial standing of the customer, including a realistic assessment of the likelihood of repayment of the loan within an acceptable period and the extent of ING Group’s other commitments to the same customer;
 
•   the realizable value of any security for the loan; and
 
•   the costs associated with obtaining repayment and realization of any such security.

55


Table of Contents

For certain groups of small private and corporate loans with similar characteristics, provisions are also assessed using statistical techniques.

On certain foreign outstandings, the country provision is calculated, for regulatory purposes, based on detailed instructions given by the Dutch Central Bank. The amount is a function of the risk of the country, as well as the risk of the transaction itself. For accounting purposes, adequate provisions are calculated for countries that are near default or have recently defaulted.

ING Group also maintains an unallocated provision for loan losses that is required to adequately capture various subjective and judgmental aspects of credit risk assessment that are not considered on an individual basis. Considerable judgement is exercised in determining the extent of the provision and is based on management’s evaluation of the risk in the portfolio, current economic conditions, recent years’ loss experience, and credit and geographical concentration trends. When there is no prospect of recovering principal or interest, the outstanding debt and any suspense balances are written off.

56


Table of Contents

Summary of loan loss experience

The following table shows the movements in allocation of the provision for loan losses on loans accounted for as loans and advances to banks and customers for the past five years.

                                         
    Calendar period  
    2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  
    (EUR millions)  
Balance on January 1
    4,671       4,870       4,474       4,272       4,522  
Change in the composition of the Group
    (38 )     104       93       (171 )        
Charge-offs:
                                       
Domestic:
                                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    (1 )             (1 )                
Loans secured by mortgages
    (3 )     (1 )     (4 )     (4 )     (3 )
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    (22 )     (27 )     (18 )                
Other private lending
    (57 )     (65 )     (31 )     (31 )     (77 )
Other corporate lending
    (156 )     (166 )     (211 )     (166 )     (198 )
Foreign:
                                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    (13 )     (1 )                        
Loans secured by mortgages
    (31 )     (30 )     (8 )     (1 )     (1 )
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    20       (10 )     (3 )     (9 )     (91 )
Other private lending
    (57 )     (105 )     (32 )     (1 )     (1 )
Other corporate lending
    (589 )     (797 )     (530 )     (391 )     (458 )
 
                             
Total charge-offs
    (909 )     (1,202 )     (838 )     (603 )     (829 )
 
                                       
Recoveries:
                                       
Domestic:
                                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
                                       
Loans secured by mortgages
                            3       5  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    6       7       4                  
Other private lending
    3       9       2       4       5  
Other corporate lending
                    3       8       4  
Foreign:
                                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
                                       
Loans secured by mortgages
    (1 )             2               2  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    23       4                       1  
Other private lending
    11       10       7                  
Other corporate lending
    42       19       15       23       34  
 
                             
Total recoveries
    84       49       33       38       51  
 
                             
Net charge-offs
    (825 )     (1,153 )     (805 )     (565 )     (778 )
 
                                       
Additions and other adjustments (included in value Adjustments to receivables of the Banking operations), excluding foreign currency exchange
    454       850       1,108       938       528  
 
                             
Balance at December 31
    4,262       4,671       4,870       4,474       4,272  
 
                             
 
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans and advances to banks and customers
    0.24 %     0.37 %     0.27 %     0.22 %     0.31 %

Additions to the provision for loan losses are based on management’s judgment, taking into account all available evidence, on borrower creditworthiness, contractual loan terms, available judicial and other remedies, historical patterns of losses and current economic developments.

Management regularly assesses the adequacy of the provision for loan losses by performing ongoing evaluations of the loan portfolio. A formal analysis of specifically identified loans takes place every quarter, including evaluation of economic risks associated with each loan, the current financial

57


Table of Contents

condition of the borrower, the economic environment in which the borrower operates, the level of delinquent loans and the value of collateral. Credit ratings are assigned to the borrowers by allocating all outstanding loans into various Risk Rating categories on a regular basis.

The policy for determining the provision for loan losses is set out in more detail under the heading “Bad and Doubtful debts” and in Note 1.6.2.5. to the consolidated financial statements.

Additions to the provision for loan losses presented in the table above were influenced by developments in general economic conditions as well as certain individual exposures. Significant movements in the addition to the provision for loan losses are explained in the paragraph “Addition to the provision for loan losses” on page 113.

The following table shows the allocation of the provision for loan losses on loans accounted for as loans and advances to banks and customers for the past five years:

                                                                                 
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  
    EUR     %(1)     EUR     %(1)     EUR     %(1)     EUR     %(1)     EUR     %(1)  
    (EUR millions)  
Domestic:
                                                                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    1       2.06               2.00       31       2.56               3.18               3.11  
Loans secured by mortgages
    198       29.23       164       29.15       120       27.87       112       29.01       105       18.21  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
            2.07               2.59               2.28               2.96               1.37  
Other private lending
    181       1.81       258       2.17       199       2.63       107       1.34       88       1.31  
Other corporate lending
    692       10.13       728       11.83       649       13.49       742       11.42       766       19.03  
 
                                                           
Total domestic
    1,072       45.30       1,150       47.75       999       48.83       961       47.91       959       43.03  
Foreign:
                                                                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    36       4.83       30       5.14       47       5.05       68       4.76       7       4.88  
Loans secured by mortgages
    213       15.00       238       12.27       73       10.02       41       6.92       103       5.27  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    23       7.47       28       5.54       90       7.55       43       7.76       70       7.36  
Other private lending
    344       2.39       385       2.42       145       2.18       181       1.16       82       1.05  
Other corporate lending
    2,574       25.01       2,840       26.89       3,516       26.37       3,180       31.49       3,051       38.41  
 
                                                           
Total foreign
    3,190       54.70       3,521       52.25       3,871       51.17       3,513       52.09       3,313       56.97  
 
                                                           
Total
    4,262       100.00       4,671       100.00       4,870       100.00       4,474       100.00       4,272       100.00  
 
                                                           


(1)   The percentages represent the loans in each category as a percentage of the total loan portfolio for loans and advances to banks and customers.

58


Table of Contents

The following table shows the provision for loan losses on loans accounted for as loans and advances to banks and customers as a percentage of the related loan portfolio for the past five years:

                                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  
    (in %)  
Domestic:
                                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    0.01       0.01       0.39                  
Loans secured by mortgages
    0.19       0.17       0.14       0.14       0.16  
Other private lending
    2.81       3.67       2.43       2.83       2.53  
Other corporate lending
    1.93       1.91       1.54       2.31       2.27  
 
                             
Total domestic
    0.67       0.75       0.66       0.71       0.84  
Foreign:
                                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    0.21       0.18       0.30       0.51       0.06  
Loans secured by mortgages
    0.40       0.60       0.23       0.21       0.73  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    0.09       0.15       0.36       0.20       0.35  
Other private lending
    4.06       4.93       2.13       5.55       2.94  
Other corporate lending
    2.90       3.27       4.27       3.59       2.98  
 
                             
Total foreign
    1.65       2.09       2.42       2.39       2.18  
Total
    1.20       1.45       1.56       1.59       1.60  

DEPOSITS

The aggregate average balance of all the Group’s interest-bearing deposits (from banks and customer accounts) increased by 16.80% to EUR 441,901 million. Interest rates paid reflect market conditions. The effect on net interest income depends upon competitive pricing and the level of interest income that can be generated through the use of funds.

Deposits by banks are primarily time deposits, the majority of which are raised by the Group’s Amsterdam based money market operations in the world’s major financial markets.

Certificates of deposit represent 22% of the category ‘Debt securities’ (31% at the end of 2003). These instruments are issued as part of liquidity management with maturities generally of less than three months.

59


Table of Contents

                                                 
      2004       2003       2002  
    Average     Average     Average     Average     Average     Average  
    deposit     rate     deposit     rate     deposit     rate  
    (EUR millions)     %     (EUR millions)     %     (EUR millions)     %  
Deposits by banks
                                               
Demand – non-interest bearing
    72               10               899          
– interest bearing
    3,928       2.1       2,911       1.8       1,091       5.0  
Time
    35,506       2.2       32,104       2.2       30,504       3.5  
 
                                         
Total domestic offices
    39,506               35,025               32,494          
In foreign offices:
                                               
Demand – non-interest bearing
    1,998               2,470               3,011          
– interest bearing
    23,307       1.9       20,846       1.7       12,728       2.6  
Time
    50,764       2.6       47,733       2.3       59,562       3.4  
 
                                         
Total foreign offices
    76,069               71,049               75,301          
 
                                         
Total deposits by banks
    115,575               106,074               107,795          
 
                                         
 
                                               
Customer accounts
                                               
In domestic offices:
                                               
Demand – non-interest bearing
    11,216               12,197               15,572          
– interest bearing
    49,275       1.8       46,710       1.9       17,543       2.8  
Savings
    26,220       3.1       24,443       1.3       43,389       3.0  
Time
    29,501       2.7       27,601       3.0       23,252       4.2  
 
                                         
Total domestic offices
    116,212               110,951               99,756          
In foreign offices:
                                               
Demand – non-interest bearing
    1,631               3,036               3,407          
– interest bearing
    34,015       1.4       34,057       1.8       25,973       2.0  
Savings
    146,358       2.9       96,055       2.8       55,553       3.6  
Time
    43,027       2.7       45,887       3.1       45,614       3.2  
 
                                         
Total foreign offices
    225,031               179,035               130,547          
 
                                         
Total customers accounts
    341,243               289,986               230,303          
 
                                         
 
                                               
Debt securities
                                               
In domestic offices:
                                               
Debentures
    12,538       3.7       7,871       4.5       14,636       3.9  
Certificates of deposit
    3,711       3.2       4,084       3.4       2,967       4.5  
Other
    3,179       3.1       3,174       3.6       2,806       4.0  
 
                                         
Total domestic offices
    19,428               15,129               20,409          
In foreign offices:
                                               
Debentures
    14,052       4.7       14,994       4.5       13,267       8.5  
Certificates of deposit
    12,113       3.1       17,741       2.7       33,821       3.1  
Other
    26,120       2.5       22,910       2.4       10,781       8.7  
 
                                         
Total foreign offices
    52,285               55,645               57,869          
 
                                         
Total debt securities
    71,713               70,774               78,278          
 
                                         

For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the aggregate amount of deposits by foreign depositors in domestic offices was EUR 34,801 million, EUR 33,874 million and EUR 30,551 million, respectively.

60


Table of Contents

On December 31, 2004, the maturity of domestic time certificates of deposit and other time deposits, exceeding EUR 25,000, was:

                                 
    Time certificates of deposit     Other time deposits  
    (EUR               (EUR        
    millions)     %     millions)     %  
3 months or less
    2,483       84.3       61,101       81.9  
6 months or less but over 3 months
    253       8.6       4,702       6.3  
12 months or less but over 6 months
    210       7.1       3,858       5.2  
Over 12 months
    0       0.0       4,914       6.6  
 
                       
Total
    2,946       100.0       74,575       100.0  
 
                       

The following table shows the amount outstanding for time certificates of deposit and other time deposits exceeding EUR 25,000 issued by foreign offices on December 31, 2004.

         
    Year ended  
    December 31, 2004  
    (EUR millions)  
Time certificates of deposit
    11,722  
Other time deposits
    77,809  
 
     
Total
    89,531  
 
     

INVESTMENTS OF THE GROUP’S BANKING OPERATIONS

The following table shows the balance sheet value under Dutch GAAP of the investments of the Group’s banking operations:

                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
          (EUR millions)        
Dutch government
    5,688       5,512       3,429  
German government
    9,403       7,211       2,783  
Central banks
    180       667       668  
Belgian government
    14,829       12,839       13,165  
Other governments
    27,192       21,152       15,200  
Corporate debt securities
                       
Banks and financial institutions
    34,530       35,830       18,527  
Other corporate debt securities
    15,867       5,718       6,210  
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
    1,953       2,834       5,180  
Other debt securities
    53,408       24,267       13,917  
 
                 
Total debt securities
    163,050       116,030       79,079  
Shares and convertible debentures
    546       766       1,254  
Land and buildings (1)
    3,398       2,970       3,709  
 
                 
Total
    166,994       119,766       84,042  
 
                 


(1)   Including commuted ground rents

61


Table of Contents

Banking investment strategy

ING’s investment strategy for its investment portfolio related to the banking activities is formulated by the Asset and Liability Committee (“ALCO”). The exposures of the investments to market rate movements are managed by modifying the asset and liability mix, either directly or through the use of derivative financial products including interest rate swaps, futures, forwards and purchased option positions such as interest rate caps, floors and collars. See “Item 11. Quantative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risk”.

The investment portfolio related to the banking activities primarily consists of fixed-interest securities. Approximately 29% of the land and buildings owned by ING Bank are wholly or partially in use by Group companies.

Portfolio maturity description

                                                 
                    Between     Between  
    1 year or less     1 year and 5 years     5 and 10 years  
    Book value           Book value           Book value        
    (EUR     Yield(1)     (EUR     Yield(1)     (EUR     Yield(1)  
    millions)     %     millions)     %     millions)     %  
Dutch government
    112       3.1       348       4.1       5,313       4.3  
German government
    992       3.1       2,690       4.1       5,710       4.1  
Belgian government
    770       4.5       7,348       5.4       6,060       4.6  
Central banks
    43       2.7                       137       5.9  
Other governments
    4,615       3.3       9,265       4.4       11,783       4.3  
Banks and financial institutions
    3,849       3.0       15,782       3.7       13,389       4.3  
Corporate debt securities
    2,221       4.3       4,342       4.3       8,512       4.4  
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
    91       3.9       618       5.2       301       4.3  
Other debt securities
    2,539       3.4       18,541       3.5       26,213       3.9  
 
                                         
Total
    15,232               58,934               77,418          
 
                                         
                                                         
    Over 10 years     Without maturity                    
    Book           Book           Total           Balance  
    value             value             Book     premium/     sheet  
    (EUR     Yield(1)     (EUR     Yield(1)      value     (discount)     value  
    millions)     %     millions)     %     (EUR millions)  
Dutch government
                                    5,773       85       5,688  
German government
    135       5.7                       9,527       124       9,403  
Belgian government
    643       5.0                       14,821       (8 )     14,829  
Central banks
                                    180               180  
Other governments
    1,698       5.3                       27,361       169       27,192  
Banks and financial institutions
    1,627       3.6                       34,647       117       34,530  
Corporate debt securities
    777       4.8                       15,852       (15 )     15,867  
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
    976       3.7                       1,986       33       1,953  
Other debt securities
    6,506       3.1       28               53,827       419       53,408  
 
                                             
Total
    12,362               28               163,974       924       163,050  
 
                                             


(1)   Since substantially all investment securities held by the banking operations of the Company are taxable securities, the yields are on a tax- equivalent basis.

62


Table of Contents

On December 31, 2004, ING Group also held the following securities for the banking operations that exceeded 10% of shareholders’ equity:

                                 
    2004     2003  
    Book     Market     Book     Market  
    value     value     value     value  
    (EUR millions)     (EUR millions)  
Dutch government
    5,773       6,082       5,618       5,692  
Belgian government
    14,821       15,837       12,829       13,657  
German government
    9,527       9,903       7,331       7,424  

COMPETITION

There is substantial competition in the Netherlands and in the other countries in which ING undertakes business in insurance, retail and wholesale banking, and other products and services provided. Competition is more pronounced in the mature markets of the Netherlands, the Rest of Europe, the United States, Canada and Australia than in the developing markets. In recent years, however, competition in developing markets has increased as financial institutions from mature markets have sought to establish themselves in markets perceived to offer higher growth potential. ING and all its competitors have sought to form alliances, mergers or strategic relationships with local institutions, which have become more sophisticated and competitive.

Competition with respect to the products and services provided by the Group in both mature and developing markets is based on many factors, including brand recognition, scope of distribution systems, customer service, products offered, financial strength, price and, in the case of investment-linked insurance products and asset management services, investment performance. Management believes its major competitors are the larger Dutch, other European, United States and Japanese commercial banks, insurance companies, asset management and other financial-services companies.

RATINGS

ING Groep N.V.’s long-term senior debt is rated “A+” (with a positive outlook) by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service (“Standard & Poor’s”), a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ING Groep N.V.’s long-term senior debt is rated “Aa3” (with a stable outlook) by Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”). ING Verzekeringen N.V.’s long-term senior debt is rated “A+” (with a positive outlook) by Standard & Poor’s and “Aa3” (with a stable outlook) by Moody’s.

ING Bank N.V.’s long-term senior debt held a “AA-” (with a positive outlook) rating by Standard & Poor’s as of December 31, 2004. At the same date, Moody’s rated ING Bank N.V.’s long-term senior debt at “Aa2” (with a stable outlook). Finally, ING Bank N.V.’s long-term senior debt was rated “AA-” by Fitch Ratings, Ltd. as of December 31, 2004.

ING Verzekeringen N.V.’s short-term senior debt is rated “A1” (with a positive outlook) by Standard & Poor’s, as of December 31, 2004. Moody’s maintains a rating of Prime 1 (P-1) with a stable outlook for the same time period.

ING Bank N.V.’s short-term senior debt held a rating of “A1+” (with a positive outlook) by Standard & Poor’s at December 31, 2004. Over the same time period, Moody’s rated the short-term debt of the bank at Prime 1 (P-1) with a stable outlook.

DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

In the Netherlands, ING owns a significant part of the land and buildings used in the normal course of its business. Outside the Netherlands, ING predominantly leases all of the land and buildings used in the normal course of its business. On December 31, 2004, ING had more than 1,500 branch, representative and similar offices worldwide of which approximately 500 offices, principally branch offices, were located in the Netherlands. In addition, ING has part of its investment portfolio invested in land and buildings. Management believes that ING’s facilities are adequate for its present needs in all material respects.

63


Table of Contents

Item 5. Operating and financial review and prospects

The following review and prospects should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related Notes thereto included elsewhere herein. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Dutch GAAP, which differs in certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP. Reference is made to Note 6 of Notes to the consolidated financial statements for a description of the significant differences between Dutch GAAP and U.S. GAAP and a reconciliation of shareholders’equity and net profit to U.S. GAAP. Unless otherwise indicated, financial information for ING Group included herein is presented on a consolidated basis under Dutch GAAP.

FACTORS AFFECTING RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

ING Group’s results of operations are affected by demographics (particularly with respect to life insurance) and by a variety of market conditions, including economic cycles, insurance industry cycles (particularly with respect to non-life insurance), banking industry cycles and fluctuations in stock markets, interest and foreign exchange rates.

General market conditions

Demographic studies suggest that over the next decade there will be growth in the number of individuals who enter the age group that management believes is most likely to purchase retirement-oriented life insurance products in ING’s principal life insurance markets in the Netherlands, the Rest of Europe, the United States, Asia and Australia. In addition, in a number of its European markets, including the Netherlands, retirement, medical and other social benefits previously provided by the government will be, or are expected to be, curtailed in the coming years. Management believes this will increase opportunities for private sector providers of life insurance, health, pension and other social benefits-related insurance products. Management believes that ING Insurance’s distribution networks, the quality and diversity of its products and its investment management expertise in each of these markets, positions ING Insurance to benefit from these developments. In addition, the emerging markets in Central and Eastern Europe, Asia and South America, in which ING Insurance has insurance operations, generally have lower gross domestic products per capita and gross insurance premiums per capita than the countries in Western Europe and North America in which ING Insurance has insurance operations. Management believes that insurance operations in these emerging markets provide ING Insurance with the market presence which will allow it to take advantage of anticipated growth in these regions. In addition, conditions in the non-life insurance markets in which ING Insurance operates are cyclical, and characterized by periods of price competition, fluctuations in underwriting results, and the occurrence of unpredictable weather-related and other losses.

Fluctuations in equity securities markets

Our insurance and asset management operations are exposed to fluctuations in equity securities markets. Our overall investment return and fee income from equity-linked products are influenced by equity markets. The fees we charge for managing portfolios are often based on performance and value of the portfolio. In addition, fluctuations in equity securities markets may affect sales of life and pension products, unit-linked products, including variable business and may increase the amount of withdrawals which will reduce related management fees. Our banking operations are exposed to fluctuations in equity securities markets. Given the fact that ING Bank’s policy is to maintain an internationally diversified and mainly client-related trading portfolio, market downturns are likely to lead to declines in securities trading and brokerage activities which we execute for customers and therefore to a decline in related commissions.

Fluctuations in interest rates

Our insurance operations are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates through impacts on sales and surrenders of life insurance and annuity products. Declining interest rates may increase sales, but may impact profitability as a result of a reduced spread between the guaranteed interest rates to policyholders and the investment returns on fixed interest investments. Rising interest rates may increase the surrender of policies which may require liquidation of fixed interest investments at unfavorable market prices. This could result in realized investment losses. Our banking operations are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates. Our management of interest rate sensitivity affects the results of our banking operations. Interest rate sensitivity refers to the relationship between changes in market

64


Table of Contents

interest rates and changes in net interest income. The composition of our banking assets and liabilities results in a structural mismatch which causes the banking operations’ net interest income to be affected by changes in interest rates.

Fluctuations in exchange rates

We publish our consolidated financial statements in euros. Because a substantial portion of our revenue and expenses are denominated in currencies other than euros, fluctuations in the exchange rates used to translate foreign currencies, particularly the U.S. dollar, the Australian dollar, the Canadian dollar, the Japanese yen, the British pound and the Polish zloty into euros will impact our reported results of operations and cash flows from year to year. Fluctuations in exchange rates will also impact the value (denominated in euro) of our investments in our non-Euro reporting subsidiaries. The impact of these fluctuations in exchange rates is mitigated to some extent by the fact that the revenues and related expenses, as well as assets and liabilities, of each of our non-euro reporting subsidiaries are generally denominated in the same currencies. As described below, until 2005, ING Group’s policy was to hedge the translation risk of foreign operations in order to minimize the impact of foreign currency movements (See Note 7.11 of Notes to the consolidated financial statements).

The weakening during 2004 of most currencies against the euro had a negative impact of EUR 86 million on operating net profit. This was off set by a gain of EUR 188 million after tax on ING’s US dollar hedge, compared with a gain of EUR 119 million in the same period last year. ING has hedged the expected profits in US dollar and US dollar-linked currencies for 2004. On the insurance side, profits were hedged at a EUR/USD exchange rate of 0.922 for 2004, on the banking side the EUR/USD exchange rate was 1.222. Based on a change in ING’s view on the longer term outlook for the EUR/USD exchange rate, it was decided to unwind the hedges with respect to the 2005 results.

For the years 2004, 2003 and 2002, the year-end exchange rates (which are the rates ING uses in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements for balance sheet items not denominated in euros) and the average annual exchange rates (which are the rates ING uses in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements for income statement items and cash flows not denominated in euros) were as follows for the currencies specified below:

                         
      Average  
    2004     2003     2002  
U.S. dollar
    1.2472       1.1345       0.9458  
Australian dollar
    1.6912       1.7484       1.7404  
Canadian dollar
    1.6164       1.5912       1.4838  
Pound sterling
    0.6816       0.6899       0.6279  
Japanese yen
    133.9170       131.1930       117.9310  
Polish zloty
    4.5326       4.4110       3.8480  
                         
    Year-end  
    2004     2003     2002  
U.S. dollar
    1.3645       1.2616       1.0487  
Australian dollar
    1.7485       1.6788       1.8594  
Canadian dollar
    1.6427       1.6281       1.6548  
Pound sterling
    0.7053       0.7063       0.6505  
Japanese yen
    139.7674       134.8000       124.4000  
Polish zloty
    4.0899       4.7070       4.0150  

65


Table of Contents

Off-Balance-Sheet- Arrangements

Reference is made to pages F-40-F-42: Note 2.18.2 Off-Balance-sheet arrangements.

                         
            Less     More  
            than     than  
    Total     one     one  
    2004     year     year  
    (EUR millions)  
Insurance operations
                       
Commitments concerning investments in land and buildings
    507       3       504  
Commitments concerning fixed-interest securities
    1,424       1,377       47  
Guarantees
    1,082               1,082  
Other
    546       363       183  
 
                       
Banking operations
                       
Contingent liabilities in respect of:
                       
– guarantees
    17,080       6,634       10,446  
– irrevocable letters of credit
    6,233       5,963       270  
– other
    378       378          
 
                 
 
    27,250       14,718       12,532  
 
                       
irrevocable facilities
    69,011       39,768       29,243  
 
                 
 
    96,261       54,486       41,775  
 
                 

Total tabular disclosure of contractual obligations

                                         
    Payments due by period  
    Total     Less than     1-3     3-5     More  
    2004     1 year     years     years     than 5 years  
    (EUR millions)  
Operating lease obligations (1)
    510       100       207       51       152  
Subordinated Loans of Group Companies (2)
    15,675       242       664       432       14,337  
Debenture Loans (2)
    9,481       2,605       3,398       1,613       1,865  
Loans Contracted (2)
    4,540       3,499       658       221       162  
Loans from Credit Institutions (2)
    3,438       3,077       343               18  
Insurance provisions
    210,107       9,379       7,006       6,516       187,206  
 
                             
Total
    243,751       18,902       12,276       8,833       203,740  
 
                             


(1)   The Company’s operating lease obligations are described in Note 2.18.3 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
(2)   Subordinated loans of Group companies, Debenture loans, Loans contracted and Loans from Credit Institutions are included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet; refer to Note 2.16 to the consolidated financial statements for additional details.

Insurance provisions represent ING’s current best estimates of future payments that will be required in respect of life and non-life insurance claims, including expenses relating to such claims, and incorporate uncertainties as to the timing and amount of claim payments. Actual payments on insurance provisions may therefore vary substantially from the estimates above in respect of both timing and amount.

Critical Accounting Policies

Dutch GAAP

Reference is made to page to F-9: Note 1.5 Critical Accounting Policies.

Transition to IFRS

The European Union requires all listed companies in its member states to prepare consolidated financial statements based on International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). Therefore, as of January 1, 2005 we are required to publish our financial statements and report our operating results in accordance with IFRS.

66


Table of Contents

Most significant IFRS-related changes in ING accounting policies as of January 1, 2005

IFRS differs significantly from Dutch GAAP (as applied in the 2004 annual accounts) in several areas. Therefore, shareholders’ equity and net profit under IFRS may differ significantly from those under Dutch GAAP. The most important changes for ING are expected to be changes relating to accounting treatment for real estate, employee benefits and fair-value accounting of fixed-interest securities and derivatives. We expect that the implementation of IFRS will increase volatility in both earnings and equity as a result of fair-value accounting of fixed-interest securities and derivatives.

Goodwill

Under Dutch GAAP, goodwill arising from acquisitions is directly charged to shareholders’ equity immediately at the time of an acquisition. Under IFRS, goodwill arising from acquisitions in 2004 and later years is capitalized; there is no amortization but a charge needs to be taken for any accumulated impairment. Goodwill from acquisitions before January 1, 2004 is not recognized.

Real estate

Under Dutch GAAP and IFRS, investments in land and buildings are carried at the fair values, whereas under Dutch GAAP any unrealized revaluations are accounted for directly in shareholders equity and realized at the time of disposal. Under IFRS changes in fair value are recognized as income.

Under Dutch GAAP and IFRS, land and buildings in use by group companies are also carried at the fair values, with any unrealized revaluations accounted for directly in shareholders’ equity. Under IFRS however, upon disposal the revaluation reserve is reclassified as retained earnings, and remains equity. Under Dutch GAAP depreciation is not recognized, whereas under IFRS all property in use by group companies is depreciated.

Valuation of loans

Under both Dutch GAAP and IFRS, loans are measured at amortized cost. However, under IFRS certain fees/costs are capitalized and amortized while under Dutch GAAP they are expensed immediately (e.g., mortgage broker fees). Under Dutch GAAP realized results are amortized over the remaining term of the loan, whereas under IFRS these are reported immediately in net income

Except for the calculation of loan loss provisions the above related changes do not impact ING’s US GAAP reporting.

Under IFRS, loan loss provisions are determined under a revised methodology. This methodology is based on the current estimate of losses incurred at the balance sheet date measured at amortised cost.

Differences which arise in the application of the IFRS and the Dutch GAAP methodologies are as follows:

–   Portfolio based provisions on individually less significant exposures (e.g. mortgages and consumer loans) are subject to a revised methodology under IFRS. The use of a “loss confirmation period” is explicitly applied when measuring portfolio based provisions under IFRS and the meaning of “observable data” and “current events” are interpreted very narrowly in the context of an incurred loss model. As a consequence the implicit “loss confirmation period” under ING GAAP is in effect shortened.

–   The application of the IFRS methodology will significantly reduce the amount of the unallocated provision for loan losses that we provide to adequately capture various subjective and judgmental aspects of credit risk assessment that are not considered on an individual basis. Considerable judgement is exercised in determining the extent of the unallocated provision, which is based on management’s evaluation of the risk in the portfolio, current economic conditions, loss experience in recent years and credit and geographical concentration trends.

Our analysis of the impact of the revised method of estimating the loan loss provision continues to be underway; however, the change could result in a significant release of the provision which will be recognized in the 2005 US GAAP income statement so as to align US GAAP reporting with the change in estimation process when we adopt IFRS.

67


Table of Contents

Valuation of debt securities

Under Dutch GAAP, quoted debt securities are measured at amortized cost, whereas under IFRS they are reported at fair value.

Under Dutch GAAP, results realized on sales of debt securities are treated as a yield difference and are amortized over the remaining term of the related securities. Under IFRS they are recognized directly as income.

Through shadow accounting, insurance provisions and DAC are partly adjusted for the effect of realized and unrealized results on debt securities under IFRS.

Accounting for derivatives

Under Dutch GAAP, trading derivatives are reported at fair value and non-trading derivatives which are used for risk management purposes are valued similar to the item being hedged (mainly at cost). Under IFRS, all derivatives are reported at fair value.

Pension liabilities

While the accounting for pensions under Dutch GAAP is similar to IFRS a difference arises due to the first time application of IFRS. Under IFRS, actuarial gains and losses were deferred in a “corridor” on transition to IFRS and the amount in the corridor is reset to nil as of January 1, 2004.

Overview Group result 2003 versus 2002

Income

In 2004, total operating income increased by 4.7% to EUR 67,814 million, due to increased income from the insurance operations as well as the banking operations, which increased by 4.1% and 7.3%, respectively, and which offset a strengthening of the euro against most other currencies. Total operating income, excluding the impact of acquisitions, divestments and currency effects of the insurance operations increased by 11.3% and of the banking operations by 7.4%, respectively.

Efficiency

Total operating expenses increased 3.2% from EUR 13,081 million in 2003 to EUR 13,495 million. Operating expenses from the insurance operations declined 1.2% from EUR 4,897 million in 2003 to EUR 4,837 million in 2004. However, excluding the impact of divestments and currency effects, operating expenses increased 6.2%, mainly due to higher operating costs in the Netherlands, Belgium, the Rest of Europe, and Australia. Total operating expenses from the banking operations increased 5.8% to EUR 8,658 million, in large part due to continued investments to support the growth of ING Direct. Restructuring provisions incurred in respect of the wholesale operations had a negative impact of EUR 101 million in 2004, consisting EUR 60 million in the third quarter for ING BHF-Bank and EUR 41 million for the international Wholesale Banking network in the fourth quarter. The restructuring provision of EUR 41 million before tax, which was taken in the fourth quarter, will be used to streamline the International Network of the Wholesale Banking, as part of a strategy to focus on core products and clients. In total about 400 jobs are being eliminated in Asia, the U.K. and the Americas, primarily in back-office and IT functions.

Profit

Operating net profit rose 33.0% from EUR 4,053 million in 2003 to EUR 5,389 million in 2004, led by a strong performance in ING’s banking operations, in particular ING Direct and Wholesale Banking, mainly as a result of higher income and historically low risk costs. The insurance operations also posted a healthy growth, driven by the life insurance activities in Asia/Pacific and the United States, which were impacted by one-off items regarding the exit from our U.S. individual reinsurance business, and continued strong non-life results, led by Canada.

Net profit rose 47.6% to EUR 5,968 million, lifted by EUR 579 million in realized capital gains on equities in 2004, compared to realized capital losses on equities of EUR 10 million in 2003. The high level of capital gains on shares, most of which were realized in the second half of 2004, is mainly due to a decision to sell part of the Dutch equity portfolio to reduce the volatility of the solvency ratios. Net profit per share rose 40.0% to EUR 2.80, compared to EUR 2.00 in 2003. The increase in earnings per share lagged growth in total net profit due to an increase in the average number of shares outstanding as a result of ING’s dividend policy, which allowed investors to receive the dividend in

68


Table of Contents

cash or stock. Operating net profit per share increased from EUR 2.00 in 2003 to EUR 2.53 in 2004, an increase of 26.5%.

Insurance operations

Operating net profit from insurance rose 19.0% from EUR 2,508 million in 2003 to EUR 2,985 million in 2004, driven by a strong increase in results from non-life insurance, due to a favorable claims experience as well as gains on the sale of ING’s non-life insurance joint venture in Australia and the initial public offering of the Canadian non-life insurance business. Results from life insurance were negatively impacted by one-off items, including the charge in the U.S. individual reinsurance business, which offset higher results at the core life insurance businesses in the United States and Asia/Pacific.

Total premium income increased 5.9% to EUR 43,617 million, as strong growth, particularly from the life insurance businesses in the United States and Asia, was offset in part by divestments and currency effects. Excluding the impact of acquisitions and divestments as well as exchange rate differences, total premium income increased 13.6%. Total life insurance premiums increased 9.1% to EUR 36,975 million, and rose 15.6% excluding the impact of exchange rate differences and acquisitions and divestments. Total non-life premiums decreased 8.9% to EUR 6,642 million, mainly as a result of the sales of the Australian non-life joint venture and the Dutch health insurance business. Excluding the impact of divestments and acquisitions as well as exchange rate differences, non-life premiums increased 3.0%.

Operating expenses from the insurance operations declined 1.2% to EUR 4,837 million in 2004 from EUR 4,897 million in 2003. However, excluding the impact of divestments and currency effects, operating expenses increased 6.1%, mainly due to higher costs in the Netherlands, Belgium, the Rest of Europe, and Australia.

Banking operations

Operating net profit from banking rose 55.6% to EUR 2,404 million, driven by a 7.3% increase in operating income and a sharp reduction in risk costs. All three banking business lines reported higher profits before tax. One-off items, including results on divestments, restructuring charges, and the release of tax provisions had a negative impact of EUR 58 million. Excluding one-off items, operating net profit from the banking operations increased 52.9% to EUR 2,462 million from EUR 1,610 million in 2003. Operating profit before tax from banking rose 44.0% to EUR 3,414 million.

Total operating income from banking rose 7.3% to EUR 12,537 million. Interest income continued to be the most important and stable contributor to income at the bank. The net interest result increased 8.5% to EUR 8,808 million, driven by a higher average balance sheet total, mainly due to the continued strong growth of ING Direct.

Total operating expenses increased 5.8% to EUR 8,658 million, in large part due to continued investments to support the growth of ING Direct. Restructuring provisions had a negative impact of EUR 101 million, including EUR 60 million in the third quarter for ING BHF-Bank and EUR 41 million for the international Wholesale Banking network in the fourth quarter. Excluding those one-off items, currency effects, and the impact of transfers of activities between insurance and banking (EUR 30 million), operating expenses increased 5.5% of which 3.5% was due to ING Direct. As the increase in income outpaced the expense growth, the cost/income ratio of the banking activities improved to 69.1% in 2004, from 70.1% in 2003. Excluding one-off items, the cost/income ratio improved to 67.0% from 69.4%.

In 2004, ING added EUR 465 million to the provision for loan losses, compared with EUR 1,125 million in 2003. The addition equalled 18 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2004, compared with 46 basis points in 2003. The lower addition was possible due to a further improvement of the credit portfolio, the release of some debtor provisions and the absence of large defaults

Return on equity

The operating net return on equity increased to 22.9% in 2004 from 21.5% in 2003. The operating net return on equity of the insurance operations was 22.6% in 2004, compared with 22.7% in 2003, while the operating net return on equity from banking rose to 15.8% from 11.1% in 2003.

69


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth the consolidated results of operations of ING Group for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002:

                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
    (EUR millions)  
Operating profit before tax:
                       
Insurance operations
    4,005       3,486       3,170  
Banking operations
    3,414       2,371       1,468  
 
                 
Operating profit before tax
    7,419       5,857       4,638  
Taxation
    1,758       1,460       873  
Third-party interests
    272       344       332  
 
                 
Operating net profit
    5,389       4,053       3,433  
Non-operating profit after taxation
                    247  
Realized capital gains (losses) after taxation
    579       (10 )     820  
 
                 
Net profit
    5,968       4,043       4,500  
 
                 

The following table sets forth the breakdown of our non-operating profits by insurance and banking operations:

                                                                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002  
    Insurance operations     Banking operations                     Total          
                            (EUR millions)                                  
Non-operating profit:
                                                                       
Result on joint venture ANZ
                    280                                               280  
Capital gains
    590       (20 )     1003                               590       (20 )     1003  
Taxation on non-operating results
    21       (10 )     216                               21       (10 )     216  
 
                                                           
Non-operating profit after taxation
    579       (10 )     1,067                               579       (10 )     1,067  
 
                                                           

The following discussion is based on our consolidated financial statements (see “Item 18. Financial Statements”) and should be read in conjunction with those statements. ING Group evaluates the results of its insurance operations and banking operations using non-GAAP financial performance measures called operating profit before tax and operating (net) profit. Operating (net) profit is defined as (net) profit, excluding:

–   capital gains and losses on equity securities,
 
–   the impact of the negative revaluation reserve on equity securities, and
 
–   realized gains on divestments that are made with the purpose of using the proceeds to finance acquisitions.

While these excluded items are significant components in understanding and assessing the Group’s consolidated financial performance, ING Group believes that the presentation of operating results enhances the understanding and comparability of its performance by highlighting net income attributable to ongoing operations and the underlying profitability of the businesses. Trends in the underlying profitability of ING Group’s businesses can be more clearly identified without the fluctuating effects of realized capital gains and losses on equity securities and the impact of the negative revaluation reserve on equity securities. These results are largely dependent on market cycles and can vary across periods. The timing of sales that would result in gains or losses is largely at the discretion of the company. The realized gains on divestments that are made with the purpose of using the proceeds related to the divestments to finance acquisitions are excluded because the timing of these gains is largely subject to the Company’s discretion, influenced by market opportunities and ING does not believe that they are indicative of future results. Operating profit before tax and operating net profit are not a substitute for profit before tax and net

70


Table of Contents

profit as determined in accordance with Dutch GAAP. ING ’s definition of operating profit before tax and operating net profit may differ from those used by other companies and may change over time. See Note 3.6.6 to the consolidated financial statements for a reconciliation of our segment operating results to our net profit.

The following table sets forth the operating profit before tax and operating net profit of the Group’s consolidated operations by geographic region for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002:

                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
            (EUR millions)          
The Netherlands
    3,150       3,039       2,577  
Belgium
    841       587       687  
Rest of Europe
    533       216       (156 )
North America
    1,921       1,118       614  
Latin America
    272       420       381  
Asia
    314       273       283  
Australia
    536       236       384  
Other
    (148 )     (32 )     (132 )
 
                 
Operating profit before tax
    7,419       5,857       4,638  
Taxation
    1,758       1,460       873  
Third-party interests
    272       344       332  
 
                 
Operating net profit
    5,389       4,053       3,433  
 
                 

The contribution of the insurance operations to the operating net profit of ING Group, after tax and third-party interests, was 55.4%, 61.9% and 73.9% in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Year ended December 31, 2004 compared to year ended December 31, 2003

Total operating income of ING Group increased by EUR 3,068 million, or 4.7% to EUR 67,814 million, from EUR 64,746 million in 2003, reflecting an increase in income of the Group’s insurance operations of 4.1% and in the banking operations of 7.3%. Total operating expenditure increased by EUR 1,506 million, or 2.6%, from EUR 58,889 million in 2003 to EUR 60,395 million in 2004, reflecting an increase in total operating expenditure of the insurance operations of 3.3%. and a decrease in total expenditure of the banking operations of 2.0%. The Group’s operating profit before tax increased in the Netherlands, Belgium, the Rest of Europe, North America,Asia and Australia but declined in Latin America.

Consolidated operating profit before tax increased EUR 1,562 million, or 26.7%, to EUR 7,419 million in 2004 compared to EUR 5,857 million in 2003, reflecting increases of 14.9% for the insurance operations and 44.0% for the banking operations. Including non-operating results, profit before tax increased EUR 2,132 million, or 36.3%, to EUR 8,009 million in 2004 compared to EUR 5,877 million in 2003. The Group’s consolidated taxes (operating) of EUR 1,758 million in 2004 and EUR 1,460 million in 2003 represented overall effective tax rates of 23.7% and 24.9%, respectively, compared to the statutory rates for the Group’s primary operating subsidiaries that ranged from 16.5% to 47%, and averaged 35%. The difference between statutory and effective rates was due primarily to a reduction in the taxes paid by the Group’s Dutch subsidiaries, for which the statutory rate was 34.5% and the effective rate was 29.0% in 2004.

Operating net profit increased EUR 1,336 million, or 33.0%, to EUR 5,389 million in 2004 compared to EUR 4,053 million in 2003, reflecting the increased pre-tax profits, as well as the release of EUR 932 million in capital gains (EUR 258 million in 2003), although the effect of exchange rate movements decreased operating net profit in 2004 by EUR 17 million, compared to a decrease of EUR 49 million in 2003, both net of US-dollar hedging. Including non-operating profits, net profit increased EUR 1,925 million, or 47.6%, to EUR 5,968 million in 2004 compared to EUR 4,043 million in 2003.

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared to year ended December 31, 2002

Total operating income of ING Group decreased by EUR 5,887 million, or 8.3% to EUR 64,746 million,

71


Table of Contents

from EUR 70,633 million in 2002, reflecting an decrease in income of the Group’s insurance operations of 10.5% and an increase in the banking operations of 4.3%. Total operating expenditure decreased by EUR 7,106 million, or 10.8%, from EUR 65,995 million in 2002 to EUR 58,889 million in 2003, reflecting decreases of 11.6% and 4.4% respectively, in total expenditure for the Group’s insurance and banking operations. The Group’s operating profit before tax increased the Netherlands, the Rest of Europe, North America, Latin America and Asia, but declined in Belgium and Australia.

Consolidated operating profit before tax increased by EUR 1,219 million, or 26.3%, to EUR 5,857 million in 2003 compared to EUR 4,638 million in 2002, reflecting increases of 10.0% for the insurance operations and 61.5% for the banking operations. Including non-operating results, profit before tax decreased by EUR 44 million, or 0.7%, to EUR 5,877 million in 2003 compared to EUR 5,921 million in 2002. The Group’s consolidated taxes (operating) of EUR 1,460 million in 2003 and EUR 873 million in 2002 represented overall effective tax rates of 24.9% and 18.8%, respectively, compared to the statutory rates for the Group’s primary Dutch and other non-domestic operating subsidiaries that ranged from 16.5% to 47%, and averaged 35%. The increase was mainly due to higher tax-exempt gains as well as the release of a tax provision in the insurance operations in 2002. The difference between statutory and effective rates was due primarily to a reduction in the taxes paid by the Group’s Dutch subsidiaries, for which the statutory rate was 34.5% and the effective rate was 19.1% in 2002.

Operating net profit increased EUR 620 million, or 18.1%, to EUR 4,053 million in 2003 compared to EUR 3,433 million in 2002, reflecting the increased pre-tax profits, although the effect of exchange rate movements between the euro and certain of the Group’s primary operating currencies decreased operating net profit in 2003 by EUR 49 million, compared to an increase of EUR 76 million in 2002, both net of U.S.-dollar hedging. Including non-operating profits, net profit decreased EUR 457 million, or 10.2%, to EUR 4,043 million in 2003 compared to EUR 4,500 million in 2002.

CONSOLIDATED ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

The following table sets forth ING Group’s consolidated assets and liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002:

                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
    (EUR billions, except amounts per share )  
Investments
    398.0       335.0       297.6  
Bank lending
    317.5       292.6       284.4  
Total assets
    866.1       778.8       716.4  
Insurance provisions
                       
Life
    200.2       188.2       186.0  
Non-life
    9.9       9.8       9.8  
Total insurance provisions
    210.1       198.0       195.8  
Funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations (1)
    435.9       377.8       319.8  
Due to banks
    112.8       102.1       96.3  
Total liabilities
    840.2       757.5       698.1  
Shareholders’ equity
    25.9       21.3       18.3  
Shareholders’ equity per Ordinary share
    11.76       10.08       9.14  


(1)   Funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations consists of savings accounts, other deposits, bank funds and debt securities privately issued by the banking operations of ING.

Year ended December 31, 2004 compared to year ended December 31, 2003

Total assets increased by 11.2% in 2004 to EUR 866.2 billion, mainly due to increased fixed income investments and bank lending. Investments increased by EUR 63.0 billion, or 18.8%, to EUR 398.0 billion in 2004 from EUR 335.0 billion in 2003, representing an increase of EUR 15.7 billion in insurance investments and an increase of EUR 48.2 billion in banking investments of which EUR 38.2 billion was attributable to ING Direct.

Bank lending increased by EUR 24.9 billion, or 8.5%, rising to EUR 317.5 billion at the end of 2004 from

72


Table of Contents

EUR 292.6 billion at the end of 2003. Of this amount, EUR 152.6 billion is related to lending in the Netherlands and EUR 164.9 billion to international lending. The total increase of EUR 24.9 billion was mainly due to a small increase of corporate loans, by EUR 4.0 billion and higher personal lending of EUR 18.5 billion. ING Direct contributed EUR 11.8 billion to the increase in personal lending.

Group shareholders’ equity increased by 21.2% or EUR 4,535 million to EUR 25,866 million at December 31, 2004 compared to EUR 21,331 million at December 31, 2003. Net profit from the year 2004 added EUR 5,968 million to shareholders’ equity and revaluations added EUR 1,063 million, offset by EUR (932) million in realized capital gains that were released through the profit and loss account, the interim cash dividend of EUR 399 million and exchange rate differences lowered shareholders’equity by EUR 966 million.

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared to year ended December 31, 2002

Total assets increased by 8.7% in 2003 to EUR 778.8 billion, due to increased fixed income investments, bank lending and banks. Investments increased by EUR 37.4 billion, or 12.6%, to EUR 335.0 billion in 2003 from EUR 297.6 billion in 2002, representing a small increase of EUR 1.5 billion in insurance investments and an increase of EUR 36.0 billion in banking investments of which EUR 29.8 billion was attributable to ING Direct.

Bank lending increased by EUR 8.2 billion, or 2.9%, rising to EUR 292.6 billion at the end of 2003 from EUR 284.4 billion at the end of 2002. Of this amount, EUR 143.7 billion related to lending in the Netherlands and EUR 148.9 billion to international lending. The total increase of EUR 8.2 billion was due to decreased corporate loans mainly as a result of negative currency rate fluctuations, by EUR 5.2 billion and higher personal lending of EUR 13.4 billion.

Group shareholders’ equity increased by 16.9% or EUR 3,077 million to EUR 21,331 million at December 31, 2003 compared to EUR 18,254 million on December 31, 2002. On balance, net profit of EUR 4,043 million increased and exchange rate differences decreased shareholder’s equity by EUR 1,123 million. In addition, the portion of the 2002 final dividend and 2003 interim dividend paid caused shareholders’ equity to decrease by EUR 943 million, partially offset by the issue of shares of EUR 925 million to fund the cash dividend.

SEGMENT REPORTING

ING Group’s segments are based on the management structure of the Group, which is different from its legal structure. Each business line formulates its strategic, commercial and financial policy in conformity with the strategy and performance targets set by the Executive Board. Each business line is also responsible for the preparation of its annual budget and each business line monitors the realization of its policies and budgets and its business units. The following table sets forth the contribution of our six business lines to our operating income and operating profit before tax for each of the years 2002-2004:

                                                 
                    Year ended December 31,              
    2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002  
    Total operational income     Operational result before taxation  
                (EUR millions)              
Insurance Europe
    16,209       16,537       15,709       1,733       1,791       1,296  
Insurance Americas
    28,112       27,589       35,350       1,669       1,310       1,430  
Insurance Asia/Pacific
    10,487       8,424       8,778       751       411       574  
Wholesale Banking
    5,761       5,825       5,765       1,932       1,272       596  
Retail Banking
    5,035       4,773       4,814       1,170       1,058       1,023  
ING Direct
    1,705       1,045       618       432       151       (48 )
Other (1)
    505       553       (401 )     (268 )     (136 )     (233 )
 
                                   
Total Group
    67,814       64,746       70,633       7,419       5,857       4,638  
 
                                   


(1)   Reflects intersegment eliminations, part of the gain on old reinsurance activities, hege result and interest on core debt, not allocated to the different insurance business lines and interest expenses not allocated to the different banking business lines.

73


Table of Contents

See Note 3.6.6 Segment Reporting of Notes to the consolidated financial statements for a reconciliation of our segment operating results to our net profits under Dutch GAAP.

Year ended December 31, 2004 compared to year ended December 31, 2003

Insurance Europe

Gross premiums written in the life operations increased by EUR 105 million, or 1.1%, to EUR 9,304 million, while gross premiums written in the non-life operations declined EUR 137 million, or 6.2%, to EUR 2,065 million.

The operating profit before tax decreased by 3.2% to EUR 1,733 million from EUR 1,791 million in 2003. Life results in the Netherlands declined 4.4%, caused by higher operating expenses, the impact of the transfer of a real estate portfolio to the banking operations, and a lower one-off gain on discontinued reinsurance activities. Life results in Belgium and Central Europe and Russia increased by 29.1% and 11.5% respectively from EUR 86 million to EUR 111 million in Belgium and from EUR 142 million to EUR 158 million for Central Europe and Russia. Operating profit before tax from non-life insurance increased 6.5% to EUR 312 million, mainly as a result of favourable claims experience in the Netherlands, which offset lower non-life results from Belgium.

Under U.S. GAAP, operating profit before tax would have been EUR 574 million higher in 2004 and EUR 205 million higher in 2003. This difference is mainly caused by the following reconciling items for 2004: the 2004 U.S. GAAP operating profit included provision for life policy liabilities of EUR 241 million (2003: EUR 42 million), real estate gains and losses of EUR 169 million (2003: EUR 268 million), accounting for derivative financial instruments held for risk management of EUR 185 million (2003: EUR(264)million), real estate valuation of EUR (118) million (2003: EUR (119) million) and amortization of premiums and discounts of debt securities of EUR (150) million (2003: EUR (174) million). For an explanation of differences between Dutch GAAP and U.S. GAAP please refer to Notes 6.1 and 6.2 on pages F-93 to F-99.

Insurance Americas

Gross premiums written in the life business increased by EUR 925 million, or 5.3%, from EUR 17,503 million in 2003 to EUR 18,428 million in 2004, boosted by the introduction of new products as well as enhanced distribution. Gross non-life premiums decreased EUR 484 million, or 10%, to EUR 4,332 million in 2004, mainly due to lower premium income from motor and property insurance in Mexico as well as currency effects.

The operating profit before tax increased by EUR 359 million from EUR 1,310 million to EUR 1,669 million. The results include several one-off items related to the U.S. individual reinsurance business, which ING has exited, the pending sale of Life of Georgia, and the initial public offering of the non-life insurance business in Canada.

Operating expenses declined 1.5%, mainly as a result of currency effects. Excluding currency effects, operating expenses increased 7.2% primarily as the result of the transfer of certain investment management activities from banking to insurance at the beginning of 2004, as well as additional expenses related to exiting the U.S. individual life reinsurance business and the pending sale of Life of Georgia.

Under U.S. GAAP, operating profit before tax would have been EUR 263 million higher in 2004 and EUR 439 million higher in 2003. This difference is mainly caused by the following reconciling items for 2004: impairment of goodwill of EUR (147) million (2003: EUR (101) million),realized results on sales of debt securities of EUR 233 million (2003: EUR 712 million), amortization of premiums and discount of debt securities of EUR (111) million (2003: EUR 75 million), accounting for derivative financial instruments held for risk management of EUR 176 million (2003: EUR 283 million). For an explanation of differences between Dutch GAAP and U.S. GAAP please refer to Notes 6.1 and 6.2 on pages F-93 to F-99.

74


Table of Contents

Insurance Asia / Pacific

Gross premiums written in the life business increased by EUR 2,039 million, or 28.3, from EUR 7,193 million in 2003 to EUR 9,232 million in 2004, led by South Korea and Japan, while non-life premium income fell 40.9%, reflecting the sale of the Australian non-life business in the second quarter of 2004. Excluding the impact of currencies and divestments, total life premiums increased 32.9%. Double-digit growth rates in local currencies were recorded in Japan 81.8%, South Korea 49.6%, Malaysia 17.1%, Hong Kong 16.2%, Thailand 37.6%, India 211.3% and China 10.5%.

The operating profit before tax of the insurance operations decreased by EUR 117 million, or 20.6%, primarily due to the operating gain of EUR 222 million in 2002 from the transaction with ANZ, to EUR 452 million in 2003. The operations in Australia, Japan, Hong Kong and Korea all showed improved results in local currencies. Results from Taiwan were lower, mainly because of an addition of EUR 50 million to the provision against a prolonged low interest rate environment. Excluding this provision and at constant exchange rates, profit increased.

The operating profit before tax of the banking operations decreased by EUR 33 million from EUR 34 million in 2002 to EUR 1 million in 2003, mainly because of lower dividends in 2003, EUR (18) million received on the investment in Kookmin Bank (South Korea) and lower results EUR (15) million regarding the 44% stake in Vysya Bank (India)

The operating profit before tax increased by EUR 340 million, or 82.7% to EUR 751 million in 2004 from EUR 411 million in 2003, including a one-time gain of EUR 219 million from the sale of ING’s 50% stake in the Australian non-life insurance joint venture in the second quarter of 2004. Excluding that gain, operating profit before tax increased by 29.4% to EUR 532 million, led by the Australian life and wealth businesses and the life insurance businesses in South Korea and Japan.

Wholesale Banking

Total operating income of Wholesale Banking declined by EUR 64 million, or 1.1%, to EUR 5,761 million in 2004 from EUR 5,825 million in 2003, due in part to divestments. The interest result declined 4.6%, mainly as a result of a decrease in the Netherlands. Commission income decreased 0.4% to EUR 1,363 million from EUR 1,368 million in 2003. Other income increased 11.5% to EUR 1,017 million despite a charge of EUR 165 million from the combined impact of the sales of ING BHF-Bank activities (EUR (210) million), the Asian cash equities business (EUR (42) million) and CenE Bankiers (EUR 87 million). That was offset by an increase in other income in the Netherlands and Belgium due to higher results from financial transactions.

Operating profit before tax from Wholesale Banking increased by EUR 660 million, or 51.9%, to EUR 1,932 million from EUR 1,272 million in 2003. The increase was fully driven by a sharp decline in risk costs as the addition to the provision for loan losses decreased to EUR 192 million from EUR 868 million in 2003, as described below under “Addition to the provision for loan losses”. Profit was furthermore impacted by a number of one-off items, including losses on the sale of ING BHF-Bank activities and the Asian cash equities business, a gain on the sale of CenE Bankiers in the Netherlands, as well as restructuring costs and the transfer of businesses between insurance and banking. Excluding those items, operating profit before tax increased 57.0% to EUR 2,240 million from EUR 1,427 million in 2003. Currency effects had a negative impact of EUR 25 million.

Under U.S. GAAP, operating profit before tax would have been EUR 71 million lower in 2004 and EUR 131 million lower in 2003. This difference is mainly caused by the following reconciling items for 2004: real estate valuation of EUR (104) million (2003: EUR (48) million), realized results on sales and amortization of premiums and discount of debt securities of EUR (228) million (2003: EUR (151) million), accounting for derivative financial instruments held for risk management of EUR 206 million (2003: EUR (224) million). For an explanation of differences between Dutch GAAP and U.S. GAAP please refer to Notes 6.1 and 6.2 on pages F-93 to F-99.

Retail Banking

Total operating income of Retail Banking rose EUR 262 million, or 5.5%, to EUR 5,035 million in 2004 from EUR 4,773 million in the previous year. Interest income increased 8.2% from EUR 3,630 million in

75


Table of Contents

2003 to EUR 3,928 million in 2004 due to higher mortgage lending and increased savings, while interest margins narrowed slightly. Commission income rose 7.7%, mainly driven by higher securities-related commissions. Other income declined sharply, due in part to a EUR 48 million loss taken by Postbank in the first quarter of 2004 to compensate customers for a disappointing return on investments related to the unit-linked mortgage product ‘MeerWaardehypotheek’. Excluding this loss, total income increased 6.5%.

Operating profit before tax from Retail Banking rose 10.6%, or EUR 112 million, from EUR 1,058 million in 2003 to EUR 1,170 million in 2004, driven by solid income growth and slightly lower risk costs. Results were bolstered by higher profit in the Netherlands, driven by increased mortgage lending and savings, and in Poland, which benefited from lower risk costs. Profit from Belgium declined, due to non-recurring expenses and risk costs which resulted in a loss in the fourth quarter, despite a 12.1% increase in operating income for full-year 2004.

Under U.S. GAAP, operating profit before tax would have been EUR 184 million higher in 2004 and EUR 190 million higher in 2003. This difference is mainly caused by the following reconciling items for 2004: valuation of fixed interest securities of EUR 278 million (2003: nil), and amortization of premiums and discount of debt securities of EUR (62) million (2003: EUR (57) million). For an explanation of differences between Dutch GAAP and U.S. GAAP please refer to Notes 6.1 and 6.2 on pages F-93 to F-99.

ING Direct

Operating income from ING Direct increased by EUR 660 million, or 63.2%, from EUR 1,045 million in 2003 to EUR 1,705 million in 2004, driven mainly by a 62.1% increase in the interest result, caused by the continued growth in funds entrusted. Total funds entrusted grew by EUR 46.0 billion, or 46.3%, to EUR 145.4 billion at December 31, 2004. Growth in mortgage lending also boosted income. At yearend 2004, ING Direct had a total mortgage portfolio of EUR 33.1 billion, an increase of EUR 12.1 billion from the end of 2003, driven mainly by growth in Germany and the U.S.

Operating profit before tax from ING Direct increased to EUR 432 million in 2004 compared with EUR 151 million in 2003 as it continued to attract new customers and gain critical mass in the markets where it operates. Of the eight countries in which ING Direct is active, it is profitable in seven.

Under U.S. GAAP, operating profit before tax would have been EUR 237 million lower in 2004 and EUR 43 million lower in 2003. This difference is caused by the following reconciling item for 2004: accounting for derivative financial instruments held for risk management of EUR (237) million (2003: EUR (47) million). For an explanation of differences between Dutch GAAP and U.S. GAAP please refer to Notes 6.1 and 6.2 on pages F-93 to F-99.

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared to year ended December 31, 2002

Insurance Europe

Gross premiums written in the life operations increased by EUR 639 million, or 7.5%, to EUR 9,199 million. Gross premiums written in the non-life operations increased EUR 23 million, or 1.1%, to EUR 2,202 million.

The operating profit before tax increased by 38.2% to EUR 1,791 million from EUR 1,296 million in 2002. Pressure on investment income and higher expenses resulted in lower life results in the Netherlands. The life operations in Belgium and Poland, however, performed well. The non-life results on the home markets in the Netherlands and Belgium developed very favorably.

Under U.S. GAAP, operating profit before tax would have been EUR 205 million higher in 2003 and EUR 876 million lower in 2002. This difference is mainly caused by the following reconciling items for 2003: accounting for derivative financial instruments held for risk management of EUR (264) million (2002: EUR 105 million), realized result on sales and amortization of debt securities of EUR (120) million (2002: EUR (120) million), real estate gains and losses of EUR 268 million (2002: EUR 165 million), valuation of equity securities of EUR 349 million (2002: EUR (962) million). For an explanation of

76


Table of Contents

differences between Dutch GAAP and U.S. GAAP please refer to Notes 6.1 and 6.2 on pages F-93 to F-99.

Insurance Americas

Gross premiums written in the life business decreased by EUR 6,550 million, or 23.1%, from EUR 28,380 million in 2002 to EUR 21,830 million in 2003, mainly caused by decreased fixed annuities sales, which suffered from the depressed interest rate environment. Gross non-life premiums decreased EUR 803 million, or 14.7%, to EUR 4,660 million in 2003.

The operating profit before tax decreased by EUR 120 million from EUR 1,430 million to EUR 1,310 million, due to the impact of lower interest rates causing margin compression and lower fixed annuity sales as well as unfavourable mortality in the reinsurance business.

Under U.S. GAAP, operating profit before tax would have been EUR 439 million higher in 2003 and EUR 11,557 million lower in 2002. This difference is mainly caused by the following reconciling items for 2003: impairment of goodwill of EUR (101) million (2002: EUR (10,942) million), valuation of debt securities of EUR (333) million (2002: EUR (375) million), realized results on sales and amortization of premiums and discount of debt securities EUR 786 million (2002: EUR 546 million), accounting for derivative financial instruments held for risk management of EUR 283 million (2002: EUR (538) million), deferred acquisition costs of EUR (169) million (2002: EUR 2 million). For an explanation of differences between Dutch GAAP and U.S. GAAP please refer to Notes 6.1 and 6.2 on pages F-93 to F-99.

Insurance Asia/Pacific

Gross premiums written in the life business decreased by EUR 243 million, or 3.3%, from EUR 7,436 million in 2002 to EUR 7,193 million in 2003. Gross premiums, life and non-life, of the developing markets operations (mainly South Korea and Taiwan) increased 23.6% in local currencies. In Japan, premium income decreased by 1.4% in local currency due to the flat sales of single premium variable annuity product. Gross premiums of the non-life operations increased by 10.8% from EUR 362 million in 2002 to EUR 401 million in 2003.

The operating profit before tax of the insurance operations decreased by EUR 163 million, or 28.4%, to EUR 411 million in 2003 primarily due to the operating gain of EUR 222 million in 2002 from the transaction with ANZ, to EUR 411 million in 2003. The operations in Australia, Japan, Hongkong and South Korea all showed improved results in local currencies. Results from Taiwan were lower, mainly because of an addition of EUR 50 million to the provision against a prolonged low interest rate environment. Excluding this provision and at constant exchange rates, profit increased.

Wholesale Banking

Total operating income of Wholesale Banking rose EUR 60 million, or 1.0%, to EUR 5,825 million from EUR 5,765 million in 2002. The interest result declined 5.1%, particular in the international wholesale banking activities. Commission income increased 2.5% to EUR 1,368 million. Other income increased 31.6% to EUR 912 million, especially in Asset Management (ING Real Estate and ING Furman Selz), the international wholesale banking activities and ING Bank Netherlands. In 2002, Other income included an exceptional profit of EUR 94 million on Cedel shares.

Operating profit before tax from Wholesale Banking more than doubled to EUR 1,272 million from EUR 596 million. The higher profit is to a large extent caused due to a decrease of the addition to the provision for loan losses to EUR 868 million from EUR 1,267 million in 2002, particular in the Americas. Profit was impacted by a number of one-off items, including the EUR 94 million gain on Cedel shares in 2002 and restructuring costs in both 2002 (EUR 128 million) and 2003 (EUR 82 million). Excluding those items, operating profit before tax increased 115% to EUR 1,354 million.

Under U.S. GAAP, operating profit before tax would have been EUR (131) million lower in 2003 and EUR 1,011 million lower in 2002. This difference is mainly caused by the following reconciling items for 2003: valuation fixed interest securities of EUR 298 million (2002: EUR 344 million), goodwill EUR 0 million (2002: EUR (1,070) million), realized results on sales and amortization of premiums and

77


Table of Contents

discount of debt securities of EUR (151) million (2002: EUR (97) million), accounting for derivative financial instruments held for risk of management EUR (224) million (2002: EUR (45) million). For an explanation of differences between Dutch GAAP and U.S. GAAP please refer to Notes 6.1 and 6.2 on pages F-93 to F-99.

Retail Banking

Total operating income of Retail Banking decreased EUR 41 million, or 0.9%, to EUR 4,773 million in 2003 from EUR 4,814 million in 2002. Interest income increased 0.3%. Commission income decreased 6.5%, mainly caused by the on average lower stock market levels and the reluctance of private clients to invest in securities. Other income rose EUR 20 million to EUR 87 million in 2003.

Operating profit before tax from Retail Banking rose 3.4%, or EUR 35 million, from EUR 1,023 million to EUR 1,058 million in 2003, entirely due to lower operating expenses.

Under U.S. GAAP, operating profit before tax would have been of EUR 190 million higher in 2003 and EUR 98 million higher in 2002. This difference is mainly caused by the following reconciling items for 2003: goodwill EUR 0 million (2002: EUR (98) million), valuation of debt securities of EUR 102 million (2002: EUR 196 million), accounting for derivative financial instruments held for risk management of EUR 169 million. For an explanation of differences between Dutch GAAP and U.S. GAAP please refer to Notes 6.1 and 6.2 on pages F-93 to F-99.

ING Direct

Operating income from ING Direct increased EUR 427 million or 69.1% from EUR 618 million in 2002 to EUR 1,045 million in 2003, driven mainly by a 78.4% increase in the interest result, driven by the continued growth in funds entrusted. Total funds entrusted grew by EUR 44.2 billion, or 80.1%, to EUR 99.4 billion at the end of December 2003.

Operating profit before tax from ING Direct turned from a loss of EUR 48 million in 2002 to a profit of EUR 151 million in 2003 as it continued to attract new customers and gain critical mass in the markets where it operates. ING Direct is profitable in five of the eight countries in which it is active. ING Direct is not profitable in France, Italy and the United Kingdom.

Under U.S. GAAP, operating profit before tax would have been EUR (43) million lower in 2003 and EUR 0 million in 2002. This difference is mainly caused by the following reconciling item for 2003 accounting for derivative financial instruments held for risk management of EUR (47) million (2002: EUR 0 million). For an explanation of differences between Dutch GAAP and U.S. GAAP please refer to Notes 6.1 and 6.2 on pages F-93 to F-99.

Investment portfolio impairments and unrealized losses

The carrying value of all investments in our investment portfolio is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The review includes, amongst other, an evaluation of the level and trends of interest rates, trends and level of volatility in stock markets, financial condition of the issuer or counterparty, economic developments and expectations in the business segment in which the issuer or counterparty operates, the extent to which the fair value is below the cost price, the period of time for which unrealized losses have existed and ING Group’s intent and ability to hold a security until fair value will recover. For all investments for which, based on such review, the unrealized losses are expected to be other than temporary, the amount of unrealized loss is charged to the profit and loss account.

As of December 31, 2004, our consolidated investment portfolio included unrealized gains on a U.S. GAAP basis of EUR 14,424 million (December 31, 2003: EUR 11,245 million) and unrealized losses of EUR 921 million (December 31, 2003: EUR 1,408 million).

The investment portfolio unrealized losses and impairments under U.S. GAAP are discussed below.

78


Table of Contents

Investment portfolio unrealized losses

See Note 7.1 on page F-108 for the composition of investments in marketable securities on December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003 on a U.S. GAAP basis.

The table below provides the gross unrealized loss on a U.S. GAAP basis on debt and equity securities of EUR 921 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 broken down by type of security and by the period of time for which the fair value was below cost price.

                                 
            Between 6              
    Less than     and 12     More than        
    6 months     months     12 months        
    below cost     below cost     below cost     Total  
          (EUR millions)              
Debt securities:
                               
Dutch Government
            1               1  
Foreign Governments
    29       17       38       84  
Corporate debt securities
    79       55       128       262  
Mortgage-backed securities
    124       118       87       329  
Other
    37       5       51       93  
 
                       
Sub-total
    269       196       304       769  
Shares and convertible debentures
    67       26       59       152  
 
                       
Total
    336       222       363       921  
 
                       

The table below provides the gross unrealized loss on a U.S. GAAP basis on debt and equity securities of EUR 1,408 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 broken down by type of security and by the period of time for which the fair value was below cost price.

                                 
            Between 6              
    Less than     and 12     More than        
    6 months     months     12 months        
    below cost     below cost     below cost     Total  
          (EUR millions)              
Debt securities:
                               
Dutch Government
    61       2               63  
Foreign Governments
    152       124       83       359  
Corporate debt securities
    257       221       47       525  
Mortgage-backed securities
    123       80       49       252  
Other
    14       26       5       45  
 
                       
Sub-total
    607       453       184       1,244  
Shares and convertible debentures
    75       19       70       164  
 
                       
Total
    682       472       254       1,408  
 
                       

The Company does not consider the securities with unrealized losses for over 12 months of EUR 363 million as of December 31, 2004 to be impaired, since either:

–   the market values securities are only insignificantly lower than the cost price

–   the unrealized loss arose due to changes interest rates, however this has not effected the expected future cash flows, or

–   the issuers of debt securities are not considered to be in financial difficulty, despite the fact that their credit rating has been lowered, reducing the market value of their securities.

The unrealized losses on securities on a Dutch GAAP basis are EUR 1,287 million higher as compared to U.S. GAAP as discussed in Note 6.1.e on page F-95 (2003: EUR 1,435 million higher).

Of the EUR 1,001 million unrealized losses on equit securities under Dutch GAAP that were in an unrealized loss position for more than six months as of December 31, 2004, EUR 717 million related to the equity security portfolio of our insurance operations in the Netherlands.

The unrealized losses are concentrated in the nutrition industry (EUR 145 million), chemical industry

79


Table of Contents

(EUR 49 million), IT-services (EUR 36 million), general industrials (EUR 70 million), publishing industry (EUR 19 million), retail industry (EUR 15 million) and temporary labour industry (EUR 10 million).

Of the EUR 1,324 million unrealized losses on securities under Dutch GAAP that were in an unrealized loss position for more than six months as of December 31, 2003, EUR 887 million related to the equity security portfolio of our insurance operations in the Netherlands. The unrealized losses are concentrated in the nutrition industry (EUR 174 million), chemical industry (EUR 104 million), IT services (EUR 76 million), retail-wholesale (EUR 64 million), general industrials (EUR 57 million) and financials (EUR 25 million).

     Impairments

The carrying value of all investments in our investment portfolio is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The review includes, amongst other, an evaluation of the level and trends of interest rates, trends and level of volatility in stock markets, financial condition of the issuer or counterparty, economic developments and expectations in the business segment in which the issuer or counterparty operates, the extent to which the fair value is below the cost price, the period of time for which unrealized losses have existed and ING Group’s intent and ability to hold a security until the fair value will recover. For all investments for which, based on such review, the unrealized losses are expected to be other than temporary, the amount of unrealized loss is charged to the profit and loss account.

The table below provides the impairments on a U.S. GAAP basis as on December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002.

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
Debt securities
    95       474       716  
Equity securities
    40       215       1,532  
 
                 
Total
    135       689       2,248  
 
                 

In 2004, we recorded impairments of EUR 135 million on a U.S. GAAP basis, of which EUR 95 million is related to our portfolio of debt securities.

     Impairment of debt securities under Dutch GAAP

Unrealized losses on debt securities consist of two components: interest related unrealized losses and credit related unrealized losses. Interest related unrealized losses, which fully relate to fluctuations in risk free market interest rates, generally would not result in any impairments. Credit related unrealized losses may relate to impairment if it is uncertain whether future interest and principal payments will be collected.

Impairments on debt securities, recorded at redemption value under Dutch GAAP, are accounted for as a reduction of the carrying value of the debt security. This reduction is reversed in a subsequent period if the recoverable amount increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment was recognized in income. The amount of the reversal is then included in the profit and loss account for the period.

Developments in 2004

The impairment review of the debt securities in our investment portfolio produced an impairment of EUR 95 million for 2004. The impairment is related to our portfolio in the United States. The most significant item is the EUR 53 million impairment on asset-backed securities, collateralized debt obligations, mortgage-backed and mortgage-backed derivative securities.

Developments in 2003

The 2003 impairment review of the debt securities in our investment portfolio produced an impairment of EUR 141 million, of which EUR 135 million is related to our portfolio in the United States:

80


Table of Contents

•   EUR 51 million on debt securities of issuers in the airline energy industry. The majority of our airline investments are comprised of Enhanced Equipment Trust Certificates (“EETC”). Since the events of September 11, 2001, the airline industry suffered from reduced passenger volume due to a combination of security concerns and the slowdown in 2002 and gradual recovery in 2003 of the U.S. economy. Compounding the reduced volume were increased costs of enhanced security measures, increased fuel costs and relatively high cost structures. Over the past two years several carriers have sought bankruptcy protection and rejected a number of leases supporting debt structures similar to those held by ING resulting in our impairment
 
•   EUR 31 million attributed to asset-backed securities
 
•   EUR 11 million on debt securities of issuers in the cable and telecommunications industry. During 2003, the telecommunications industry remained under pressure due to a gradual recovery in the economy and an overcapacity of the industry’s infrastructure.
 
•   EUR 11 million on debt securities of issuers in the healthcare industry. The most significant holdings were impaired due to material accounting irregularities.

               Impairment of debt securities under U.S. GAAP

Under U.S. GAAP impairments are determined similar to Dutch GAAP. In the case of impairment, the related unrealized loss (included in shareholders’ equity) is recorded through the profit and loss account as a reduction of cost price. Under U.S. GAAP impairments may not be reversed in future periods. This difference has not resulted in any differences between the cost price of securities under Dutch GAAP and U.S. GAAP in 2004 or 2003 as no impairments were reversed under Dutch GAAP.

               Impairment of equity securities under Dutch GAAP

Under Dutch GAAP, a distinction is made between unrealized losses due to general market fluctuations and unrealized losses due to issuer-specific developments. Unrealized losses due to temporary fluctuations in equity markets do not lead to impairment. The impairment review focuses on issuer specific developments regarding financial condition and future prospects, taking into account the intent and ability to hold the securities under the ING Group’s long term investment strategy. Issuer specific developments may include significant financial difficulty of the issuer, a high probability of bankruptcy or other financial reorganization of the issuer and the disappearance of an active market for that financial asset due to financial difficulties. If, in a subsequent period, the recoverable amount increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment was recognized in income, the loss should be reversed, with the reversal included in net result for the period.

Developments in 2004

In 2004, ING Group recognized impairments of EUR 9 million under Dutch GAAP.

Developments in 2003

In 2003, ING Group recognized impairments of EUR 55 million under Dutch GAAP, consisting of several minor impairments, concentrated in the general industrials (EUR 16 million) and IT services (EUR 8 million).

Impairment of equity securities under U.S. GAAP

Under U.S. GAAP, based on strict Securities and Exchange Commission interpretations, additional impairments are recognized for other than temporary unrealized losses on top of the impairments already recognized under Dutch GAAP.

An additional impairment may be recognized under U.S. GAAP after giving additional consideration to the extent to which the fair value is below the cost price and the period of time for which unrealized losses have existed. Under U.S. GAAP, impairments may not be reversed in future periods. Impairments are treated as a reduction of cost. This last difference has not resulted in any differences

81


Table of Contents

between the cost price of securities under Dutch GAAP and U.S. GAAP in 2004 as no impairments were reversed under Dutch GAAP.

Developments in 2004

In 2004, we recorded an impairment of EUR 40 million on equity securities related to other than temporary losses on a U.S. GAAP basis.

Developments in 2003

In 2003, under U.S. GAAP, the adjustment for equity securities was EUR 335 million lower, as the adjustment for realized losses (either sold or impaired) under Dutch GAAP, which were already recognized under U.S. GAAP in prior years, exceeds the additional impairment on a U.S. GAAP basis.

In 2003, we recorded an impairment of EUR 215 million related to other than temporary losses on a U.S. GAAP basis, concentrated in the temporary labor industry (EUR 62 million), IT services (EUR 54 million), nutrition industry (EUR 40 million) and retail-wholesale (EUR 11 million).

Impact on future earnings

Although all individual securities were reviewed to ensure that all material impairments or other than temporary losses were charged to the profit and loss account in 2004, the identification of impairment and other than temporary losses and the determination of the recoverable amount are an inherently uncertain process involving various assumptions and factors, including the financial condition of the counterparty, expected future cash flows, observable market prices and expected net selling prices. Further developments after December 31, 2004 may indicate that certain unrealized losses that existed as of December 31, 2004 will need to be considered other than temporary, resulting in a negative impact on our profit and loss account.

Goodwill

In 2002, a significant difference existed between the result pursuant to Dutch GAAP, which was a profit of EUR 4,500 million, and the net loss of EUR 9,627 million pursuant to U.S. accounting principles. This difference was primarily the result of the adoption of new goodwill requirements under U.S. GAAP.

As of January 1, 2002 goodwill is no longer amortized but tested for impairment if any events or a change in circumstances indicate that impairment may have taken place, or at a minimum on an annual basis. See Note 7.12, Business Combinations for additional information on the accounting treatment of goodwill under U.S. GAAP.

Under Dutch GAAP, goodwill paid on acquisitions is directly charged to shareholders’ equity at the time of an acquisition. This difference between Dutch and U.S. accounting principles is explained in Note 6.1 to the financial statements.

Transitional goodwill impairment test 2002

ING Group adopted SFAS 142 as of January 1, 2002 and performed the required assessment of whether there was any indication that goodwill was impaired as of the date of adoption. As a result, certain goodwill was impaired and ING Group recognized a transitional goodwill impairment charge of EUR 13,103 billion in the 2002 profit and loss account for the cumulative effects of changes in accounting principles as required by SFAS 142.

82


Table of Contents

The transitional goodwill impairment charge related to the following reporting units:

         
    2002  
Reporting unit
       
US
    8,077  
Latin America
    2,836  
 
     
Sub-total EC Americas
    10,913  
 
       
Germany
    977  
UK
    191  
 
     
Sub-total EC Europe
    1,168  
 
       
Greater China
    1,022  
 
     
Sub-total EC Asia/Pacific
    1,022  
 
       
Total transitional goodwill impairment charge
    13,103  
 
     

In performing the transitional goodwill impairment test ING Group determined the fair value of the reporting units using valuation techniques consistent with market appraisals for insurance companies and banks. The fair value of our insurance operations, including the reporting units in the United States, Latin America and Greater China, was determined using a discounted cash flow model, discounting the future earnings arising on the books on December 31, 2001, requiring assumptions as to a discount rate and expectations with respect to future growth rates.

Goodwill allocated to the reporting units in the United States, Latin America and Greater China mainly relates to the goodwill paid on the acquisition of ReliaStar Financial Corp., Aetna Financial Services and Aetna International in 2000. ING Group acquired these companies in 2000 at the height of the acquisition market. At the time of the acquisition, similar models were used to estimate the fair value of these entities, using then prevailing assumptions. These assumptions were significantly affected by the ongoing weakness in the overall economic conditions. In 2001, market and business conditions deteriorated compared to 2000, which has adversely affected the assumptions used at the time of acquisition and as a result, adversely affected the fair value of the reporting units. Future earnings were discounted at the risk free rate, adjusted for the basic risk premium that differs per country, which depends on the size of the business, immature market conditions and economic and political conditions. Discount rates used in the transitional goodwill impairment test are 11% for the United States, 12.5% to 16% for Latin America and 13.5% for Greater China.

The fair value of our banking operations, including the reporting units in Germany and the United Kingdom, was determined with a price/earnings multiple model, in which the 2002 forecasted profit was multiplied by the current price/earnings multiple for similar acquisitions. In 1998, goodwill allocated to these reporting units relates mainly to the acquisition of BHF-Bank A.G. Since then, the price/earnings multiple for similar acquisitions has decreased significantly given the overall weakness in the economy set out above, which has adversely affected the fair value of the reporting unit.

Annual goodwill impairment tests

The annual goodwill impairment test is performed in the fourth quarter for all reporting units.
In 2004, with the exception of reporting unit Latin America discussed below, there is no indication that goodwill is impaired as of December 31, 2004.

Goodwill for reporting unit Latin America was almost fully impaired in the 2002 transitional goodwill impairment test. Remaining goodwill for reporting unit Latin America was EUR 461 million, of which EUR 439 million related to the 49% interest in Sul América, accounted for under the equity method in the Dutch GAAP annual accounts. Goodwill allocated to equity method investments is not tested for impairment in accordance with SFAS 142 but under APB 18, which requires that a other than temporary decline in value of an equity method investments is recognized in the profit and loss account.

83


Table of Contents

Of the remaining goodwill for reporting unit Latin America, EUR 101 million was written off in the 2003 annual goodwill impairment test. As of December 31, 2003 the fair value, estimated using a discounted cash flow model was below carrying value. Since the acquisition in 2002, the local economic environment and business conditions deteriorated, leading to higher interest rates and devaluation of the Real. The decline in fair value was viewed as other than temporary and ING Group recognized an impairment charge of EUR 101 million in 2003 for U.S. GAAP purposes.

The fair value of the reporting unit, estimated using a discounted cash flow model, has continued to decrease in 2004 and the decrease is viewed as other than temporary. In 2004, ING Group has recognized an additional impairment charge of EUR 26 million for U.S. GAAP purposes for goodwill allocated to the reporting unit Latin America. The impairment charge had no impact on net income under Dutch GAAP since goodwill has not been capitalized but charged to equity immediately at the time of the acquisition.

The 2002 annual goodwill impairment test did not result in any impairment charges above that recorded as the transition impairment charge described above.

The business line structure that was introduced in 2004 changed ING Group’s operating segments and, one level below, the components used in the transitional goodwill impairment test to identify the reporting units. As a consequence, ING Group revised the reporting units in 2004 which did not affect the outcome of the 2004 annual goodwill impairment test.

84


Table of Contents

INSURANCE OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth selected financial information for the Group’s consolidated insurance operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002:

                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
    (EUR millions)  
Income from insurance operations:
                       
Gross premiums written:
                       
Life
    36,975       33,904       38,899  
Non-life
    6,642       7,288       7,917  
 
                 
Total
    43,617       41,192       46,816  
Income from investments
    9,944       9,721       10,506  
Commissions and other income
    1,837       2,320       2,127  
 
                 
Total (1)
    55,398       53,233       59,449  
 
                 
 
                       
Net premiums written:
                       
Life
    35,355       32,803       37,806  
Non-life
    5,886       6,358       6,642  
 
                 
Total
    41,241       39,161       44,448  
 
                 
 
                       
Operating profit before tax from insurance activities:
                       
Life
    2,396       2,478       2,603  
Non-life
    1,609       1,008       567  
 
                 
Total
    4,005       3,486       3,170  
Taxation
    901       861       540  
Third party interests
    119       117       92  
 
                 
Operating net profit
    2,985       2,508       2,538  
 
                 


(1)   Under U.S. GAAP total operating income 2004 was EUR 36,400 million (2003 EUR 32,349 million, 2002: EUR 31,523 million). The difference with Dutch GAAP mainly relates to contracts that do not expose the Company to significant mortality or morbidity risks. (See note 6.4.k to the consolidated financial statements).

As of the first quarter of 2004, Guaranteed Investment Contracts (“GICs”) are no longer included in premium income and underwriting expenditure, to bring reporting into line with practice at other insurers. Premium income and underwriting expenditure related to these contracts are no longer included in revenues and expenses, respectively. Only the difference between premium income and underwriting expenditure of GICs is included in the profit and loss account. Figures in the corresponding periods have been adjusted accordingly. In 2004, EUR 3,356 million in GICs proceeds were received, compared with EUR 4,327 million in 2003 and EUR 5,468 million in 2002.

The following table sets forth the breakdown of gross premiums written and profits before tax by geographic area for the Group’s consolidated insurance operations for each of the years indicated. The relationship between gross premiums written and profits before tax varies significantly between geographic areas and from year to year, based upon a variety of factors, including differences in regulatory requirements, product mixes and levels of competition in different countries, as well as our capital allocation and internal funding policies.

85


Table of Contents

                                                 
                            Operating  
    Gross premiums written     profit before tax  
    2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002  
    (EUR millions)     (EUR millions)  
The Netherlands
    7,516       7,429       6,786       1,423       1,451       1,067  
Belgium
    2,439       2,568       2,335       128       109       74  
Rest of Europe
    1,415       1,404       1,618       182       231       155  
North America
    20,663       19,981       25,231       1,438       1,008       1,123  
Latin America
    2,097       2,338       3,293       231       302       307  
Asia
    8,046       5,950       6,035       314       235       245  
Australia
    1,423       1,644       1,763       437       176       329  
Other
    155       348       388       (148 )     (26 )     (130 )
Premiums between geographic areas (1)
    (137 )     (470 )     (633 )                  
 
                                   
Total
    43,617       41,192       46,816       4,005       3,486       3,170  
 
                                   


(1)   Represents reinsurance premiums ceded between Group companies in different geographic areas.

Year ended December 31, 2004 compared to year ended December 31, 2003

On a consolidated basis, the Group’s insurance operations contributed EUR 4,005 million and EUR 3,486 million to the Group’s profits before tax in 2004 and 2003, respectively, and EUR 2,985 million and EUR 2,508 million to the Group’s net profits in those years. Changes in income and profit were affected by exchange rate movements, acquisitions and divestments in those years.

               Total income

Total income from insurance operations in 2004 increased by EUR 2,165 million, or 4.1%, to EUR 55,398 million, from EUR 53,233 million in 2003. The increase was negatively affected by exchange rate movements, as the euro strengthened against most other currencies. Gross premiums increased by EUR 2,425 million or 5.9%, as strong growth, particularly from the life insurance businesses in the United States and Asia, was offset in part by divestments and currency effects. Investment income increased by EUR 223 million mainly due to one-time gains on the sale of the Australian non-life business and the IPO of ING Canada in 2004 (EUR 219 million and EUR 249 million respectively), partly compensated by disposals in 2003. Commissions and other income decreased by EUR 483 million, or 20.8%, amongst others due to lower gains from discontinued reinsurance activities (EUR 96 million in 2004 compared to EUR 303 million in 2003), the release of a catastrophe provision in 2003 (EUR 88 million) and currency effects.

The total impact of exchange rate movements amounted to EUR (2,607) million. Acquisitions and divestitures decreased total income on balance by EUR 825 million. The organic growth of total income, disregarding the influence of acquisitions, divestitures and exchange rate movements, was EUR 5,597 million or 11.3%, reflecting a 13.6% increase in gross premiums (life increased by 15.6% and non-life increased by 3.0%) and 3.6% higher investment income, commissions and other income.

As of 2004, the ING Real Estate Investment Management companies were transferred from the insurance operations to the banking operations, while the former Furman Selz activities were transferred from banking operations to the insurance operations. On balance, the transfer decreased the comparable operating profit before taxation of ING’s insurance operations in 2003 as follows:

86


Table of Contents

         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2003  
    (EUR millions)  
Income from investments
    (1 )
Commissions
    (97 )
Other income
    (5 )
 
     
Total
    (103 )
 
       
Personnel expenses
    (9 )
Other operating expenses
    (21 )
 
       
Operating expenses
    (30 )
 
     
Profit before taxation
    (73 )
 
     

The following table sets forth the Group’s gross life premiums by geographic area and type of product for the years indicated.

               Profit before tax

The profit before tax from the Group’s insurance activities increased in 2004 by EUR 519 million, or 14.9%, to EUR 4,005 million, from EUR 3,486 million in 2003, reflecting a decrease in life operations of 3.3% and a growth in non-life operations of 59.6%. Higher hedge profits contributed EUR 107 million to the increase in profits, but were partially offset by the influence of exchange rate movements which had a negative effect of EUR 89 million, mainly due to the depreciation of most currencies against the euro. Higher profits were generated especially in North America, Australia, Asia and Belgium while the Netherlands, the Rest of Europe, Latin America and Other regions showed lower profits compared to 2003.

Operating expenses for 2004 decreased by 1.2% as compared to 2003, as personnel expenses increased by 1.0% and other operating expenses decreased by 4.1%. Excluding exchange rate differences and acquisitions and divestments, total operating expenses increased organically by 6.1%, mainly due to higher expenses in the Netherlands, Belgium, the Rest of Europe and Australia, amongst others caused by investments in new IT systems and improvements to the quality of IT systems. Expenses as a percentage of assets under management for investment products increased 8 basis points to 0.94%. Expenses as a percentage of life premiums improved to 12.8% in 2004 from 13.2% in 2003. The expense ratio for non-life insurance was 30.6% compared with 28.2% in 2003.

               Taxation

The overall effective tax rate in 2004 for the Group’s insurance operations was 22.5%, compared to a 24.7% rate in 2003. The decrease was mainly due to the release of tax provisions and the inclusion of a number of gains with zero or low tax charges.

               Operating net profit

Operating net profit for the Group’s insurance operations in 2004 amounted to EUR 2,985 million, an increase of EUR 477 million, or 19.0% from EUR 2,508 million in 2003.

               Embedded value of life operations

The total embedded value of ING’s life insurance operations was EUR 23,500 million before dividends of EUR 1,049 million to the Group, an 12.8% increase from the revised embedded value of EUR 20,836 million at year-end 2003. After dividends the embedded value was EUR 22.5 billion. The 2004 year-end figures reflect ING’s adoption of the European Embedded Value principles issued by the CFO forum, a group representing the chief financial officers of major European insurers. The most significant impact of this adoption on the embedded value was a reduction of EUR 616 million for the expenses associated with financial options and guarantees, resulting in a 2.7% decrease in the embedded value at year-end 2004. Another significant change was the adoption of a new internal capital model, which better aligns capital with the economics of the business. This change reduced embedded value by EUR 744 million in 2004. Currency impacts had an impact of EUR 529 million, while assumption

87


Table of Contents

changes and financial variances increased embedded value by EUR 314 million and EUR 431 million respectively.

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared to year ended December 31, 2002.

On a consolidated basis, the Group’s insurance operations contributed EUR 3,486 million and EUR 3,170 million to the Group’s profits before tax in 2003 and 2002, respectively, and EUR 2,508 million and EUR 2,538 million to the Group’s net profits in such years. Changes in income and profit were affected by disposals in 2003 (including Seguros Bital, Sviluppo), the joint venture with ANZ (one of Australia’s major banks) which we entered into in 2002, and by a few smaller acquisitions and divestitures.

               Total income

Total income from insurance operations in 2003 decreased by EUR 6,216 million, or 10.5%, to EUR 53,233 million, from EUR 59,449 million in 2002. The decrease was fully caused by exchange rate movements, as the euro strengthened against most other currencies. Gross premiums decreased by EUR 5,624 million mainly due to currency effects. However, gross premiums in the Netherlands and Belgium increased by 9.5% and 10.0% respectively. Investment income decreased by 7.5% over 2002 levels due to currency effects and the operating part of the ANZ gain in 2002; however, realized capital gains on real estate were higher than in 2002. Despite the currency effect, commissions and other income increased by EUR 193 million, or 9.1%, primarily due to a gain from discontinued, reinsurance activities (EUR 303 million) and the release of a catastrophe provision (EUR 88 million), both in 2003, which was, in part, offset by the profit on the surrender of a group life contract (EUR 120 million) in 2002.

The total impact of exchange rate movements amounted to EUR (6,826) million. Acquisitions and divestitures decreased total income by EUR 263 million. The organic growth of total income, disregarding the influence of acquisitions, divestitures and exchange rate movements, was EUR 874 million or 1.8%, reflecting on balance slightly higher gross premiums (0.6% for life and 4.2% for non-life) and 5.7% higher investment income, commissions and other income.

               Profit before tax

The profit before tax from the Group’s insurance activities increased in 2003 by EUR 316 million, or 10.0%, to EUR 3,486 million, from EUR 3,170 million in 2002, reflecting a decrease in life operations of 4.8% and a growth in non-life operations of 77.8%. The influence of exchange rate movements decreased the profit before tax by EUR 220 million, mainly due to the depreciation of most currencies against the euro, offset in part by EUR 98 million higher hedge profits. Higher profits were generated especially in the Netherlands, Belgium, Rest of Europe and Other regions while North America, Latin America, Asia and Australia showed lower profits compared with 2002.

Operating expenses in 2003 decreased by 5.9% from EUR 5,203 million in 2002 to EUR 4,897 million in 2003 as personnel expenses decreased by 1.0% and other operating expenses decreased by 11.4%. Excluding exchange rate differences and acquisitions and divestments, total operating expenses increased organically by 6.5%, mainly because of higher pension costs, additional expenses with regard to the improvement of the service levels of the Dutch operations, implementation costs of shared service centres, reorganization costs in the United States and Poland and increased claim handling expenses in some business units. In addition, a strong expense growth was experienced in Canada, higher staff expenses and litigation reserve, and South Korea, high organic growth due to marketing and promotion costs.

The difference between the (adjusted) premium and (adjusted) expense growth of the life and non-life operations, excluding Australia (due to the influence of the ANZ joint venture), was (7.8) percentage points compared to 16.1% in 2002. The deterioration primarily reflects much higher expenses in the Netherlands and lower fixed annuities sales and higher expenses in North America.

               Taxation

The overall effective tax rate in 2003 for the Group’s insurance operations was 24.7%, compared to a 17.0% rate in 2002. The tax rate increase was mainly caused by the release of a tax provision in 2002 and lower tax-exempt gains in 2003.

88


Table of Contents

               Operating net profit

Operating net profit for the Group’s insurance operations in 2003 amounted to EUR 2,508 million, a decrease of EUR 30 million, or 1.2% compared with 2002.

               Embedded value of life operations

At the end of 2003, the total embedded value of ING’s life insurance operations was EUR 21,724 million compared to EUR 23,279 million at year-end 2002. The primary reasons for the decline in embedded value are the lower assumed investment return especially in the Netherlands and Asia/Pacific and the impact of the strengthening of the euro. The value of new business written decreased from EUR 519 million in 2002 to EUR 440 million in 2003. This decrease reflects lower sales and lower returns on investment. During 2003, ING invested EUR 1,479 million to write new life insurance business. The overall rate of return expected on this investment is 10.9%. This compares to an overall return of 11.5% in 2002. The expected rate of return in developing markets is 15.3%.

Life insurance operations

The following table sets forth certain summarized financial information for the Group’s life insurance operations for the years indicated.

                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
    (EUR millions)  
Gross premiums
    36,975       33,904       38,899  
 
                       
Net premiums (1)
    35,356       32,802       37,806  
Income from investments
    8,217       8,285       8,289  
Other income
    33       94       223  
 
                 
Total income
    43,606       41,181       46,318  
 
                       
Life policy benefits paid or provided for
    36,628       34,909       39,336  
Operating expenses
    2,536       2,459       2,601  
 
                       
Acquisition costs and other expenses
    2,046       1,335       1,778  
 
                 
Total expenditure
    41,210       38,703       43.715  
 
                 
Profit before taxation
    2,396       2,478       2,603  
 
                 


(1)   Net of reinsurance premiums ceded of EUR 1,619 million, EUR 1,102 million and EUR 1,093 million, in 2004, 2003 and 2002 respectively.

Year ended December 31, 2004 compared to year ended December 31, 2003

               Premium income

Gross premium income of the Group’s life operations in 2004 increased by EUR 3,071 million, or 9.1%, compared to 2003 levels. Disregarding the negative effects of exchange rate movements, (which resulted in a decrease of EUR 1,816 million), and acquisitions/divestitures (which resulted in a decrease of EUR 114 million), gross premium income for the Group increased by EUR 5,001 million or 15.6%. All regions, and in particular North America and Asia contributed to the growth, except for Belgium and Australia.

               Life policy benefits paid or provided for

Life policy benefits paid or provided for consist of life benefits paid to policy owners and beneficiaries, increases in life insurance provisions and profit sharing and rebates for policyholders. Total life policy benefits increased by EUR 1,719 million, or 4.9%, to EUR 36,628 million from EUR 34,909 million in 2003, in each case net of reinsurance. Life policy benefits paid and insurance provisions increased by EUR 1,790 million, or 5.2%, to EUR 35,944 million in line with the increase in premiums. Profit sharing and rebates, which consist of distributions (in the form of a reduction of premiums or credits) to policyholders with respect to portfolio yield or the profits of the policy issuing company, decreased by

89


Table of Contents

4.6% from EUR 328 million in 2003 to EUR 313 million in 2004; bonuses added to policies decreased by 12.9% from EUR 426 million in 2003 to EUR 371 million in 2004.

               Operating expenses

Life operating expenses increased by EUR 77 million, or 3.1%, from EUR 2,459 million in 2003 to EUR 2,536 million in 2004. Excluding exchange rate movements, the increase was 8.7%.

               Profit before tax

The profit before tax from life insurance operations in 2004 decreased by 3.3% from EUR 2,478 million in 2003 compared to EUR 2,396 million in 2004, as the impact of divestments and other one-off items offset strong results at the core life insurance businesses, particularly in the United States. One-off items had a negative impact of EUR 237 million in 2004, including a charge of EUR 219 million at the individual life reinsurance business in the United States, which ING exited. In 2003, one-off items had a positive impact of EUR 269 million such as gains on the sale of ING’s life insurance unit in Italy of EUR 71 million and on ING’s stake in Seguros Bital joint venture in Mexico of EUR 38 million, a release of a catastrophe provision of EUR 88 million and a gain on discontinued reinsurance activities of EUR 72 million). In 2003, excluding one-off items, total operating profit before tax from life insurance increased by 19.2% to EUR 2,633 million from EUR 2,209 million in 2003. In particular, the life businesses in the United States, Asia/Pacific and Belgium, posted strong results.

The following table sets forth a geographic breakdown of the profits before taxation of the Group’s life operations:

                 
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2003  
    (EUR millions)  
Profit before tax
               
The Netherlands
    1,139       1,192  
Belgium
    111       86  
Rest of Europe
    171       220  
North America
    652       781  
Latin America
    108       137  
Asia
    311       236  
Australia
    162       101  
Other
    (258 )     (275 )
 
           
Total
    2,396       2,478  
 
           

     In the Netherlands, profit before tax decreased by EUR 53 million, or 4.4%, over 2003 levels as improved morbidity results were more than offset by higher operating expenses and the impact of the transfer of a real estate portfolio to the banking operations. Substantial realized capital gains on real estate were slightly higher than in 2003 (EUR 489 million compared to EUR 482 million in 2003). Operating expenses were higher, due to investments in new IT- systems and continued efforts to reduce backlogs and update policies to comply with Dutch legislative changes at Nationale-Nederlanden. One-off items which consisted primarily of gains on discontinued reinsurance activities amounted to EUR 10 million in 2004 compared to EUR 37 million in 2003.

     In Belgium, profit before tax rose by EUR 25 million or 29.1% from 2003 levels, mainly due to higher fee and investment income due to a growth in assets under management.

     In the Rest of Europe, the profit before tax decreased by EUR 49 million, or 22.3%, to EUR 171 million, as a result of the sale of ING’s life insurance business in Italy in 2003 (which had a negative impact of EUR 56 million, (an additional EUR 15 million was recorded in the area Other). All operations in Eastern Europe (except Slovakia) as well as Greece and Spain posted higher profits than in 2003.

     In North America, profit before tax in 2004 decreased by EUR 129 million, or 16.5%, to EUR 652 million. However, excluding a charge of EUR 219 million at the individual life reinsurance business in the United States, which ING exited and EUR 28 million expenses related to the pending sale of Life of Georgia and a loss of EUR 69 million based on currency movement, the profit before tax in North

90


Table of Contents

America increased by EUR 189 million or 23.9%, due to higher fee income as asset levels increased, driven by higher sales and positive net inflows in the retirement services, life and annuities business. Results from asset management increased, driven by higher gains on the private equity portfolio as well as expense management. In addition, lower net credit related investment losses.

     In Latin America, profit before tax decreased by EUR 29 million, or 21.2%, to EUR 108 million. Excluding the currency impact and the gain from the sale of the Seguros Bital joint venture in Mexico in 2003 the profit before tax increased by EUR 16 million or 17.4%, mainly due to higher commissions-and investment income in Mexico. In addition EUR 8 million higher results in Argentina due to expense savings primarily related to no longer paying agent commissions on the renewal of the business that remains inforce (on October 20, 2004, ING announced that it signed an agreement to transfer all life insurance policies and other assets of ING Insurance Argentina to Zurich Financial Services Group, which was completed in the first quarter of 2005).

     In Asia, profit before tax was EUR 311 million, EUR 75 million, or 31.8%, higher than in 2003, led by the life insurance businesses in South Korea and Japan. Profits from South Korea increased driven by higher sales and renewal premiums and continued low claim levels. Profits from Japan increased mainly due to higher sales of corporate-owned life insurance products and single-premium variable annuity products. However, profits from Taiwan were lower, mainly because of an EUR 50 million higher addition to the provision against a prolonged low interest rate environment.

     In Australia, profit before tax increased by EUR 61 million, or 60.4%, to EUR 162 million in 2004. Excluding the impact of the transfer of real estate businesses from insurance to Wholesale Banking, profit from the ongoing Australian life and wealth operations rose by EUR 67 million or 70.5%. Earnings included a release of EUR 29 million in excess reserves in the fourth quarter, which were held for the capital guarantee business. Profit growth was driven by higher investment earnings and higher fees as a result of growth in assets under management, due to favourable capital market developments, and favourable claims and lapse results.

     Profit before tax in the area Other (for a large part consisting of paid interest on core debt and hedge results) improved on balance due to higher hedge results and lower paid interest on core debt, partly offset by a release of a catastrophe provision in 2003, a gain on the sale of ING Sviluppo in 2003 and higher gains from previously discontinued reinsurance business.

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared to year ended December 31, 2002

               Premium income

Gross premium income of the Group’s life operations in 2003 decreased by EUR 4,995 million, or 12.8%, compared to 2002 levels. Disregarding the negative effects of exchange rate movements (EUR 4,714 million) and acquisitions/divestitures (EUR 217 million), gross premium income for the Group decreased organically by EUR 64 million or 0.2%, due primarily to the uncertainty of consumers about the economic climate, the fierce competition in the main insurance markets and the choice of ING for profitability above market share; premium income in the United States dropped organically by 7.4%, mainly due to lower sales of annuities. However, Life premiums in the Dutch and Belgian Life market showed a double digit growth.

               Life policy benefits paid or provided for

Life policy benefits paid or provided for consist of life benefits paid to policy owners and beneficiaries, increases in life insurance provisions and profit sharing and rebates for policyholders. Total life policy benefits decreased by EUR 4,427 million, or 11.3%, to EUR 34,909 million from EUR 39,336 million in 2002, in each case net of reinsurance. Life policy benefits paid and insurance provisions decreased by EUR 4,623 million, or 11.9%, to EUR 34,154 million in line with the decrease in premiums. Profit sharing and rebates, which consist of distributions (in the form of a reduction of premiums or credits) to policyholders with respect to portfolio yield or the profits of the policy issuing company, increased from EUR 60 million in 2002 to EUR 328 million in 2003; bonuses added to policies decreased from EUR 499 million in 2002 to EUR 426 million in 2003.

91


Table of Contents

               Operating expenses

Life operating expenses decreased by EUR 142 million, or 5.5%, from EUR 2,601 million in 2002 to EUR 2,459 million in 2003. The decrease was due to exchange rate movements.

               Profit before tax

The profit before tax from life insurance operations in 2003 decreased by 4.8% or EUR 125 million compared with 2002 to EUR 2,478 million.

This decrease can be attributed primarily to the operating part of the ANZ gain (EUR 222 million) in Australia in 2002 and lower profits in North America and the area Other.

The following table sets forth a geographic breakdown of the profits before taxation of the Group’s life operations:

                 
    Year ended December 31,  
    2003     2002  
    (EUR millions)  
Profit before tax
               
The Netherlands
    1,192       914  
Belgium
    86       72  
Rest of Europe
    220       149  
North America
    781       945  
Latin America
    137       127  
Asia
    236       251  
Australia
    101       290  
Other
    (275 )     (145 )
 
           
Total
    2,478       2,603  
 
           

     In the Netherlands, profit before tax increased by EUR 278 million, or 30.4%, as compared to 2002 levels mainly due to higher realized capital gains on real estate. Operating expenses were higher, due to higher pension costs as well as expenses to reduce backlogs and improve the service level. Mortality and morbidity experience improved over 2002. One-time items amounted to EUR 37 million in 2003 (gain from previously discontinued reinsurance business) as compared to EUR 120 million in 2002 (profit on the surrender of a group life contract).

     In Belgium, profit before tax rose by EUR 14 million or 19.4% from 2002 levels, mainly due to the strong retail profit on universal life products.

     In the Rest of Europe, the profit before tax increased by EUR 71 million, or 47.7%, to EUR 220 million, including part of the gain on the sale of ING Sviluppo (EUR 56 million; an additional EUR 15 million was recorded in the area Other). Almost all operations in Eastern Europe as well as Greece and Spain posted higher profits than in 2002.

     In North America, profit before tax decreased by EUR 164 million, or 17.4%, to EUR 781 million. However, excluding currency impact and the release in 2002 of contingent provisions associated with prior acquisitions, the profit before tax in North America increased by EUR 16 million or 2.1%. Higher profits in the United States were mainly caused by improved equity markets and lower net credit related investment losses, partly offset by lower investment spreads and unfavourable individual reinsurance product experience.

     In Latin America, profit before tax increased by EUR 10 million to EUR 137 million in 2003. Excluding the currency impact and the gain from the sale of the Seguros Bital joint venture in Mexico the profit before tax decreased by EUR 2 million, mainly due to Argentina (currency gain from working capital denominated in USD in 2002) and the impact of divestitures in 2002.

     In Asia, profit before tax was EUR 236 million, EUR 15 million lower than in 2002. Excluding currency impact the profit before tax increased by EUR 29 million. The main contributors to this growth

92


Table of Contents

were Korea and Japan. Profits from Japan increased mainly due to higher results on mortality and morbidity and profits in Korea rose due to better results on mortality, interest, expenses and surrenders. Businesses in the developing markets of China, India and Thailand also posted substantial increases. Profits from Taiwan were lower, mainly because of an addition of EUR 50 million to the provision against a prolonged low interest rate environment.

     In Australia, profit before tax decreased by EUR 189 million to EUR 101 million in 2003. Excluding the EUR 222 million of the operating part of the ANZ gain in 2002, profit before tax rose by EUR 33 million, reflecting the continuing strong underwriting environment, higher premium rates and favourable claims experience.

     Profit before tax in the area Other decreased on balance by EUR 130 million. Lower interest income and lower dividend income mainly as a consequence of measures to strengthen ING’s capital base and to reduce core debt were partly compensated by higher hedge results, the release of a catastrophe provision, a gain from previously discontinued reinsurance business and the gain on the sale of ING Sviluppo in 2003.

Non-life insurance operations

The following table sets forth certain summarized financial information for the Group’s non-life operations for the years indicated:

                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
    (EUR millions)  
Gross premiums written
    6,642       7,288       7,917  
 
                       
Net premiums earned (1)
    5,813       6,128       6,297  
Income from investments
    1,232       920       732  
Other income
    27       9       62  
 
                 
Total income
    7,072       7,057       7,091  
 
                       
Claims and claims expenses
    3,352       3,945       4,390  
Operating expenses
    883       849       911  
Acquisition costs and other expenses
    1,228       1,255       1,223  
 
                 
Total expenses
    5,463       6,049       6,524  
 
                 
Profit before tax
    1,609       1,008       567  
 
                 


(1)   Net of reinsurance ceded of EUR 756 million, EUR 930 million and EUR 1,275 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively and changes in provision for unearned premiums and unexpired insurance risks.

93


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the Group’s non-life gross written premiums by geographic area:

                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
    (EUR millions)  
The Netherlands
    1,693       1,847       1,859  
Belgium
    324       311       282  
Rest of Europe
    48       44       38  
North America
    2,741       2,944       3,069  
Latin America
    1,591       1,872       2,546  
Asia
    37       45       66  
Australia
    200       356       296  
Other
    142       337       385  
Premiums between geographic areas (1)
    (134 )     (468 )     (624 )
 
                 
Total
    6,642       7,288       7,917  
 
                 


(1)   Represents reinsurance premiums ceded between Group companies in different geographic areas.

Year ended December 31, 2004 compared to year ended December 31, 2003

               Premium income

Gross premium income of the Group’s non-life operations in 2004 decreased by EUR 646 million, or 8.9%, over 2003 levels. Disregarding the negative effects of exchange rate movements (a decrease of EUR 303 million) and acquisitions/divestitures (a decrease of EUR 530 million), gross premium income for the Group increased organically by EUR 187 million or 3.0%.

Non-life gross premiums in the Netherlands decreased by 8.3% but excluding the effect of the sale of the Dutch health insurance business there was an increase of 3.6% mainly in the loss of income and accident lines. Belgium experienced a premium growth of 4.2% primarily caused by higher tariffs and portfolio takeover. Gross premiums in North America increased in Canada by 2.3%, but decreased in the United States by 32.3%. Latin America showed a decrease of 4.3% mainly due to the loss of one major contract and the termination of some unprofitable fleet contracts in Mexico. Gross premiums Australia decreased due to the sale of the non-life business completed in June 2004.

Net non-life premiums written in 2004 and 2003 reflected premiums ceded to reinsurers of EUR 756 million and EUR 930 million, respectively, resulting in overall retention levels of 88.6% in 2004 and 87.2% in 2003. Net non-life premiums written amounted to EUR 5,886 million in 2004 compared to EUR 6,358 million in 2003.

               Claims and claims expenses

Claims and claims expenses for the Group’s non-life business decreased by EUR 593 million, or 15.0%, from EUR 3,945 million in 2003 to EUR 3,352 million in 2004. Although all product lines contributed to the decrease, the health and automobile insurance business were the main cause and contributed EUR 265 million and EUR 111 million respectively. Claims and claims expenses in the reinsurance business were EUR 166 million, or 72.0%, lower than in 2003. For a more detailed discussion of unpaid claims and claims adjustment expenses and developments between years, see Note 7.7 of Notes to the consolidated financial statements.

The development of net premiums earned and claims and claims expenses resulted in a lower overall non-life loss ratio (63.0% versus 69.4%). All regions except Rest of Europe, Latin America and Asia contributed to this improvement. By line of product, the loss ratio of Automobile improved by 9.9 percentage points to 62.5%, the loss ratio of Loss of Income/Accident improved by 4.7 percentage points to 62.2% and the loss ratio of Fire and Health improved both by 4.3 percentage points to 51.4% and 79.3% respectively.

               Operating expenses

Operating expenses increased by EUR 34 million or 4.0% from EUR 849 million in 2003 to EUR 883 million in 2004. Excluding exchange rate movements the increase was 7.3%.

94


Table of Contents

               Profit before tax

The profit before tax from non-life insurance operations in 2004 increased by EUR 601 million, or 59.6%, compared with 2003, to EUR 1,609 million. This increase was especially due to North America (IPO of ING Canada) and Australia (gain on sale non-life operations). The following table sets forth the profit before taxation of the Group’s non-life operations by geographic area:

                 
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2003  
    (EUR millions)  
The Netherlands
    284       259  
Belgium
    17       23  
Rest of Europe
    11       10  
North America
    786       227  
Latin America
    123       165  
Asia
    3       (1 )
Australia
    275       75  
Other
    110       250  
 
           
Total
    1,609       1,008  
 
           

The following table sets forth loss, expense and combined ratio information for the Group’s non-life operations by geographic area for the years 2004 and 2003:

                                                 
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2004     2003     2004     2003  
    Loss ratio     Expense ratio     Combined ratio  
    (all figures %)  
The Netherlands
    60.6       69.8       36.8       31.0       97.4       100.8  
Belgium
    71.1       70.6       36.7       35.1       107.8       105.7  
Rest of Europe
    46.1       40.9       35.8       37.0       81.9       77.9  
North America
    61.0       73.9       27.6       24.7       88.6       98.6  
Latin America
    71.8       68.1       27.6       26.9       99.4       95.0  
Asia
    56.6       55.1       40.9       43.5       97.5       98.6  
Australia
    46.3       49.9       28.0       28.5       74.3       78.4  
Other
    62.8       42.4       16.4       51.6       79.2       94.0  
 
                                   
Total non-life
    63.0       69.4       30.6       28.2       93.6       97.6  
 
                                   

     In the Netherlands, non-life profit before tax increased by EUR 25 million, or 9.7%, from EUR 259 million in 2003 to EUR 284 million in 2004, driven by favourable claims experience, particularly in the lines Fire and Loss of Income/Accident, which more than offset the sale of the health insurance portfolio.

     In Belgium, non-life profit before tax decreased from EUR 23 million in 2003 to EUR 17 million in 2004, due to higher expenses and a loss on the run-off of an old book of marine and aviation business.

     In the Rest of Europe, non-life profit before tax rose in 2004 by EUR 1 million to EUR 11 million due to higher results in the business line Automobile.

     In North America, non-life profit before tax increased by EUR 559 million, or 246.3%, to EUR 786 million in 2004. The initial public offering of the non-life insurance business in Canada contributed EUR 249 million to the profit. In addition, the result of non-life in Canada increased strongly to EUR 462 million from EUR 175 million in 2003, driven by favourable claims experience, due to mild weather and a regulatory change that capped motor insurance claims. Non-life profits in the United States rose organically by EUR 27 million due to increased health results.

95


Table of Contents

     In Latin America, non-life profit before tax decreased from EUR 165 million in 2003 to EUR 123 million in 2004. However, excluding the currency impact and the gain from the sale of the Seguros Bital joint venture in Mexico in 2003 the profit before tax decreased by EUR 10 million, mainly as a result of reserve strengthening, higher acquisition costs and higher claims, particularly in health insurance In Mexico. Chile showed higher profits due to low expenses and improved product experience health (higher premium income in conjunction with a better claims control).

     In Asia, non-life profit before tax increased from a loss of EUR 1 million in 2003 to a profit of EUR 3 million in 2004. The increase was mainly due to miscellaneous, partly offset by health.

     In Australia, non-life profit before tax increased by EUR 200 million to EUR 275 million in 2004. The gain on the sale of the non-life insurance business in the second quarter of 2004 contributed EUR 219 million to the profit. This sold joint venture contributed EUR 75 million to operating profit before tax in full-year 2003 and EUR 55 million in the first half of 2004.

     The decrease of EUR 140 million in non-life profit before tax of the area Other, mainly the in-house reinsurance activities (ING Reinsurance), was mainly caused by the lower unallocated one-off gains from previously discontinued reinsurance activities (2004 EUR 85 million, 2003 EUR 228 million).

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared to year ended December 31, 2002

               Premium income

Gross premium income of the Group’s non-life operations in 2003 decreased by EUR 629 million, or 7.9%, over 2002 levels. Disregarding the negative effects of exchange rate movements (EUR (873) million) and acquisitions/divestitures (EUR (48) million), gross premium income for the Group increased organically by EUR 292 million or 4.2%.

Non-life gross premiums in the Netherlands decreased by 0.6% mainly in the loss of income and accident lines. In Belgium all product lines, but especially motor and fire, contributed to the 10.2% growth. Gross premiums in North America decreased by 4.1%, but rose organically by 9.2% thanks to Canada (motor, miscellaneous and fire) and the United States (health). Latin America showed an organic decrease of 2.0% due to Mexico (miscellaneous and motor), and gross premiums Australia rose organically by 20.9%, primarily due to miscellaneous and fire due to rate increases. The decrease of the non-life premium income in the area Other is fully due to reinsurance premiums.

Net non-life premiums written in 2003 and 2002 reflected premiums ceded to reinsurers of EUR 930 million and EUR 1,275 million, respectively, resulting in overall retention levels of 87.2% in 2003 and 83.9% in 2002. Net non-life premiums written amounted to EUR 6,358 million in 2003 compared to EUR 6,642 million in 2002.

               Claims and claims expenses

Claims and claims expenses for the Group’s non-life business decreased by EUR 445 million, from EUR 4,390 million in 2002 to EUR 3,945 million in 2003, due to nearly all product lines, especially health EUR (123) million, automobile EUR (128) million and accident EUR (115) million. Claims and claims expenses in the reinsurance business were EUR 60 million lower than in 2002. For a more detailed discussion of unpaid claims and claims adjustment expenses and developments between years, see Note 7.7 of Notes to the consolidated financial statements as stated in the Annual Report.

The development of net premiums earned and claims and claims expenses resulted in a lower overall non-life loss ratio (69.4% versus 75.0%). All regions contributed to this improvement. By product line, the loss ratio of Fire improved by 3.7 percentage points to 55.7% in 2003, the loss ratio of Loss of Income/Accident improved by 12.1 percentage points to 66.9% and the loss ratio of Automobile improved by 5.0 percentage points to 72.4%.

               Operating expenses

Operating expenses decreased by EUR 62 million or 6.8% from EUR 911 million in 2002 to EUR 849 million in 2003, fully due to exchange rate movements.

96


Table of Contents

               Profit before tax

The profit before tax from non-life insurance operations in 2003 increased by EUR 441 million, or 77.8%, compared with 2002, to EUR 1,008 million. This increase was due to all regions, except Latin America (caused by currency influences). The following table sets forth the profit before taxation of the Group’s non-life operations by geographic area:

                 
    Year ended December 31,  
    2003     2002  
    (EUR millions)  
The Netherlands
    259       153  
Belgium
    23       2  
Rest of Europe
    10       6  
North America
    227       178  
Latin America
    165       180  
Asia
    (1 )     (6 )
Australia
    75       39  
Other
    250       15  
 
           
Total
    1,008       567  
 
           

The following table sets forth loss, expense and combined ratio information for the Group’s non-life operations by geographic area for the years 2003 and 2002:

                                                 
    Year ended December 31,  
    2003     2002     2003     2002     2003     2002  
    Loss ratio     Expense ratio     Combined ratio  
    (all figures %)  
The Netherlands
    69.8       77.5       31.0       28.9       100.8       106.4  
Belgium
    70.6       76.7       35.1       34.7       105.7       111.4  
Rest of Europe
    40.9       49.8       37.0       41.6       77.9       91.4  
North America
    73.9       77.7       24.7       25.6       98.6       103.3  
Latin America
    68.1       68.8       26.9       25.6       95.0       94.4  
Asia
    55.1       66.6       43.5       51.5       98.6       118.1  
Australia
    49.9       66.9       28.5       29.5       78.4       96.4  
Other
    42.4       94.4       51.6       7.8       94.0       102.2  
 
                                   
Total non-life
    69.4       75.0       28.2       27.1       97.6       102.1  
 
                                   

     In the Netherlands, non-life profit before tax increased by EUR 106 million from EUR 153 million in 2002 to EUR 259 million in 2003. Especially the result of loss of income/accident rose strongly, mainly as a result of a favourable run-off of outstanding claims from former years and the release of a redundant insurance provision. The results from motor insurance also developed favorably.

     In Belgium, non-life profit before tax increased from EUR 2 million in 2002 to EUR 23 million in 2003, due to premium rate increases and an improved claims ratio in both the retail and wholesale business.

     In the Rest of Europe, non-life profit before tax rose in 2003 by EUR 4 million to EUR 10 million due to higher results in fire.

     In North America, non-life profit before tax increased by EUR 49 million, or 27.5%, to EUR 227 million in 2003. Excluding currency effects the organic increase was EUR 67 million, mainly due to Canada (EUR 52 million). Canada delivered a record combined ratio of 94.9% in 2003 improving from 97.7% in 2002. Strong underwriting performance combined with organic premium growth of 10.9% mainly caused these higher profits. Non-life profits in the United States rose organically by EUR 15 million due to increased health and miscellaneous results.

97


Table of Contents

     In Latin America, non-life profit before tax decreased from EUR 180 million in 2002 to EUR 165 million in 2003. However, excluding the currency impact and the gain from the sale of the Seguros Bital joint venture in Mexico in 2003 the profit before tax increased by EUR 24 million, mainly due to higher profits in Mexico (EUR 11 million, mainly investment income), Brazil (EUR 6 million) and Chile (EUR 4 million).

     In Asia, non-life profit before tax increased from a loss of EUR 6 million in 2002 to a loss of EUR 1 million in 2003. The increase was mainly due to health, partly offset by miscellaneous.

     In Australia, non-life profit before tax increased by EUR 36 million to EUR 75 million in 2003, mainly due to higher results in the loss of income, accident and miscellaneous lines, largely caused by higher premiums, improved claims ratios and the release of prior year provisions.

     The non-life profit before tax of the area Other, mainly the in-house reinsurance activities (ING Reinsurance), was strongly affected by the unallocated one-off gain from previously discontinued reinsurance activities in 2003 (EUR 228 million). In addition the higher results reflected on improved claims ratio in the fire lines as a result of lower catastrophe claims.

Allocation of income from investments and commission and other income

The following table sets forth the profit of the allocation of income from investments and commission and other income to life and non-life operations for the years indicated:

                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
         (EUR millions)  
Income from investments
    9,944       9,721       10,506  
Commissions and other income
    1,837       2,320       2,127  
 
                 
Total
    11,781       12,041       12,633  
 
                       
Investment expenses
    2,239       2,557       2,629  
Addition to the provision for investment losses
    32       163       664  
Other expenses
    1       14       34  
Total
    9,509       9,308       9,306  
Allocated to income from investments:
                       
Life operations
    8,217       8,285       8,289  
Non-life operations
    1,232       920       732  
 
                 
Total
    9,449       9,205       9,021  
Allocated to other income:
                       
Life operations
    33       94       223  
Non-life operations
    27       9       62  
 
                 
 
    60       103       285  
 
                 

98


Table of Contents

Insurance investments

The following table sets forth the components of the investment portfolio of the Group’s insurance operations at the end of the years indicated:

                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
         (EUR millions)  
Land and buildings(1)
    5,982       6,024       7,242  
Fixed-interest securities (2)
    138,067       129,575       132,059  
Shares and convertible debentures
    9,932       9,922       11,024  
Interests in investment pools of the insurance operations (3)
    27       71       99  
Deposits with insurers
    72       85       94  
Investments for the risk of policyholders and investments of annual life funds
    77,662       70,552       64,281  
 
                 
 
    231,742       216,229       214,799  
 
                 


(1)   Including commuted ground rents.
 
(2)   Includes EUR 1,113 million, EUR 1,481 million and EUR 1,823 million on December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, representing intercompany balances between Group insurance and banking companies.
 
(3)   Consists of assets relating to certain large Dutch group life policies under which coverage is provided by ING and other insurers.

At year-end 2004 the component of the investment portfolio fixed interest securities consists of 72.0% debentures and fixed-interest securities (compared to 69.6% year-end 2003), 19.5% mortgage loans (compared to 19.9% year-end 2003), 3.8% private loans (compared to 5.7% year-end 2003) and 4.7% other fixed interest securities (compared to 4.8% year-end 2003). The change in the fixed interest securities portfolio was negatively affected by exchange rate movements (approximately EUR 5 billion).

The increase in investments for the risk of policyholders of EUR 7,110 million primarily relates to the component Shares and convertible debentures which increased by EUR 13,243 million to EUR 74,015 million at year-end 2004; the component fixed-interest securities decreased from EUR 8,484 million to EUR 2,673 million at year-end 2004.

                                                 
    2004     2003     2002 restated  
    Income     Pre-tax     Income     Pre-tax     Income     Pre-tax  
            yield(1)             yield(1)             yield(1)  
    (EUR millions)  
Income from disposal of group companies
    480               110               238          
Land and buildings
    766       12.8 %     822       11.3 %     872       10.4 %
Fixed-interest securities (2)(3)
    8,279       6.2 %     8,299       6.3 %     8,788       6.6 %
Shares and convertible debentures
    419       4.2 %     490       4.7 %     608       4.4 %
 
                                         
Total (4)
    9,944               9,721               10,506          
Commissions and other income (5)
    1,837               2,320               2,127          
 
                                         
Total
    11,781               12,041               12,633          
 
                                         


(1)   (1) Pre-tax yield is calculated using interest, rental, dividend, realized gains on convertible debentures and land and buildings in 2004, 2003 and 2002, divided by the average of beginning and year-end balances on related assets (excepting the calculation of the yield in 2002 of land and buildings: in December 2002 EUR 1.0 billion non-EU real estate was transferred from ING Insurance to ING Bank).
 
(2)   Includes income from interests in investment pools that consists of investment income from assets relating to certain large Dutch group life policies under which coverage is provided by ING and other insurers.
 
(3)   Includes mortgages and other loans.
 
(4)   Includes EUR 163 million, EUR 218 million and EUR 73 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, representing intercompany interest between Group insurance and banking companies.
 
(5)   ‘Commission and other income’ consists primarily of fees on asset management and insurance brokerage, profits of minority interests and profits from financial transactions.

99


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2004 compared to year ended December 31, 2003

In 2004, income from investments, commissions and other income of the Group’s insurance operations decreased in total by EUR 260 million, or 2.2%, to EUR 11,781 million, from EUR 12,041 million in 2003. This decrease was due to lower commissions and other income (EUR 483 million), partly offset by higher income from investments (EUR 223 million). However, disregarding the effect of acquisitions and divestitures and the effect of exchange rate movements, income from investments, commissions and other income increased by EUR 409 million, or 3.6%.

Income from investments increased by EUR 223 million from EUR 9,721 million in 2003 to EUR 9,944 million in 2004. Income from disposal of group companies increased by EUR 370 million reflecting the gain on the sale of our Australia non-life operation and the IPO of ING Canada in 2004 (EUR 219 million and EUR 249 million respectively), partly compensated by disposals in 2003 (amongst others Seguros Bital, Sviluppo). Income from land and buildings in 2004 was EUR 56 million lower than in 2003, mainly due to EUR 92 million lower rental income caused by the sale of real estate, partly compensated by higher realized real estate capital gains. Income from fixed interest securities decreased by EUR 20 million or 0.2% to EUR 8,279 million. Excluding foreign currency impact income from fixed interest securities increased by 4.3%, the income from investments in shares and convertible debentures decreased by EUR 71 million to EUR 419 million due primarily to lower dividends.

Income from commissions decreased by EUR 112 million, or 8.5%, to EUR 1,201 million from EUR 1,313 million, mainly due to the transfer of the ING Real Estate companies from insurance operations to the banking operations while the former Furman Selz activities were transferred from the banking operations to the insurance operations (combined net impact on commisions EUR (97) million).

Other income, including profits on sale of equity participations and financial transactions, decreased by EUR 371 million, from EUR 1,007 million to EUR 636 million, mainly due to lower gains from old reinsurance activities (EUR 96 million in 2004 vs EUR 303 million in 2003), the release of a catastrophe provision (EUR 88 million) in 2003 and lower income related to the sale of the Dutch health insurance portfolio (EUR (46) million).

Investment expenses decreased in 2004 by EUR 318 million, or 12.4%, to EUR 2,239 million. The addition to the provision for investment losses decreased from EUR 163 million in 2003 to EUR 32 million in 2004. For both years these provisions are almost fully attributable to the United States, and reflect the improvement in U.S. economic and market conditions. The losses equal to 2 basis points of the total fixed interest securities in 2004 (in 2003 :13 basis points).

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared to year ended December 31, 2002

In 2003, income from investments, commissions and other income of the Group’s insurance operations decreased in total by EUR 592 million, or 4.7%, to EUR 12,041 million, from EUR 12,633 million in 2002. This decrease was due to lower income from investments (EUR 785 million), partly offset by higher commission and other income (EUR 193 million). However, disregarding the effect of acquisitions and divestitures and the effect of exchange rate movements, income from investments, commission and other income increased by EUR 645 million, or 5.7%.

Income from investments decreased by EUR 785 million from EUR 10,506 million in 2002 to EUR 9,721 million in 2003. Income from disposal of group companies decreased by EUR 128 million reflecting the gain on the ANZ joint venture in 2002 (EUR 222 million), partly compensated by disposals in 2003 (amongst others Seguros Bital, Sviluppo). Income from land and buildings in 2003 was EUR 50 million lower than in 2002, mainly due to EUR 102 million lower rental income caused by the sale of real estate, partly compensated by higher realized real estate capital gains. Income from fixed interest securities decreased by EUR 489 million or 5.6% to EUR 8,299 million, due to lower interest levels (mainly in the United States). The income in investments in shares and convertible debentures decreased by EUR 118 million to EUR 490 million amongst others due to the decreased value of the portfolio.

Income from commissions decreased by EUR 32 million, or 2.4%, to EUR 1,313 million from EUR 1,345 million. Except the regions the Netherlands (EUR 18 million), North America (EUR 10 million) and Asia

100


Table of Contents

(EUR 4 million) all regions showed a decrease in income from commissions, especially Latin America EUR (31) million, mainly currency impact and Rest of Europe EUR (24) million.

Other income, including profits on sale of equity participations and financial transactions, increased by EUR 225 million, from EUR 782 million to EUR 1,007 million, due to a gain from old reinsurance activities (EUR 303 million) and the release of a catastrophe provision (EUR 88 million) both in 2003, which was, in part, offset by the profit on the surrender of a group life contract (EUR 120 million) and a gain from previously discontinued reinsurance activities both in 2002.

Investment expenses decreased in 2003 by EUR 72 million, or 2.7%, to EUR 2,557 million. The addition to the provision for investment losses decreased from EUR 664 million in 2002 to EUR 163 million in 2003. For both years these losses are almost fully attributable to the United States. The losses equal to 13 basis points of the total fixed interest securities in 2003 (in 2002: 50 basis points).

101


Table of Contents

BANKING OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth certain summary financial data for the Group’s banking operations for the years indicated:

                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
    (EUR millions)  
Interest income
    25,580       23,802       24,088  
Interest expense
    16,772       15,687       16,442  
 
                 
Net interest result
    8,808       8,115       7,646  
Commissions
    2,581       2,464       2,615  
Other income
                       
Income from securities and participating interests
    47       154       201  
Result from financial transactions
    596       562       454  
Other revenue
    505       385       285  
 
                 
Total other income
    1,148       1,101       940  
 
                 
Total income
    12,537       11,680       11,201  
 
                       
Staff costs
    4,981       4,694       4,787  
Other administrative expenses
    3,677       3,490       3,511  
 
                 
Operating expenses
    8,658       8,184       8,298  
 
                       
Addition to the provision for loan losses
    465       1,125       1,435  
 
                 
Operating profit before taxation
    3,414       2,371       1,468  
Taxation
    857       599       333  
Third party interests
    153       227       240  
 
                 
Operating net profit
    2,404       1,545       895  
 
                 

Year ended December 31, 2004 compared to year ended December 31, 2003

     Operational profit before taxation

The operating profit before taxation from ING’s banking operations for 2004 increased by EUR 1,043 million, or 44.0%, to EUR 3,414 million from EUR 2,371 million for 2003, driven by a 7.3% increase in operating income and a sharp reduction of the addition to the provision for loan losses. Total operating income rose by EUR 857 million, or 7.3%, to EUR 12,537 million from EUR 11,680 million in 2003. The increase was mainly caused by a EUR 693 million higher net interest result as a result of increased balance sheet totals (notably ING Direct), partly offset by a lower average interest margin and EUR 117 million higher commissions. Other income rose by EUR 47 million, or 4.3%, to EUR 1,148 million from EUR 1,101 million in 2003. In 2004, other income included aggregate losses of EUR 165 million related to various divestments of ING’s banking operations. Operating expenses increased by EUR 474 million or 5.8%. Included in operating expenses are restructuring provisions of respectively EUR 82 million in 2003 (comprised of EUR 30 million for ING BHF-Bank, EUR 15 million for ING Bank France and EUR 37 million for the international wholesale banking activities) and EUR 101 million in 2004 (comprised of EUR 60 million for ING BHF-Bank and EUR 41 million for the international wholesale banking activities). Including EUR 42 million in one-off costs related to the sale of the Asian cash equities business in the first quarter of 2004, total one-off expenses amounted to EUR 143 million in 2004. The addition to the provision for loan losses decreased by EUR 660 million, or 58.7%, to EUR 465 million, from EUR 1,125 million for 2003, reflecting improved credit conditions.

One-off items, including results on divestments and restructuring charges, on balance had a negative impact of EUR 308 million on operating profit before taxation in 2004 compared to EUR 82 million in 2003. The transfer of activities between banking and insurance had a positive impact of EUR 73 million.

All three banking business lines reported improved results. The operating profit before taxation of ING Direct increased by 186.1% from EUR 151 million in 2003 to EUR 432 million in 2004, mainly due to

102


Table of Contents

higher interest income driven by continued strong growth in funds entrusted. Wholesale Banking posted a EUR 660 million, or 51.9%, increase in operating profit before taxation, fully driven by a sharp decline in risk costs. A decrease in income, caused by one-off losses on divestments, was largely compensated by lower operating expenses. Retail Banking reported an increase of operating profit before taxation of EUR 112 million, or 10.6%.

     Total operating income

Total operating income from the banking operations increased by EUR 857 million, or 7.3%, to EUR 12,537 million from EUR 11,680 million for 2003. Adjusted for currency movements and excluding the impact of transfers of activities between banking and insurance, total income increased by EUR 863 million, or 7.4%.

     Operating expenses

Operating expenses increased by EUR 474 million, or 5.8%, to EUR 8,658 million, from EUR 8,184 million for 2003. Adjusted for currency movements and excluding the impact of transfers of activities between banking and insurance, operating expenses increased by EUR 507 million, or 6.2%. Excluding one-off expenses (EUR 82 million in 2003 and EUR 143 million in 2004), operating expenses increased by EUR 446 million or 5.5% of which 3.5% was due to continued growth of ING Direct.

     Cost/income ratio

As the increase in income outpaced the expense growth, the cost/income ratio of the banking activities improved to 69.1% in 2004, from 70.1% in 2003. Excluding one-off items, the cost/income ratio improved to 67.0% from 69.4%.

     Net interest result

Within the banking operations, the net interest result for 2004 increased by EUR 693 million, or 8.5%, to EUR 8,808 million from EUR 8,115 million for 2003, reflecting a 16.7% higher average balance sheet total (notably ING Direct), partly offset by a narrowing of the interest margin.

     Commissions

Commissions for 2004 increased by EUR 117 million, or 4.7%, to EUR 2,581 million, from EUR 2,464 million for 2003. The increase is mainly driven by higher securities-related commissions. Management fees increased by EUR 172 million, or 29.0%, of which EUR 97 million is the net effect from the transfer of activities between banking and insurance. Commissions from the securities business were EUR 665 million, unchanged from 2003, despite the sale of the Asian cash equities business in the first quarter of 2004, which had a negative impact on revenue of about EUR 60 million.

     Other income

Other income for 2004 increased by EUR 47 million, or 4.3%, to EUR 1,148 million, from EUR 1,101 million for 2003. Income from securities and participating interests dropped EUR 107 million, while the result from financial transactions and other revenue increased by EUR 34 million and EUR 120 million respectively. The decrease in income from securities and participating interests was fully caused by the EUR 165 million loss related to various divestments in ING’s banking operations in 2004.

     Addition to the provision for loan losses

The addition to the provision for loan losses decreased by EUR 660 million, or 58.7%, to EUR 465 million, from EUR 1,125 million for 2003 reflecting a further improvement of the overall credit portfolio, the release of some debtor provisions and the absence of large loan defaults. The addition in 2004 equalled 18 basis points of average credit risk weighted assets compared with 46 basis points in 2003.

     Effect of transfer of activities between insurance and banking

As of 2004 the ING Real Estate Investment Management companies were transferred from insurance to banking, while the former Furman Selz activities were transferred from banking to insurance. On balance, the transfer increased the comparable operating profit before taxation of ING’s banking operations in 2003 as follows:

103


Table of Contents

         
    Year ended  
    December 31  
    2003  
    (EUR millions)  
Net interest result
    1  
Commissions
    97  
Other income
    5  
 
     
Total operating income
    103  
 
       
Staff costs
    9  
Other expenses
    21  
 
     
Operating expenses
    30  
 
       
Operating profit before taxation
    73  
 
     

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared to year ended December 31, 2002

     Profit before taxation

The operating profit before taxation from ING’s banking operations for 2003 increased by EUR 903 million, or 61.5%, to EUR 2,371 million from EUR 1,468 million for 2002. Net of the EUR 310 million lower addition to the provision for loan losses, the operating result before addition to the provision for loan losses increased by EUR 593 million or 20.4%. Although 2002 income was boosted by an exceptional gain of EUR 94 million on the sale of Cedel-shares, total income in 2003 rose by EUR 479 million or 4.3%. The increase was on balance caused by a EUR 469 million higher net interest result as a result of increased volumes (notably ING Direct) and a higher average interest margin in the Netherlands. Operating expenses decreased by EUR 114 million or 1.4%. Included in the operating expenses are restructuring provisions of respectively EUR 128 million in 2002 (for the international wholesale banking activities) and EUR 82 million in 2003 (comprised of EUR 30 million for ING BHF-Bank, EUR 15 million for ING Bank France and EUR 37 million for the international wholesale banking activities).

Both income and operating expenses were furthermore affected by the appreciation of the euro against most currencies. Excluding currency fluctuations and the acquisition of Toplease and ING Vysya Bank in 2002, operating profit before taxation rose organically by 59.1% (income increased by 7.2%, operating expenses increased by 1.0%). Also excluding the aforementioned gain on the sale of Cedel-shares and restructuring provisions, the operating profit before taxation improved by 60.9%.

Most banking units reported improved results. The operating profit before taxation of ING Direct turned from a loss of EUR 48 million in 2002 to a profit of EUR 151 million in 2003. The main driver of this success was the increasing number of customers and funds entrusted resulting in a strong growth of the net interest result. The operations in Canada, Australia, United States, Spain and Germany reported profits.

Exchange rate movements increased the total operating profit before taxation by EUR 56 million, mainly as a result of a US dollar-denominated loss in the fourth quarter of 2002.

     Total operating income

Total operating income from the banking operations increased by EUR 479 million, or 4.3%, to EUR 11,680 million from EUR 11,201 million for 2002. Adjusted for currency movements and excluding the consolidation effect of Toplease and ING Vysya Bank, total income increased by EUR 776 million, or 7.2%.

     Operating expenses

Operating expenses decreased by EUR 114 million, or 1.4%, to EUR 8,184 million, from EUR 8,298 million for 2002. Adjusted for currency movements and excluding the consolidation effect of Toplease and ING Vysya Bank, operating expenses increased by EUR 84 million, or 1.0%. Also excluding restructuring provisions (EUR 128 million in 2002 and EUR 82 million in 2003) and the continued growth of ING Direct, operating expenses decreased by EUR 84 million or 1.2%.

104


Table of Contents

     Cost/income ratio

Excluding the continued growth of ING Direct operations and the restructuring provisions, the cost/income ratio (total operating expenses as a percentage of total income) was 68.4% for 2003, an improvement compared to 71.0% for 2002. Including ING Direct and the restructuring provisions, the cost/income ratio was 70.1% for 2003, compared to 74.1% for 2002.

     Net interest result

Within the banking operations, the net interest result for 2003 increased by EUR 469 million, or 6.1%, to EUR 8,115 million from EUR 7,646 million for 2002, reflecting a higher average balance sheet total (notably ING Direct) and an improvement of the interest margin in the Netherlands. The widening of the interest margin in the Netherlands can be attributed to improved product margins and a steepening of the average yield curve.

     Commissions

Commissions for 2003 decreased by EUR 151 million, or 5.8%, to EUR 2,464 million, from EUR 2,615 million for 2002. In particular, securities commissions and management fees were lower, reflecting the lower activity level on the stock markets and the continued reluctance of private clients to invest in securities.

     Other income

Other income for 2003 increased by EUR 161 million, or 17.1%, to EUR 1,101 million, from EUR 940 million for 2002. Income from securities and participating interests dropped EUR 47 million, while the results from financial transactions and other revenue increased by EUR 108 million and EUR 100 million respectively.

     Addition to the provision for loan losses

The addition to the provision for loan losses decreased by EUR 310 million, or 21.6%, to EUR 1,125 million, from EUR 1,435 million for 2002. The addition in 2003 equalled 46 basis points of average credit risk weighted assets against 59 basis points in 2002.

     Effect of acquisitions/consolidations

The consolidation of Toplease (as of May 1, 2002) and ING Vysya Bank (as of October 1, 2002) contributed to the Group’s 2003 total income, total operating expenses and profit before taxation as follows:

                         
    Year ended December 31,  
                    Consoli-  
                    dated  
    2003     2002     Effect  
            (EUR millions)          
Net interest result
    42       13       29  
Commissions
    15       4       11  
Other income
    20       29       (9 )
 
                 
Total operating income
    77       46       31  
 
                       
Staff costs
    42       7       35  
Other expenses
    38       7       31  
 
                 
Operating expenses
    80       14       66  
 
                       
Addition to the provision for loan losses
    0       0       0  
 
                 
 
                       
Profit before taxation
    (3 )     32       (35 )
 
                 

Net interest result

The following table sets forth certain information concerning the total net interest result of the Group’s banking operations. The interest income and net interest result figures in the following table (other than Other net interest result and Total net interest result) include interest on non-accruing loans and do not

105


Table of Contents

reflect (1) interest income on amortized results investments; (2) lending commissions; (3) interest income on off-balance sheet instruments; (4) other interest income not considered to be directly related to interest-earning assets; (5) interest expense on off-balance sheet instruments; or (6) other interest expense not considered to be directly related to interest-bearing liabilities, all of which are reflected in the Other net interest result and Total net interest result below, which corresponds to the net interest result line item in the consolidated financial statements. A reconciliation of the interest income, interest expense and net interest result figures below to the corresponding line items in the consolidated financial statements is contained in the table under “Item 4. Information on the Company – Selected Statistical Information on Banking Operations – Average Balances and Interest Rates”.

                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
    (EUR millions)  
Interest income(1)
    22,836       21,013       21,603  
Net interest result(1)
    8,272       7,561       7,093  
Other net interest result(2)
    536       554       553  
 
                 
Total net interest result
    8,808       8,115       7,646  
 
                 
 
                       
Average interest-earning assets
    578,581       495,943       449,562  
Average interest-bearing liabilities
    546,698       468,179       422,650  
 
                       
Domestic
                       
Interest income(1)
    7,996       8,788       8,873  
Net interest result(1)
    3,693       3,782       3,656  
Average interest-earning assets
    194,050       185,875       174,962  
Average interest-bearing liabilities
    183,216       167,295       160,660  
 
                       
Foreign
                       
Interest income(1)
    14,840       12,225       12,730  
Net interest result(1)
    4,579       3,779       3,437  
Average interest-earning assets
    384,531       310,068       274,600  
Average interest-bearing liabilities
    363,482       300,884       261,990  
 
                       
Gross yield(3)
                       
Domestic
    4.12 %     4.73 %     5.07 %
Foreign
    3.86 %     3.94 %     4.64 %
Total
    3.95 %     4.24 %     4.81 %
 
                       
Interest spread(4)
                       
Domestic
    1.77 %     1.74 %     1.82 %
Foreign
    1.04 %     1.14 %     1.09 %
Total
    1.28 %     1.36 %     1.37 %
 
                       
Interest margin(4)
                       
Domestic
    1.90 %     2.03 %     2.09 %
Foreign
    1.19 %     1.22 %     1.25 %
Total
    1.43 %     1.52 %     1.58 %


(1)   See “Item 4. Information on the Company – Selected statistical information on banking operations – Average balances and Interest rates”
 
(2)   Additional net interest result required to reconcile Total net interest result to consolidated financial statements. See “Item 4. Information on the Company – Selected statistical information on banking operations – Average balances and interest rates”
 
(3)   Gross yield is the average interest rate earned on Average interest-earning assets. See “Item 4. Information on the Company – Selected statistical information on banking operations – Average balances and interest rates”.
 
(4)   Interest spread is the difference between the average interest rate earned on Average interest-earning assets and the average interest rate paid on Average interest-bearing liabilities. See “Item 4. Information on the Company – Selected statistical information on banking operations – Average balances and interest rates.”
 
(5)   Interest margin is ‘Net interest result’ before reconciliation to consolidated financial statements as a percentage of Average interest-earning assets.

106


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2004 compared to year ended December 31, 2003

The Group’s total net interest result in 2004 increased by EUR 693 million, from EUR 8,115 million in 2003 to EUR 8,808 million in 2004, reflecting a EUR 82.6 billion, or 16.7%, increase in volume, combined with a narrowing of the interest margin by 9 basis points. Both Dutch domestic and international operations recorded volume growth, of 9% and 24.0% respectively. The narrowing of the total interest margin by 9 basis points is the result of the 13 basis points lower interest margin in the Netherlands and the 3 basis points lower interest margin in the international operations, combined with the increased stake of the interest-earning assets outside the Netherlands (mainly triggered by ING Direct), with a substantially lower interest margin than within the Netherlands. The EUR 8.2 billion increase in volume of average interest-earning assets in the domestic operations was mainly caused by an increase of EUR 5.8 billion in average interest-earning securities and an increase of EUR 2.5 billion in average loans and advances. The increase in volume of the average interest-earning assets in the international operations of EUR 74.4 billion, attributable primarily to ING Direct, was mainly caused by an increase of EUR 49.1 billion in average interest-earning securities and an increase of EUR 23.1 billion in average loans and advances.

The change in total net interest result in 2004 can be allocated by average rate and volume effects as follows:

         
    (EUR millions)(1)  
Increase due to changes in average balances
    365  
Increase due to changes in average rates
    346  
 
     
Increase due to changes in average rates and balances
    711  
Increase due to changes in other net interest (from reconciliation)
    (18 )
 
     
Total
    693  
 
     


(1)   See “Item 4. Information on the Company – Selected statistical information on banking operations – Analysis of changes in net interest income”.

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared to year ended December 31, 2002

The Group’s total net interest result in 2003 increased by EUR 469 million, from EUR 7,646 million in 2002 to EUR 8,115 million in 2003, representing a EUR 46.4 billion, or 10.3%, increase in volume, combined with a narrowing of the interest margin by 6 basis points. Both Dutch domestic and international operations recorded volume growth, of 6.2% and 12.9% respectively. The narrowing of the total interest margin by 6 basis points is the result of the 6 basis points lower interest margin in the Netherlands and the 3 basis points lower interest margin in the international operations, combined with the increased stake of the interest-earning assets outside the Netherlands (mainly triggered by ING Direct), with a substantially lower interest margin than within the Netherlands. The EUR 10.9 billion increase in volume of average interest-earning assets in the domestic operations was mainly caused by an increase of EUR 8.7 billion in average loans and advances and an increase of EUR 4.9 billion in interest-earning securities. The increase in volume of the average interest-earning assets in the international operations of EUR 35.5 billion, attributable primarily to ING Direct, was mainly caused by an increase of EUR 23.5 billion in average interest-earning securities and an increase of EUR 11.4 billion in average loans and advances.

The change in total net interest result in 2003 can be allocated by average rate and volume effects as follows:

         
    (EUR millions)(1)  
Increase due to changes in average balances
    561  
Decrease due to changes in average rates
    (93 )
 
     
Increase due to changes in average rates and balances
    468  
Increase due to changes in other net interest (from reconciliation)
    1  
 
     
Total
    469  
 
     


(1)   See “Item 4. Information on the Company – Selected statistical information on banking operations – Analysis of changes in net interest income”.

107


Table of Contents

Commissions

The following table sets forth the components of commission income for the years indicated:

                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
    (EUR millions)  
Funds transfer
    575       587       592  
Securities business
    665       665       731  
Insurance brokerage
    136       115       117  
Management fees
    766       594       688  
Brokerage and advisory fees
    139       146       197  
Other
    300       357       290  
 
                 
Total
    2,581       2,464       2,615  
 
                 

Year ended December 31, 2004 compared to year ended December 31, 2003

Total commissions for 2004 increased by EUR 117 million, or 4.7%, to EUR 2,581 million, from EUR 2,464 million for 2003.

     Funds transfer

Commissions from funds transfer decreased by EUR 12 million, or 2.0%, to EUR 575 million from EUR 587 million for 2003. ING Bank’s commission from domestic funds transfer decreased by EUR 10 million, or 2.5%. Commission from international funds transfer decreased by EUR 2 million, or 0.9%, mainly at ING Bank Slaski, partly compensated by increases at ING Belgium and ING Direct.

     Securities business

Commissions from the securities business were unchanged at EUR 665 million. The negative impact of the sale of the Asian cash equities business in the first quarter of 2004 (which had a negative effect of approximately EUR 60 million) was partly compensated by increases in Belgium and the other international wholesale banking units. In the Netherlands commissions from securities transactions increased by EUR 1 million or 0.8%.

     Insurance brokerage

The commissions from insurance brokerage increased by EUR 21 million, or 18.3%, to EUR 136 million from EUR 115 million for 2003. The increase mainly occurred in ING’s branch network in the Netherlands (increase of EUR 14 million or 26.4%) and in ING Belgium (increase of EUR 6 million or 11.8%).

     Management fees

Management fees increased by EUR 172 million, or 29.0%, to EUR 766 million from EUR 594 million for 2003, of which EUR 97 million is the net effect from the transfer of ING Real Estate Investment Management companies from insurance to banking and the transfer of former Furman Selz business from banking to insurance. The remaining increase of EUR 75 million or 10.9%, can be attributed mainly to ING Real Estate and Baring Asset Management.

     Brokerage and advisory fees

Brokerage and advisory fees decreased by EUR 7 million, or 4.8%, to EUR 139 million from EUR 146 million for 2003. Lower fees at ING Belgium were partly compensated by higher fees at the international wholesale banking units.

     Other

The 16.0% decrease in other commission income (from EUR 357 million in 2003 to EUR 300 million in 2004) is mainly due to lower commission from leasing and factoring.

108


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared to year ended December 31, 2002

Total commissions for 2003 decreased by EUR 151 million, or 5.8%, to EUR 2,464 million, from EUR 2,615 million for 2002.

     Funds transfer

Commissions from funds transfer decreased slightly by EUR 5 million, or 0.8%, to EUR 587 million from EUR 592 million for 2002. ING Bank’s commission from domestic funds transfer increased by EUR 4 million, or 1.0%. Commission from international funds transfer decreased by EUR 9 million, or 4.5%, mainly at ING Bank Slaski, partly compensated by ING Vysya Bank.

     Securities business

Commissions from the securities business decreased by EUR 66 million, or 9.0%, to EUR 665 million from EUR 731 million for 2002, mainly due to the lower activity level on the stock markets. The decrease occurred entirely outside the Netherlands (decrease of EUR 69 million or 11.4%). In the Netherlands commissions from securities transactions increased by EUR 3 million or 2.4%.

     Insurance brokerage

The commissions from insurance brokerage decreased by EUR 2 million, or 1.7%, to EUR 115 million from EUR 117 million for 2002. The increase in ING Belgium was fully offset by lower commissions in the Netherlands.

     Management fees

Management fees decreased by EUR 94 million, or 13.7%, to EUR 594 million from EUR 688 million for 2002, caused by the on average lower stock market levels and the reluctance of private clients to invest in securities. In particular, ING Belgium, Baring Asset Management, ING Bank Netherlands and ING Furman Selz reported lower management fees.

     Brokerage and advisory fees

Brokerage and advisory fees decreased by EUR 51 million, or 25.9%, to EUR 146 million from EUR 197 million for 2002. The decrease can be fully attributed to the international wholesale banking units. The brokerage and advisory fees in the Netherlands and ING Belgium were higher.

     Other

The 23.1% increase in other commission income (from EUR 290 million in 2002 to EUR 357 million in 2003) can mainly be attributed to the international wholesale banking units.

Other Income

The following table sets forth the components of other income for the years indicated:

                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
    (EUR millions)  
Income from securities and participating interests
    47       154       201  
Result from financial transactions
    596       562       454  
Other revenue
    505       385       285  
 
                 
Total
    1,148       1,101       940  
 
                 

Year ended December 31, 2004 compared to year ended December 31, 2003

Other income increased by EUR 47 million, or 4.3%, to EUR 1,148 million from EUR 1,101 million.

Income from securities and participating interests

Income from securities and participating interests consists of dividends, other income from equity securities held in the investment portfolio and the results from participating equity interests, as well as valuation differences on equity participations. Income from securities and participating interests

109


Table of Contents

decreased by EUR 107 million, or 69.5%, to EUR 47 million from EUR 154 million in 2003. The decrease was entirely caused by the EUR 165 million loss on divestments in 2004, including a loss of EUR 210 million on the partial sale of ING BHF-Bank and a one-off loss of EUR 42 million on the sale of the Asian cash equities business, partly compensated by a EUR 87 million gain on the sale of CenE Bankiers.

Result from financial transactions

The result from financial transactions includes exchange rate differences and capital gains and losses on securities held in the trading portfolio. Also included in this item are exchange rate differences in connection with holding assets and liabilities in foreign currencies, the results of the associated forward contracts and the results from financial instruments other than those serving to hedge interest rate risks. Asset trading results are also included in this item. The accounting principles for recognition of result from financial transactions under Dutch and U.S. GAAP are different. See Note 6.1.d of Notes to the consolidated financial statements.

The result from financial transactions can be analyzed as follows:

                 
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2003  
        (EUR millions)
Result from securities trading portfolio
    365       226  
Result from currency trading portfolio
    566       46  
Other results
    (335 )     290  
 
           
Total
    596       562  
 
           

On balance, results from financial transactions increased EUR 34 million, or 6.0%, to EUR 596 million from EUR 562 million for 2003, despite the loss of EUR 48 million taken by Postbank in the first quarter of 2004 to compensate customers for a disappointing return on investments related to the unit-linked mortgage product “MeerWaardeHypotheek”. Excluding this loss, the result from financial transactions increased EUR 82 million, mainly attributable to the international wholesale banking units and ING Belgium. There are strong fluctuations between the separate lines, which are to a large extent interrelated.

The result from the securities trading portfolio for 2004 increased by EUR 139 million, or 61.5%, to EUR 365 million from EUR 226 million for 2003. The increase was fully attributable to the international wholesale banking units (especially in Amsterdam).

     Result from currency trading portfolio

The result from the currency trading portfolio for 2004 increased by EUR 520 million to EUR 566 million from EUR 46 million for 2003. The increase occurred mainly in Wholesale International Amsterdam, ING Belgium and the international wholesale banking units in Asia. This development was largely offset by lower results from derivatives trading (part of Other results), which were to a large extent interrelated with the result from currency trading.

     Other results

Other results, (which include asset trading, results from derivatives trading and the effects of revaluations in hyperinflationary countries), turned from a profit of EUR 290 million for 2003 to a loss of EUR 335 million for 2004. The deterioration can mainly be attributed to lower results from derivatives trading in Wholesale International Amsterdam, ING Belgium and the international wholesale banking units in Asia (interrelated with the higher results from currency trading portfolio). Also included in Other results is the loss taken by Postbank in the first quarter of 2004 for the unit-linked mortgage product described above.

110


Table of Contents

Other revenue

Income from Other revenue for 2004 rose by EUR 120 million, or 31.2%, to EUR 505 million from EUR 385 million for 2003. The increase was mainly due to higher leasing income and higher results from real estate, including rental income and profit from sales.

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared to year ended December 31, 2002

Other income increased by EUR 161 million, or 17.1%, to EUR 1,101 million from EUR 940 million.

Income from securities and participating interests

Income from securities and participating interests decreased by EUR 47 million, or 23.4%, to EUR 154 million from EUR 201 million in 2002. Income in 2002 included an exceptional profit of EUR 94 million on Cedel shares.

Result from financial transactions

The result from financial transactions can be analyzed as follows:

                 
    Year ended December 31,  
    2003     2002  
        (EUR millions)
Result from securities trading portfolio
    226       201  
Result from currency trading portfolio
    46       242  
Other results
    290       11  
 
           
Total
    562       454  
 
           

On balance, result from financial transactions increased by EUR 108 million, or 23.8%, to EUR 562 million from EUR 454 million for 2002. There were strong fluctuations between the separate lines, which are to a large extent interrelated. The increase of the total result from financial transactions can be mainly attributed to ING BHF-Bank, ING Furman Selz (mainly lower losses on seed capital) and ING Bank Netherlands. The main contributors to the result from financial transactions (i.e. the international wholesale banking units and ING Belgium) realized only slightly higher results in 2003 compared to 2002.

     Result from securities trading portfolio.

The result from the securities trading portfolio for 2003 increased by EUR 25 million, or 12.4%, to EUR 226 million from EUR 201 million for 2002. On balance, the increase was caused by ING Furman Selz (lower losses on seed capital investments).

     Result from currency trading portfolio.

The result from the currency trading portfolio for 2003 decreased by EUR 196 million, or 81.0%, to EUR 46 million from EUR 242 million for 2002. The decrease occurred mainly in the international wholesale banking units and ING Belgium. This development was largely offset by higher related results from derivatives trading (part of Other results).

     Other results.

Other results for 2003 improved by EUR 279 million to EUR 290 million from EUR 11 million for 2002. The improvement can mainly be attributed to higher results from derivatives trading in ING Belgium and the international wholesale banking units.

111


Table of Contents

Other revenue

Income from other revenue for 2003 rose by EUR 100 million, or 35.1%, to EUR 385 million from EUR 285 million for 2002. The increase was to a large extent caused by higher results from real estate. It should be noted that Other revenue in 2002 was relatively low due to one-off losses relating to operational problems in car leasing and securities brokerage at ING Bank.

Operating expenses

The following table sets forth the components of operating expenses:

                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
    (EUR millions)  
Staff costs
    4,981       4,694       4,787  
Other administrative expenses
    3,677       3,490       3,511  
 
                 
Total
    8,658       8,184       8,298  
 
                 

Year ended December 31, 2004 compared to year ended December 31, 2003

Total operating expenses of ING’s banking operations in 2004 increased by EUR 474 million, or 5.8%, to EUR 8,658 million, from EUR 8,184 million for 2003. Included in the operating expenses are restructuring provisions of EUR 82 million in 2003 (comprised of EUR 30 million for ING BHF-Bank, EUR 15 million for ING Bank France and EUR 37 million for the international wholesale banking activities) and EUR 101 million in 2004 (comprised of EUR 60 million for ING BHF-Bank and EUR 41 million for the international wholesale banking activities). Including EUR 42 million in one-off costs related to the sale of the Asian cash equities business in 2004, total one-off expenses for 2004 amounted to EUR 143 million. Excluding those one-off items, currency movements and the impact of transfers of activities between insurance and banking, operating expenses increased by EUR 446 million, or 5.5% of which 3.5% was due to the continuously expanding ING Direct activities.

     Staff costs

Total staff costs increased by EUR 287 million, or 6.1%, to EUR 4,981 million in 2004, reflecting higher expenses for external staff, higher bonuses, the impact of the collective labor agreement in the Netherlands which came into effect in May 2003 and a change in the staff composition (fewer staff in Wholesale Banking and Retail Banking, more in ING Direct). In the Netherlands, the average number of staff (full time equivalents) decreased by 1.8% from 22,674 in 2003 to 22,262 in 2004. Outside the Netherlands, the average number of staff employed decreased by 201, or 0.5%, from 41,508 in 2003 to 41,307 in 2004. Excluding the continuously expanding ING Direct activities, the average foreign headcount in 2004 decreased by approximately 1,500.

     Other administrative expenses

Other administrative expenses increased by EUR 187 million, or 5.4%, to EUR 3,677 million from EUR 3,490 million in 2003. The increase can be attributed fully to the strong growth of the ING Direct activities. Excluding ING Direct, other administrative expenses remained nearly unchanged as higher marketing expenses (notably in Retail Banking) and the impact of restructuring provisions and one-off costs related to the sale of the Asian cash equities business in Wholesale Banking were offset by lower depreciations on capitalized software (which were exceptionally high in 2003).

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared to year ended December 31, 2002

Total operating expenses of ING’s banking operations decreased by EUR 114 million, or 1.4%, to EUR 8,184 million, from EUR 8,298 million for 2002. Included in the operating expenses are restructuring provisions of EUR 128 million in 2002 (for the international wholesale banking activities) and EUR 82 million in 2003 (comprised of EUR 30 million for ING BHF-Bank, EUR 15 million for ING Bank France and EUR 37 million for the international wholesale banking activities). Adjusted for currency movements and excluding the effect of the consolidation of Toplease and ING Vysya Bank, operating

112


Table of Contents

expenses increased by EUR 84 million, or 1.0%. Also abstracted from the restructuring provisions created in 2002 and 2003 and the continuously expanding ING Direct (which saw operating expenses rise by EUR 214 million at constant exchange rates) expenses decreased by EUR 84 million, or 1.2%. This decrease reflected stringent cost control despite higher pension expenses, the impact of the collective labor agreement in the Netherlands and accelerated depreciation of capitalized software.

     Staff costs

Despite the impact of the collective labor agreement in the Netherlands and higher pension costs, total staff costs decreased by EUR 93 million, or 1.9%, to EUR 4,694 million in 2003, reflecting lower expenses for third-party staff, lower stock option expenses and a change in the staff composition (fewer staff in international wholesale banking, more in ING Direct and newly acquired ING Vysya Bank). In the Netherlands, the average number of staff (full time equivalents) increased slightly from 22,639 in 2002 to 22,674 in 2003. Outside the Netherlands, the average number of staff employed increased by 2,958, or 7.7%, from 38,550 in 2002 to 41,508 in 2003. Excluding the consolidation of ING Vysya Bank and excluding the continuously expanding ING Direct, the average foreign headcount in 2003 decreased by approximately 2,500.

     Other administrative expenses

Other administrative expenses decreased by EUR 21 million, or 0.6%, to EUR 3,490 million in 2003 from EUR 3,511 million in 2002. The impact of cost containment actions and the depreciation of most currencies against the euro was to a large extent offset by the strong growth of ING Direct, the consolidation of Toplease and ING Vysya Bank and the accelerated depreciation of capitalized software.

Addition to the provision for loan losses

In 2004, the total addition to the provision for loan losses amounted to EUR 465 million, a decrease of EUR 660 million compared to the level in 2003 (EUR 1,125 million). The addition equalled 18 basis points of average credit risk weighted assets, against 46 basis points in 2003. The lower addition was possible due to a further improvement of the credit portfolio, the release of some debtor provisions, as a result of improved performance of specific borrowers, and the absence of large loan defaults.

For Wholesale Banking, the addition to the provision for loan losses in 2004 dropped to 12 basis points of average credit-risk weighted assets from 56 basis points in 2003. The addition was significantly lower than in previous years as a result of portfolio credit quality improvements registered in ING’s core markets of Netherlands, Belgium and Poland. New loan portfolio problems in Germany were limited and the existing problem portfolio in Germany showed significant improvements. The improved diversification of the portfolio, due to stringent implementation of caps on single borrower exposures, further contributed to the reduction.

In 2004, Retail Banking additions were 25 basis points of average credit-risk weighted assets against 27 basis points in 2003, reflecting on one hand a continuing benign experience in mortgages, on the other higher consumer loan arrears related to the growth of the portfolio.

The addition to the provision for loan losses for ING Direct increased 36.9% to EUR 89 million in 2004 from EUR 65 million in 2003, in pace with the strong growth of the business. The addition equalled 22 basis points of average credit-risk weighted assets, compared with 26 basis points in 2003.

In 2003, the total addition to the provision for loan losses amounted to EUR 1,125 million, a decrease of EUR 310 million compared to the high level in 2002 when the continued weak economic conditions combined with the bankruptcy of National Century Financial Enterprises in the United States required a total addition of EUR 1,435 million. In 2003, the addition equalled 46 basis points of average credit risk weighted assets, against 59 basis points in 2002. Additions to provision for loan losses in the Americas were also substantially lower in 2003, since high additions for Argentina and the telecom and energy portfolios were necessary. The year 2003 was also characterized by generally lower additions in most regions, supported by releases from provisions created in previous years (notably in Asia) with the exceptions of the Netherlands, Central Europe and ING Direct where higher additions were necessary. The increase in the Netherlands was caused by an extra addition for NMB Heller’s credit portfolio combined with higher additions for retail banking, while provisions in Central Europe included

113


Table of Contents

an addition for Parmalat. The higher addition to the provision for loan losses at ING Direct (notably in Germany) was mainly caused by the continued strong growth of the portfolio.

Taxation

The effective taxation rate for the operating net profit of the banking operations was 25.1% (EUR 857 million), 25.3% (EUR 599 million) and 22.7% (EUR 333 million) in 2004, 2003 and 2002 respectively, compared to a statutory rate of 34.5% in all these years in the Netherlands. The difference between the effective and statutory rates reflected the effect of foreign tax rates and other items. The relatively low taxation rates in these years were mainly caused by non-taxable gains and to a substantially lower tax ratio of the Belgian banking operations. The effective taxation rate in 2004 was also influenced by a EUR 112 million release of redundant tax provisions.

Operating net profit

Operating net profit for 2004 increased by EUR 859 million, or 55.6%, to EUR 2,404 million from EUR 1,545 million for 2003. Operating net profit for 2003 increased by EUR 650 million, or 72.6%, to EUR 1,545 million from EUR 859 million for 2002.

Total net profit

Due to the absence of non-operating items in 2004, 2003 and 2002 operating net profit from banking operations equalled total net profit.

Geographical breakdown

The following table sets forth the geographic distribution of operating income and operating profit before taxation of the banking operations:

                                                 
                    Year ended December 31,                  
    Operational income     Operational result before taxation  
    2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002  
    (EUR millions)     (EUR millions)  
The Netherlands
    5,374       5,270       4,982       1,729       1,588       1,510  
Belgium
    2,254       2,012       2,044       711       478       613  
Rest of Europe
    3,265       2,997       2,773       351       (15 )     (311 )
North America
    1,039       731       536       482       110       (509 )
Latin America*
    115       162       315       42       118       74  
Asia
    310       376       436       0       38       38  
Australia
    180       132       107       99       60       55  
Other
    0       0       8       0       (6 )     (2 )
 
                                   
Total
    12,537       11,680       11,201       3,414       2,371       1,468  
 
                                   


*   Latin America = South America, including Mexico.

Year ended December 31, 2004 compared to year ended December 31, 2003

     In the Netherlands, operating income for 2004 increased by EUR 104 million, or 2.0%, to EUR 5,374 million, from EUR 5,270 million for 2003. The net interest result decreased by EUR 139 million, or 3.4%. The average interest margin deteriorated by 14 basis points to 1.86%, partly caused by lower interest results on the asset and liability matching book. Commissions rose by EUR 53 million, or 6.4%. Higher management fees and insurance brokerage fees were partly offset by lower other commissions and funds transfer fees. Other income increased by EUR 190 million, or 58.5%, influenced by the gain of EUR 87 million on the sale of CenE Bankiers and higher results from real estate, including rental income and profit from sales, partly offset by the EUR 48 million loss taken on Postbank’s unit-linked mortgage product. Operating expenses rose by EUR 154 million, or 4.6%. The increase of staff costs by EUR 192 million, next to the impact of the collective labour agreement which came into effect in May 2003 due to higher costs for external staff and to the transfer of activities from insurance to banking,

114


Table of Contents

was partly compensated by lower other administrative expenses, in particular lower depreciation of capitalized software. The addition to the provision for loan losses decreased by EUR 191 million, supported by the release of debtor provisions and the absence of significant defaults. The operating profit before taxation rose by EUR 141 million, or 8.9%, to EUR 1,729 million, from EUR 1,588 million for 2003.

     In Belgium, operating income for 2004 increased by EUR 242 million, or 12.0%, to EUR 2,254 million, from EUR 2,012 million for 2003. Both the Wholesale Banking and Retail Banking activities contributed to the increase. The net interest result rose EUR 94 million or 5.9%. Commissions were up EUR 22 million or 6.5% and Other income rose EUR 126 million or 172.6%. Operating expenses increased by EUR 73 million, or 5.1%. Compared to 2003, loan loss provisioning decreased by EUR 64 million or 56.1%. The operating profit before taxation rose EUR 233 million, or 48.7%, to EUR 711 million, from EUR 478 million for 2003.

     In the Rest of Europe, operating income for 2004 rose EUR 268 million, or 8.9%, to EUR 3,265 million, from EUR 2,997 million for 2003. Higher interest results (an increase of EUR 476 million, mainly attributable to ING Direct and ING BHF-Bank) and higher commissions were partly offset by the EUR 210 million loss on the sale of parts of ING BHF-Bank in the fourth quarter of 2004. Operating expenses increased EUR 254 million, or 10.4%, mainly due to ING Direct, ING Real Estate and the activities of ING Belgium in this geographical region. Included in the operating expenses are restructuring provisions of respectively EUR 82 million in 2003 (comprised of EUR 30 million for ING BHF-Bank, EUR 15 million for ING Bank France and EUR 37 million for the international wholesale banking activities) and EUR 63 million in 2004 (comprised of EUR 60 million for ING BHF-Bank and EUR 3 million as part of the EUR 41 million for the total of the international wholesale banking activities). The addition to the provision for loan losses decreased by EUR 352 million, mainly due to lower risk costs at ING BHF-Bank, the international wholesale banking activities and ING Bank Slaski. As a result, the operating profit before taxation improved by EUR 366 million to EUR 351 million, from a loss of EUR 15 million for 2003.

     In North America, operating income for 2004 increased by EUR 308 million, or 42.1%, to EUR 1,039 million, from EUR 731 million for 2003. This increase can be mainly attributed to ING Direct, ING Real Estate (mainly fee business transferred from insurance) and the international wholesale banking activities, partly offset by the impact of the transfer of former Furman Selz activities to insurance. Operating expenses increased EUR 32 million, or 6.6%. The addition to the provision for loan losses decreased by EUR 96 million, mainly due to lower risk costs in the international wholesale banking activities. The operating profit before taxation improved from EUR 110 million in 2003 to EUR 482 million in 2004.

     In Latin America, operating income for 2004 decreased by EUR 47 million, or 29.0%, to EUR 115 million, from EUR 162 million for 2003, due to lower interest results and commissions, partly compensated by higher other income. Operating expenses were only slightly lower, while the releases of loan loss provisions were EUR 30 million less favourable than in 2003. As a result, the operating profit before taxation decreased by EUR 76 million to EUR 42 million, from EUR 118 million for 2003.

     In Asia, operating income for 2004 decreased by EUR 66 million, or 17.6%, to EUR 310 million, from EUR 376 million for 2003. The decrease was entirely due to the sale of the Asian cash equities business in the first quarter of 2004. In addition to a EUR 42 million loss on the sale, securities commissions were approximately EUR 60 million lower. Operating expenses decreased by EUR 52 million, or 13.9%, despite EUR 32 million one-off expenses related to the sale (the other EUR 10 million one-off expenses related to the sale are taken in the geographical regions Rest of Europe and North America). The releases of loan losses provisions were EUR 24 million lower than in previous year. As a result, the operating profit before taxation dropped to breakeven in 2004, from a profit of EUR 38 million in 2003.

     In Australia, operating income for 2004 increased by EUR 48 million, or 36.4%, to EUR 180 million, mainly due to ING Real Estate (partly caused by the transfer of activities from insurance to banking) and ING Direct Australia. Operating expenses increased by EUR 20 million, or 32.3%, while the addition to the provision for loan losses decreased by EUR 11 million due to a release of provisions in

115


Table of Contents

2004. The operating profit before taxation increased EUR 39 million to EUR 99 million, from EUR 60 million for 2003.

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared to year ended December 31, 2002

     In the Netherlands, operating income for 2003 increased by EUR 288 million, or 5.8%, to EUR 5,270 million, from EUR 4,982 million for 2002. The net interest result rose by EUR 259 million, or 6.7%. The average interest margin improved by 13 basis points to 2.00%, mainly due to higher product margins. Commissions rose by EUR 42 million, or 5.4%. Higher brokerage and advisory fees and other commission income, were partly offset by lower management fees. Other income decreased by EUR 13 million, or 3.8%. Operating expenses rose by EUR 91 million, or 2.8%. The impact of a reduced average number of staff and lower expenses for third-party staff was more than offset by higher pension costs, higher marketing costs and the accelerated depreciation of capitalized software. The addition to the provision for loan losses increased by EUR 119 million, among others at NMB Heller. The operating profit before taxation rose by EUR 78 million, or 5.2%, to EUR 1,588 million, from EUR 1,510 million for 2002.

     In Belgium, operating income for 2003 decreased by EUR 32 million, or 1.6%, to EUR 2,012 million, from EUR 2,044 million for 2002. Excluding the exceptional gain on the sale of Cedel-shares in 2002 of which EUR 64 million was booked in Belgium, income rose by 1.6% due to a higher interest result. Operating expenses increased by EUR 50 million, or 3.6%. Compared to 2002, loan loss provisioning increased by EUR 53 million, but is still relatively low. The operating profit before taxation decreased by EUR 135 million, or 22.0%, to EUR 478 million, from EUR 613 million for 2002.

     In the Rest of Europe, operating income for 2003 rose by EUR 224 million, or 8.1%, to EUR 2,997 million, from EUR 2,773 million for 2002. Higher interest results (mainly ING Direct) and higher results on real estate and leasing were partly offset by lower commissions. Despite the strong growth of ING Direct, operating expenses decreased by EUR 164 million, or 6.3%, mainly in the international wholesale banking units. Included in the expenses are restructuring provisions of respectively EUR 60 million in 2002 (as part of the EUR 128 million for the total of the international wholesale banking activities) and EUR 82 million in 2003 (comprised of EUR 30 million for ING BHF-Bank, EUR 15 million for ING Bank France and EUR 37 million for the international wholesale banking activities). The addition to the provision for loan losses increased by EUR 92 million, mainly due to higher risk costs of ING BHF-Bank, the international wholesale banking activities and ING Direct. As a result, the operating profit before taxation improved by EUR 296 million to a loss of EUR 15 million, from loss of EUR 311 million for 2002. Especially the performance in Germany (ING BHF-Bank) and Poland (ING Bank Slaski) was disappointing. The results of the international wholesale banking units, ING Direct, ING Real Estate and ING Belgium in this geographical region improved considerably.

     In North America, operating profit before taxation turned from a loss of EUR 509 million in 2002 to a profit of EUR 110 million in 2003. The strong improvement was mainly caused by EUR 364 million lower loan loss provisioning, reflecting improved credit conditions in the United States and the absence of major borrower defaults. Operating income for 2003 increased by EUR 195 million, or 36.4%, to EUR 731 million, from EUR 536 million for 2002. This increase can be mainly attributed to ING Direct, ING Furman Selz and ING Real Estate. Operating expenses decreased by EUR 60 million, or 11.0%. Lower operating expenses for the international wholesale banking units and ING Furman Selz were partly offset by higher expenses ING Direct.

     In Latin America, operating income for 2003 decreased by EUR 153 million, or 48.6%, to EUR 162 million, from EUR 315 million for 2002. The sharp decrease in income was compensated by EUR 19 million lower operating expenses and a EUR 178 million lower addition to the provision for loan losses (in 2002 high due to Argentina provisioning). The operating profit before taxation increased by EUR 44 million to EUR 118 million, from EUR 74 million for 2002.

     In Asia, in spite of the consolidation of ING Vysya Bank, operating income for 2003 decreased by EUR 60 million, or 13.8%, to EUR 376 million, from EUR 436 million for 2002. The decrease was entirely due to lower income from the international wholesale banking activities partly compensated by ING Vysya Bank. Operating expenses decreased by EUR 15 million, or 3.9%. The lower expenses of the international wholesale banking activities (in 2002 high due to the Asian share of the restructuring

116


Table of Contents

provision for international wholesale banking) was largely offset by the consolidation effect of ING Vysya Bank. The addition to the provision for loan losses decreased by EUR 45 million, due to a release of provisions in 2003. As a result, the operating profit before taxation remained unchanged on EUR 38 million.

     In Australia, operating income for 2003 increased by EUR 25 million, or 23.4%, to EUR 132 million, due to an increase of EUR 27 million in net interest result (mainly ING Direct Australia). Operating expenses increased by EUR 7 million, or 12.7%, while the addition to the provision for loan losses rose by EUR 13 million. The operating profit before taxation increased by EUR 5 million to EUR 60 million, from EUR 55 million for 2002.

117


Table of Contents

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

ING Groep N.V. is a holding company whose principal assets are its investments in the capital stock of its primary insurance and banking subsidiaries. The liquidity and capital resource considerations for ING Groep N.V., ING Insurance and ING Bank vary in light of the business conducted by each, as well as the insurance and bank regulatory requirements applicable to the Group in the Netherlands and the other countries in which it does business. ING Groep N.V. has no employees and substantially all of ING Groep N.V.’s operating expenses are allocated to and paid by its operating companies.

As a holding company, ING Groep N.V.’s principal sources of funds are funds that may be raised from time to time from the issuance of debt or equity securities and bank or other borrowings, as well as cash dividends received from its subsidiaries. ING Groep N.V.’s total debt and capital securities outstanding to third parties at December 31, 2004 was EUR 10,570 million, and at December 31, 2003 and 2002 was EUR 8,956 million and EUR 8,713 million, respectively. The EUR 10,570 million of debt outstanding at December 31, 2004 consisted of US$ 250 million principal amount of 9.20% non-cumulative guaranteed trust preferred securities issued in June 2000, which have a balance sheet value of EUR 183 million, US$ 1,500 million principal amount of 8.439% non-cumulative guaranteed trust preferred securities issued in December 2000, which have a balance sheet value of EUR 1,100 million, EUR 600 million principal amount of 6.5% perpetual subordinated debt securities issued in September 2001, US$ 800 million principal amount of 7.05% perpetual debt securities issued in July 2002, which have a balance sheet value of EUR 586 million, US$ 1,100 million principal amount of 7.20% perpetual debt securities issued in December 2002, which have a balance sheet value of EUR 807 million, EUR 750 million principal amount perpetual debt securities with a variable interest rate issued in June 2003, US$ 500 million principal amount of 6.20% perpetual debt securities issued in October 2003, which have a balance sheet value of EUR 366 million, EUR 1,000 million principal amount perpetual debt securities with a variable interest rate issued in 2004 and EUR 5,178 million debentures. The detail with respect to the debentures is as follows:

                     
                Principal amount  
Interest Rate (%) Year of issue     Due date   (EUR millions)  
5.0
    2001     May 3, 2006     1,000  
6.125
    2000     January 4, 2011     1,000  
6
    2000     August 1, 2007     750  
5.5
    2000     May 11, 2005     1,428  
5.5
    1999     September 14, 2009     1,000  
 
                 
 
                5,178  
 
                 

At December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, ING Groep N.V. also owed EUR 606 million, EUR 655 million, EUR 376 million, respectively, to ING Group companies pursuant to intercompany lending arrangements. Of the EUR 606 million owed by ING Groep N.V. to ING Group companies at December 31, 2004, EUR 47 million was owed to ING Insurance companies, EUR 6 million was owed to ING Bank companies and EUR 553 million was owed to direct subsidiaries of ING Group companies, as a result of normal intercompany transactions.

At December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, ING Groep N.V. had EUR 460 million, EUR 204 million and EUR 269 million, respectively, of cash. Dividends paid to the Company by its subsidiaries amounted to EUR 1,446 million, EUR 1,102 million and EUR 1,604 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, in each case representing dividends declared and paid with respect to the reporting calender year and the prior calendar year. Of the amounts paid to the Company, EUR 629 million, EUR 519 million and EUR 1,262 million were received from ING Insurance in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively; EUR 817 million, EUR 583 million and EUR 258 million were received from ING Bank in 2004, 2003 and 2002 respectively, and for 2004 EUR 0 million was received from other ING Group companies. Repayments to ING by its subsidiaries amounted to EUR 2,303 million, EUR 40 million and EUR 1,453 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, of the amounts paid to the Company, EUR 2,303 million was received from ING Bank in 2004, EUR 40 million and EUR 1,453 million were received from ING Bank in 2003 and 2002, respectively. ING and its Dutch subsidiaries are subject to legal restrictions on the amount of dividends they can pay to their shareholders. The Dutch Civil Code provides that dividends

118


Table of Contents

can only be paid by Dutch companies up to an amount equal to the excess of a company’s shareholders’ equity over the sum of (1) paid-up capital and (2) shareholders’ reserves required by law. Further, certain of the Group companies are subject to restrictions on the amount of funds they may transfer in the form of cash dividends or otherwise to ING Groep N.V.

In addition to the restrictions in respect of minimum capital and capital base requirements that are imposed by insurance, banking and other regulators in the countries in which the Group’s subsidiaries operate, other limitations exist in certain countries. For example, the operations of the Group’s insurance company subsidiaries located in the United States are subject to limitations on the payment of dividends to their parent company under applicable state insurance laws. Dividends paid in excess of these limitations generally require prior approval of the Insurance Commissioner of the state of domicile.

In order to strengthen the capital base, the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders of ING Group N.V. approved, in April 2003, the introduction of optional cash/stock dividend as from the final dividend 2002, and fully fund the cash element by issuing and selling to the market the depositary receipts that would have been issued if stock would have been chosen instead of cash. To reduce the dilution of earnings per share even further ING decided in the beginning of 2005 to change its dividend policy to a full cash dividend starting with the final dividend 2004 (to be paid in May 2005). Following the introduction of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) – which is expected to increase volatility in net profit – ING intends to pay dividends in relation to the longer-term underlying development of profit.

ING Groep N.V. made dividend payments of EUR 14 million, EUR 21 million and EUR 21 million on its Preference shares and declared dividends of EUR 2,057 million, EUR 2,024 million and EUR 1,930 million on its Ordinary shares, in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Of the amounts paid as dividends on ING Groep N.V.’s Ordinary shares in 2003 and 2002 EUR 861 million and EUR 429 million, respectively, were paid in the form of cash dividends and the remainder was paid in the form of stock dividends. Of the interim dividend paid in 2004 EUR 867 million was paid in cash and the remainder was paid in the form of stocks. The final dividend for 2004 will be fully paid in cash.

ING Group Consolidated Cash Flows

Year ended December 31, 2004 compared to year ended December 31, 2003

Net cash provided by operating activities amounted to EUR 76,082 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, an increase of 17.6% compared to EUR 64,705 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase in cash flow generated through the insurance funds of EUR 13,244 million and through the funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations of EUR 67,414 million was partly used for the lending and investment portfolio. The lower increase in insurance funds of EUR 13,244 million in 2004 compared with EUR 24,563 million in 2003, resulted mainly from the development in the net investment for risk of policyholders.The cash flow employed in lending increased from a cash outflow of EUR 9,233 million in 2003 to a cash outflow of EUR 33,453 million in 2004. The year 2004 reflects mainly the strong growth of the mortgage portfolio both inside and outside the Netherlands. Interbank lending showed a cash inflow in 2004 of EUR 20,780 million against a cash outflow of EUR 8,463 million in 2003.

Net cash used in investment activities in 2004 was EUR 73,604 million, compared to EUR 65,558 million in 2003, reflecting on balance higher investments in fixed-interest securities and lower investments for account and risk of policyholders.

Net cash flow from financing activities was EUR 1,518 million in 2004, compared to EUR 973 million in 2003. The increase of EUR 545 million in net cash flow from financing activities mainly reflects an increase in the issuance of bonds, loans contracted and deposits by reinsurers partly offset by lower private placements of preference shares of group companies.

The operating, investing and financing activities described above resulted in net cash and cash equivalents at year-end 2004 of EUR 11,291 million, compared to EUR 7,338 million at year-end 2003,

119


Table of Contents

an increase of EUR 3,953 million from 2003 levels, mainly reflected in an increase of short-dated government paper.

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared to year ended December 31, 2002

Net cash provided by operating activities amounted to EUR 64,705 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, compared to EUR 26,022 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The increase in cash flow generated through the insurance funds of EUR 24,563 and through the funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations of EUR 62,847 million was partly used for the lending and investment portfolio. The cash flow employed in lending decreased from a cash outflow of EUR 30,277 million in 2002 to a cash outflow of EUR 9,233 million in 2003. The year 2003 reflects mainly a lower level of advances regarding corporate lending due to the detoriation of the economic circumstances. Interbank lending showed a cash flow in 2003 of EUR 8,463 million against a cash flow of EUR 5,895 million in 2002. The cash outflow for taxation increased from EUR 381 million in 2002 to EUR 1,118 million in 2003 partly due to a tax refund received in 2002 and also due to the timing of payments to various taxation authorities, including finalization of tax assessments for prior years.

Net cash used in investment activities in 2003 was EUR 65,558 million, compared to EUR 26,556 million in 2002, reflecting on balance higher investments in fixed-interest securities and investments for account and risk of policyholders.

Net cash flow from financing activities was EUR 973 million in 2003, compared to EUR 3,184 million in 2002. The decrease of EUR 2,211 million in net cash flow from financing activities mainly reflects a decrease in the issuance of bonds and subordinated loans and lower cash dividend due to the change in dividend policy from cash dividends to stock dividends.

The operating, investing and financing activities as described above resulted in net cash and cash equivalents at year-end 2003 of EUR 7,338 million, compared to EUR 7,830 million at year-end 2002, a small decrease of EUR 492 million from the 2002 levels.

ING Insurance Cash Flows

The principal sources of funds for ING Insurance are premiums, net investment income and proceeds from sales or maturity of investments, while the major uses of these funds are to provide life policy benefits, pay surrenders and profit sharing for life policyholders, pay non-life claims and related claims expenses, and pay other operating costs. ING Insurance generates a substantial cash flow from operations as a result of most premiums being received in advance of the time when claim payments or policy benefits are required. These positive operating cash flows, along with that portion of the investment portfolio that is held in cash and highly liquid securities, have historically met the liquidity requirements of ING Insurance’s operations, as evidenced by the growth in investments. See also “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure on Market Risk.”

Premium income and income from investments totaled EUR 43,617 million and EUR 9,944 million in 2004, EUR 41,192 million and EUR 9,721 million in 2003 and EUR 46,816 million and EUR 10,506 million in 2002, respectively. Uses of funds by ING Insurance include underwriting expenditures (reinsurance premiums, benefits, surrenders, claims and profit sharing by life policyholders) and employee and other operating expenses, as well as interest expense on outstanding borrowings. Underwriting expenditures, employee and other operating expenses and interest expense for ING Insurance totaled EUR 45,384 million, EUR 4,837 million and EUR 1,140 million in 2004, EUR 43,396 million, EUR 4,897 million and EUR 1,291 million in 2003 and EUR 49,771 million, EUR 5,203 million and EUR 1,305 million in 2002, respectively.

ING Insurance’s liquidity requirements are met on both a short- and long-term basis by funds provided from insurance premiums collected, investment income and collected reinsurance receivables, and from the sale and maturity of investments. ING Insurance also has access to the commercial paper, medium-term note and other credit facilities. ING Insurance’s balance of cash and cash equivalents was EUR 1,968 million at December 31, 2004, EUR 1,848 million at December 31, 2003 and EUR 3,221 million at December 31, 2002, respectively.

120


Table of Contents

Net cash provided by operating activities was EUR 19,638 million, EUR 25,032 million and EUR 10,567 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Net cash used by ING Insurance in investment activities was EUR 21,533 million, EUR 26,781 million and EUR 8,583 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Cash provided by ING Insurance’s financing activities amounted to EUR 2,061 million, EUR 521 million and EUR 61 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

     Capital Base Margins and Capital Requirements

In the United States, since 1993, insurers, including the companies comprising ING Insurance U.S. operations, have been subject to risk-based capital (“RBC”) guidelines. See “Item 4. Information on the Company – Regulation and Supervision – Insurance – Americas.”

ING Bank Cash Flows

The principal sources of funds for ING Bank’s operations are growth of the retail funding, which mainly consists of current accounts, savings and retail deposits, repayments of loans, disposals and redemptions of investment securities (mainly bonds), sales of trading portfolio securities, interest income and commission income. The major uses of funds are advances of loans and other credits, investments, purchases of investment securities, funding of trading portfolios, interest expense and administrative expenses (See Item 11, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risk”). At December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, ING Bank had EUR 10,021 million, EUR 5,735 million and EUR 5,191 million, respectively, of cash and cash equivalents.

The EUR 16,268 increase in the ING Bank’s operating activities of EUR 55,410 million cash inflow for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared with a EUR 39,142 million cash inflow for the year ended December 31, 2003, was largely attributable to the decrease of the loans and advances granted/repaid which were partially offset by the increase of funds entrusted aswell as the increase of banks available on demand and the increase other liabilities and accrued liabilities.

ING Bank’s operating activities had a EUR 39,142 million cash inflow for the year ended December 31, 2003, compared with a EUR 16,900 million cash inflow for the year ended December 31, 2002, a cash inflow of EUR 10,307 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. The EUR 19,230 million increase in cash provided from operations from 2003 to 2002 was largely attributable to the decrease of banks available on demand and the increase of loans and advances and the increase of the trading portfolio which were partially offset by an increase in growth of funds entrusted.

Net cash generated from investment activities was EUR 52,222 million cash outflow, EUR 38,639 million cash outflow and EUR 17,759 million cash outflow in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, mainly reflecting the investment in interest-earning securities exceeding the dispositions and redemptions of interest-earning securities. Investment in interest-earning securities was EUR 98,084 million, EUR 90,811 million and EUR 70,273 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Dispositions and redemptions of interest-earning securities was EUR 47,135 million, EUR 52,799 million and EUR 52,537 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Net cash flow from financing activities amounted to EUR 1,094 million, EUR 510 million and EUR 1,750 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

The operating, investment and financing activities described above resulted in a negative net cash flow of EUR 4,282 million in 2004, EUR 1,013 million in 2003 and a net cash flow of EUR 891 million in 2002, respectively.

The amount of USD capital invested in foreign investments has increased significantly during 2004. The main reason was a capital injection to ING New York of USD 2.4 billion, in connection with prior year tax loss carry forward.

121


Table of Contents

     Capital Adequacy

Capital adequacy and the use of capital are monitored by ING Bank and its subsidiaries, employing techniques based on the guidelines developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and implemented by the EU and the Dutch Central Bank for supervisory purposes (See “Item 4, Information on the Company”).

The following table sets forth the risk-weighted capital ratios of ING Bank N.V. as of December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002.

                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
    (EUR million, other than percentages)  
Risk-Weighted Assets
    274,138       251,266       247,287  
Consolidated group equity:
                       
Tier 1 Capital
    21,139       19,074       18,080  
Tier 2 Capital
    10,471       9,743       9,116  
Tier 3 Capital
    357       138       257  
Supervisory deductions
    (534 )     (473 )     (302 )
 
                 
Total qualifying capital
    31,433       28,482       27,151  
 
                 
 
                       
Tier 1 Capital Ratio
    7.71 %     7.59 %     7.31 %
Total Capital Ratio (Tier 1, 2 and 3)
    11.47 %     11.34 %     10.98 %

ING Group’s management believes that working capital is sufficient to meet the current and reasonably foreseeable needs of the Company.

122


Table of Contents

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees

ING Groep N.V. has a Supervisory Board and an Executive Board. The Executive Board is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Company. The Supervisory Board supervises the Executive Board and the general course of events in the Company, and provides advice to the Executive Board. In the performance of their duties, the members of the Supervisory Board must serve the interests of ING Group as a whole. Certain decisions of the Executive Board affecting ING Group as a whole –such as the issue or acquisition of shares, profit appropriation, major investments and capital expenditures and major changes in the working conditions of a substantial numbers of employees – require the approval of the Supervisory Board and/or the General Meeting of Shareholders.

The members of the Executive Board are employees of ING Groep N.V. Members appointed before 2004 were appointed by the Supervisory Board for an indefinite period. Following the amendments of the Articles of Association in 2003, members appointed in 2004 and later have been and will be appointed by the General Meeting of Shareholders. These members are appointed for a period of four years and can be reappointed for additional four years-periods without any limit to the number of times they may be reappointed, taking into account ING’s retirement rules. All Executive Board members retire by the end of the month in which they reach the age of 60. By mutual agreement the retirement date can be extended to the end of the month in which they reach the age of 61 or 62.

The members of the Supervisory Board appointed before 2004 were appointed by the Supervisory Board with a right of objection for the Central Works Council and the General Meeting of Shareholders. Following the amendments of the Articles of Association in 2003, Supervisory Board members are appointed by the General Meeting of Shareholders from a binding nomination of at least two candidates for each vacancy. No employee of ING Group is eligible for appointment to the Supervisory Board. There are no service contracts with any members of the Supervisory Board. Members of the Supervisory Board are appointed for a term of four years and may be re-appointed for two terms subject to the requirement in the charter of the Supervisory Board that Supervisory Board members retire from the Board in the year in which he or she turns 70.

Set forth below is certain information concerning the members of the Supervisory and the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V.

123


Table of Contents

SUPERVISORY BOARD OF ING GROEP N.V.

                             
              Year     Term    
Name     Born     Appointed     Expires   Other Business Activities
Cornelius A.J. Herkströter, chairman
    1937       1998       2006     Former President of Royal Dutch Petroleum Company N.V. and Chairman of the Committee of Managing Directors, Royal Dutch/Shell Group. Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Royal DSM N.V. Member of the Advisory Committee, Robert Bosch GmbH. Trustee of the International Accounting Standards Committee Foundation. Chairman of the Listing and Issuing Rules Advisory Committee, Euronext N.V. Chairman of the Social Advisory Council, Tinbergen Institute. Professor of International Management, University of Amsterdam. Chairman of the Board of Trustees, Erasmus University Rotterdam.
 
                           
Eric Bourdais de Charbonniere,
vice-chairman
    1939       2004       2008     Former managing director of JP Morgan and Chief Financial Officer of Michelin. Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Michelin and Member of the Supervisory Board of Thomson

124


Table of Contents

                             
              Year     Term    
Name     Born     Appointed     Expires   Other Business Activities
Luella Gross Goldberg
    1937       2001       2005     Former member of the Board of Directors of ReliaStar Financial Corp. Member of the Supervisory Board of Directors of each of TCF Financial Corporation, Hormel Foods Corporation, Communications Systems Inc. and Hector Communications Corporation. Member of the Advisory Board of Carlson School of Management, University of Minnesota, Member of the Supervisory Board of the Minnesota Orchestra, Member (emeirita) of the Board of Trustees, Wellesley College.
 
                           
Paul F. van der Heijden
    1949       1995       2007     Rector-Magnificus and Professor of labor law and industrial relations at the University of Amsterdam. Member of the Supervisory Board of NUON N.V. Member of the Supervisory Board of Buhrmann Nederland B.V. Crown-appointed member of the Social and Economic Council, the Netherlands. President of the ILO Governing Body, Committee of Freedom of Association (United Nations).
 
                           
Claus Dieter Hoffmann
    1942       2003       2007     Former Chief Financial Officer of Robert Bosch GmbH. Managing partner of H+H Senior Advisors, Stuttgart. Chairman of the Supervisory Board of SupplyOn AG. Member of the Supervisory Board of each of EnBW AG, Bauerfeind AG and Jowat AG.
 
                           
Adrianus G. Jacobs
    1936       1998       2006     Former chairman of the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V. (retired in May 1998). Chairman of the Supervisory Board of each of Royal Dutch/Shell Group, Imtech N.V., and N.V. Verenigd Bezit VNU N.V. Vice-chairman of the Supervisory Board of each of IHC Caland N.V. and Buhrmann N.V. Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Johan Enschede.

125


Table of Contents

                             
              Year     Term    
Name     Born     Appointed     Expires   Other Business Activities
Wim Kok
    1938       2003       2007     Former Minister of Finance and Prime Minister of the Netherlands. Member of the Supervisory Board of each of Royal Dutch/Shell Group, TPG N.V. and KLM Royal Dutch Airlines N.V.
 
                           
Godfried J. A. van der Lugt
    1940       2001       2005     Former chairman of the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V. (retired in May 2000) Member of the Supervisory Board of Grontmij N.V. Chairman of the Supervisory Board of each of Siemens Nederland N.V. and Stadsherstel Amsterdam N.V. Vice-chairman of the Supervisory Board of Academisch Ziekenhuis Groningen (hospital).
 
                           
Paul J.A. Baron de Meester
    1935       1998       2006     Former member of the Board of Directors of BBL. Former chairman of Belgische Betonmaatschappij Besix-Betonimmo N.V. Member of the Supervisory Board of each of Tessenderlo Chemie N.V. and ETEX N.V. Chairman of the International Chamber of Commerce Belgium, Member of the Supervisory Board of Regionaal Ziekenhuis H. Hart (hospital)
 
                           
Jan D. Timmer
    1933       1996       2005     Former President and Chairman of the Board of Management of Philips Electronics N.V.
 
                           
Karel Vuursteen
    1941       2002       2006     Former chairman of the Executive Board of Heineken N.V. Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Petroplus International N.V. Member of the Supervisory Board of each of Ahold N.V., AB Electrolux, AKZO Nobel N.V. and Henkel KgaA.

At the Shareholders’ Meeting of April 26, 2005, Ms. Luella Gross Goldberg and Mr. Godfried van der Lugt will be proposed for reappointment to the Supervisory Board.

As a new member, Mr. Jan Hommen (born 1943, Dutch nationality) will be proposed for appointment to the Supervisory Board as of June 1, 2005. Mr. Hommen is vice-chairman and Chief Financial Officer of Royal Philips Electronics N.V. until May 1, 2005. The proposed appointment is based on Jan Hommen’s knowledge of international trade and industry and his expertise and experience as a CFO of a multinational.

As a new member, Ms. Christine Lagarde (born 1956, French nationality) will be proposed for appointment to the Supervisory Board as of April 27, 2005. Ms. Lagarde is partner of Baker & Mackenzie and chairman of its Policy Committee. The proposed appointment is based on her knowledge of business and labour law and her competence in international economic, regulatory and public policy issues.

126


Table of Contents

Jan Timmer will retire from the Supervisory Board after the Shareholder’s Meeting on April 26, 2005, following his reappointment in 2003 for two extra years.

EXECUTIVE BOARD OF ING GROEP N.V.

Michel J. Tilmant, CEO and chairman
(Born 1952, Belgian nationality)

Michel Tilmant graduated from Louvain University with a licence in Business Administration. He is also a graduate of Louvain School for European Affairs. He started his career with Morgan Guaranty Trust Company in New York. In 1992 he joined Bank Brussels Lambert, where he was appointed chairman of the Executive Board in 1997. After the acquisition of BBL by ING Group in 1998, Michel Tilmant was appointed vice-chairman as of May 2000. He was appointed CEO and chairman as of April 28, 2004. His main responsibilities are Corporate Human Resources, Corporate Development, Corporate Communications & Affairs and Corporate Audit Services.

Cees Maas, vice-chairman and CFO
(Born 1947, Dutch nationality)

After completing his degree in engineering physics and economics at the Erasmus University of Rotterdam in 1976, Cees Maas joined the Ministry of Finance of the Netherlands. From 1986 to 1992 he was Treasurer-General. In July 1992, he joined ING Group and became a member of the Executive Board. In July 1996, Cees Maas was appointed Chief Financial Officer of the Executive Board. He was appointed vice-chairman as of April 28, 2004. His main responsibilities are Corporate Control & Finance, Market, Credit and Insurance Risk Management, Corporate Tax and Corporate Legal, Compliance & Security.

Eric F. Boyer de la Giroday
(Born 1952, Belgian nationality)

After completing his degree in commercial engineering, Eric Boyer started his career with Citibank in 1978. In 1984 he joined Bank Brussels Lambert, which was acquired by ING Group in 1998, where he held various management positions in the fields of capital markets, treasury and corporate and investment banking. He was appointed a member of the Executive Board of ING Group in April 2004. His main responsibilities are ING’s Wholesale Banking activities worldwide.

Fred S. Hubbell
(Born 1951, American nationality)

Fred Hubbell received his bachelor’s degree (B.A.) from the University of North Carolina in Chapel Hill. He also has a law degree from the University of Iowa College of Law, Iowa City and attended the Harvard Graduate School of Business in Boston. He was Chief Executive Officer and President of the US life insurance company Equitable of Iowa, which was acquired by ING in 1997. Following his responsibility for the international insurance activities, he was appointed a member of the Executive Board of ING Group in May 2000. Fred Hubbell is also chairman of ING Verzekeringen N.V. (ING Insurance). His main responsibilities are ING’s insurance activities in the Americas and at Nationale-Nederlanden in the Netherlands, ING Investment Management in the Americas, ING Investment Management in Europe, coordination of global activities of ING Investment Management, and Parcom.

Eli P. Leenaars
(Born 1961, Dutch nationality)

Eli Leenaars studied civil law at the Catholic University of Nijmegen and received a LLM from the European University Institute in Florence, Italy and attended the Harvard Graduate School of Business in Boston. After a traineeship at ABN AMRO bank, he joined ING in 1991, where he held various management positions, including chairman of ING Poland and of ING Latin America. He was appointed a member of the Executive Board of ING Group in April 2004. His main responsibilities are ING’s Retail Banking and Private Banking activities, in particular ING Bank, Postbank and RVS in the

127


Table of Contents

Netherlands, ING South-West Europe (including ING Belgium), ING Bank Slaski in Poland, ING Vysya Bank in India and ING Trust. He is also responsible for Operations/IT Banking.

Alexander H.G. Rinnooy Kan
(Born 1949, Dutch nationality)

Alexander Rinnooy Kan graduated with a doctorate degree in mathematics (cum laude) from the University of Leiden. He also holds a bachelor’s degree in econometrics (cum laude) and a PhD in mathematics from the University of Amsterdam. He was awarded a honorary degree in economics from the Free University of Brussels. Since 1977, he has held various positions with the Erasmus University of Rotterdam, of which he was appointed Rector Magnificus in 1986. In 1991, he became President of the Federation of Netherlands Industries and Employers (VNO). After the merger in 1995 with the Netherlands Christian Employers’ Federation (NCW) he became President of VNO-NCW. In September 1996, he became a member of the Executive Board of ING Group. His main responsibilities are ING’s insurance activities in Central Europe, ING’s Insurance activities in Asia/Pacific, ING Global Pensions, ING Investment Management in Asia/Pacific, ING Real Estate, Corporate IT and Corporate Procurement.

Hans K. Verkoren
(Born 1947, Dutch nationality)

After positions with banks before completing his degree in economics, and after his graduation, with the Ministry of Finance and the Municipality of Amsterdam, Hans Verkoren began his career with ING in 1978 at the Postal Giro and National Savings Bank, which were merged into Postbank N.V. in 1986. In 1987 he was appointed to the Board of Postbank and, after the merger with NMB Bank, to the Board of NMB Postbank. After the merger with Nationale-Nederlanden in 1991 he remained responsible for Postbank until 1995. In that year he became responsible for consumer banking international, notably the new ING Direct line of business. He was appointed a member of the Executive Board of ING Group in April 2004. His main responsibilities are ING Direct and ING Card.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

The remuneration policy for the Executive Board was approved by the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders (AGM) on April 27, 2004. There are no changes to this policy and therefore, the approval of the AGM still applies. The following describes the general policy for senior-management remuneration, followed by the Executive Board compensation for 2004 loans and advances, shares held by Executive Board members and the compensation structure for 2005. For the Supervisory Board, information is given on the remuneration, loans and advances and shares and options held by its members.

GENERAL POLICY SENIOR-MANAGEMENT REMUNERATION

Background

In 2002, an external consultancy firm was hired to report on the market competitiveness of ING’s remuneration levels and mix. Based on this report, the Supervisory Board adopted a new remuneration policy for ING’s senior management in 2003.

The prime objective of the remuneration policy is to enable the Company to recruit and retain qualified and expert managers. The current remuneration policy supports a performance-driven culture that aligns ING’s objectives with those of its stakeholders. ING rewards performance on the basis of previously determined, measurable and influenceable short-term and long-term targets.

Remuneration structure

Total compensation throughout ING consists of three basic components:

-   Fixed or base salary, the total guaranteed annual income;
 
-   Short-term incentive (STI) in cash, compensates for past performance measured over one year;
 
-   Long-term incentive (LTI) in stock options and/or performance shares, compensates for performance measured over multiple years and is forward-looking.

128


Table of Contents

In addition to the base salary, Executive Board members enjoy benefits similar to most other employees of ING Group. These include benefits such as private medical insurance, the use of company cars (or cash in lieu) and, if applicable, expatriate allowances.

ING’s remuneration policy is based on five key principles that apply across ING. These principles are:

-   Total compensation levels will be benchmarked against relevant markets in which ING competes for talent.
 
-   ING aims for total compensation at the median level in the relevant market, allowing only for above-median compensation in the event of outstanding performance.
 
-   The remuneration package will gradually focus more on the variable-pay components (short-tem and long-term incentives) to ensure that executive remuneration will be linked to ING’s short-term and long-term business performance.
 
-   To enhance the effectiveness of the short-term incentive plan, clear, measurable and challenging targets will be set at the beginning of each year.
 
-   Long-term incentives will ensure a focus on longer-term strategic targets and will create alignment of management with the interests of shareholders. A broad selection of ING’s senior managers participate in the plan to ensure a common focus on ING’s overall performance.

Base salary

The base salaries of the Executive Board should be sufficient to attract and retain high calibre management needed to achieve our business objectives. The Supervisory Board assesses the experience, background and responsibilities of the CEO and the members of the Executive Board when making decisions on base-salary levels.

To ensure base-salary levels are in line with the relevant market for talent, the Supervisory Board will review the base-salary levels of the Executive Board on an annual basis.

Short-term incentive plan

The short-term incentive plan (STIP) is a key component of ING’s movement towards an even more performance-driven company. The short-term incentive is paid in cash. The ‘at target’ bonus opportunity is expressed as a percentage of base salary. The target levels are based on benchmarks reflecting external market competitiveness as well as internal objectives. Three financial measures were used in the 2004 STIP for the members of the Executive Board and top senior management across the organization (the top-200 executives) to measure performance at the ING Group level. These financial measures are: operating net profit, total operating expenses and return on economic capital.

By combining a profit, a cost and a return measure, we believe the overall performance of ING is properly reflected. Each element is weighted equally to determine the final award. The three performance targets are set by the Supervisory Board at the beginning of the performance period. Under the short-term incentive plan, the actual payout in any year may vary between 0% and 200% of the target level.

In addition to the financial targets, part of the short-term incentive award is based on individual performance, assessed over predefined measurable targets set for each senior executive. These targets depend on the specific responsibilities of the individual Executive Board members and are determined and assessed by the Supervisory Board. The Executive Board sets the targets for senior management. For this layer directly reporting to the Executive Board, the emphasis is on individual performance as the primary business-related responsibility.

129


Table of Contents

Short-term incentive: relative weight of Group and individual performance

         
    Group   Individual
    performance   performance
Executive Board
  70% of total bonus   30% of total bonus
Top senior management
  15% of total bonus   85% of total bonus

The above table has been adjusted from last year, because of ING’s internal reorganization that eliminated one reporting level between the Executive Board and the top senior management.

Long-term incentive plan

In the overall evaluation of the remuneration components, the Supervisory Board conducted a cost/benefit analysis of the original long-term incentive plan (“LTIP”) in 2003. The study assessed whether the instrument used (stock options only) supported ING’s objectives. As a result of this study, the Supervisory Board decided to introduce an additional instrument to the LTIP: the performance share. Performance shares are granted to ensure alignment of senior management with the interests of shareholders, and to retain top management over a longer period of time. Thus, the LTI awards will be granted with the total “fair value” split between stock options and performance shares. The new LTI plan was approved during the General Meeting of Shareholders on April 27, 2004.

The ING stock options have a total term of ten years and a vesting period of three years. After three years, the options will only vest if the option holder is still employed by ING (or retired). The exercise price of the stock options is equal to the Euronext Amsterdam opening price on a specific date during the first “open period” after the General Meeting of Shareholders.

Performance shares will be conditionally granted. The number of shares that will ultimately be granted at the end of a 3-year performance period depends on the ING Group performance. The Supervisory Board decided to use Total Shareholder Return (TSR) over three years (return in the form of capital gains and reinvested dividends that shareholders receive in that period) relative to the performance of a pre-defined peer group. The criteria used to determine the performance peer group were: (1) considered comparable and relevant by the Supervisory Board, (2) representing ING’s current portfolio of businesses (e.g. banking, insurance and asset management) and ING’s geographical spread, (3) global players, (4) listed and a substantial free float.

On the basis of these criteria the performance peer group was composed as follows:

•   Citigroup, Credit Suisse, Fortis, Lloyds TSB (bank/insurance companies);
 
•   ABN Amro, Bank of America, BNP Paribas, BSCH, Deutsche Bank, HSBC (banks);
 
•   Aegon, AIG, Allianz, Aviva, AXA, Prudential, Hartford Financial Services, Munich Re (insurance companies);
 
•   Amvescap PLC (asset manager).

ING’s (TSR) ranking within this group of companies will determine the final number of performance shares that will vest at the end of the three-year performance period. The initial number of performance shares granted at the beginning of each three-year period is based on a mid-position of ING (100%). This initial grant can be increased or decreased (on a linear basis) on the basis of ING’s TSR position after the three-year performance period as specified in the table below.

Number of shares awarded after each three-year performance period related to peer group

         
ING Ranking   Number of shares  
1 – 3
    200 %
4 – 8
  Between 200% and 100 %
9 – 11
    100 %
12 – 17
  Between 100% and 0 %
18 – 20
    0 %

The Supervisory Board will review the peer group before each new three-year performance period.

130


Table of Contents

The performance test itself will be carried out at the end of every three-year performance period by an independent third party.

The Executive Board members are not allowed to sell shares obtained either through the stock-option or the performance-shares plan within a period of five years from the grant date. They will only be allowed to sell part of their performance shares at the date of vesting to pay tax on the vested award. Shares obtained from exercised stock options may only be sold within a period of five years from the grant date of the options to pay tax over the vested award.

Remuneration levels

As part of the study on the future remuneration, a comparative assessment on compensation levels and mix of fixed and variable components had to be made. Therefore, early in 2003, a compensation peer group was composed. This peer group is a mix of European financial services companies and Dutch-based multinationals. The peer group reflects ING’s business structure and environment. ING competes with these companies for executive talent. The following companies are part of this compensation peer group: ABN Amro, Aegon, Ahold, AXA, BNP Paribas, Credit Suisse, Fortis, KPN, Royal Bank of Scotland, Société Générale.

The report identified a significant compensation gap at total direct compensation level between ING’s Executive Board and its peer group counterparts. Key recommendations from the report included that in order to close the gap, in particular the variable (performance-driven) pay component should be increased.

In line with ING’s overall remuneration policy, the Supervisory Board decided to initiate a gradual convergence of Executive Board salaries to the European/Dutch median benchmark over a period of three to four years, starting over 2003. This will be achieved by raising the target bonus levels of both the short-term and long-term incentives. This ensures that future payout will more directly reflect performance. As a result, the mix between base salary, short-term and long-term incentives will change so that over time the total remuneration will be divided equally between each component (i.e. 1/3rd base salary, 1/3rd short-term incentives, and 1/3rd long-term incentives) in case of at-target performance.

Pensions Executive Board members

The pensions of the Dutch members of the Executive Board are based on defined-benefit plans, which are insured through a contract with Nationale-Nederlanden Levensverzekering Maatschappij N.V. The employment contracts will terminate by operation of law in case of retirement (“Standard Retirement”), which will take place on June 1 of the year that the incumbent has reached or will reach the age of 60. By mutual agreement the retirement date can be extended to the end of the month in which Executive Board members reach the age of 61 or 62. Their prospective pensions amount to a maximum of 60% of their base salaries. According to existing employment contracts, the pension rights of the members of the Executive Board are free of premium. The non-Dutch members of the Executive Board have a pension plan related to their home base. See note 7.4 to 7.6 to the consolidated financial statements for more information about pensions.

Employment contract for newly appointed Board members

The contract of employment for Executive Board members appointed after January 1, 2004 provides for an appointment for a period of four years (the appointment period) and that they can then be reappointed by the General Meeting of Shareholders.

For newly appointed Executive Board members the amount they would be entitled to in case of an involuntary exit has been set at a multiple of their Executive Board member base salary, preserving their existing rights. For the three Executive Board members who were appointed in the 2004 General Meeting of Shareholders these rights slightly exceed the exit-arrangement provision in the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, i.e. no more than two times base salary (first appointment period) or one time base salary (all other situations). For the Executive Board members appointed before 2004, the exit clause has been set at three years base salary.

The term of notice for new and existing Executive Board members is three months for the employee and six months for the employer.

131


Table of Contents

REMUNERATION EXECUTIVE BOARD 2004

Base salary Executive Board 2004

The base salary of the Executive Board members has been frozen for 2004, in the light of the Dutch ‘Sociaal Akkoord’. The Executive Board received a 7.5% increase in their base salary in 2003. Prior to 2003, the EB members’ base salary had been effectively frozen since 1999. Michel Tilmant and Cees Maas received a standard promotional increase in their base salary as of April 28, 2004 as a result of their appointment as chairman and vice-chairman of the Executive Board, respectively.

Short-term incentive Executive Board 2004

The target STI payout over 2004 was set at 50% of the individual Executive Board member’s base salary. The final award is based on the achievement of a set of common Group financial targets and specific individual qualitative and quantitative objectives for each Executive Board member. Specifically, 70% of the total award is based on the Group’s operating net profit, total operating expenses and return on economic capital, while the remaining 30% is based on individual objectives set at the beginning of the year as proposed by the chairman of the Executive Board and approved by the Remuneration and Nomination Committee of the Supervisory Board.

Early in 2005, the Remuneration and Nomination Committee reviewed the actual results of ING against the 2004 targets. Over 2004, ING exceeded on average the three Group financial targets set, resulting in a score of 143% of target on this component. The individual performance of the Executive Board members was on average 179%. ING’s external auditor has reviewed to which extent the objectives, both the group and the individual, have been met.

Long-term incentive Executive Board 2004

Under the long-term incentive plan (LTIP) for the Executive Board, two instruments are used: stock options and performance shares. As described above, an identical plan has been adopted by the Executive Board for the top senior managers across ING. As a result, approximately 7,000 senior managers will participate in a similar plan.

The target level for the 2004 LTIP was set at 50% of base salary for each EB member. The final grant level depends on the Group STIP performance and will vary between 50% of the target level (if Group STI would be 0%) and 150% (if the Group STI would be 200%).

As the Group STIP performance outcome over 2004 was 143%, the resulting LTIP award is 121% of target. The number of options and performance shares is determined based on a reference price set at the end of 2004 (EUR 22.00) and a “fair value” calculation of options and performance shares (based on an option-pricing model).

The grant is subject to shareholder approval of the maximum number of stock options and performance shares to be granted to the Executive Board pursuant to the 2004 LTIP. The LTIP grant table shows the award amounts for each Executive Board member.

The exercise price of the options will be fixed at the Euronext Amsterdam Stock Market opening price of the ING Group share on May 13, 2005. The performance shares are granted provisionally at the beginning of 2005; the final number will depend on the ranking within the performance peer group after the three-year period (2005 – 2007) based on the performance/payout scale as indicated above.

132


Table of Contents

Compensation in cash of the individual members and former members of the Executive Board

                                 
    2004     2003     2002     2001  
            (EUR thousands)          
Michel Tilmant
                               
Base salary
    1,250       1,172       1,090       1,090  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    866       366       0       177  
 
                       
Total cash compensation
    2,116       1,538       1,090       1,267  
 
                               
Cees Maas
                               
Base salary
    677       634       590       590  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    530       333       0       78  
 
                       
Total cash compensation
    1,207       967       590       668  
 
                               
Eric Boyer de la Giroday(1)
                               
Base salary
    574                          
Short-term performance-related bonus
    445                          
 
                             
Total cash compensation
    1,019                          
 
                               
Fred Hubbell(2)
                               
Base salary
    1,121       1,232       1,374       1,453  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    855       647       0       192  
 
                       
Total cash compensation
    1,976       1,879       1,374       1,645  
 
                               
Eli Leenaars(1)
                               
Base salary
    428                          
Short-term performance-related bonus
    321                          
 
                               
 
                             
Total cash compensation
    749                          
 
                               
Alexander Rinnooy Kan
                               
Base salary
    634       634       590       590  
Short-term performance related Bonus
    493       333       0       78  
 
                               
 
                       
Total cash compensation
    1,127       967       590       668  
 
                               
Hans Verkoren(1)
                               
Base salary
    428                          
Short-term performance-related bonus
    335                          
 
                               
 
                             
Total cash compensation
    763                          
 
                               
Ewald Kist(3)
                               
 
                               
Base salary
    318       761       708       708  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    231       400       0       94  
Retirement benefit
    132                          
 
                       
Total cash compensation
    681       1,161       708       802  


(1)   Eric Boyer de la Giroday, Eli Leenaars and Hans Verkoren were appointed to the Executive Board on April 28, 2004. The figures for these members reflect compensation earned in their capacity as Executive Board members.
 
(2)   Fred Hubbell gets his compensation in U.S. dollars. For each year the compensation in U.S. dollars has been translated to euros at the average exchange rate for that year.
 
(3)   Ewald Kist retired as of June 1, 2004. Salary reflects payments made up to retirement. Performance-related bonus reflects compensation earned for his contributions made up to retirement. Pursuant to the terms of his retirement, he received a retirement benefit.

133


Table of Contents

Long-term incentives of the individual members and former members of the Executive Board (1)

                                 
    2004     2003     2002     2001  
            (EUR thousands)          
Michel Tilmant
                               
Number of options
    82,600       41,250       35,000       35,000  
Number of shares
    15,000       13,750       7,000       0  
 
                               
Fair market value of long-term incentive(2)
    668       481       238       238  
 
                               
Cees Maas
                               
Number of options
    51,200       41,250       35,000       35,000  
Number of shares
    9,300       13,750       7,000       0  
 
                               
Fair market value of long-term incentive(2)
    410       481       238       238  
 
                               
Eric Boyer de la Giroday
                               
Number of options
    43,400                          
Number of shares
    7,900                          
 
                               
Fair market value of long-term incentive(2)
    347                          
 
                               
Fred Hubbell
                               
Number of options
    84,700       41,250       35,000       35,000  
Number of shares
    15,400       13,750       7,000       0  
 
                               
Fair market value of long-term incentive(2)
    678       481       238       238  
 
                               
Eli Leenaars
                               
Number of options
    32,400                          
Number of shares
    5,900                          
 
                               
Fair market value of long-term incentive(2)
    259                          
 
                               
Alexander Rinnooy Kan
                               
Number of options
    48,000       41,250       35,000       35,000  
Number of shares
    8,700       13,750       7,000       0  
 
                               
Fair market value of long-term incentive(2)
    384       481       238       238  
 
                               
Hans Verkoren
                               
Number of options
    32,400                          
Number of shares
    5,900                          
 
                               
Fair market value of long-term incentive(2)
    259                          
 
                               
Ewald Kist
                               
Number of options
          41,250       35,000       35,000  
Number of shares
          13,750       7,000       0  
 
                               
Fair market value of long-term Incentive(2)
          481       238       238  


(1)   Options are granted in the year following the reporting year.
 
    In 2003, in relation to 2002 performance, each Executive Board member was granted 7,000 conditional shares, the condition being an employment contract. The vesting period for the conditional shares is two years ending May 15, 2005. The total expense relating to the conditional share awards (EUR 604,000) is to be recognized pro rata over the vesting period. Accordingly, an amount of EUR 189,000 was recognized in 2003.

134


Table of Contents

    In 2004, in relation to 2003 performance, a new long-term incentive plan was approved by the AGM, pursuant to which the Executive Board members was granted in 2004 a combination of stock options (41,250) and provisional performance shares (13,750), based on a 50/50 split in the total value of the long-term incentive award. As a result of the fair value calculation for the performance year 2003, the ratio of options to performance shares was 3.1. The vesting period for the performance shares is 3 years. The costs of the performance shares (intrinsic value at the grant date) are expensed pro rata over the vesting period.

In 2005, in relation to 2004 performance, the Company proposes to grant to the Executive Board members a combination of stock options and provisional performance shares (based on a 50/50 split in value), as disclosed in the above table, in May 2005 (after the AGM). These awards will be granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of the approved long-term incentive plan and is subject to the AGM’s approval of the maximum number of stock options and performance shares for 2004. As a result of the fair market value calculations for the 2004 performance year, the ratio of options to performance shares is 5.5 : 1.
 
(2)   Fair Market Value of Long-term Incentive reflects the estimated fair market value of the long-term incentive award on the date of grant based on an option-pricing model. The valuation is calculated annually for grants made to the Executive Board members for performance over the year specified.
 
(3)   Eric Boyer de la Giroday, Eli Leenaars and Hans Verkoren were appointed to the Executive Board on April 28, 2004. The figures for these members reflect compensation earned in their capacity as Executive Board members.
 
(4)   Ewald Kist retired as of June 1, 2004. For that reason no long-term incentives were granted to him in 2004

Pension costs of the individual members and former members of the Executive Board(1)

                                 
    2004     2003     2002     2001  
            (EUR thousands)          
Michel Tilmant(2)
    467       412       397       352  
Cees Maas
    345       361       336       333  
Eric Boyer de la Giroday
    260                          
Fred Hubbell(3)
    462       273       314       464  
Eli Leenaars
    102                          
Alexander Rinnooy Kan
    346       327       289       291  
Hans Verkoren
    109                          
Ewald Kist(4)
    887       364       350       349  


(1)   For reasons of comparison, the company pension expenses are recalculated under IAS 19 with general assumption setting for 2001 to 2004.
 
(2)   Restated figures for the years 2003, 2002 and 2001.
 
(3)   Fred Hubbell’s pension costs have been translated from U.S. dollars to euros at the average exchange rate for that year.
 
(4)   The 2004 amount mainly reflects the cost of the normal pension build-up to age 65, which has to be taken in the year of retirement, in accordance with IAS 19 accounting rules.

Loans and advances

The table below presents the loans and advances provided to Executive Board members and outstanding at each of December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002. In addition in 2004, a loan was granted to Fred Hubbell amounting to EUR 100,000, with an average interest rate of 4.7%. The loan was repaid before December 31, 2004. These loans are in the normal course of business and on terms applicable to Company personnel as a whole and approved by the Supervisory Board.

135


Table of Contents

Loans and advances to members of the Executive Board

                                                                         
                            Amount     Average                            
    Amount     Average             outstan-     interest             Amount     Average        
    outstan-     interest             ding     rate             outstan-     interest        
    ding     rate     Repay-     31 December, 2003     Repay     ding     rate     Repay-  
    31 December, 2004     ments     (EUR thousands)     ments     31 December, 2002     ments  
Cees Maas
    446       4.0 %             446       4.0 %     15       461       5.6 %     17  
Eric Boyer de la Giroday
    34       4.3 %     3                                                  
Alexander Rinnooy Kan(1)
                            889       3.4 %             889       3.5 %        
Hans Verkoren
    293       4.8 %     16                                                  
 
                                                           
 
    773       4.3 %     19       1,335       3.6 %     15       1,350       4.2 %     17  
 
                                                           


(1)   The loans and advances to Alexander Rinnooy Kan are with CenE Bankiers, which is no longer part of ING Group

Information on the options outstanding and the movements during the financial year of options granted to the members of the Executive Board as at December 31, 2004

                                                                 
                                                    Excer-        
    Outstan-                     Waived     Outstan-     Excer-     cise        
    ding as             Excer-     or     ding as     cise     price in        
    at 31     Granted     cised in     Expired     at 31     price in     U.S.        
    December     in 2004     2004     in 2004(1)     December     Euros     Dollars     Expiry date  
Michel Tilmant
    50,000                       50,000               26.10             May 28, 2004
 
    20,000                               20,000       28.30             Apr 3, 2005
 
    15,000                               15,000       28.68             Apr 3, 2005
 
    30,000                               30,000       35.26             Mar 15, 2006
 
    20,000                               20,000       35.80             Mar 15, 2006
 
    21,000                               21,000       29.39             Mar 11, 2012
 
    14,000                               14,000       29.50             Mar 11, 2012
 
    35,000                               35,000       12.65             Mar 3, 2013
 
            41,250                       41,250       17.69             May 14, 2014
 
                                                               
Cees Maas
    50,000                       50,000               25.87             May 28, 2004
 
    50,000                               50,000       28.68             Apr 3, 2005
 
    50,000                               50,000       35.26             Mar 15, 2006
 
    35,000                               35,000       29.39             Mar 11, 2012
 
    35,000                               35,000       12.65             Mar 3, 2013
 
            41,250                       41,250       17.69             May 14, 2014
 
                                                               
Eric Boyer de la Giroday (2)
                                    2,000       26.10             May 28, 2009
 
                                    10,000       28.30             Apr 3, 2010
 
                                    4,000       35.80             Mar 15, 2011
 
                                    3,000       28.60             May 27, 2012
 
                                    4,000       12.55             Mar 3, 2013
 
                                    17,800       17.69             May 14, 2014
 
                                                               
Fred Hubbell
    40,000                       40,000               25.87             May 28, 2004
 
    50,000                               50,000       28.68             Apr 3, 2005
 
    50,000                               50,000       35.26             Mar15, 2006
 
    35,000                               35,000       29.39             Mar 11, 2012
 
    35,000                               35,000       12.65             Mar 3, 2013
 
            41,250                       41,250       17.69             May 14, 2014

136


Table of Contents

                                                                 
                                                    Excer-        
    Outstan-                     Waived     Outstan-     Excer-     cise        
    ding as             Excer-     or     ding as     cise     price in        
    at 31     Granted     cised in     Expired     at 31     price in     U.S.        
    December     in 2004     2004     in 2004(1)     December     Euros     Dollars     Expiry date
Eli Leenaars (2)
                                    3,300       25.25             Apr 1, 2009
 
                                    10,000               27.28     Apr 3, 2010
 
                                    22,400               31.96     Mar 15, 2011
 
                                    31,000               25.72     Mar 11, 2012
 
                                    7,850       12.55             Mar 3, 2013
 
                                    9,654       18.75             Mar 15, 2014
 
                                    6,436       18.71             Mar 15, 2014
 
                                                               
Alexander Rinnooy Kan
    50,000                       50,000               25.87             May 28, 2004
 
    12,000                               12,000       28.68             Apr 3, 2005
 
    50,000                               50,000       35.26             Mar 15, 2006
 
    35,000                               35,000       29.39             Mar 11, 2012
 
    35,000                               35,000       12.65             Mar 3, 2013
 
    41,250                               41,250       17.69             May 14, 2014
 
                                                               
Hans Verkoren (2)
                                    12,000       28.68             Apr 3, 2005
 
                                    20,000       35.26             Mar 15, 2006
 
                                    23,000       29.39             Mar 11, 2012
 
                                    30,000       12.65             Mar 3, 2013
 
                                    17,800       18.71             Mar 15, 2014
 
                                                               
Ewald Kist
    50,000                       50,000               25.87             May 28, 2004
 
    50,000                               50,000       28.68             Apr 3, 2005
 
    50,000                               50,000       35.26             Mar 15, 2006
 
    35,000                               35,000       29.39             Mar 11, 2012
 
    35,000                               35,000       12.65             Mar 3, 2013
 
            41,250                       41,250       17.69             May 14, 2014


(1)   Waived at vesting date or expired at expiry date.
 
(2)   Eric Boyer de la Giroday, Eli Leenaars and Hans Verkoren were appointed to the Executive Board on April 28, 2004. In their capacity of Executive Board member no options were granted to them in 2004 nor did they exercise any rights over past option grants.

ING Group shares held by members of the Executive Board

As at December 31, 2004, Fred Hubbell (including direct family) held 1,107,717 ING Group shares (2003: 1,104,100 and 2002: 1,053,000) of which 405,455 (2003: 405,455 and 2002: 405,000) are held in a trust. Other members of the Executive Board (including direct family) did not hold ING Group shares.

REMUNERATION STRUCTURE EXECUTIVE BOARD 2005

Policy for 2005

With regard to the remuneration policy for 2005, the Supervisory Board plans to build upon the new remuneration policy initiated in 2003, further facilitating the movement toward a more performance-oriented culture. The intention is to continue the gradual convergence to the European benchmark through a gradual increase in the short-term and long-term incentive target levels (as a percentage of base salary).

Base salary Executive Board 2005

The plan is to keep base-salary levels flat in 2005. A market-competitiveness analysis will be conducted on an annual basis to ensure market competitiveness.

137


Table of Contents

Short-term incentive Executive Board 2005

Continuing with the intended focus on variable, performance-related remuneration, the Supervisory Board has decided to increase the short-term incentive at target to 75% of base salary. The actual payout may vary between 0% and 200% of the target level (e.g. between 0% and 150% of base salary).

The mix for the 2005 short-term incentive award will remain the same as in 2003: 70% will be determined by pre-defined ING Group financial performance measures and 30% will be based on individual performance objectives set for each Executive Board member and agreed by the Supervisory Board.

The Supervisory Board believes that for 2005, the Executive Board’s short-term incentive award for the Group performance should again be measured using the same three financial criteria as in 2004: operating net profit, total operating expenses and return on economic capital, equally weighted. The targets set are challenging.

Long-term incentive Executive Board 2005

The Supervisory Board intends to set the nominal long-term incentive (LTI) target value at 75% of base salary (same target percentage as the short-term incentive (STI). The range may vary between 50% and 150% of the target level (e.g. between 37.5% and 112.5% of base salary). The structure for the 2005 long-term incentive award will remain the same as the 2003 structure (the total nominal value at grant will be split between stock options and performance shares).

As was the case in 2004, the total LTI value in stock options and provisional performance shares to be granted to the Executive Board members will be determined by the Supervisory Board at the end of 2005, based on the achievement of the three pre-defined financial objectives set out in the 2005 short-term incentive plan.

REMUNERATION SUPERVISORY BOARD

Remuneration

In 2004, the remuneration of the members and former members of the Supervisory Board amounted to EUR 0.5 million (2003: EUR 0.5 million; 2002: EUR 0.6 million). The remuneration of the Chairman amounted to EUR 68,100, including EUR 6,810 expense allowances. Other members received a remuneration of EUR 38,600, including EUR 2,270 expense allowances. In view of the extra costs resulting from the wider and more demanding range of tasks of the Audit Committee, the Supervisory Board raised the cost allowance for the members of the Audit Committee from EUR 450 to EUR 1,500 per attended meeting. The cost allowance for the members of the other committees is EUR 450 per attended meeting. This cost allowance is in addition to a fixed annual remuneration of EUR 1,360 for each committee member, which remuneration is in addition to the remuneration as a Supervisory Board member.

138


Table of Contents

Remuneration of the members and former members of the Supervisory Board:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
            (EUR thousands)          
Members of the Supervisory Board
                       
Cor Herkströter
    68       68       68  
Eric Bourdais de Charbonnière (1)
    29                  
Luella Gross Goldberg
    44       40       39  
Paul van der Heijden
    44       44       40  
Claus Dieter Hoffmann
    46       32          
Aad Jacobs
    49       43       41  
Wim Kok
    39       29          
Godfried van der Lugt
    39       39       39  
Paul Baron de Meester (2)
    57       52       48  
Jan Timmer
    54       46       40  
Karel Vuursteen
    39       39       29  
 
                 
 
    508       432       344  
 
                 
 
                       
Former Members of the Supervisory Board
                       
Mijndert Ververs
            23       68  
Lutgart van den Berghe
            14       41  
Jan Berghuis
                    55  
Jan Kamminga
                    51  
Johan Stekelenburg
            39       39  
Hans Tietmeyer
            13       39  
 
                   
 
            89       293  
 
                 
 
    508       521       637  
 
                 


(1)   Member as of April 28, 2004.
 
(2)   Including a compensation payment to match his former remuneration as a member of the BBL Supervisory Board.

Loans and advances

As at December 31, 2004, the amount of loans and advances outstanding to members of the Supervisory Board was EUR 1.6 million at an average rate of 4.7%. This amount concerns a loan to Aad Jacobs. No loans and advances were outstanding to other members of the Supervisory Board.

As at December 31, 2003, the amount of loans and advances outstanding to members of the Supervisory Board was EUR 1.8 million at an average rate of 4.7%. This amount concerned a loan to Aad Jacobs of EUR 1.6 million at an average rate of 4.7% and a loan to Paul Baron de Meester of EUR 0.2 million at an average rate of 4.8%. No loans and advances were outstanding to other members of the Supervisory Board.

ING Group shares and options

As at December 31, 2004, five members of the Supervisory Board (direct family included) held in total 17,093 shares in ING Group as a long-term investment, as specified in the table below.

139


Table of Contents

ING Group shares held by members of the Supervisory Board(1)

                         
      2004       2003       2002  
    Number of shares  
Members of the Supervisory Board
                       
Cor Herkströter
    1,616       1,616       1,616  
Luella Gross Goldberg
    6,701       6,369       6,000  
Paul van der Heijden
    1,716       1,716       1,716  
Paul Baron de Meester
    5,550       5,276       4,970  
Karel Vuursteen
    1,510       1,510       1,510  
 
                 
 
    17,093       16,487       15,812  
 
                 


(1)   ING Group shares of direct family included; members of the Supervisory Board (including direct family) not mentioned in this table did not hold ING Group shares.

As at December 31, 2004, two members of the Supervisory Board held option rights that were granted in earlier years when they were members of the Executive Board, specified in the table below.

Information on the options outstanding and the movements during the financial year of options held by members of the Supervisory Board in 2004.

                                                 
    Outstan-             Waived     Outstan-              
    ding as     Exer-     or     ding as     Exer-        
    December     cised     Expired     December     cise     Expiry
    31, 2003     in 2004     in 2004     31, 2004     price     date
Aad Jacobs
    20,840               20,840               25.87     28 May 2004
Godfried van der Lugt
    50,000               50,000               25.87     28 May 2004
 
    25,000                       25,000       31.85     3 Apr 2005

EMPLOYEES

The number of staff employed on a full time equivalent basis of ING Group averaged 113,039 in 2004, of which 33,469, or 30%, were employed in the Netherlands. The geographical distribution of employees with respect to the Group’s insurance operations and banking operations over the past three years was as follows (average full time equivalents):

                                                                         
    Insurance operations     Banking operations             Total        
    2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002
The Netherlands
    11,207       11,471       11,706       22,262       22,674       22,639       33,469       34,145       34,345  
Belgium
    1,293       1,388       1,440       11,246       11,345       12,072       12,539       12,733       13,512  
Rest of Europe
    3,391       3,710       3,821       19,817       19,847       20,155       23,208       23,557       23,976  
North America
    14,700       14,785       15,521       2,402       2,063       1,941       17,102       16,848       17,462  
Latin America
    10,626       11,380       11,787       475       542       593       11,101       11,922       12,380  
Asia
    6,833       6,477       5,829       6,684       7,119       3,287       13,517       13,596       9,116  
Australia
    1,397       1,798       1,763       681       571       427       2,078       2,369       2,190  
Other
    23       27             2       21       75       25       48       75  
 
                                                     
Total
    49,470       51,036       51,867       63,569       64,182       61,189       113,039       115,218       113,056  
 
                                                     

In addition, the number of staff employed by joint ventures included in the Group’s consolidated accounts averaged 1,783 in 2004, 2,275 in 2003 and 2,147 in 2002. The Group does not employ significant numbers of temporary workers. The percentage of the Group’s employees allocated to the six business lines was as follows for each of the years 2004, 2003 and 2002:

140


Table of Contents

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
Insurance Europe
    14 %     14 %     15 %
Insurance Americas
    23       23       24  
Insurance Asia/Pacific
    7       7       7  
Wholesale Banking
    21       22       23  
Retail Banking
    30       31       29  
ING Direct
    5       3       2  
 
                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %
 
                 

Substantially all of the Group’s Dutch employees are subject to collective labor agreements covering the banking and insurance industries. The Group believes that its employee relations are generally good.

141


Table of Contents

Item 7. Major shareholders and related party transactions

As of December 31, 2004, Stichting ING Aandelen (the “Trust”) held 2,203,264,448 Ordinary shares of ING Groep N.V., which represents 99.9% of the Ordinary shares outstanding. These holdings give the Trust voting control of ING Groep N.V. The following is a description of the material provisions of the Articles of Association (Statuten) and the related Conditions of Administration (Administratievoorwaarden) (together the “Trust Agreement”), which governs the Trust, and the applicable provisions of Netherlands law. This description does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Trust Agreement and the applicable provisions of Netherlands law referred to in such description.

As of December 31, 2004, there were 120,892,222 ADSs outstanding, representing an equal number of Bearer receipts. The ADSs were held by 949 record holders. Because certain of the ADSs were held by brokers or other nominees and the Bearer Depositary receipts are held in bearer form and due to the impracticability of obtaining accurate residence information for all such shareholders, the number of holders of record or registered holders in the United States is not representative of the number of beneficial holders or of the residence of the beneficial holders.

Bearer receipts, which are negotiable instruments under Netherlands law, are issuable by the Trust pursuant to the terms of the Trust Agreement. Each Bearer receipt represents financial interests in one Ordinary share held by the Trust, as described herein. Holders of Bearer receipts (including those Bearer receipts for which ADSs have been issued) do not have any voting rights with respect to the Ordinary shares underlying the Bearer receipts owned by the Trust. Such rights belong only to the Trust and will be exercised by the Trust pursuant to the terms of the Trust Agreement. Bearer depositary receipts are also issued by the Trust for Preference shares.

The Bearer receipts are in the form of bearer “Centrum voor Fondsenadministratie” certificates (“CF Certificates”), with a dividend sheet without coupons or talons. The Centrum voor Fondsenadministratie provides central administration for the dividend sheets of the CF Certificates. The dividend sheets of CF Certificates, which do not trade separately from the CF Certificates, must be held by an eligible custodian. Transfer of title in the Bearer receipts in the form of CF Certificates together with the dividend sheet is effected by book-entry through the facilities of the Netherlands Central Institute for Securities Book-Entry Transactions (“NECIGEF”) and its participants pursuant to the Netherlands Act on Book-Entry Transactions Wet giraal effectenverkeer. Owners of Bearer receipts participate in the NECIGEF system by maintaining accounts with NECIGEF participants. There is no limitation under Netherlands law on the ability of non-Dutch citizens or residents to maintain such accounts that are obtainable through Dutch banks.

Voting of the Ordinary shares by holders of Bearer receipts as proxy of the Trust

Holders of Bearer receipts are entitled to attend and speak at General Meetings of Shareholders of ING Groep N.V. but do not have any voting rights.

However, the Trust will, subject to certain restrictions, grant a proxy to a holder of Bearer receipts to the effect that such holder may, in the name of the Trust, exercise the voting rights attached to the number of its Ordinary shares that corresponds to the number of Bearer receipts held by such holder of Bearer receipts.

On the basis of such a proxy, the holder of Bearer receipts may vote according to his own discretion. The requirements with respect to the use of the voting rights on the Ordinary shares that apply for the Trust (set out in the paragraph below) do not apply for the holder of Bearer receipts voting on the basis of such a proxy.

The restrictions under which the Trust will grant a voting proxy to holders of Bearer receipts are:

•   the relevant holder of Bearer receipts must have announced his intention to attend the General Meeting of Shareholders observing the provisions laid down in the articles of association of ING Groep N.V.;
 
•   the relevant holder of Bearer receipts may delegate the powers conferred upon him by means of

142


Table of Contents

    the voting proxy; provided that the relevant holder of Bearer receipts has announced his intention to do so to the Trust observing a term before the commencement of the General Meeting of Shareholders, which term will be determined by the Trust.

Voting instructions of holders of Bearer receipts of Ordinary shares to the Trust

Holders of Bearer receipts are entitled to give binding instructions to the Trust, concerning the Trust’s exercise of the voting rights attached to its Ordinary shares. The Trust will follow such instructions for a number of Ordinary shares equal to the number of Bearer receipts held by the relevant holder of Bearer receipts.

Voting of the Ordinary shares by the Trust

The Trust will only determine its vote with respect to the Ordinary shares of ING Groep N.V., held by the Trust, that correspond with Bearer receipts:

•   the holder of which does not, either in person or by proxy, attend the General Meeting of Shareholders;
 
•   the holder of which, did not give a voting instruction to the Trust.

For the Ordinary shares for which the Trust may determine its vote, the Trust is required, under the terms of the Trust Agreement, to make use of the voting rights associated with these Ordinary shares, in such a manner that the interest of holders of Bearer receipts and the interests of holders of shares of ING Groep N.V. be served, taking into account the interests of (1) ING Groep N.V., (2) the enterprises sustained by ING Groep N.V. and the companies affiliated as a group with ING Groep N.V, and (3) all other parties connected with ING Groep N.V., in such a way that all these interests be balanced and safeguarded.

Administration of the Trust

The Management Board will determine the number of its members itself, subject to the restriction that there may be no more members than seven and no less than three. Managing Directors will be appointed by the Management Board itself without any approval from ING Groep N.V. or any of its corporate bodies being required. Members of any corporate body of ING Groep N.V. are no longer eligible for appointment as a Managing Director. Managing Directors are appointed for terms of three years and may be reappointed.

Valid resolutions may be passed only if all Managing Directors have been duly notified, except that in a case where there is no such notification valid resolutions may nevertheless be passed by unanimous consent at a meeting at which all Managing Directors are present or represented. A Managing Director may be represented only by a fellow Managing Director who is authorized in writing. All resolutions of the Management Board shall be passed by an absolute majority of the votes.

The legal relationship between holders of Bearer receipts and the Trust is governed entirely by Netherlands law.

Termination of the Trust

Should the Trust be dissolved or wish to terminate its function under the Trust Agreement, or should ING Groep N.V. wish to have such function terminated, ING Groep N.V. shall, in consultation with the Trust and with the approval of the meeting of holders of Bearer receipts, appoint a successor to whom the administration can be transferred. The successor shall have to take over all commitments under the Trust Agreement. Within two months of the decision to dissolve or terminate the Trust, the Trust shall have the shares which it holds for administration transferred into its successor’s name. For a period of two months following notification of sucession of the administration, holders of Bearer receipts may elect to obtain free of charge, shares of type of which they hold Bearer receipts. In no case shall the administration be terminated without ING Groep N.V.’s approval.

143


Table of Contents

Holders of Bearer receipts with a stake of 5% or more

According to filings under the Dutch disclosure of Major Holdings in listed Companies Act 1996, only three shareholders held more than 5% of the Bearer receipts of ING Groep N.V. as of December 31, 2004. These were ABN AMRO Holding, Aegon and Fortis. To the best of our knowledge, there are no other shareholders who own a more than 5% interest in Bearer receipts of ING Groep N.V. Since shareholders are permitted to report their cummulative holdings of Bearer receipts and are not required to separately identify which are with respect to preferred shares and which are with respect to Ordinary shares, we are not able to accuratly identify holders who own more than a 5% interest in Bearer receipts for Ordinary shares.

The following table sets forth the share ownership of each 5% holder of ING issued capital:

         
Shareholder   % of Issued capital(1)(2)  
ABN AMRO Holding
    5.12  
AEGON
    6.25  
Fortis
    6.15  


(1)   This information is based upon filings made under the Dutch disclosure of Major Holdings in Listed Companies Act 1996 as of the respective filing dates and may not be accurate as of the date hereof.
 
(2)   The Dutch disclosure of Major Holdings in Listed Companies Act 1996 requires investors to file their ownership as a percentage of the company’s issued capital rather than as a percentage of the class of securities. For more information this act and the filings based on it, please visit the website of the Dutch Authorities for the Financial Markets at www.afm.nl

In the Dutch disclosure of Major Holdings in Listed Companies Act 1996, shareholders are not required to provide updated information or make regular additional filings. As a result, we are not, nor would we be likely to be, aware of any significant changes in the ownership of ING Groep N.V. Bearer receipts.

None of these major shareholders possesses voting rights different from those possessed by other shareholders. The voting rights of the majority of ING Ordinary shares are held by the Trust. As of December 31, 2004, shareholders in the Netherlands held approximately 339 million Bearer receipts, or 17% of the total number of Bearer receipts then outstanding. As of December 31, 2004, shareholders in the United States held approximately 453 million Bearer Receipts (including ADSs), or 23% of the total number of Bearer receipts then outstanding.

As of December 31, 2004, other than the Trust, no other person is known to the Company to be the owner of more than 10% of the Ordinary shares or Bearer receipts. As of December 31, 2004, members of the Supervisory Board held 17,093 ING Group Bearer receipts and 387 ING Group warrants B. If Supervisory Board members hold ING options that were granted in their former capacity as Executive Board member, these options are part of the ING Stock option plan described in Note 3.2.3. to the consolidated financial statements.

Related Party Transactions

As of December 31, 2004, the amount outstanding in respect of loans and advances made to members of the Supervisory Board was EUR 1.6 million, at an average interest rate of 4.7%. The amount outstanding in respect of loans and advances, mostly mortgages, to members of the Executive Board was EUR 0.8 million, at an average interest rate of 4.3%. The largest aggregate amount of loans and advances outstanding to the members of the Supervisory Board and the Executive Board during 2004 was EUR 3.2 million.

The loans and advances mentioned in the preceding paragraph (1) were made in the Ordinary course of business, (2) were granted on conditions that are comparable to those of loans and advances granted to people in peer groups and (3) did not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features. For members of the Executive Board this means that the conditions have been set according to the prevailing conditions for ING personnel.

As described under “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees,” some members of the

144


Table of Contents

Supervisory Board are current or former senior executives of leading multi-national corporations based primarily in the Netherlands. ING Group may at any time have lending, investment banking or other financial relationships with one or more of these corporations in the ordinary course of business on terms which we believe are no less favorable to ING than those reached with unaffiliated parties of comparable creditworthiness.

Item 8. Financial information

Legal Proceedings, Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

See “Item 18. Financial Statements” on pages F-1 through F134.

ING Group companies are involved in litigation and arbitration proceedings in the Netherlands and in a number of foreign jurisdictions, including the United States, involving claims by and against them which arise in the ordinary course of their businesses, including in connection with their activities as insurers, lenders, employers, investors and taxpayers. In certain of such proceedings, very large or indeterminate amounts are sought, including punitive and other damages. While it is not feasible to predict or determine the ultimate outcome of all pending or threatened legal and regulatory proceedings, management does not believe that their outcome will have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.

These legal proceedings include a dispute over certain hurricane damages claimed by a Mexican fertilizer producer Grupo Fertinal (“Fertinal”) against ING Comercial América, a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Group. Fertinal claims EUR 238 million (USD 300 million) from ING Comercial América, the maximum coverage under the insurance policy of their mining operations. The case is disputed before a judge in Mexico. ING Comercial América continues to pursue this matter vigorously; however, at this time we cannot assess the final outcome. Fertinal has also made criminal complaints alleging fraud against certain ING Comercial América employees, the outcome of which is also yet unclear, at this time.

ING Comercial América also has been the subject of certain complaints and suits concerning the performance of certain interest sensitive life insurance products. ING Comercial América is defending these matters vigorously; however, at this time, we are unable to assess the final outcome of these matters.

In the Netherlands ING Bank N.V., together with other major Dutch banks and the payment processor Interpay (in which ING Bank N.V. is a minority shareholder), were subject of an examination by the Dutch competition authority “Nederlandse Mededingings-autoriteit” or NMa. In April 2004, the NMa has adopted a decision which indicated that ING Bank N.V. and other Dutch banks should have sold payment processing services on an individual basis and imposed a fine of EUR 3.9 million on ING Bank N.V. At the time of the decision, the banks had already decided that they would henceforth sell payment processing services individually. Furthermore, the NMa held that Interpay committed a separate infringement by charging prices for its services that were anti-competitive. Both Interpay and the Dutch banks (including ING Bank N.V.) have appealed the NMa decision, which is as a result currently under reconsideration by the NMa. If the NMa upon reconsideration decides to maintain its original decision, that decision will be open to judicial review in two instances. It is therefore uncertain whether or not (and to what extent) the NMa decision will become definite.

Like many other companies in the mutual funds, suppliers of brokerage and investment products and insurance industries, several of our companies have received informal and formal requests for information from various governmental and self-regulatory agencies or have otherwise identified issues arising in connection with fund trading, compensation, conflicts of interest, anticompetitive practices, insurance risk transfer and sales practices. ING is responding to the requests and working to resolve issues with regulators. One U.S. subsidiary has received notice of recommended disciplinary action by a U.S. regulator. We believe that any issues that have been identified thus far do not represent a systemic problem in the ING businesses involved and in addition that the outcome of the investigations will not have a material effect on ING Group.

145


Table of Contents

Dividends

ING Groep N.V. has declared and paid dividends each year since its formation in 1991. Each year, a final dividend in respect of the prior year is generally declared at and paid after the annual General Meeting of Shareholders generally held in April of each year. An interim dividend is generally declared and paid in September, based upon the results for the first six months. The declaration of interim dividends is subject to the discretion of the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V., whose decision to that effect is subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board of the Company. The Executive Board decides, subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board of ING Groep N.V., which part of the annual profits (after payment of dividends on Preference shares and Cumulative Preference shares) will be added to the reserves of ING Groep N.V. The part of the annual profits that remains after this addition to the reserves and after payment of dividends on Preference shares and Cumulative Preference shares is at the disposal of the General Meeting of Shareholders, which may declare dividends therefrom and/or add additional amounts to the reserves of ING Groep N.V. A proposal of the Executive Board with respect thereto is submitted to the General Meeting of Shareholders. The declaration and payment of dividends and the amount thereof is dependent upon the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by the Executive Board in determining the appropriate amount of reserves and there can be no assurance that the Company will declare and pay any dividends in the future.

ING Groep N.V. has historically provided shareholders with the option of receiving dividends either in cash or in the form of additional Ordinary shares. At the end of 2000, ING announced that starting with the final 2000 dividend, dividends will be paid in cash only.

However, in order to further strengthen the capital base, the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders on April 15, 2003 approved the reintroduction of the option of receiving dividends either in cash or in the form of additional Ordinary shares.

On August 5, 2004 ING announced a change in dividend policy starting with the interim dividend 2004. As ING’s capital position is more than adequate and the debt/equity ratio of the group has been reduced, ING will not issue new shares to finance the cash portion of the dividend.

To reduce the dilution of earnings per share even further ING decided in the beginning of 2005 to change its dividend policy to a full cash dividend starting with the final dividend 2004 (to be paid in May 2005). Following the introduction of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) – which is expected to increase volatility in net profit – ING intends to pay dividends in relation to the longer-term underlying development of profit.

Cash distributions on ING Groep N.V.’s Ordinary shares and Bearer receipts are generally paid in euros. However, the Executive Board may decide, with the approval of the Supervisory Board, to declare dividends in the currency of a country other than the Netherlands in which the Bearer receipts are trading. Amounts payable to holders of ADSs that are paid to the Depositary in a currency other than dollars will be converted to dollars and subjected to a charge by the Depositary for any expenses incurred by it in such conversion. The right to cash dividends and distributions in respect of the Ordinary shares will lapse if such dividends or distributions are not claimed within five years following the day after the date on which they were made available.

If a distribution by ING Groep N.V. consists of a dividend in Ordinary shares, such Ordinary shares will be held by the Trust, and the Trust will distribute to the holders of the outstanding Bearer receipts, in proportion to their holdings, additional Bearer receipts issued for the Ordinary shares received by the Trust as such dividend. In the event the Trust receives any distribution with respect to Ordinary shares held by the Trust other than in the form of cash or additional shares, the Trust will adopt such method as it may deem legal, equitable and practicable to effect such distribution.

If ING Groep N.V. offers or causes to be offered to the holders of Ordinary shares the right to subscribe for additional shares, the Trust, subject to applicable law, will offer to each holder of Bearer receipts the right to subscribe for additional Bearer receipts of such shares on the same basis.

If the Trust has the option to receive such distribution either in cash or shares, the Trust will give notice

146


Table of Contents

of such option by advertisement and give holders of Bearer receipts the opportunity to choose between cash and shares until the fourth day before the day on which the Trust must have made such choice. Holders of Bearer receipts may receive an equal nominal amount in Ordinary shares There are no legislative or other legal provisions currently in force in the Netherlands or arising under ING Groep N.V.’s Articles of Association restricting the remittance of dividends to holders of Ordinary shares, Bearer receipts or ADSs not resident in the Netherlands. Insofar as the laws of the Netherlands are concerned, cash dividends paid in Euro may be transferred from the Netherlands and converted into any other currency, except that for statistical purposes such payments and transactions must be reported by ING Groep N.V. to the Dutch Central Bank (De Nederlandsche Bank N.V.) and, further, no payments, including dividend payments, may be made to jurisdictions or persons, that are subject to certain sanctions, adopted by the Government of the Netherlands, implementing resolutions of the Security Council of the United Nations, or adopted by the European Union. Dividends are subject to withholding taxes in the Netherlands as described under “Item 10. Additional Information - Taxation -Netherlands Taxation”.

Since December 31, 2004, until the filing of this report, no significant changes have occurred in the financial statements of the Group included in “Item 18, Financial Statements” of this document.

Item 9. The offer and listing

Bearer receipts representing Ordinary shares (nominal value EUR 0.24 per share) are traded on the Official Market of Euronext Amsterdam N.V.’s Stock Exchange, the principal trading market for the Bearer receipts. The Bearer receipts are also listed on the stock exchanges of Euronext Brussels, Euronext Paris, Deutsche Börse as well as on the Swiss Exchange. As of December 31, 2004, ING Group was the second largest company quoted on the Euronext Amsterdam Stock Exchange, based on market capitalization. ING Bank is one of the principal market-makers for the Bearer receipts on the Euronext Amsterdam Stock Exchange.

Since June 13, 1997, American Depositary Shares (“ADS”), each representing one Bearer receipt in respect of one Ordinary share, have traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ING”, and are the principal form in which the Bearer receipts are traded in the United States. Prior to June 13, 1997, there was no active trading market for the ADSs. The ADSs are issued by JP Morgan Chase Bank, as Depositary, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement dated March 6, 2004, among the Company Stichting ING Aandelen, as trustee, such Depositary and the holders of ADSs from time to time. Stichting ING Aandelen (the “Trust “) holds all voting rights over the Ordinary shares, and pursuant to the Trust Constitution and Trust Conditions, the Trust will grant proxies to holders of the Bearer receipts. See Item 7 “Major shareholders and related party transactions”. Under the Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement holder of ADSs may instruct the Depositary as to the exercise of proxy voting rights associated with the ADSs. As of December 31, 2004, there were 120,892,222 ADSs outstanding, representing an equal number of Bearer receipts. The ADSs were held by 949 record holders. Because certain of the ADSs were held by brokers or other nominees and the Bearer Depositary receipts are held in bearer form and due to the impracticability of obtaining accurate residence information for all such shareholders, the number of holders of record or registered holders in the United States is not representative of the number of beneficial holders or of the residence of the beneficial holders. As of December 31, 2004, approximately 17% of the Bearer receipts were held by Dutch investors, approximately 27% by investors in the U.K. and approximately 23% by investors in the United States and Canada (including as represented by ADSs).

147


Table of Contents

The following are the high and low sales prices of the Bearer receipts on the Euronext Amsterdam Stock Exchange, and the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange, for the period 2000 – February 28, 2005:

                                                 
                    Trading                        
                    volume,                     Trading  
                    in millions                     volume,  
    Euronext Amsterdam     of Bearer     New York     in millions  
    Stock Exchange (EUR)     receipts(1)     Stock Exchange (USD)     of ADSs(1)  
Calendar period   High     Low             High     Low          
2000
    86.10       48.21       1,666.3       801/8       471/16       28.7  
2001(2)
    43.97       22.80       2,687.5       41.75       21.30       43.5  
2002
    31.20       13.29       2,033.3       25.95       13.07       78.0  
 
                                               
2003
                                               
First quarter
    17.30       8.70       817.4       18.22       9.96       37.2  
Second quarter
    16.21       10.75       805.0       19.00       11.90       36.1  
Third quarter
    19.00       14.65       673.8       21.14       17.33       29.5  
Fourth quarter
    19.06       16.20       567.3       23.41       19.21       22.1  
 
                                               
2004
                                               
First quarter
    21.20       16.73       667.1       27.37       20.50       32.3  
Second quarter
    19.58       16.87       563.0       23.77       20.28       24.1  
Third quarter
    21.18       18.13       572.0       25.98       22.10       24.6  
Fourth quarter
    22.28       19.74       601.4       30.32       25.30       25.4  
 
                                               
2004 and 2005
                                               
September 2004
    21.18       20.07       196.7       25.98       24.51       8.4  
October 2004
    21.69       19.74       265.9       26.75       25.30       10.4  
November 2004
    21.11       20.54       184.8       27.53       26.60       7.9  
December 2004
    22.28       20.99       150.7       30.32       28.04       7.2  
January 2005
    22.65       21.75       151.8       30.06       28.18       8.4  
February 2005
    23.34       22.01       162.8       30.68       28.57       8.0  


(1)   Aggregate of purchases and sales.
 
(2)   As of July 2, 2001 the stock of ING Group was split in a 2:1 ratio.

Item 10. Additional information

Memorandum and Articles of Association

ING Groep N.V. is a holding company organized under the laws of the Netherlands. Our object and purpose, as set forth in Article 3 of our Articles of Association, is to participate in, manage, finance, provide personal or real security for the obligations of, and provide services to other business enterprises and institutions of any kind whatsoever, but in particular business enterprises and institutions which are active in the field of insurance, banking, investment and/or financial services, and to do anything which is related to the foregoing or may be conductive thereto. ING Groep N.V. is registered as number 33231073 in the Company Registry of Amsterdam and our Articles of Association are available there.

Certain Powers of Directors

The Supervisory Board determines the compensation of the members of the Executive Board and the compensation of members of the Supervisory Board is determined by the General Meeting of Shareholders. Neither members of the Executive Board nor members of the Supervisory Board will vote on compensation for themselves or any other member of their body.

148


Table of Contents

During their office, members of the Supervisory Board are not allowed to borrow from ING Group or any of its subsidiaries. Members of the Executive Board are empowered to exercise all the powers of ING Group to borrow money, subject to regulatory restrictions (if any) and, in the case of the issuance of debt securities, to the approval of the Supervisory Board.

Our Articles of Association do not contain any age limits for retirement of the members of the Executive Board and members of the Supervisory Board. Nevertheless, it has become standard practice for Executive Board members to retire at the age of 60. By mutual agreement the retirement date can be extended to the end of the month in which they reach the age of 61 or 62. Following the amendments of the Articles of Association in 2003, members of the Executive Board appointed in 2004 and later have been and will be appointed by the General Meeting of Shareholders. Members of the Supervisory Board are appointed for a term of four years and may be re-appointed for two terms subject to the requirement in the charter of the Supervisory Board that Supervisory Board members retire from the Board in the year in which he or she turns 70.

Members of the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board are not required to hold any shares of ING Groep N.V. to qualify as such.

Description of Shares

A description of our securities, and other information with respect to shareholders, annual meetings, changes in capital and limitations on changes in control can be found in our registration statements filed with the Commission on Form F-1 on June 12, 1997 and in this Annual Report under the heading “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions”.

Material contracts

There have been no material contracts (outside the ordinary course of business) to which ING is a party in the last two years.

Documents on Display

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In accordance with these requirements, we file reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). These materials, including this Annual Report and its exhibits, may be inspected and copied at the SEC’s public reference room located at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 or on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information about the public reference room and the copy charges. You may also inspect our SEC reports and other information located at the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005, or on our website at http://www.ing.com.

Exchange controls

Cash distributions, if any, payable in euros on Ordinary shares, Bearer receipts and ADSs may be officially transferred from the Netherlands and converted into any other currency without violating Dutch law, except that for statistical purposes such payments and transactions must be reported by ING Groep N.V. to the Dutch Central Bank and, further, no payments, including dividend payments, may be made to jurisdictions subject to certain sanctions, adopted by the government of the Netherlands, implementing resolutions of the Security Council of the United Nations.

Restrictions on voting

The ADSs represent interests in the Bearer receipts of the Trust, which holds the Ordinary shares for which such Bearer receipts are issued. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions”. The Trust is the holder of all Ordinary shares underlying the Bearer receipts. Only holders of shares (including the Trust) may vote at General Meetings of Shareholders.

Holders of Bearer receipts are entitled to attend and speak at General Meetings of Shareholders of the Company; however holders of Bearer receipts (including the Depositary on behalf of the holders of ADSs) as such are not entitled to vote at such meetings. However, as set out in “Item 7. Major

149


Table of Contents

Shareholders and Related Party Transactions”, the Trust will grant a proxy to the effect that such holder of Bearer receipts may, in the name of the Trust, exercise the voting rights attached to a number of its Ordinary shares that corresponds to the number of Bearer receipts held by him. On the basis of such a proxy the holder of Bearer receipts may vote according to its own discretion.

Holders of Bearer receipts may surrender the Bearer receipts in exchange for Ordinary shares. The Trust charges a fee for exchanging Bearer receipts for Ordinary shares. Such fee, in each case, is a minimum of EUR 25.00, but varies based on the number of Bearer receipts so exchanged.

Obligations of shareholders to disclose holdings

Dutch Disclosure of Major Holdings in Listed Companies Act 1996 (the “Major Holdings Act”) applies to any person who, directly or indirectly, acquires or disposes of an interest in the voting rights and/or the capital of a public limited company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands with an official listing on a stock exchange within the European Economic Area, as a result of which acquisition or disposal the percentage of voting rights or capital interest acquired or disposed of reaches, exceeds or falls below 5%, 10%, 25%, 50% or 66 2/3%. With respect to ING Groep N.V., the Major Holdings Act would require any person whose interest in the voting rights and/or capital of ING Groep N.V. reached, exceeded or fell below those percentage interests, whether through ownership of Bearer receipts, Ordinary shares, ADSs, Preference shares, options or warrants, to notify in writing both ING Groep N.V. and the Financial Markets Authority of the Netherlands (Autoriteit Financiële Markten) immediately after the acquisition or disposal of the triggering interest in ING Groep N.V.’s share capital.

Upon ING Groep N.V.’s receipt of the notification, the information will be disclosed, as notified, forthwith to the public by means of an advertisement in a newspaper distributed throughout the Netherlands. Noncompliance with the obligations of the Major Holdings Act can lead to criminal prosecution. In addition, a civil court can issue orders against any person who fails to notify or incorrectly notifies the Financial Markets Authority or ING Groep N.V., in accordance with the Major Holdings Act, including suspension of the voting right in respect of such person’s Ordinary shares.

TAXATION

The following is a summary of the Netherlands tax consequences, and the United States Federal income tax consequences, of the ownership of Bearer receipts or American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) by U.S. Shareholders (as defined below). For purposes of this summary a “U.S. Shareholder” is a beneficial owner of Bearer receipts or ADSs that is:

•   an individual citizen or resident of the United States,
 
•   a corporation organized under the laws of the United States or of any state of the United States,
 
•   an estate, the income of which is subject to United States Federal income tax without regard to its source; or
 
•   a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

The summary is a general description of the present Netherlands and United States Federal income tax laws and practices as well as the relevant provisions of the present double taxation treaty between the Netherlands and the United States (the “Treaty”). The information provided below is neither intended as tax advice nor purports to describe all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to prospective investors. It should not be read as extending to matters not specifically discussed, and investors should consult their own advisors as to the tax consequences of their ownership and disposal of Bearer receipts or ADSs. In particular, the summary does not take into account the specific circumstances of any particular investors (such as banks, insurance companies, dealers in securities, traders in securities that elect to mark-to-market their securities holdings, investors liable for alternative minimum tax, investors whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, investors that actually or constructively own 10% or more of the voting stock of ING Groep N.V. or investors that hold Bearer receipts or ADSs as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction), some of which may be subject to special rules. Moreover, if the holder of Bearer receipts or ADSs:

150


Table of Contents

1.   holds a substantial interest in ING Groep N.V.; or, in case such holder is an individual,
 
2.   receives income or capital gains derived from the Bearer receipts and ADSs and this income received or capital gains derived are attributable to the past, present or future employment activities of such holder,

the Dutch tax position is not discussed in this summary.

Generally speaking, an interest in the share capital of ING Groep N.V., should not be considered a substantial interest if the holder of such interest, and, in case of an individual, his or her spouse, registered partner, certain other relatives or certain persons sharing the holder’s household, alone or together, does or do not hold, either directly or indirectly, the ownership of, or certain rights over, shares or rights resembling shares representing five percent or more of the total issued and outstanding capital, or the issued and outstanding capital of any class of shares, of ING Groep N.V. With respect to U.S. Shareholders, this summary generally applies only to holders who hold Bearer receipts or ADSs as capital assets. The summary is based in part upon the representations of the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the Deposit Agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms. Furthermore, this summary is based on the tax legislation, published case law, and other regulations in force as at the date hereof, without prejudice to any amendments introduced at a later date and implemented with or without retroactive effect.

In general, for United States Federal income and Netherlands tax purposes, holders of Bearer receipts will be treated as the owners of the Ordinary shares underlying the Bearer receipts, holders of American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) evidencing ADSs will be treated as the owners of the Ordinary shares evidenced by Bearer receipts, and exchanges of Ordinary shares for Bearer receipts and then for ADSs, and exchanges of ADSs for Bearer receipts and then for Ordinary shares, will not be subject to United States Federal or Netherlands income tax.

It is assumed, for purposes of this summary, that a U.S. shareholder is eligible for the benefits of the Treaty and that a U.S. Shareholder’s eligibility is not limited by the limitations on benefits provisions article 26 of the Treaty.

NETHERLANDS TAXATION

Withholding tax on dividends

The Netherlands imposes a withholding tax on a distribution of a dividend at the rate of 25%. Stock dividends paid out of ING Groep N.V.’s paid-in share premium recognized for Netherlands tax purposes as such are not subject to the above withholding tax.

Under the Treaty, dividends paid by ING Groep N.V. to a resident of the United States (other than an exempt organization or exempt pension trust, as defined in the Treaty) who is the beneficial owner of the dividends are generally eligible for a reduction of Netherlands withholding tax to 15%, provided that such resident does not have an enterprise which carries on a business in the Netherlands through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative or performs independent personal services from a fixed base situated in the Netherlands to which or to whom the Bearer receipts or ADSs are attributable. Such reduced dividend withholding rate can be applied for at source upon payment of the dividend submitting a form IB 92 USA prior to the dividend payment date, which form includes a banker’s affidavit stating that the Bearer receipts or ADSs are in the bank’s custody in the name of the applicant, or that the Bearer receipts or ADSs have been exhibited to the bank as being the property of the applicant. A U.S. Shareholder who is unable to claim withholding tax relief in this manner can obtain a refund of excess tax withheld by filing a Form IB 92 USA and describing the circumstances that prevented a claim for withholding tax relief at source. In case above-mentioned beneficial owner of the dividends is a company which holds directly at least 10 percent of the voting power of ING Groep N.V. a further reduction of Dutch dividend withholding tax to 5% can be applied for.

The Treaty provides for a complete exemption from withholding for dividends received by exempt pension trusts and other exempt organizations, as defined in the Treaty. Qualifying exempt pension trusts may claim the benefits of a reduced withholding tax rate pursuant to article 35 of the Treaty.

151


Table of Contents

Qualifying exempt pension trusts normally remain subject to withholding at the rate of 25% and are required to file for a refund of the tax withheld. Only if certain conditions are fulfilled, such pension trusts may be eligible for relief at source upon payment of the dividend. Qualifying exempt organizations (other than qualifying exempt pension trusts) are subject to withholding at the rate of 25% and can only file for a refund of the tax withheld.

There is currently an arrangement with the Netherlands Ministry of Finance under which U.S. Shareholders of outstanding ADSs (but not holders of Bearer receipts) of ING Groep N.V. may obtain the lower 15% withholding rate under the Treaty without filing forms described above. The arrangement also applies to qualifying exempt pension trusts but not to other exempt organizations.

On March 8, 2004, the governments of the United States and the Netherlands signed a new Protocol (Protocol) that would amend the existing 1992 U.S.-Netherlands Income Tax Treaty (“1992 Treaty”).

The Protocol amending the 1992 Treaty entered into force on Tuesday December 28, 2004. With the entry into force, the Protocol will be generally effective for taxable periods beginning on or after January 1, 2005 and, as regards withholding taxes, will be effective for payments made or credited on or after February 1, 2005.

On August 29, 2002 dividend-stripping rules have been introduced in Netherlands tax law. These rules have retroactive effect as of April 27, 2001. The rules provide that in the case of dividend-stripping, the 25% dividend withholding tax cannot be reduced or refunded. Dividend-stripping is deemed to be present if the recipient of a dividend is, different from what has been assumed above, not the beneficial owner thereof and is entitled to a larger credit, reduction or refund of dividend withholding tax than the beneficial owner of the dividends. Under these rules, a recipient of dividends will not be considered the beneficial owner thereof if as a consequence of a combination of transactions a person other than the recipient wholly or partly benefits form the dividends, whereby such person retains, whether directly or indirectly, an interest in the share on which the dividends were paid.

Currently ING Groep N.V. may, with respect to certain dividends received from qualifying non-Netherlands subsidiaries, credit taxes withheld from those dividends against the Netherlands withholding tax imposed on certain qualifying dividends that are redistributed by ING Groep N.V., up to a maximum of the lesser of:

•   3% of the amount of qualifying dividends redistributed by ING Groep N.V. and
 
•   3% of the gross amount of certain qualifying dividends received by ING Groep N.V.

The reduction is applied to the Dutch dividend withholding tax that ING Groep N.V. must pay to the Dutch tax authorities and not to the Dutch dividend withholding tax that ING Groep N.V. must withhold.

Taxes on income and capital gains

A U.S. Shareholder will not be subject to Netherlands income tax or corporation tax, other than the withholding tax described above, or capital gains tax, provided that:

•   such shareholder is not a resident or deemed resident and, in the case of an individual, has not elected to be treated as a resident of the Netherlands; and
 
•   such shareholder does not have an enterprise or an interest in an enterprise, which in its entirety or in part carries on business in the Netherlands through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative or deemed permanent establishment to which or to whom the Bearer receipts or ADSs are attributable; and
 
•   such shareholder is an individual, and income from a Bearer receipt or ADS is not attributable to certain activities in the Netherlands performed by such shareholder other than business activities (for example, by the use of that individual’s special knowledge or activities performed by that individual with respect to the Bearer receipts or ADSs as a result of which such individual can make a return on the Bearer receipt or ADS that is in excess of the return on normal passive portfolio management).

152


Table of Contents

Gift, estate or inheritance tax

No Netherlands gift, estate or inheritance tax will be imposed on the acquisition of Bearer receipts or ADSs by gift or inheritance from a holder of Bearer receipts or ADSs who is neither resident nor deemed resident in the Netherlands, provided that the ADSs or Bearer receipts are not attributable to an enterprise which in its entirety or in part is carried on through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in the Netherlands. Furthermore, Dutch gift and inheritance tax is due if the holder of Bearer receipts or ADSs dies within 180 days of making the gift, and at the time of death is a resident or deemed resident of the Netherlands. A non-resident Netherlands citizen, however, is still treated as a resident of the Netherlands for gift and inheritance tax purposes for ten years after leaving the Netherlands. An individual with a non-Dutch nationality is deemed to be a resident of the Netherlands for the purposes of Dutch gift tax if he or she has been resident in the Netherlands at any time during the 12 months preceding the date of the gift.

UNITED STATES TAXATION

Taxes on income

For United States Federal income tax purposes, a U.S. Shareholder will be required to include in gross income the full amount of a cash dividend (including any Netherlands withholding tax withheld) as ordinary income when the dividend is actually or constructively received by the Trust in the case of Bearer receipts, or the Depositary in the case of ADSs. For this purpose, a “dividend” will include any distribution paid by ING Groep N.V. with respect to the Bearer receipts or ADSs, but only to the extent such distribution is not in excess of ING Groep N.V.’s current and accumulated earnings and profits as defined for United States Federal income tax purposes. Such a dividend will constitute income from sources outside the United States. A dividend will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporations in respect of dividends received from other United States corporations. If you are a noncorporate U.S. Shareholder, dividends paid to you in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2009 that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxable to you at a maximum tax rate of 15% provided that you hold the Bearer receipts or ADSs for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meet other holding period requirements. Dividends we pay with respect to the Bearer receipts or ADSs generally will be qualified dividend income.

Subject to the limitations provided in the United States Internal Revenue Code, a U.S. Shareholder may generally deduct from income, or credit against its United States Federal income tax liability, the amount of any Dutch withholding taxes under the Treaty. The Netherlands withholding tax will likely not be creditable against the U.S. Shareholder’s United States tax liability, however, to the extent that ING Groep N.V. is allowed to reduce the amount of dividend withholding tax paid over to the Netherlands Tax Administration by crediting withholding tax imposed on certain dividends paid to ING Groep N.V. ING Groep N.V. will endeavor to provide to U.S. Shareholders information concerning the extent to which it has applied the reduction described above with respect to dividends paid to U.S. Shareholders. In addition, special rules apply in determining the foreign tax credit limitation with respect to dividends that are subject to the maximum 15% tax rate.

Since payments of dividends with respect to Bearer receipts and ADSs will be made in euros, a U.S. Shareholder will generally be required to determine the amount of dividend income by translating the euro into United States dollars at the “spot rate” on the date the dividend distribution is includable in the income of the U.S. Shareholder. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the dividend distribution is includable in the income of the U.S. Shareholder to the date such payment is converted into U.S. dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss. Such gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Taxes on capital gains

Gain or loss on a sale or exchange of Bearer receipts or ADSs by a U.S. Shareholder will generally be a capital gain or loss for United States Federal income tax purposes. If such U.S. Shareholder has held the Bearer receipts or ADSs for more than one year, such gain or loss will generally be long term

153


Table of Contents

capital gain or loss. Long term capital gain of a non-corporate U.S. Shareholder that is recognized on or after May 6, 2003 is generally subject to a maximum tax rate of 15%. In general, gain or loss from a sale or exchange of Bearer receipts or ADSs by a U.S. Shareholder will be treated as United States source income or loss for United States foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Passive foreign investment company

ING Groep N.V. believes it is not a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) for United States Federal income tax purposes. This factual determination that must be made annually and thus may change.

If ING Groep N.V. were to be treated as a PFIC, unless a U.S. Shareholder makes an effective election to be taxed annually on a mark-to-market basis with respect to the Bearer receipts or ADSs, any gain from the sale or disposition of Bearer receipts or ADSs by a U.S. Shareholder would be allocated ratably to each year in the holder’s holding period and would be treated as ordinary income. Tax would be imposed on the amount allocated to each year prior to the year of disposition at the highest rate in effect for that year, and interest would be charged at the rate applicable to underpayments on the tax payable in respect of the amount so allocated. The same rules would apply to “excess distributions”, defined generally as distributions exceeding 125% of the average annual distribution made by ING Groep N.V. over the shorter of the holder’s holding period or the three preceding years.

A U.S. Shareholder who owns Bearer receipts or ADSs during any year that ING Groep N.V. is a PFIC must file Internal Revenue Service Form 8621.

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risk

All accounting based sensitivity measures are stated on a Dutch GAAP basis

Introduction

Group Risk Function During 2004 the Executive Board streamlined the governance of risk management at the ING Group level. The leading principle is that it should be clear who holds responsibility for risk decisions. As a result, the Executive Board has been given more direct involvement in, and accountability for, the risk management decision-making process, and the number of risk committees in the Group Risk Function has been substantially reduced.

The Executive Board determines the risk appetite of ING Group, aiming for a balance between risk, return and capital and sets risk policy and limits. The Chief Financial Officer (CFO) bears primary overall responsibility for the Group Risk Function. A Dual Signatory Approval structure is being introduced through which Executive Board members and the Corporate Risk Managers will take direct responsibility for specified matters (such as transactional approval) within the delegated authorities granted by the Executive Board.

The Group Risk Function is structured independently from the business lines and is organized through three departments:

•   Corporate Credit Risk Management (CCRM) is responsible for the credit risk management of ING Bank and ING Insurance;

•   Corporate Market Risk Management (CMRM) is responsible for the market risk management of ING Bank and also for the operational risk management of ING Bank and ING Insurance;

•   Corporate Insurance Risk Management (CIRM) is responsible for the insurance and market risk management of ING Insurance.

The heads of these departments (Corporate Risk Managers) report to the CFO and bear direct responsibility for risk (mitigating) decisions. The Corporate Risk Managers advise the CFO and are responsible for the harmonization and standardization of risk-management practises. They are also responsible for risk definitions, policies, procedures, models and methodologies, measurement, monitoring and consolidated reporting.

154


Table of Contents

The regional and local risk managers in the business lines have a functional reporting line to the Corporate Risk Managers; they ensure day-to-day risk analysis, proper measurement and controls, registration of risks and policy development within the overall risk governance framework.

Group Risk Committees The risk committees mentioned below act within the overall risk policy and delegated authorities granted by the Executive Board. The risk committees have an advisory role to the CFO and ensure a close link between the business lines and the Group risk management function through representation of the business heads and the Corporate Risk Managers on each committee.

Central Credit Committee ING Bank (“CKC”)

CKC is the highest credit approval body for ING Bank. It advises on country limits, country ratings, credit limits and counterparty limits. The CKC meets twice weekly.

ING Bank Provisioning Committee (“IPC”)

IPC advises on ING Bank’s specific debtor- and country- provisioning levels based on formal analyses of the credit portfolio, which take place on a quarterly basis. The IPC meets on a quarterly basis.

Asset & Liability Committee ING Bank (“ALCO Bank”)

ALCO Bank advises on the overall risk profile of all ING Bank’s non-trading market risk that occurs in its Wholesale Banking, Retail Banking and ING Direct activities. ALCO Bank defines the policy regarding funding, liquidity, interest rate mismatch and solvency of ING Bank. ALCO Bank meets on a monthly basis.

Asset & Liability Committee ING Insurance (“ALCO Insurance”)

ALCO Insurance advises on all risks for ING Insurance activities. This includes volatility (affecting earnings and value), exposure (required capital and market risk) and insurance risks. ALCO Insurance meets six times a year.

The following committees at the ING Group level were disbanded during 2004 in order to streamline risk management governance at the Group level: the Risk Policy Committee, the Asset & Liability Committee ING Group, the RAROC Directors Committee, the Market Risk Committee ING Bank and the Operational Risk Committee ING Group.

Group Risk Measurement is described by risk category for ING Bank and ING Insurance in two separate sections below. For ING Bank the following risk categories apply: credit risk, market risk and operational risk. For ING Insurance the relevant risks are: actuarial and underwriting risk, credit risk, market risk and operational risk.

In the sections below, the risk categories are sub-divided by types of risk and for each type of risk the applicable risk measurement method that ING practices is described, including a quantification of the risks.

Both sections also include a description of capital measurement methods.

ING BANK

CREDIT RISK

GENERAL

ING Bank’s credit policy is to maintain an internationally diversified loan and bond portfolio, while avoiding large risk concentrations. The emphasis is on managing business developments within the business lines by means of top-down concentration limits for countries, individual borrowers and borrower groups. The aim is to expand relationship-banking activities, while maintaining stringent internal risk/return guidelines and controls.

In anticipation of the planned introduction of new global capital regulations from the Basel Committee, ING has commenced a bank-wide Basel project led by CCRM. The goal of this project is to ensure

155


Table of Contents

ING’s compliance with the new regulations by the required implementation date of December 31, 2006. A key element of the project is the continued development, implementation and back-testing of in-house objective risk rating and loss-given default models for use in the credit approval process, risk reporting, performance monitoring and portfolio management. Simultaneously, ING is refining its credit risk management governance and practices to conform to industry best practices and regulatory requirements.

MEASUREMENT

Credit Risk is the risk of loss from the default by debtors or counterparties. Credit risks arise in ING Bank’s lending, pre-settlement and investment activities, as well as in its trading activities. Credit risk management is supported by dedicated credit risk information systems and internal rating methodologies for debtors and counterparties.

Credit analysis is risk/reward-oriented whereby the level of credit analysis is a function of the risk amount, tenor, structure (e.g. covers received) of the facility, and the risks entered into. Continually more sophisticated RAROC-based tools are used internally to ensure a proper balance of risk and reward within the portfolio and concentration parameters. ING’s credit analysts make use of publicly available information in combination with in-house analysis based on information provided by the customer, peer-group comparisons, industry comparisons and other quantitative techniques.

The credit exposure of ING Bank is mainly related to traditional lending to individuals and businesses. Loans to individuals are mainly mortgage loans secured by residential property. Loans to businesses are often collateralized, but can be unsecured based on internal analysis of the borrowers’ creditworthiness. Pre-settlement credit exposure arises also from trading activities, for instance in derivatives, repurchase transactions and securities lending/borrowing. ING uses various market pricing and measurement techniques to determine the amount of credit risk on pre-settlement activities. These techniques estimate ING’s potential future exposure on individual and portfolios of trades. Master agreements and collateral agreements are frequently entered into to reduce these credit risks.

Risk classes are defined based upon the quality of the exposures in terms of creditworthiness, varying from investment grade to problem grade expressed in Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s equivalents.

Risk classes: ING Bank portfolio, as % of total outstandings(1)

                 
(in percentages)   2004     2003  
AAA(1)
    11.8 %     9.1 %
AA(2-4)
    21.9 %     23.2 %
A(4-7)
    10.9 %     14.1 %
BBB(8-10)
    22.5 %     10.6 %
BB(11-13)
    29.1 %     39.4 %
B(14-17)
    2.3 %     1.9 %
Watch / Problem Grade (18-22)
    1.5 %     1.7 %
 
           
Total
    100.0 %     100.0 %
 
           


(1)   Based on lending (wholesale and retail), financial markets and investment activities.

The growth in AAA (1) outstandings is largely attributable to the conservative investment policy and growth in assets at ING Direct. There has also been a significant shift from BB (11-13) to BBB (8-10) ratings resulting from the introduction of improved rating models and a more complete coverage of the portfolio with these models, removing conservative default ratings.

156


Table of Contents

Risk concentration: ING Bank portfolio, by economic sector at year-end

                 
(in percentages)   2004     2003  
Construction, Infrastructure & Real Estate
    4.3 %     5.1 %
Financial Institutions
    39.6 %     39.4 %
Private Individuals
    28.9 %     23.8 %
Public Administration
    8.6 %     8.4 %
Services
    2.1 %     2.5 %
Other
    16.5 %     20.8 %
 
           
Total
    100.0 %     100.0 %
 
           

The credit portfolio is under constant review. A formal analysis takes place quarterly to determine the provisions for possible bad debts, using a bottom-up approach. Conclusions are discussed by the IPC, which advises the Executive Board on specific provisioning levels. ING Bank identifies as impaired loans those loans for which it is probable, based on current information and events, that the principal and interest amounts contractually due will not be collected in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreements.

In 2004, ING added EUR 465 million to the provision for loan losses, compared with EUR 1,125 million in 2003. The addition equalled 18 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2004, compared with 46 basis points in 2003. The significant reduction in additions to the provisions were the result of portfolio credit quality improvements registered in ING’s core markets in the Netherlands, Belgium and Poland. New problems in Germany were limited and the existing problem portfolio in Germany showed significant improvements. ING is of the opinion that its loan-loss provisions as of December 31, 2004 are adequate to absorb losses from ING Bank’s credit risk taking activities.

Additions to the provision for loan losses ING Bank (based on country of the borrower)

                 
    2004     2003  
    (EUR millions)
Netherlands
    197       352  
Belgium
    56       114  
Rest of Western Europe
    126       410  
Central and Eastern Europe
    70       94  
North America
    55       194  
Latin America
    (23 )     (18 )
Asia
    (15 )     (31 )
Other
    (1 )     10  
 
           
Total
    465       1,125  
 
           

Country Risk is the risk that ING faces which is specifically attributable to events in a specific country (or group of countries). Country risk is identified in lending (corporate and counterparty), trading and investment activities. All transactions and trading positions generated by ING include country risk. Country risk is further divided into economic and transfer risk. Economic risk is the concentration risk relating to any event in the risk country which may affect transactions and other exposure in that country, regardless of the currency. Transfer risk is the risk incurred through the inability of ING or its counterparties to meet their respective foreign currency obligations due to a specific country event.

In countries where ING is active, the relevant country’s risk profile is regularly evaluated, resulting in a country rating. Country limits are based on this rating and ING’s risk appetite. Exposures derived from lending and investment activities are then measured and reported against these country limits on a daily basis. Country-risk limits are assigned for transfer risk generally only in emerging markets. The emerging-markets transfer risk as a percentage of total retail and wholesale activities decreased from 4.6% in 2003 to 4.0% in 2004. Exposure is closely monitored for economic country risk, although no formal limits are established. The table below shows the largest economic country risks at year-end

157


Table of Contents

2004 compared with 2003. The significant growth in Germany, the United States, Spain and Italy is largely the result of the growth in investment activities generated by ING Direct.

Largest economic exposures: ING Bank lending portfolio, by country, at year-end(1)

                 
    2004     2003  
    (EUR billions)  
Netherlands
    178.4       183.5  
Germany
    60.5       49.9  
United States
    58.2       50.4  
Belgium
    43.3       41.1  
United Kingdom
    41.3       47.1  
Spain
    33.9       19.2  
France
    25.2       24.6  
Italy
    16.5       11.8  
Australia
    15.6       11.0  
Canada
    11.5       12.3  


(1)   Only covers exposures in excess of EUR 10 billion, including intercompany exposures with ING Insurance.

The methodology of calculating risk capital is linked to the risk definitions with respect to determining where the country risk occurs. Emerging market countries with low and medium risk that have not defaulted require no mandatory provisions for transfer risk. Instead of provisions, additional capital is allocated to transactions that incur country risk, the amount of which is a function of the risk of the country as well as the risk of the transaction itself. For high-risk countries that are near default or have recently defaulted, adequate provisioning is a requirement. ING’s policies with respect to capital allocation and provisioning for country risk are in line with the country-risk directives issued by the Dutch Central Bank.

Largest cross border lending exposure in emerging markets in excess of EUR 500 million at year-end(1)

                 
    Gross transfer exposure  
    2004     2003  
    (EUR millions)  
Country
               
South Korea
    1,263       1,529  
Poland
    1,142       1,465  
China
    1,106       1,091  
Russia
    894       609  
Hong Kong
    876       680  
Romania
    857       356  
Hungary
    516       674  


(1)   Figures exclude local currency denominated loans.

Settlement Risk arises when there is an exchange of value (funds, instruments or commodities) for the same or different value dates and receipt is not verified or expected until ING has paid or delivered its side of the trade. The risk is that ING delivers, but does not receive delivery from the counterparty. Settlement risk can most commonly be contained and reduced by entering into transactions with delivery-versus-payment (DVP) settlement methods, as is common with most clearing houses, or settlement netting agreements.

For those transactions where DVP settlement is not possible, ING establishes settlement limits through the credit approval process. Settlement risk is then monitored and managed through the credit risk management units. Risk is further mitigated by operational procedures requiring trade confirmations to counterparties with all transaction details, and entering into internationally accepted documentation, such as International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) Master Agreements for derivative

158


Table of Contents

transactions. Additionally, ING regularly participates in projects with other banks to improve and develop new clearing systems and clearing mechanisms to further reduce the level of settlement risk.

MARKET RISK

GENERAL

Market risk arises from trading and non-trading activities within the three business lines of ING Bank:

•   ING Wholesale Banking: Trading risks arise within ING Wholesale Banking primarily through market making, client facilitation and proprietary trading in the fixed income, equities and foreign exchange markets and directly related derivative markets. ING has no material commodity portfolios. Trading positions are marked to market daily. ING’s policy is to maintain an internationally diversified and mainly client-related trading portfolio, while avoiding large risk concentrations. Non-trading market risk is transferred to the asset and liability management (ALM) books; these are structural interest rate mismatch positions that result from commercial banking activities.

•   ING Retail Banking: ING identifies non-trading residual market risk that results from banking products of which future cash flows depend on client behaviour like current accounts, saving accounts and mortgages.

•   ING Direct: Within ING Direct no trading positions are maintained; the market risks are characterized as a combination of ALM and market risk arising from retail products.

MEASUREMENT

Trading Risk ING Wholesale Banking uses the Value-at-Risk (“VaR”) methodology as the primary risk measure. VaR for market risk quantifies, with a one-sided confidence level of 99%, the maximum overnight loss that could occur due to changes in risk factors (e.g. interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices) if positions remain unchanged for a time interval of one day. The impact of historical market movements on today’s portfolio is estimated, based on observed market movements of the previous 250 business days. The VaR also serves as a basis for the calculation of the regulatory capital and economic capital that ING needs to hold to cover possible losses from trading activities.

Market risk for the fixed income and equity markets is split into two components: general market risk and specific market risk. The general market risk component estimates the VaR resulting from general market-value movements (e.g. euribor movements). The specific market risk component estimates the VaR resulting from market-value movements that relate to the underlying issuer of securities in the portfolios.

The market risk of all the important option portfolios within ING is measured by Monte Carlo simulation methods.

The average exposure over 2004 was slightly lower than 2003 (average VaR 2004: EUR 24.7 million and average VaR 2003: EUR 25.3 million). The VaR remained well within the ING Wholesale Banking trading limit. More details on the VaR of the ING Wholesale Banking trading portfolio for 2004 and 2003 are provided in the table below.

159


Table of Contents

Trading VaR: ING Wholesale Banking, by portfolio

                                                                 
    Low     High     Average     Year end     Low     High     Average     Year end  
                    2004                             2003          
    (EUR million)  
Foreign exchange
    2.4       10.6       4.4       3.4       2.9       7.2       4.5       4.8  
Equities
    4.6       12.1       7.6       9.2       5.6       15.6       8.9       11.2  
Interest
    9.2       23.0       13.8       11.7       8.1       21.6       12.3       11.1  
High yield/Emerging markets
    5.0       9.9       6.7       7.5       5.3       10.4       7.9       6.4  
Diversification(1)
                    (7.8 )     (6.3 )                     (8.3 )     (10.6 )
 
                                                               
 
                                               
Total VaR
                    24.7       25.5                       25.3       22.9  
 
                                               


(1)   Diversification cannot be calculated for the columns Low and High since the observations for both the individual markets as well as total VaR may come from different dates.

Although VaR models estimate potential future results, estimates are based on historical market data. ING continuously monitors the plausibility and effectiveness of the VaR model in use. The technique for this purpose is generally known as backtesting in which the actual daily result is compared with the daily VaR. When the actual loss exceeds the VaR an “occurrence” has taken place. Based on ING Bank’s one-sided 99% confidence level an occurrence is expected, on average, once in every 100 business days. In 2004, there has been no occurrence where a daily trading loss exceeded the daily consolidated VaR of ING Wholesale banking.

Since VaR in general does not produce an estimate of the potential losses that can occur as a result of extreme market movements, ING uses highly structured stress testing for monitoring the market risk under these extreme conditions. Stress scenarios are based on historical and hypothetical extreme events. The result of the stress testing is an event risk number, which is an estimate of the profit and loss account caused by a potential event and its world-wide impact for ING Wholesale Banking. The event-risk policy (and its technical implementation) is specific for ING as there is no event risk calculation method that is generally accepted by other banks and regulators (like the Value-at-Risk model). ING’s event risk policy basically consists of defined stress parameters per country and per market (fixed income, equity, foreign exchange and related derivative markets). The parameters indicate historical maximum market movements within the time frame of one month. The scenarios and stress parameters are backtested against extreme market movements that actually occur in the markets.

Non-trading Risk – Interest Rate Risk The non-trading books primarily consist of banking (commercial) books and ALM books. Within ING Bank the commercial business units are not allowed to run structural mismatch positions in their banking books. As a result of this policy all structural interest rate risks are replicated to the ALM books of the designated Treasury departments within ING Wholesale Banking. The management of structural interest rate mismatch positions is performed within the Treasury function. The commercial business units bear responsibility for the remaining interest rate risks that result from banking products of which future cash flows depend on client behaviour, like saving accounts and mortgages.

Within ING several methods are in place to replicate the interest rate risk taking into account both the contractual and behavioural characteristics of demand deposits, saving accounts and mortgages. All models and assumptions are back-tested regularly and presented to the designated Asset & Liability Committee for approval. Historical simulation is used to determine investment rules for saving accounts and demand deposits, taking into account historical client rates, outstanding volumes and market rates. The investment rules are tested on their suitability through volatility/correlation analysis and updated regularly. To estimate future prepayment rates of mortgages, a model is applied based on historical observed prepayments.

ING Bank uses several measures to control interest rate risk. The most important ones are Value-at-Risk (VaR) and Earnings-at-Risk (EaR). EaR measures the loss of net accrual interest income resulting

160


Table of Contents

from changes of market interest rates over a time period of one year. The EaR calculations differ per portfolio. For the ALM books it measures the potential loss of net accrual interest due to the structural mismatch in interest rate positions. For the commercial banking books the EaR captures the basis risk between market interest rates and the client rates of saving accounts and demand deposits. The following table presents the total EaR figures of ING Bank. For comparison purposes the EaR figures of 2004 and 2003 are calculated on a comparable basis. The EaR figures presented below include the basis risk of all material portfolios of savings accounts and demand deposits within ING Bank and differ from the calculations presented in the 2003 annual report. Furthermore the EaR figures are determined on the basis of an upward 2% parallel rate shock in line with Basel II requirements (2003: 1%). The decrease of the EaR figure for ING Wholesale Banking is due to changes in the gap profile. The increase of the EaR figures of ING Direct and Retail Banking is mainly caused by increasing volumes and changing market rates.

Earnings-at-Risk by business lines

                 
    2004     2003  
    (EUR million)
ING Wholesale Banking
    (292 )     (449 )
ING Retail Banking
    (155 )     (123 )
ING Direct
    (367 )     (226 )
 
           
ING Bank Total
    (814 )     (798 )
 
           

The consolidated interest rate position of ING Bank is presented below in gap format as of December 31, 2004. This condensed format outlines the net of repricing and maturing notional amounts from both the end-of-year asset and the liability portfolios. This net gap report is similar to the regulatory report on interest rate positions.

GAP profile of the main currencies within ING Bank non-trading books (December 31, 2004)

                                                                         
                    On-balance                     Off-balance        
            US                             US                     Grand  
    Euro     Dollar     Other     Total     Euro     Dollar     Other     Total     Total  
                                            (EUR million)                  
Up to 3 months
    34,543       (1,879 )     9,548       42,212       (25,097 )     (2,921 )     (7,826 )     (35,844 )     6,368  
3 to 6 months
    (6,454 )     (1,475 )     (3,558 )     (11,487 )     6,096       1,449       3,704       11,249       (238 )
6 to 12 months
    (2,259 )     (2,148 )     (10,748 )     (15,155 )     6,772       (157 )     4,384       10,999       (4,156 )
1 to 2 years
    2,132       753       (3,211 )     (326 )     (3,091 )     (113 )     3,980       776       450  
2 to 3 years
    (1,446 )     290       (3,109 )     (4,265 )     (3,078 )     (631 )     1,392       (2,317 )     (6,582 )
3 to 4 years
    (994 )     992       (2,226 )     (2,228 )     (1,316 )     (519 )     801       (1,034 )     (3,262 )
4 to 5 years
    (12,077 )     (518 )     (1,942 )     (14,537 )     2,385       (117 )     2,262       4,530       (10,007 )
5 to 7 years
    (9,929 )     (193 )     (207 )     (10,329 )     1,687       857       364       2,908       (7,421 )
7 to 10 years
    5,459       (408 )     (2,113 )     2,938       4,429       (66 )     2,002       6,365       9,303  
10 to 15 years
    2,903       (51 )     302       3,154       (898 )     47       19       (832 )     2,322  
Over 15 years
    (496 )     (1,111 )     14       (1,593 )     1,281       1,919               3,200       1,607  
 
                                                     
Total interest bearing
    11,382       (5,748 )     (17,250 )     (11,616 )     (10,830 )     (252 )     11,082       0       (11,616 )
Non-interest bearing
    10,673       2,037       (1,094 )     11,616                                       11,616  
 
                                                     
Total
    22,055       (3,711 )     (18,344 )     0       (10,830 )     (252 )     11,082       0       0  
 
                                                     

Non-trading Risk – Foreign Exchange Risk ING takes on exposure to foreign-exchange fluctuations on its financial position and cash flows. Currency exposures in the non-trading books are largely transferred by way of internal transactions to Financial Markets Treasury, which performs the day-today management of all foreign-currency positions.

The most material foreign exchange risk in the non-trading books relates to translation risk due to foreign investments and USD-denominated Tier-1 capital. For ING’s main foreign currencies, US dollar, Pound sterling and Polish zloty, the translation risk is managed by ALCO Bank, taking into account the

161


Table of Contents

effect of translation results on the Tier-1 ratio. For all other currencies the translation risk is managed by Financial Markets Treasury Amsterdam.

Overnight exposure ING Bank, for primary non-trading currencies

                                         
Currency   Foreign             Gross              
    Investments     Tier 1     Exposure     Hedges     Net Position  
    (EUR million)  
 
                                    2004  
U.S. dollars
    3,730       (2,675 )     1,055       (1,131 )     (76 )
Pound sterling
    (1,250 )             (1,250 )     1,299       49  
Polish zloty
    642               642       (399 )     243  
South Korean won
    477               477       (438 )     39  
Other currency
    431               431       (191 )     240  
 
                             
Total
    4,030       (2,675 )     1,355       (860 )     495  
 
                             
 
                                       
 
                                    2003  
U.S. dollars
    2,165       (3,289 )     (1,124 )     69       (1,055 )
Pound sterling
    (1,067 )             (1,067 )     1,059       (8 )
Polish zloty
    472               472       (233 )     239  
South Korean won
    449               449       (398 )     51  
Other currency
    825               825       (695 )     130  
 
                             
Total
    2,844       (3,289 )     (445 )     (198 )     (643 )
 
                             

At December 31, 2004 ING’s USD-denominated Tier-1 securities amounted to EUR 2,675 million and have an impact on the open foreign exchange rate exposure of EUR 76 million.

The amount of USD capital invested in foreign investments has increased significantly during 2004. The main reason was a capital injection to ING New York of USD 2.4 billion in June 2004.

While results on net investment hedges are taxable under Dutch fiscal rules, ING has not chosen to adjust hedges to compensate for tax effects.

To quantify foreign exchange risk, the same Value-at-Risk (VaR) approach is used as for the trading activities. The sharp decline of the VaR during 2004 is mainly caused by a reduction of the net USD position. This was caused by an increase of USD denominated risk weighted assets which led to rebalancing of the hedge position, taking into account the effect of translation results on the Tier-1 ratio.

Consolidated fx VaR non-trading books ING Bank

                                                                 
                            Year-                             Year-  
    Low     High     Average     end     Low     High     Average     end  
                            2004                             2003  
    (EUR million)  
FX VaR
    3.5       15.8       8.6       3.5       7.0       14.9       10.2       14.9  

Liquidity Risk Liquidity risk is the risk that ING Bank or one of its subsidiaries cannot meet its financial liabilities when they come due, at reasonable costs and in a timely manner. Within ING Bank, ALCO Bank bears overall responsibility for the liquidity risk strategy. ALCO Bank has delegated day-to-day liquidity management to the Treasury Amsterdam, which is responsible for managing the overall liquidity-risk position of ING Bank, while regional and local treasuries are responsible for managing liquidity in their respective regions and locations.

162


Table of Contents

The main objective of ING’s liquidity strategy is to maintain sufficient liquidity in order to ensure safe and sound operations. The liquidity strategy of ING Bank has four primary components.

The first is the day-to-day funding. It is policy to sufficiently spread the day-to-day funding requirements. The Treasury function monitors all maturing cash flows along with expected changes in core-business funding requirements. This includes replenishment of existing funds as they mature, expected withdrawals from retail current accounts, savings and additional borrowings.

The second component is to maintain an adequate mix of funding sources. ING Bank aims for a well-diversified funding mix in terms of instrument types, fund providers, geographic markets and currencies. Sources of liquidity are widely distributed over the entire ING Bank. ING has a broad base of core retail funding, which mainly consists of current accounts, savings and retail deposits. Although these accounts can be withdrawn immediately or at short notice, the accounts are considered to form a stable resource of funding because of the broad customer base. The retail funding is, from a geographical point of view, widely spread, with most of the funding located in the euro zone.

The third component of ING’s liquidity strategy is to maintain a broad portfolio of highly marketable assets that can be easily used to bear disruptions in the cash-flow profile. ING has relatively large portfolios of unencumbered marketable assets. These marketable assets can provide liquidity through repurchase agreements or through sale. The majority of ING’s marketable assets are located in the euro zone.

The fourth component of ING’s liquidity strategy is to have adequate and up-to-date contingency funding plans in place throughout the organization. The contingency funding plans are established for addressing temporary and long-term liquidity disruptions caused by a general event in the market or an ING specific event. These plans ensure that all roles and responsibilities are clearly defined and all necessary management information is in place. The main objective of ING’s contingency funding plan is to enable senior management to act effectively and efficiently at times of crisis.

The key focus of the measurement of liquidity within ING is on the periods of one week and one month. Positions are split by type of product and counterparty. All positions with a known maturity date are included in the maturity calendar based on their contractual maturity date. Positions with an unknown maturity date and marketable assets are included as items with a direct liquidity value. Standby facilities, undrawn irrevocable credit facilities, guarantees and other contingent liabilities are also included. The positions in the week and the month categories are weighted under several scenarios. The total available liquidity values are corrected for liquidity surpluses in inconvertible currencies and in locations with restrictions on capital transfer. Most of these inconvertible and intransferable positions are located outside the euro zone. A framework is implemented that sets limits on the overall weekly and monthly liquidity risk positions.

OPERATIONAL RISK

GENERAL

The aim for the Group and local operational risk management departments is to support general management of the business lines, which is responsible for managing operational risk by raising operational risk awareness and insight, increasing operational risk and loss transparency, improving early warning information and allocating risk ownership and responsibilities. This contributes to more stable business processes and lower operational risk costs. Furthermore, implementing an appropriate operational risk management function will prepare ING for the Basel II regulations applicable from December 31, 2006. ING intends to apply for the Advance Measurement Approach, the most sophisticated risk capital charge option available under Basel II.

MEASUREMENT

ING has defined operational risk as the risk of direct or indirect loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. It includes the risk of reputational loss. ING distinguishes the following event types (based on the Basel Committee level 1 and 2 event types):

163


Table of Contents

•   Processing failure
 
•   Control failure
 
•   Unauthorized activities
 
•   Internal crime/fraud
 
•   External crime/fraud
 
•   Information security failure
 
•   Employment practices & workplace safety
 
•   Clients, products and business malpractice
 
•   Business disruption
 
•   System failure

Each of these risks has a related function (e.g. Compliance, IT, Legal, Information Security, Finance, Human Resources, Operations) responsible for the management process and oversight of that risk. Furthermore, operational risk often overlaps with the other risks, such as market risk, credit risk and insurance risk.

Operational risk measurement as calculated in the economic capital model consists of two parts. The first part is a probabilistic model in which a generic capital per business unit is calculated based on an incident loss database and the relative size and inherent risk of the business units. The second part is the scorecard adjustment, which reflects the business unit specific level of ORM implementation. To assess, monitor and manage operational risk, ING has developed a sophisticated framework of activities which includes:

•   Risk awareness programmes and risk & control self assessments;
 
•   Audit finding action tracking and incident reporting and analysis;
 
•   Key-risk indicators reporting and local operational risk committees; and
 
•   New-product reviews.

The maturity of the Operational Risk Management process is measured on an annual basis by a set of five scorecards assessing the ORM-framework activities. The Basel II progress report is also based on these scorecards. In March 2004, the 2003 scorecard panels were evaluated based on supporting evidence. The outcome of the scorecards evaluations for business units led to the following reductions of the economic capital for optional risks in 2004.

Net economic capital for operational risk in 2004

                         
    Net Capital     Scorecard     Net Capital  
    before     add on (+)     after  
    scorecard     reduction (-)     scorecard  
    reduction             reduction  
    (EUR millions)  
Wholesale Banking
    1,319.0       (11.8 %)     1,163.8  
Retail Banking
    482.8       (6.1 %)     453.4  
ING Direct
    242.8       (31.4 %)     166.5  
Corporate items
    10.1       0 %     10.1  
 
                 
ING Bank total
    2,054.7       (12.7 %)     1,793.8  
 
                 

In order to protect ING against financial consequences of uncertain operational events ING has acquired insurance policies issued by third-party insurers, with world-wide cover for (computer) Crime, Professional Liability, Directors & Officers Liability, Employment Practices Liability and Fiduciary Liability. The portion of the risks that ING retains is of a similar magnitude to the risk retained for ING’s property and casualty business-related catastrophe exposures.

ECONOMIC CAPITAL

GENERAL

ING assesses internal capital requirements by using its own risk-based methodologies. ING continues to develop and refine its internal capital models. For ING Bank the economic capital model is used.

MEASUREMENT

Economic capital is defined as the amount of capital required to bear the economic risks created by the activities of the company and at the company’s desired level of comfort. ING Bank uses a one-

164


Table of Contents

sided confidence interval of 99.95% – consistent with our target debt rating (AA/Aa2 long term) – and a one year time horizon.

Economic capital should be available to absorb all future unexpected losses and is calculated for credit, transfer, market, operational and business risk. In 2004, economic capital was calculated for ING Bank in total.

Economic capital break-down by risk category ING Bank at year-end

                 
    2004     2003  
       (EUR billion)
Credit risk (including Transfer risk)
    7.3       7.6  
Market risk
    4.0       3.3  
Operational risk
    1.8       1.8  
Business risk
    1.8       1.8  
 
           
Total
    14.9       14.5  
 
           

The figures shown by risk category reflect all diversification effects, including risk reduction between the risk categories. The diversification effects that arise as a result of combining bank and insurance activities are not taken into account.

Business risk, which is shown in the table as a separate category, is used to cover unexpected losses that may arise as a result of changes in volumes, margins and costs. Business risk can be seen as a result of management strategy (strategic risk) and internal efficiency (cost efficiency risk).

All risks, except for business risk, are subject to an independent control process with a functional reporting line to the Corporate Risk Managers. Although business risk is factored into the planning and budgeting process, business risk is not subject to an independent control process, but is the responsibility of the relevant business units.

Each Corporate Risk Management Department is responsible for the consistency and correctness of the respective methodology, including the calculation of economic capital (and expected loss) and the diversification within the risk type. In 2005 a central database for credit risk will be introduced, to ensure data compliance between the internal capital calculations and data used for Basel II and loan loss provisioning under IFRS.

ING INSURANCE

ACTUARIAL AND UNDERWRITING RISK

GENERAL

ING is engaged in the business of selling life and non-life insurance products. Life products include a broad range of traditional life, unit-linked, annuities, universal life, group life, pension, and guaranteed investment contracts. Non-life products include all lines of non-life business – fire, automobile, accident and health, third-party liability and disability.

Risks from these insurance products arise with respect to the adequacy of insurance premium rate levels and provisions with respect to insurance liabilities and capital position. The risks in these products are primarily market, credit, actuarial, and underwriting risks. ING regularly monitors the adequacy of provisions for the insurance business at a prudent level. ING believes its insurance provisions are adequate.

Actuarial and underwriting risks are managed through product design requirements, risk limitations, and management of concentrations. Underwriting risks are covered in the process whereby applications submitted for insurance coverage are reviewed. The maximum underwriting exposure is limited through exclusions, cover limits, and reinsurance.

165


Table of Contents

MEASUREMENT

ING Group has established actuarial and underwriting risk limits in specific areas of its insurance operations. For our material non-life units (in the Netherlands, Belgium, Canada, Mexico) the risk tolerance is generally set at 2.5% of the Group’s after-tax earnings. For 2004, the amount was set to EUR 160 million pre-tax, consistent with 2003. The assessment of potential losses in this business is done on the basis of 1 in 250 events. With respect to the fire-line of business this assessment is based upon risk assessment models that are widely accepted in the industry. For our smaller non-life units, the risk tolerance level for 2004 was set at EUR 3.8 million pre-tax per event per business unit.

With respect to life business the risk tolerance for events affecting multiple lives is not limited. While life-insurance risks are considered to be naturally diversifiable by virtue of each life being a separate risk, group contracts may result in significant exposures. For new group contracts underwriting guidelines have been revised, particularly for concentrations of risk by city and/or building. ING made its own assessment and believes that the potential loss from a significant mortality event occurring in the normal course of our business will not exceed an amount higher than approximately 12% of the Groups after-tax earnings. This translates into a pre-tax benchmark of EUR 750 million. ING Group’s maximum risk retention per insured life is set at EUR 22 million.

In case of the existence of exposures higher than the risk tolerance as defined above, appropriate procedures are in place, including third-party reinsurance covers. Particularly for the property and casualty portfolio, ING purchases protection through which the exposure due to natural catastrophes is substantially mitigated. ING believes that the credit risks to which it is exposed under reinsurance contracts are minor.

Regarding catastrophic losses arising from man-made events such as terrorism, ING believes that it is not possible to develop a business model that takes into account the possibility of very high losses resulting from man-made events. For our non-life business, losses that result from man-made events are generally not covered unless required by law. In various countries industry pools are established to mitigate the terrorism risk to which the individual insurers are nevertheless still exposed. ING participates in such pools.

CREDIT RISK

GENERAL

ING Insurance is exposed to credit risk through the purchase of fixed income assets in support of insurance liabilities and capital. As with other risk types, the proper balance between risk and return must be managed.

ALCO Insurance sets the constraints for the overall asset allocation of the insurance activities including credit risk. These limits are set by rating class and average credit quality. Issuer limits are determined based on the obligor’s rating and the maximum economic capital at risk. These limits are managed in the region where the parent company is domiciled. In addition each insurance company has one or more investment mandates that specify credit-risk appetite by issuer, type and quality.

MEASUREMENT

For the investment portfolios backing the insurance liabilities, ING’s policy is to maintain a well diversified credit fixed-income investment portfolio across companies and industries. Also, there is a spread across instruments.

166


Table of Contents

Fixed income investment portfolio by instruments

                 
(in percentages)   2004     2003  
Public & private corporate
    36.9 %     39.6 %
ABS, MBS structured
    14.4 %     16.3 %
Governments
    25.3 %     21.1 %
Commercial mortgages
    5.6 %     6.4 %
Residential mortgages
    12.5 %     13.4 %
Cash & Money Market
    1.9 %     1.2 %
Policy loans
    1.9 %     0.6 %
Preferred shares
    1.5 %     1.4 %

The credit exposure of ING Insurance is mainly related to investments in debt securities, private placements and traditional lending to private individuals. Loans to private individuals are mainly mortgage loans secured by residential property. Credit exposure also arises from derivatives, repurchase transactions, securities lending/borrowing and reinsurance contracts used to hedge the portfolio.

The geographical spread of the portfolio reflects both the geographical spread of ING’s insurance activities and the international investments of some insurance companies.

The average credit rating of the general account fixed-income portfolios, as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, is shown in the table below.

Fixed-income investment portfolio by rating class

                 
(in percentages)   2004     2003  
AAA
    36.7 %     36.5 %
AA
    17.0 %     16.8 %
A
    25.4 %     24.6 %
BBB
    17.8 %     18.7 %
BB
    2.4 %     2.5 %
Higher risks
    0.7 %     0.9 %

The rating averages are based on EUR 110 billion (2003 98.4 billion) of general account fixed income assets and exclude residential & commercial mortgages, preferred shares, cash and policy loans.

Debtor Provisioning For credit risks, a provision for loan losses is maintained that is considered adequate to absorb losses arising from the existing insurance investment portfolios. The provisions are reviewed quarterly, and amounted to EUR 170 million at the end of 2004, compared with EUR 178.5 million at the end of 2003.

MARKET RISK

GENERAL

Insurance market risks arise when asset and liability values do not move consistently as financial markets change. These risks are managed through asset-and-liability (ALM) policies and procedures with an ALCO Insurance structure established at both business unit and corporate levels. At ING Group level, CIRM is responsible for implementing and monitoring ALM practices and for consistency in such techniques world-wide. In 2004, CIRM introduced Market Value at Risk as a common ALM risk measure with the intention of determining limits for each business in early 2005.

MEASUREMENT

The risk of loss occurring through adverse changes of prices in the financial markets is quantified in extensive ALM analyses. These ALM analyses are used to determine the adequacy of the assets supporting reserves, to find the optimal asset (investment) mix complementing the (insurance) liabilities, to determine appropriate risk-based capital levels and to quantify market movements effects on the P&L. The market risk of ING Insurance is primarily related to interest rate risk and equity risk

167


Table of Contents

although it also includes real estate and foreign currency risks. The following sections provide analysis of net profit and shareholder equity sensitivities to economic market changes.

ALM Risk — Interest Rate Risk ING’s insurance operations are exposed to interest-rate movements with respect to guaranteed interest rates as interest rates fall and with the need to meet policyholders expectations with respect to interest credited to policies as interest rates change. Asset portfolios backing these insurance liabilities are managed accordingly. The current product portfolio also includes products where interest rate risks are entirely or partially passed on to the policyholder, thereby reducing ING’s exposure to interest movements. Changes in interest rates can impact present and future earnings of the insurance operations and can affect the levels of new sales, surrenders or withdrawals.

Through scenario analyses, ING Insurance measures the potential changes in the expected earnings of the insurance operations over the next 12 months from an instantaneous increase/decrease in interest rates of 1%. These changes to income can relate to investment income, interest paid to policyholders, market-value adjustments, amortization of Deferred Acquisition Costs (“DAC”), sales levels, or any other net-income item that would be affected by interest rate changes. The effect of interest rate changes is different by business line and by product. In addition, ING has estimated the impact to the shareholders equity of ING Insurance from such an instantaneous change in interest rates.

Interest-rate sensitivity

                                                                 
    Effect on ING Insurance                             Effect on ING Insurance  
    net profit                                     Shareholder’ equity  
            2004             2003             2004             2003  
                            (EUR million)                                  
Increase interest rates by 1%
    3 %     72       4 %     95       0 %     5       0 %     6  
Decrease interest rates by 1%
    (3 %)     (78 )     (4 %)     (92 )     0 %     (6 )     0 %     (6 )

The sensitivity represents a one-time increase\decrease in interest rates based on a parallel yield curve shift as of 31 December.

The net profit sensitivity reflects the related effect on net income for the following year.

The most significant interest rate risk within ING’s insurance businesses exists in Taiwan where ING has material exposure to a sustained low interest rate environment. This is due to long term interest rate guarantees of 6-8% embedded in the life contracts sold by the business until 2001. Since 2002, ING has changed the design of its Taiwan life insurance products, strengthened reserves by EUR 50-100 million annually, and increased the internal capital allocation for this business.

ALM Risk — Equity Risk ING’s insurance operations are exposed to movements in equity markets on two levels: 1) those business units that have direct equity holdings in their general accounts; and 2) those products where the revenues to the insurance operations are linked to the value of underlying equity funds, since this has an impact on the level of charges deducted for unit-linked and variable business.

Through scenario analyses, ING Insurance measures the potential changes in the expected earnings of the insurance operations over the next 12 months resulting from an instantaneous increase/decrease in equity markets of 10%. These changes to income can relate to fee income, unrealized or realized gains and losses, amortization of DAC, sales levels, or any other net-income item that would be affected by a substantial change to equity markets. The effect of equity market changes is different by business line and by product. For 2004, net profit is less sensitive to equity movements due to an accounting change primarily impacting separate account products in the United States. In addition, ING has estimated the impact to the December 31, shareholders equity of ING Insurance from such a change in equity markets.

168


Table of Contents

Equity sensitivity

                                                                 
    Effect on ING Insurance     Effect on ING Insurance  
    net profit     Shareholder’s equity  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
    (EUR million)  
Increase of equity of 10%
    1 %     29       3 %     77       5 %     863       5 %     925  
Decrease of equity of 10%
    (1 %)     (23 )     (3 %)     (80 )     (5 %)     (857 )     (5 %)     (930 )

The sensitivity represents a one-time increase\decrease in equity markets as of December 31.

The net profit sensitivity reflects the related effect on net income for the following year.

ALM Risk — Foreign Exchange Risk Foreign-exchange risk in the investments backing ING’s insurance liabilities is dealt with in the investment-management processes. An immaterial portion of the investment portfolio backing insurance liabilities is invested in assets of a different currency than the liabilities.

Locally required capital levels are invested in local currencies in order to satisfy regulatory requirements and to support local insurance business regardless of currency movements. These capital levels may affect the consolidated balance sheet when translated to euros. Depending on hedging costs and the capital exposure, ING may hedge the capital over locally required margins. The sensitivity to net profit and shareholder equity have been estimated and are shown in the accompanying table.

Foreign currency sensitivity

                                                                 
    Effect on ING Insurance     Effect on ING Insurance  
    net profit     Shareholder’s equity  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
    (EUR million)  
10% Increase of Euro versus all other currencies
    (5 %)     (132 )     (6 %)     (114 )     (6 %)     (1,041 )     (5 %)     (986 )
10% Decrease of Euro versus all other currencies
    7 %     162       7 %     140       7 %     1,271       7 %     1,204  

The sensitivity represents a one-time increase\decrease in the Euro as of December 31.

The net profit sensitivity reflects the related effect on net income for the following year.

ALM Risk — Real Estate Risk Real Estate risk exists in some of the investment portfolios of ING Insurance, most significantly in the Netherlands. ING Insurance is exposed to the risk of decreasing real estate prices to the extent these cannot be shared with contract holders in participating insurance plans. Through scenario analyses ING Insurance measures the potential changes in the expected earnings of the insurance operations over the next 12 months resulting from an instantaneous increase/decrease in real estate markets of 10%. In addition, ING has estimated the impact to the year-end shareholders equity of ING Insurance from such a change in real estate markets.

Real Estate sensitivity

                                                                 
    Effect on ING Insurance                         Effect on ING Insurance          
    net profit                         Shareholder’s equity          
            2004             2003             2004             2003  
    (EUR million)
Increase of real estate of 10%
    0 %     0       0 %     0       3 %     595       3 %     623  
Decrease of real estate of 10%
    0 %     (1 )     0 %     (2 )     (3 %)     (595 )     (3 %)     (621 )

The sensitivity represents a one-time increase\decrease in real estate markets as of December 31.

The net profit sensitivity reflects the related effect on net income for the following year.

169


Table of Contents

Liquidity Risk Liquidity problems arise if an insurance business does not have enough cash or liquid assets to meet its cash obligations. Demands for funds can usually be met through ongoing normal operations, premiums received, the sale of assets or borrowing. Unexpected demands for liquidity may be triggered by a credit-rating downgrade, negative publicity, deterioration of the economy, reports of problems of other companies in the same or similar lines of business, significant unanticipated policy claims, or other unexpected cash demands from policyholders.

Liquidity risk decreases as the time frame allowed for generating cash increases. Longer time frames allow for more assets to mature and increase the probability of finding a buyer for some of the company’s non-maturing or less liquid assets or securing external financing. Expected liquidity demands within ING Insurance are managed through a combination of treasury, investment and asset-liability management guidelines, which are monitored on an ongoing basis. Unexpected liquidity demands are managed through a combination of product design, diversification limits on liabilities, investment strategy, systematic monitoring and advance contingency planning. During 2003, Corporate Insurance Risk Management issued formal guidelines requiring all insurance businesses to regularly assess, monitor and report on their liquidity risk profile. The guidelines require an analysis of liabilities that increase liquidity risk, a review of the investment portfolio to ensure adequate liquidity, and analysis of the expected asset-and-liability cash flows in regards to the ability of the business to meet cash demands.

OPERATIONAL RISK

GENERAL

For information about ING’s operational risk framework we refer to the section under ING Bank.

Although not required for regulatory purposes ING has decided internally that ING Insurance will also adhere to the new Basel II regulations with respect to operational risk management.

MEASUREMENT

The ING Insurance units are increasingly making progress on Operational Risk Management implementation in all regions. The maturity of the Operational Risk Management process is measured on an annual basis by a set of 5 scorecards assessing the ORM-framework activities. In March 2004 the 2003 scorecard panels were evaluated based on supporting evidence. These scorecards have been translated in capital reductions only on a pilot basis for ING Insurance. In 2005 ING Insurance will migrate to a quarterly economic capital calculation for operational risks.

CAPITAL

GENERAL

ING assesses internal capital requirements by using its own risk based methodologies. The capital model is developed to measure the amount of capital ING believes is necessary to be considered an AA-rated insurance business.

During 2004, ING further refined its internal model by which to allocate capital to the business lines. This capital formula is based on asset and liability factors with adjustments to provide additional calibrations to internal economic capital results. This capital formula does not calculate economic capital, but is considered to be a conservative estimate of economic capital for the ING insurance businesses in total. ING expects to continue to refine economic capital models and to potentially move to those in the future.

MEASUREMENT

ING believes that its new internal insurance capital model is a significant improvement over current EU capital requirements as more risk factors are considered. The results of the internal capital model indicate that ING Insurance has more assets than required.

170


Table of Contents

Item 12. Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities

Not applicable.

PART II.

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

None.

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

None.

Item 15. Controls and Procedures

On February 9, 2005, an evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report. There have been no significant changes in the Company’s internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls over financial reporting subsequent to February 9, 2005.

Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert

ING Group’s Supervisory Board has determined that ING Group has two financial experts serving on its Audit Committee. These two financial experts are Messrs. Hoffmann and Jacobs. Both have gathered their experience by serving as executive officers and on the Boards of international conglomerates, Mr. Hoffmann serving as the CFO of Robert Bosch GmbH, Mr. Jacobs serving as chairman and CEO of ING Group.

Item 16B. Code of Ethics

ING Group has adopted a code of ethics, called the ING’s Business Principles, which apply to all our employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and our principal accounting officer. These Business Principles have undergone minor changes to adapt them to the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 as a code of ethics for certain officers. A copy of the Business Principles (the code of ethics), is herewith filed with the SEC as Exhibit 16 to this Annual Report. The Business Principles also have been posted on ING Group’s website at www.ing.com, under the heading “Corporate Responsibility” followed by “ING in Society”. During the most recently completed fiscal year no waivers, explicit or implicit, from these Business Principles have been granted to any of the officers described above.

Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

In 2004 and 2003, Ernst & Young served as the principal external auditing firm for ING Groep N.V. and its subsidiaries. Ernst & Young did not serve as principal auditor of the consolidated financial statements of ING Bank N.V., a wholly owned subsidiary. KPMG Accountants N.V. has served as the principal external auditing firm for ING Bank N.V. Fees payable to both Ernst & Young and KPMG in 2004 and 2003 are detailed below (in EUR millions).

171


Table of Contents

                 
    Year ended     Year ended  
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2004     2003  
Ernst & Young   EUR     EUR  
Audit fees
    20       17  
Audit-related fees
    3       3  
Tax fees
    3       2  
All other fees
    1       3  
 
           
Total
    27       25  
 
           
                 
    Year ended     Year ended  
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2004     2003  
KPMG   EUR     EUR  
Audit fees
    20       15  
Audit-related fees
    4       2  
Tax fees
    2       24  
All other fees
    4       4  
 
           
Total
    30       23  
 
           
                 
    Year ended     Year ended  
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2004     2003  
Total   EUR     EUR  
Audit fees
    40       32  
Audit-related fees
    7       5  
Tax fees
    5       4  
All other fees
    5       7  
 
           
Total
    57       48  
 
           

Audit fees

Audit fees were paid for professional services rendered by the auditors for the audit of the consolidated financial statements of ING Group and the statutory financial statements of ING’s subsidiaries or services provided in connection with the audit of Form 20-F and other filings for regulatory and supervisory purposes as well as the review on interim financial statements.

Audit-related fees

Audit-related fees were paid for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the consolidated financial statements and are not reported under the audit fee item above. These services consisted primarily of IT audits, work performed relating to comfort letters issued in connection with prospectuses, audit of SEC product filings, advice on accounting matters and progress review on IFRS and Sarbanes-Oxley projects.

Tax fees

Tax fees were paid for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning professional services. These services consisted of: tax compliance including the review of original and amended tax returns, assistance with questions regarding tax audits, the preparation of employee tax returns under the ING’s expatriate tax services program and tax planning and advisory services relating to common forms of domestic and international taxation (i.e., income tax, capital tax and value added tax).

All other fees

Fees disclosed in the table above under “all other fees” were paid for products and services other than the audit fees, audit-related fees and tax fees described above, and consisted primarily of non-recurring support and advisory services.

172


Table of Contents

Pre-approval policies and procedures

The Audit Committee has a policy in place, which is established to ensure the independence of ING’s external auditors, both in fact and in appearance. In the frame of external auditor’s independence, the policy distinguishes 4 types of services: (1) audit services, (2) audit related services, (3) non-audit services and (4) prohibited services (as prescribed in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002).

A recently revised pre-approval procedure forms part of the independence policy. ING has to comply to the pre-approval procedure in the case ING intends to engage it’s external auditors to provide audit, audit related or non-audit services. The ING pre-approval procedure consists of a general pre-approval procedure and a specific pre-approval procedure.

General pre-approval procedure

Both Ernst & Young and KPMG may only provide permitted non-audit services to ING Group and its subsidiaries with permission of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee shall separately pre-approve audit, audit-related and non-audit services to be provided by ING’s external audit firms on an annual basis, provided that the annual amount for such pre-approved services may not be exceeded. Throughout the year the external audit firms and Corporate Audit Services will monitor the realization of the pre-approved amounts. The external auditors will provide the Audit Committee with a full overview of all services provided to ING, including related fees, supported by sufficiently detailed information. This overview will semi-annually be evaluated by the Audit Committee.

Specific pre-approval procedure

In addition to the general pre-approval procedure, on a case-by-case basis, each audit-related and non-audit engagement that is expected to generate fees in excess of EUR 100,000 and all further audit-related and non-audit related engagements over and above the pre-approved amounts have to be pre-approved. More details on ING’s policy regarding external auditor’s independence are published on the Internet site of ING (www.ing.com).

In 2004, 100% of each of the audit related services, tax services and all other services were pre-approved. No engagement required specific pre-approval by the Audit Committee in 2004.

Item 16E Purchases of Registered Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

                                 
            Number     Average     Purchased   Maximum
            x 1000     price     Publicly Announced   number of Shares
                    in euros     Plans Or Programs   that may be
                                Purchased
Purchases:
                               
January
  1/1/04 -   1/31/04                   NA   NA
February
  2/1/04 -   2/29/04     400       20.22          
March
  3/1/04 -   3/31/04                        
April
  4/1/04 -   4/30/04                        
May
  5/1/04 -   5/31/04                        
June
  6/1/04 -   6/30/04     656       18.13          
July
  7/1/04 -   7/31/04                        
August
  8/1/04 -   8/31/04     400       18.55          
September
  9/1/04 -   9/30/04     592       20.09          
October
  10/1/04 -   10/31/04                        
November
  11/1/04 -   11/30/04     900       20.87          
December
  12/1/04 -   12/31/04                        
 
                               
 
                               
Total(1)
            2,948       19.70          
 
                               


(1)   This table excludes market-making and related hedging purchases by ING Group. The table also excludes ING Group shares purchased by investments funds managed by ING Group for clients in accordance with specified investment strategies that are established by each individual fund manager acting independently of ING Group.

173


Table of Contents

For movements in the number of depositary receipts for Ordinary shares held by ING Group N.V. and its subsidiaries to hedge the option rights granted to the Executive Board and other employees, reference is made to page F-87.

PART III.

Item 18. Financial Statements

See pages F-1 to F-134 and the Schedules on F-143 to F-146

Item 19. Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report:

     
Exhibit 1.1
  Articles of Association of ING Groep N.V.
 
   
Exhibit 1.2
  Amended and Restated Trust Agreement (English Translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of ING Group N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 31, 2004)
 
   
Exhibit 2.1
  Subordinated Indenture between the Company and The Bank of New York, dated July 18, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of ING Group N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2002, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 27, 2003)
 
   
Exhibit 2.2
  First Supplemental Indenture, dated July 18, 2002 between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of ING Group N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 30, 2004)
 
   
Exhibit 2.3
  Second Supplemental Indenture, dated December 6, 2002 between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of ING Group N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 30, 2004)
 
   
Exhibit 2.4
  Third Supplemental Indenture, dated October 28, 2003 between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of ING Group N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 30, 2004)
 
   
Exhibit 4.1
  Form of Employment Contract for Members of the Executive Board (English translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of ING Group N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2002, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 27, 2003)
 
   
Exhibit 7
  Statement regarding Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 
   
Exhibit 8
  List of Subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V.
 
   
Exhibit 10.1
  Consent of Ernst & Young Accountants
 
   
Exhibit 10.2
  Consent of KPMG Accountants
 
   
Exhibit 10.3
  Consent of Ernst & Young Reviseurs d’Enterprises S.C.C.
 
   
Exhibit 12.1
  Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

174


Table of Contents

     
 
   
Exhibit 12.2
  Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
   
Exhibit 13.1
  Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxly Act of 2002
 
   
Exhibit 13.2
  Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxly Act of 2002
 
   
Exhibit 16
  ING’s Business Principles (Code of Ethics)

175


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

         
 
  ING GROEP N.V.    
  (Registrant)    
 
       
  By: /s/ Cees Maas    
 
   
  Name: Cees Maas    
  Title: Chief Financial Officer    

Date: April 13, 2005

176


Table of Contents

This page is intentionally left blank.

177


Table of Contents

This page is intentionally left blank.

178


Table of Contents

INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     
  F – 2
 
   
  F – 3
 
   
  F – 4
 
   
  F – 5
 
   
  F – 6
 
   
  F – 7
 
   
  F – 20
 
   
  F – 21
 
   
  F – 39
 
   
  F – 55
 
   
  F – 67
 
   
  F – 82
 
   
  F – 83
 
   
  F – 83
 
   
  F – 83
 
   
  F – 84
 
   
  F – 93
 
   
  F – 108
 
   
  F – 135
 
   
  F – 136
 
   
  F – 137
 
   
  F – 143
 
   
  F – 144
 
   
  F – 145
 
   
  F – 146

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Supervisory Board and the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ING Groep N.V. (“ING Group” or “the Company”) as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated profit and loss accounts, consolidated statements of comprehensive net profit and consolidated statements of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004. Our audits also included the financial statement schedules listed in the Index at Item 18. These financial statements and schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedules based on our audits. We did not serve as principal auditor of the consolidated financial statements of ING Bank N.V., a wholly owned subsidiary. In our position we did not audit capital base, as defined in note 2.18.7 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements, constituting 43% in 2004 and 41% in 2003 and net profit constituting 30% in 2004, 23% in 2003 and 9% in 2002 of the related consolidated totals of ING Groep N.V. These data were reported on by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to data included for ING Bank N.V. is based solely on the report of the other auditors.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financing reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedure that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts (including the conversion of the financial statements of ING Group to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and the conversion of the financial statements of ING Belgium S.A./N.V. to accounting principles generally accepted in the Netherlands) and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits and the report of the other auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, based on our audits and the report of the other auditors, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the ING Group as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the consolidated results of its operations, its comprehensive net profits and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the Netherlands. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

Accounting principles generally accepted in the Netherlands vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in Note 6 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

As discussed in Notes 1.2 and 1.3 of the Notes to the consolidated financial statements, in 2004 the Company changed its method of accounting for certain life and annuity contracts and the manner in which it reports premium income and underwriting expenditure related to guaranteed investment contracts.

Amsterdam, the Netherlands
April 13, 2005

/s/ Ernst & Young Accountants

F-2


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET OF ING GROUP AS AT DECEMBER 31,

Before profit appropriation
                 
    Amounts in millions of euros  
    2004     2003  
ASSETS
               
Tangible fixed assets (2.1)
    1,252       1,311  
Participating interests (2.2)
    3,304       3,167  
Investments (2.3)
    398,014       335,003  
Lending (2.4)
    317,466       292,556  
Banks (2.5)
    57,300       61,060  
Cash (2.6)
    8,807       11,738  
Other assets (2.7)
    58,910       53,473  
Accrued assets (2.8)
    21,148       20,463  
 
           
Total
    866,201       778,771  
 
           
 
               
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
               
 
               
Shareholders’ equity (2.9)
    25,866       21,331  
Preference shares of group companies (2.10)
    1,283       1,783  
Third-party interests
    2,212       1,730  
 
           
Group equity
    29,361       24,844  
 
               
Subordinated loans (2.11)
    4,109       3,252  
 
           
 
    33,470       28,096  
 
               
General provisions (2.12)
    3,002       2,740  
Insurance provisions (2.13)
    210,107       198,035  
Funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations (2.14)
    435,907       377,824  
Banks (2.15)
    112,797       102,115  
Other liabilities (2.16)
    62,173       61,123  
Accrued liabilities (2.17)
    8,745       8,838  
 
           
Total
    866,201       778,771  
 
           

The numbers against the items refer to the notes starting on page F-21.

F-3


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT OF ING GROUP

For the years ended December 31,
                         
      Amounts in millions of euros  
    2004     2003     2002  
Premium income (3.1.1)
    43,617       41,192       46,816  
Income from investments of the insurance operations (3.1.2)
    10,371       9,523       11,716  
Interest result from the banking operations (3.1.3)
    8,850       8,166       7,702  
Commission (3.1.4)
    3,782       3,777       3,960  
Other income (3.1.5)
    1,784       2,108       1,722  
 
                 
Total income
    68,404       64,766       71,916  
 
                       
Underwriting expenditure (3.2.1)
    45,384       43,396       49,107  
Other interest expenses (3.2.2)
    1,019       1,124       1,288  
Salaries, pension and social security costs (3.2.3)
    7,744       7,429       7,551  
Additions to the provision for loan losses
    465       1,125       1,435  
Additions to the provision for investment losses (3.2.4)
    32       163       664  
Other expenses (3.2.5)
    5,751       5,652       5,950  
 
                 
Total expenditure
    60,395       58,889       65,995  
 
               
 
                 
Profit before tax
    8,009       5,877       5,921  
 
                       
Taxation (3.3)
    1,769       1,490       1,089  
 
                 
Profit after tax
    6,240       4,387       4,832  
 
                       
Third-party interests
    272       344       332  
 
                 
Net profit for the period
    5,968       4,043       4,500  
 
                 
 
            Amounts in euros  
Net profit per share (3.4)
                       
Basic profit per share
    2.80       2.00       2.32  
Diluted profit per share
    2.80       2.00       2.32  
 
                       
Dividend per ordinary share (3.5)
    1.07       0.97       0.97  

The numbers against the items refer to the notes starting on page F-55.

F-4


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF
COMPREHENSIVE NET PROFIT OF ING GROUP

For the years ended December 31,
                         
            Amounts in millions of euros  
    2004     2003     2002  
Net profit for the period
    5,968       4,043       4,500  
 
                       
Other components of comprehensive net profit:
                       
– unrealized revaluations (1)
    1,008       528       (3,343 )
– exchange differences (2)
    (966 )     (1,123 )     (1,041 )
 
                 
Net profit not recognized in the consolidated profit and loss account
    42       (595 )     (4,384 )
 
                       
Realized revaluations released to the profit and loss account
    (932 )     (258 )     (1,051 )
 
                 
Comprehensive net profit for the period
    5,078       3,190       (935 )
 
                 


(1)   In 2004, deferred taxes with regard to unrealized revaluations amounted to EUR 20 million (2003: EUR (9) million; 2002: EUR (62) million).
 
(2)   In 2004, deferred taxes with regard to exchange differences amounted to EUR 191 million (2003: EUR (73) million; 2002: EUR (32) million).

Comprehensive net profit for the period includes all movements in shareholders’ equity during the year, except for the cumulative effect of changes in the principles of valuation and determination of results and those resulting from the write-off of goodwill, the enlargement of share capital and distributions to shareholders.

Realized revaluations previously recognized in shareholders’ equity are released from shareholders’ equity to the profit and loss account. As these revaluations have already been included in comprehensive net profit of the year under report and previous years, under the caption unrealized revaluations, and are also included in net profit for the period in the year of realization, these realized results are adjusted in the comprehensive net profit for the period.

F-5


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS OF ING GROUP

For the years ended December 31,
                         
    Amounts in millions of euros  
    2004     2003(1)     2002  
Profit before tax:
    8,009       5,877       5,921  
Adjusted for :
                       
– depreciation
    499       625       993  
– movements in deferred acquisition costs of insurance business
    (858 )     (783 )     (914 )
– increase in insurance provisions
    13,244       24,563       7,444  
– additions to the provision for loan losses
    465       1,125       1,435  
– other
    3,357       (2,910 )     (3,299 )
Loans and advances granted/repaid
    (33,453 )     (9,233 )     (30,277 )
Trading portfolio purchases/sales (incl. securities and property)
    (5,641 )     (6,281 )     2,715  
Net investment in tangible fixed assets
    (457 )     (486 )     (321 )
Taxation
    (1,163 )     (1,118 )     (381 )
Movements in :
                       
– funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations
    67,414       62,847       45,580  
– banks, not available on demand
    20,780       (8,463 )     (5,895 )
– other receivables, prepayments and accrued assets
    (259 )     1,657       4,534  
– other liabilities and accruals
    4,145       (2,715 )     (1,513 )
 
                 
Net cash flow from operating activities (4.1)
    76,082       64,705       26,022  
 
                       
Investments and advances:
                       
– participating interests
    (2,688 )     (658 )     (1,584 )
– investments in shares and property
    (6,323 )     (6,599 )     (8,805 )
– investments in fixed-interest securities
    (279,265 )     (326,438 )     (295,121 )
– other investments
    (266 )     (507 )     (262 )
Disposals and redemptions:
                       
– participating interests
    1,641       911       276  
– investments in shares and property
    6,936       8,377       11,361  
– investments in fixed-interest securities
    213,246       273,769       260,725  
– other investments
    406       158       41  
Net investment for risk of policyholders
    (7,291 )     (14,571 )     6,813  
 
                 
Net cash flow from investing activities (4.2)
    (73,604 )     (65,558 )     (26,556 )
 
                       
Subordinated loans of group companies
    1,000       1,181       3,651  
Bonds, loans contracted and deposits by reinsurers
    807       (221 )     419  
Private placements of ordinary shares
    554       44       438  
Private placements of preference shares of group companies
    (410 )                
Issue of shares
    483       901          
Movements in shares ING Groep N.V.
    (34 )     (5 )     653  
Cash dividends
    (882 )     (927 )     (1,977 )
 
                 
Net cash flow from financing activities
    1,518       973       3,184  
 
                       
Net cash flow
    3,996       120       2,650  
Cash at beginning of year
    7,338       7,830       4,681  
Exchange differences
    (43 )     (612 )     499  
 
                 
Cash at year-end
    11,291       7,338       7,830  
 
                       
Cash comprises the following items:
                       
Short-dated government paper
    12,382       6,521       8,398  
Bank deposits available on demand
    (9,898 )     (10,921 )     (11,989 )
Cash and bank balances and call money of the insurance operations
    8,807       11,738       11,421  
 
                 
Cash at year-end
    11,291       7,338       7,830  
 
                 


(1)   Restated to better reflect the impact of exchange differences on the net cash flow.

The numbers against the items refer to the notes starting on page F-82.

F-6


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise

1.   ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES FOR THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AND PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT OF ING GROUP

1.1. Consolidation principles

ING Group comprises ING Groep N.V., ING Verzekeringen N.V., ING Bank N.V. and their group companies. The consolidated financial statements of ING Group include the financial statements of all companies that form an organizational and economic entity and which are controlled by ING Group. Control is presumed to exist when ING Group has, directly or indirectly through group companies, more than one half of the voting power or otherwise exercises effective control. The financial statements of these group companies are consolidated in full on a line-by-line basis, using uniform accounting principles. Third-party interests are presented separately in the consolidated balance sheet and profit and loss account.

The financial data of joint ventures are included in proportion to the group’s interest where it is relevant to the understanding of ING Group’s shareholders’ equity and results. Intercompany financial relationships between the insurance and the banking operations ensuing from financing commitments are eliminated.

The parent company profit and loss account has been drawn up in accordance with Section 402, Book 2, of the Dutch Civil Code. A list containing the information referred to in Section 379 (1) and Section 414, Book 2, of the Dutch Civil Code has been filed with the office of the Commercial Register of Amsterdam, in accordance with Section 379 (5), Book 2, of the Dutch Civil Code.

1.2. Changes in principles of valuation and determination of results

Starting January 1, 2004, ING adopted the US GAAP accounting standard “Statement of Position 03-1: Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Non-Traditional Long-Duration Contracts and for Separate Accounts” for both its Dutch and US accounting. SOP 03-1 requires the establishment of benefit reserves for annuity contracts, such as guaranteed minimum death benefits, and affects the timing of profit recognition of universal life contracts.

ING already held adequate reserves for guaranteed minimum death benefits with variable annuities, so the impact for ING mainly relates to the timing of the profit recognition in universal life contracts in the US.

This accounting change resulted in an EUR 91 million after-tax reduction in Shareholders’ equity.

1.3. Changes in presentation

Guaranteed Investment Contracts

As from 2004, Guaranteed Investment Contracts (GICs) are no longer included in Premium income and Underwriting expenditure, to bring reporting in line with the practice at other insurers. Premium income and underwriting expenditure related to these contracts are no longer included in revenues respectively expenses, only the spread is included in the profit and loss account. The comparative figures have been adjusted accordingly.

F-7


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

1.4. Changes in the composition of the group

Impact most significant changes in composition of the group:

                                                 
    Before     After             Before     After        
    acquisition/     acquisition/     2004     acquisition/     acquisition/     2003  
    disposal     disposal     Impact     disposal     disposal     Impact  
Assets
    879,012       866,201       (12,811 )     773,148       778,771       5,623  
Liabilities
    853,276       840,335       (12,941 )     751,826       757,440       5,614  
Shareholders’ equity
    25,736       25,866       130       21,322       21,331       9  
Net profit for the period
    5,913       5,968       55       3,923       4,043       120  

The impact of a change in the composition of the group is defined as the change in assets, liabilities, shareholders’ equity or net profit resulting from the acquisition or disposal of a group company, compared to the situation where no acquisition or disposal took place. The impact is included in the financial year in which the acquisition or disposal took place.

In 2004, ING Group sold the most of the German banking units of ING BHF-Bank. The transaction includes ING BHF-Bank’s asset management, private banking, financial markets and core corporate banking business. The value of the transaction amounted to EUR 600 million.

In 2004, ING Group acquired Allianz’s property and casualty insurance operations in Canada. The goodwill amounted to EUR 48 million and is charged to Shareholders’ equity.

In 2004, ING Group reduced its shareholding in ING Canada Inc from 100% to 72.9% by an initial public offering of 34,880,000 common shares of ING Canada Inc. The gross proceeds amounted to EUR 552 million. In 2005, the underwriting syndicate exercised its option to buy an additional 5,232,000 common shares, bringing back the shareholding of ING Group to 70%.

In 2004, ING Group signed a co-insurance agreement with Scottish Re regarding its individual life reinsurance business in the United States. Under this agreement, all assets of the business will be transferred to Scottish Re while the liabilities related to the business will be reinsured through Scottish Re. Under the agreement ING Group paid a ceding commission amounting to EUR 450 million.

In 2004, ING Group acquired the Dutch real estate fund Rodamco Asia. As a result, the fund was delisted from Euronext in Amsterdam and will be delisted from the Frankfurt Stock Exchange in 2005. The goodwill amounted to EUR 22 million and is charged to Shareholders’ equity.

In 2004, ING Group sold its 100% subsidiary CenE Bankiers to Van Lanschot. CenE Bankiers is specialized in commercial and private banking in the Netherlands. The value of the transaction amounted to EUR 250 million.

In 2004, ING Group acquired Mercator Bank, a Belgium medium-sized savings bank. The negative goodwill amounted to EUR 26 million and is added to Shareholders’ equity.

In 2004, ING Group sold its Asian cash equities business to Macquarie Bank. The cash equities business comprises sales, trading, research and equity capital markets operations.

In 2004, ING Group sold its non-life insurance business in Australia to QBE Insurance Group. The value of the transaction amounted to EUR 431 million.

In 2003, ING Group acquired a 100% stake in Entrium, Germany’s second largest direct Bank. ING

F-8


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Group acquired Entrium from Fineco/Capitalia (Italy). The goodwill amounted to EUR 100 million and is charged to Shareholders’ equity.

In 2003, ING Group sold its 99% shareholding in Fatum, an insurance company in the Netherlands Antilles and Aruba to Guardian Holdings Limited. The value of the transaction amounted to EUR 45 million.

In 2003, ING Group acquired an additional 30% stake in DiBa (Allgemeine Deutsche Direktbank) from BGAG, the investment company of a number of German trade unions. In this way, ING owns all shares in DiBa. The goodwill amounted to EUR 9 million and is charged to Shareholders’ equity.

In 2003, ING Group sold its 49% shareholding in Seguros Bital to Grupo Financiero Bital S.A. The value of the transaction was EUR 126 million. The result on the sale amounted to EUR 44 million.

In 2003, ING Group sold ING Sviluppo and the affiliated Italian life insurance, asset management and private banking activities to UniCredito Italiano and Aviva. The value of the transaction was EUR 170 million. The result on the sale amounted to EUR 71 million.

1.5. Critical accounting policies

ING Group has identified the accounting policies that are most critical to its business operations and the understanding of its results. These critical accounting policies are those which involve the most complex or subjective decisions or assessments, and relate to insurance provisions and deferred acquisition costs, provisions for loan losses, the determination of the fair values of financial assets and liabilities, and the determination of impairments. In each case, the determination of these items is fundamental to the financial condition and results of operations, and requires management to make complex judgements based on information and financial data that may change in future periods. As a result, determinations regarding these items necessarily involve the use of assumptions and subjective judgements as to future events and are subject to change, as the use of different assumptions or data could produce materially different results. For a further discussion of the application of these accounting policies, reference is made to the applicable notes to the consolidated financial statements and the information below.

Insurance provisions and DAC

Insurance provisions represent estimates of future payouts that will be required in respect of life and non-life insurance claims, including expenses relating to such claims.

Insurance provisions on traditional life policies are calculated using various assumptions, including assumptions on mortality, morbidity, expenses, investment returns and surrenders. Assumptions for insurance provisions on traditional life insurance contracts, including traditional whole life and term life insurance contracts, are based on best estimate assumptions including margins for adverse deviations. The assumptions are set initially at the policy issue date and remain constant throughout the life of the policy, except in case of loss recognition.

Insurance provisions for universal life, variable life and annuity contracts, unit linked contracts, etc. are generally set equal to the balance that accrues to the benefit of the policyholders. Certain variable annuity products contain minimum guarantees on the amounts payable upon death and/or maturity. The insurance provisions include the impact of these minimum guarantees, taking into account the difference between the potential minimum benefit payable and the total account balance, expected mortality and surrender.

Claims reserves on non-life insurance are determined on a case-by-case basis, based on the facts known at the time provisions are established, and are periodically adjusted to recognize the estimated ultimate cost of a claim. In addition, so-called “IBNR” reserves are set to recognize the estimated cost of losses that have occurred but which have not yet been notified.

Deferred acquisition costs (DAC) are an asset and represent costs of acquiring insurance business that are deferred and amortized. The deferred costs, all of which vary with and are primarily related to the production of new and renewal business, consist principally of commissions, certain underwriting

F-9


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

and contract issuance expenses, and certain agency expenses. DAC is amortized over the life of the underlying contracts. Included in DAC is also Value of Business Acquired (VOBA), which is in nature similar to DAC. VOBA is an asset that represents the present value of estimated net cash flows embedded in the contracts of an acquired company, which existed at the time the company was acquired by ING Group.

For traditional life insurance contracts DAC is amortized over the premium payment period in proportion to the premium revenue recognition.

For flexible life insurance contracts DAC is amortized over the lives of the policies in relation to the emergence of estimated gross profits. Amortization is adjusted retrospectively when estimates of current or future gross profits to be realized from a group of products are revised. The estimates and the assumptions are reassessed at the end of each reporting period. For DAC on flexible insurance contracts the approach is that in determining the estimate of future gross profits ING assumes the short-term and long-term separate account growth rate assumption to be the same. The growth rate assumption is currently 8.5% gross (7.5% net). Higher/lower expected profits – e.g. reflecting stock market performance and a changed level of assets under management – may cause a lower/higher amortization of DAC due to the catch-up of amortization in old and future years. This process is known as DAC unlocking. The impact of the DAC unlocking is recorded in the profit and loss account of the period in which the unlocking occurs.

The adequacy of the Provision for life policy liabilities net of DAC and VOBA is evaluated each year, using a prudent confidence level. If it is determined using a best estimate (50%) confidence level that a shortfall exists at a business unit, it is immediately recorded in the profit and loss account.

In each case, the establishment of insurance provisions and DAC is an inherently uncertain process, involving assumptions about factors such as court decisions, changes in laws, social, economic and demographic trends, inflation, investment returns and other factors, and, in the life insurance business, assumptions concerning mortality and morbidity trends.

Provisions for loan losses

Management regularly assesses the adequacy of the provisions for loan losses by performing ongoing evaluations of the loan portfolio. A formal analysis of specifically identified loans takes place every quarter, including evaluation of economic risks associated with each loan, the current financial condition of the borrower, the economic environment in which the borrower operates, the level of delinquent loans and the value of collateral. Credit ratings are assigned to the borrowers by allocating all outstanding loans into various Risk Rating categories on a regular basis.

In determining the amount of the provisions, corporate loans are assessed on a case-by-case basis and the following factors are considered:

-   the financial standing of the customer, including a realistic assessment of the likelihood of repayment of the loan within an acceptable period and the extent of ING Group’s commitments to the customer;
 
-   the realizable value of any security for the loan;
 
-   the costs associated with obtaining repayment and realization of any such security.

For certain homogeneous groups of small personal and corporate loans, provisions are assessed using statistical techniques.

ING Group also maintains an unallocated provision for loan losses that is required to adequately capture various subjective and judgmental aspects of credit risk assessment that are not considered on an individual basis. Considerable judgement is exercised in determining the extent of the provision and is based on the management’s evaluation of the risk in the portfolio, current economic conditions, loss experience in recent years and credit and geographical concentration trends. Changes in such judgements and analyses may lead to changes in provisions over time.

Fair value of financial assets and liabilities

Fair value determinations for financial assets and liabilities are based generally on listed market prices or broker or dealer price quotations. If prices are not readily determinable or if liquidating the positions is reasonably expected to affect market prices, fair value is based on either internal valuation models or management’s estimate of amounts that could be realized under current market conditions, assuming an orderly liquidation over a reasonable period of time. Certain financial instruments,

F-10


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

including OTC derivative instruments, are valued using pricing models that consider, among other factors, contractual and market prices, correlations, time value, credit, yield curve volatility factors and/or prepayment rates of the underlying positions. The use of different pricing models and assumptions could produce materially different estimates of fair value.

Impairments

The carrying value of all assets is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The identification of impairment and the determination of the recoverable amount are an inherently uncertain process involving various assumptions and factors, including the financial condition of the counterparty, expected future cash flows, observable market prices and expected net selling prices. The determination of impairment is specifically relevant to the investments in equity securities and fixed interest securities.

In order to determine whether negative revaluations on equity securities represent impairment, all equity securities for which the market value has been significantly below cost price for a considerable period of time are individually reviewed. A distinction is made between negative revaluations due to general market fluctuations and due to issuer-specific developments. The impairment review focuses on issuer specific developments regarding financial condition and future prospects, taking into account the intent and ability to hold the securities under the Group’s long term investment strategy.

In order to determine whether investments in fixed interest securities are impaired, all fixed interest securities for which the market value has been significantly below cost price for a considerable period of time are individually reviewed. Distinction is made between negative revaluations due to general interest rate and other market fluctuations and due to issuer-specific developments. The impairment review focuses on issuer specific developments regarding financial condition and prospects of the issuer identifying whether repayment of interest and principal is expected, taking into account the intent and ability to hold the securities under the Group’s long term investment strategy.

Although all individual securities are reviewed to ensure that no material impairments are required to be charged to the profit and loss account, the identification of impairment and the determination of the recoverable amount are an inherently uncertain process involving various assumptions and factors, including the financial condition of the counterparty, expected future cash flows, observable market prices and expected net selling prices. Further developments after the balance sheet date may indicate that certain unrealized losses that existed as of the balance sheet date will result in impairment in future periods, resulting in a negative impact on the profit and loss account for future periods.

1.6. PRINCIPLES OF VALUATION AND DETERMINATION OF RESULTS

1.6.1. General principles

1.6.1.1. Recognition

An asset is recognized in the balance sheet when it is probable that the future economic benefits will flow to the enterprise and the asset can be measured reliably. A liability is recognized in the balance sheet when it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will result from the settlement of a present obligation and the amount at which the settlement will take place can be measured reliably. If the criteria for recognition are no longer met, the assets and liabilities are derecognized.

Income is recognized in the profit and loss account when an increase in future economic benefits related to an increase in an asset or a decrease of a liability has arisen that can be measured reliably. Expenses are recognized in the profit and loss account when a decrease in future economic benefits related to a decrease in an asset or an increase of a liability has arisen that can be measured reliably.

F-11


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

1.6.1.2. Valuation

Assets and liabilities are shown at face value except where a different valuation principle is stated below.

1.6.1.3. Use of estimates

The preparation of the annual accounts necessitates the use of estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of the assets and liabilities and the amounts of the contingent liabilities as at balance sheet date as well as reported income and expenses for the year. The actual outcome may differ from these estimates.

1.6.1.4. Foreign currencies

General

The euro is the reporting currency of ING Group. Assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated at the spot mid-rates (Amsterdam exchange rates) prevailing on the balance sheet date. Non-monetary items which are expressed in terms of historical cost denominated in a foreign currency are reported using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Income and expenses arising from foreign currency transactions are translated at the rates prevailing on the transaction date.

The following exchange differences are credited or debited, net of any related taxes, to Shareholders’ equity:

-   exchange differences on participating interests, investments and liabilities assumed in connection with their financing;
 
-   exchange differences on insurance provisions and on investments serving to cover these liabilities;
 
-   exchange differences on loans serving to hedge exchange rate risks on foreign interests and investments.

All other exchange differences are taken to the profit and loss account.

Forward foreign exchange contracts

Forward foreign exchange contracts connected to borrowing and lending positions are translated at the spot mid-rates prevailing on the balance sheet date. Differences between the spot rates prevailing on the balance sheet date and on the contract date are taken to the profit and loss account. Differences between the valuations at the forward rate and the spot rate at the contract date are amortized and charged to the profit and loss account in proportion to the expired part of the terms of the contracts concerned.

The other forward foreign exchange contracts are valued at the market quotations for their remaining terms at the balance sheet date. In general, differences resulting from revaluations are taken to the profit and loss account.

Exchange differences on forward foreign exchange contracts serving to hedge exchange rate risks on participating interests and investments are taken to Shareholders’ equity.

Business units outside the euro zone

Assets and liabilities of business units outside the euro zone are translated at the closing rate prevailing on the balance sheet date. Income and expenses of business units outside the euro zone (excluding business units in countries with hyperinflation) are translated at average exchange rates for the year. The financial statements of a business unit that reports in the currency of a hyperinflationary economy, are restated for the influences of inflation before translation into euros. Income and expenses of business entities in countries with hyperinflation are translated at the closing rate prevailing on the balance sheet date.

Exchange differences on assets and liabilities of business units outside the euro zone are credited or

F-12


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

debited, net of any related taxes, to Shareholders’ equity, except for exchange differences on monetary assets and liabilities of business units in countries with hyperinflation. These differences are taken to the profit and loss account.

Exchange differences on results arising from differences between the spot rates on the balance sheet date and the average rates for the year are taken to Shareholders’ equity.

1.6.1.5. Geographical analyses

The geographical analyses of assets, liabilities, income and expenses in the notes to the consolidated balance sheet and profit and loss account are based on the location of the office from which the transactions are originated.

1.6.1.6. Analysis of insurance business

Where amounts in respect of insurance business are analyzed into “life” and “non-life”, health and disability insurance business is included in “non-life”.

1.6.1.7. Derivatives

Derivatives are stated at fair value. Changes in the fair value are included in the profit and loss account. However, derivatives serving to hedge the risks on own positions are recognized in accordance with the accounting principles of the hedged items.

1.6.1.8. Hedge accounting

Transactions qualify as hedges if these transactions are identified as such and there is a negative correlation between the hedging results and the results of the positions being hedged. Hedging instruments are accounted for in accordance with the accounting principles of the hedged item.

1.6.1.9. Impairments

The carrying value of Tangible fixed assets, Participating interests and Investments is reviewed to ascertain whether there has been a permanent diminution in value. These impairments are assessed on an individual basis and are taken to the profit and loss account immediately. However, impairments of assets carried at revalued amounts are first charged directly to any revaluation reserve for these assets.

For more details, reference is made to the critical accounting policies.

1.6.1.10. Receivables

Receivables are carried at the face value less any diminution in value deemed necessary to cover the risk of uncollectibility.

1.6.1.11. Investment and trading portfolios

The investment portfolio comprises those assets which are intended for use on a continuing basis and have been identified as such. These investments are held in order to cover the insurance provisions and to manage interest rate, capital and liquidity risks.

Positions held with trading intent are those held intentionally for short-term resale and/or with the intent of benefiting from actual or expected short-term price movements or to lock in arbitrage profits, and positions held through matched principal broking and market making.

If, due to a change in management’s intent, transfers are made between investment and trading portfolios, these assets are remeasured to fair value and gains and losses are accounted for in

F-13


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

accordance with the accounting principles applicable to the portfolio in which the assets were originally held.

1.6.1.12. Leases

Assets held under a lease for which substantially all the risks and rewards are transferred to the lessee (finance lease) are reported in the balance sheet at net present value. Income from a finance lease is recognized in the profit and loss account over the lease term in proportion to the funds invested. Income from an operating lease is recognized over the lease term in the profit and loss account. Lease payments under an operating lease are recognized as an expense in the profit and loss account over the lease term.

1.6.1.13. Reinsurance

Reinsurance premiums, commissions and claim settlements, as well as provisions relating to reinsurance, are accounted for in the same way as the original contracts for which the reinsurance was concluded. Receivables as a consequence of reinsurance are deducted from the liabilities relating to the original insurance contracts.

1.6.2. Specific principles

1.6.2.1. Acquisition and disposal of group companies and goodwill

ING Group’s acquisitions are accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, whereby the cost of the acquisitions is allocated to the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired. Goodwill, being the difference between the cost of the acquisition (including assumed debt) and ING Group’s interest in the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities as at the date of acquisition, is debited to Shareholders’ equity. The results of the operations of the acquired companies are included in the profit and loss account from their respective dates of acquisition.

Adjustments to the fair value as of the date of acquisition of acquired assets and liabilities that are identified before the end of the first annual accounting period commencing after acquisition are recorded as an adjustment to goodwill; any subsequent adjustment is recognized as income or expense. However, recognition of deferred tax assets after the acquisition date is recorded as an adjustment to goodwill even after the end of the first annual accounting period.

On disposal of group companies, the difference between the sale proceeds and cost is included in the profit and loss account; for disposals within five years of acquisition, goodwill is adjusted on a pro-rata basis.

1.6.2.2. Tangible fixed assets

Tangible fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. The cost of these assets is depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which are as follows: data processing equipment 2 to 5 years and other movable fixed assets 4 to 10 years. Expenditures for maintenance and repair are charged to the profit and loss account as incurred. Expenditure incurred on major improvements is capitalized and depreciated.

On disposal of these assets, the difference between the proceeds on disposal and net book value is recognized in the profit and loss account.

1.6.2.3. Participating interests

Investments in associates

Participating interests in which a significant influence is exercised over the financial and operating policy are stated at net asset value. ING Group’s share in the results of these investments in associates is recognized in the profit and loss account.

F-14


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Investments in other participating interests

Investments in other participating interests are stated at fair value. Each year, the net asset value of the investment is determined, which approximates the fair value. Dividends received are credited to the profit and loss account. Changes due to revaluation are credited or debited to Shareholders’ equity.

1.6.2.4. Investments

Realized gains and losses on investments

Realized gains and losses on investments are determined as the difference between the sale proceeds and cost. Cost is determined systematically (weighted average or specific identification) on a consistent basis per portfolio.

Land and buildings and shares and convertible debentures

Investments in land and buildings as well as shares and convertible debentures held for the group’s own risk, are stated at fair value as at balance sheet date. Changes in the carrying amount resulting from revaluations of these investments are credited or debited to Shareholders’ equity, allowing for taxation where necessary. On disposal of these investments, the difference between the sale proceeds and cost is recognized in the profit and loss account.

Valuations of investments in land and buildings are made by rotation in such a way as to ensure that all properties are appraised at least once every five years. Value-enhancing investments in existing properties made since the last valuation are capitalized at the cost of the investment until the next valuation. Land and buildings are not depreciated.

Land and buildings under construction are stated at the direct purchase and construction cost incurred up to the balance sheet date plus interest during construction and the group’s own development and supervision expenses, where necessary less any expected diminution in value on completion.

Fixed-interest securities

Fixed-interest securities are stated at redemption value less any diminuation in value (impairment) deemed necessary to cover the risk of uncollectibility. The difference between redemption value and purchase price is amortized over the weighted average remaining term of the investments concerned, either credited or debited to the profit and loss account.

Fixed-interest securities on which interest is not received annually and on which the redemption value is paid out as a lump sum on maturity (such as ‘climbing’ loans, zero-coupon bonds and savings certificates) are included at purchase price plus the proportion of the difference between purchase price and redemption value related to the period elapsed since the date of purchase.

Investments in interest-only securities are initially included at purchase price. Each year, the interest income decreases in proportion to the decline in the net book value of the interest-only security over its remaining term.

Investments in principal-only securities are stated at purchase price plus the proportion of the difference between purchase price and redemption value related to the period elapsed since the date of purchase, calculated on the basis of compound interest. The increase in value is included in the profit and loss account as interest income.

Yield differences

The results on disposal of fixed-interest securities, i.e. the differences between the proceeds on disposal and the carrying amount of the investments sold, are shown as yield differences. Results on disposal of derivatives related to the investments concerned are likewise shown as yield differences. Allowing for the weighted average remaining term of the investment portfolio, these yield differences are included in the profit and loss account as interest income. Results on disposal due to a structural

F-15


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

reduction of investments are included directly in the profit and loss account, including the results on disposal of the related derivatives.

Interests in investment pools

Interests in investment pools are stated in accordance with the valuation principles of the pools concerned.

Investments for risk of policyholders

In the valuation of these investments, the same principles are generally applied as those pertaining to the valuation of investments held for the group’s own risk. However, fixed-interest securities directly linked to life policy liabilities are stated at fair value plus accrued interest where relevant.

Life insurance products

In the case of life insurance products, where there is a relationship between the value of the investments and the level of the insurance provisions, differences resulting from revaluations, realized or unrealized, are initially taken to the profit and loss account. Subsequently, these revaluations are included either in Provision for life policy liabilities or Insurance provisions for policies for which the policyholders bear the investment risk.

Repurchase transactions and reverse repurchase transactions

Fixed-interest securities, shares and convertible debentures, which have been sold with an agreement to repurchase (repurchase transactions), are included as assets in the balance sheet.

Fixed-interest securities, shares and convertible debentures, which have been acquired in reverse sale and repurchase transactions, are not recognized in the balance sheet.

Securities borrowing and lending

Fixed-interest securities, shares and convertible debentures, which are lent out, are included in the balance sheet. Fixed-interest securities, shares and convertible debentures, which are borrowed, are not recognized in the balance sheet.

Provision for investment losses

The net amounts added to or withdrawn from the provision for default losses of investments (credit losses and impairments) are included in the profit and loss account.

1.6.2.5. Lending and Banks

Lending and Banks refer to receivables from non-banks and banks that are carried at face value less any diminution in value (impairment) deemed necessary to cover the risk of uncollectibility. Receivables are impaired if it is probable that the principal and interest contractually due will not be collected.

In general, to determine the amount of this impairment (provision for loan losses), the degree of risk of uncollectibility is assessed:

-   per individual loan, taking into account among other things amounts outstanding at year-end, the financial position, results and cash-flow information of the debtor, the payment history and the value of the collateral;
 
-   per group of loans subdivided by country, taking into account country-specific risk percentages;
 
-   per group of loans subdivided by the degree of risk of uncollectibility (risk classification), determined on the basis of a wide range of aspects with regard to creditworthiness and taking into account empirically determined risk percentages for each risk category.

The net amounts added to or withdrawn from these provisions are included in the profit and loss account.

When a borrower is in default as regards repayment of principal or payment of interest for 90 days or when, in the judgement of management, the accrual of interest should cease before 90 days, such a

F-16


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

loan is given non-accrual status. Any accrued but unpaid interest is reversed and charged to current period interest revenue. Interest payments received during the period are recorded as interest income on a cash basis.

Receivables are written off and charged against the provision for loan losses when all the necessary legal procedures have been completed and the amount of the loss is finally determined.

For more details, reference is made to the critical accounting policies.

1.6.2.6. Other assets

Assets that are part of the trading portfolio are stated at fair value, which generally means quoted prices. Changes in the fair value, both realized and unrealized, on these assets are included in the profit and loss account.

Fixed-interest securities in the trading portfolio repurchased after issue by group companies and equity participations are stated at the lower of cost and fair value. Unrealized losses and results on disposal of equity participations are included in the profit and loss account.

Computer software that has been purchased or generated internally for internal use is capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over its useful life. This period will generally not exceed three years.

Property under development is held with the intention to sell to third parties and is valued at direct construction cost incurred up to the balance sheet date, including interest during construction and the group’s own development and supervision expenses. Rented property and infrastructure works are valued at the estimated proceeds on private sale or the contractually agreed selling price. The difference between the net proceeds on disposal and cost of property under development, rented property and infrastructure works and any downward value adjustments are reflected in the profit and loss account.

Deferred tax assets

Deferred corporate tax assets are stated at face value and are calculated for the carryforward of unused tax losses and for temporary valuation differences between carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the balance sheet and tax base based on tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the assets are realized.

Deferred corporate tax assets in relation with the carryforward of unused tax losses are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available for compensation. Deferred tax assets are reported net of adjustable deferred tax liabilities.

1.6.2.7. Accrued assets

Direct variable costs for the acquisition of life insurance policies, for which periodic premiums will be receivable, are deferred and amortized over the average period for which these premiums will be received, with allocation to such periods being made on an annuity basis. Costs of acquiring non-life insurance business which vary with and are primarily related to the production of such business are deferred and amortized equally over the period of the insurance.

1.6.2.8. General provisions

General

A general provision involves a present obligation arising from past events, the settlement of which is expected to result in an outflow from the company of resources embodying economic benefits, whereas the timing or the amount is uncertain. Unless stated otherwise below, general provisions are discounted using a pre-tax discount rate to reflect the time value of money.

F-17


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred corporate tax liabilities are stated at face value and are calculated for temporary valuation differences between carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the balance sheet and tax base based on tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liabilities are settled.

Deferred tax liabilities are reported net of adjustable deferred tax assets.

Pension liabilities and other staff-related liabilities

Provisions for pension liabilities and other staff-related liabilities are calculated using the projected unit credit method of actuarial cost allocation. In accordance with this method, the discounted value of the pension liabilities and other staff-related liabilities is determined on the basis of the active period of service up to the balance sheet date, the projected salary at the expected retirement date and the market yields at the balance sheet date on high quality corporate bonds.

In order to distribute expenses for pensions and other staff-related expenses evenly over the years, these expenses are calculated using the expected rate of return on plan assets. Differences between this expected return and the actual return on these plan assets and actuarial changes are not recognized in the profit and loss account, unless the accumulated differences and changes exceed 10% of the greater of the defined benefit obligation and the fair value of the plan assets. The excess is amortized and charged to the profit and loss account over employees remaining working lives.

The rates used for salary developments, interest discount factors and other adjustments reflect specific country conditions.

Weighted averages of basic actuarial assumptions in annual % as at December 31:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
Discount rates
    4.75       5.50       6.00  
Expected rates of salary increases (excluding promotional increase)
    2.50       2.50       2.75  
Medical cost trend rates
    4.25       4.00       3.75  
Consumer price inflation
    2.00       1.75       2.25  

The expected rate of return for 2004 on plan assets was 6.75% (2003: 7.25%; 2002: 7.50%).

The expected rate of return on plan assets was weighted by the fair value of these assets. All other assumptions were weighted by defined benefit obligations.

1.6.2.9. Insurance provisions

Provision for life policy liabilities

The Provision for life policy liabilities is calculated on the basis of a prudent prospective actuarial method, taking into account the conditions for current insurance contracts.

The as yet unamortized interest-rate rebates on periodic and single premium contracts are deducted from the Provision for life policy liabilities. Interest-rate rebates granted during the year are capitalized and amortized in conformity with the anticipated recovery pattern and are debited to the profit and loss account.

The adequacy of the Provision for life policy liabilities is evaluated each year. The adequacy test takes into account future developments and allows for remaining unamortized interest-rate rebates and deferred acquisition costs.

For more details, reference is made to the critical accounting policies.

Provision for unearned premiums and unexpired insurance risks

The provision is calculated in proportion to the unexpired periods of risk. For insurance policies covering a risk increasing during the term of the policy at premium rates independent of age, this risk is taken into account in determining the provision. Further provisions are made to cover claims under unexpired insurance contracts which may exceed the unearned premiums and the premiums due in respect of these contracts.

F-18


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Claims provision

The Claims provision is calculated either on a case-by-case basis or by approximation on the basis of experience. Provisions have also been made for claims incurred but not reported and for future claims handling expenses. The adequacy of the Claims provision is evaluated each year using standard actuarial techniques.

Insurance provisions for policies for which the policyholders bear the investment risk

The Insurance provisions for policies for which the policyholders bear the investment risk are for the segregated investment deposits calculated on the same basis as the provision for life policy liabilities. For insurances for which policyholders bear the investment risk, the insurance provisions are generally shown at the balance sheet value of the associated investments.

1.6.2.10. Other liabilities

Liabilities that are part of the trading portfolio are stated at fair value, which generally means quoted prices. Changes in the fair value, both realized and unrealized, on these liabilities are included in the profit and loss account.

1.6.2.11. Contingent liabilities

Contingent liabilities are commitments or risks of which it is more likely than not that no outflow from ING Group of resources embodying economic benefits will occur. The underlying value of these commitments or risks is not recorded as a liability in the balance sheet.

1.6.2.12. Revenue recognition

Premium income

Premiums from life insurance policies are recognized as revenue when due from the policyholder. For non-life insurance policies, premium income is recognized on a pro-rata basis over the term of the related policy coverage.

Interest income

Interest income is recognized in the profit and loss account for all interest-bearing instruments on an accrued basis. Interest income includes coupons earned on fixed-income investment and trading securities and amortization of accrued discounts and premiums and yield differences.

Commission

Fees and commissions from banking and asset management services are recognized in the profit and loss account over the period in which the related services are performed. Fees and commissions with the nature of interest are deferred and amortized on a time-proportionate basis that takes into account the effective yield on the related asset, and are recognized under interest income.

1.6.2.13. Taxation

Taxation is calculated on the profit before tax shown in the annual accounts, taking into account tax-allowable deductions, charges and exemptions.

F-19


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

1.7.   Accounting principles for the consolidated statement of cash flows of ING Group

The cash flow statement has been drawn up in accordance with the indirect method, distinguishing between cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities.

Cash flows in foreign currencies are translated at the average exchange rates for the year. Where the balance of items in the cash flow statement does not correspond to the movements in the relevant balance sheet items, this is mainly due to differences on translation.

In the net cash flow from operating activities, the profit before tax is adjusted for those items in the profit and loss account and movements in balance sheet items which do not result in actual cash flows during the year.

The net cash flow shown in respect of Lending only relates to transactions involving actual payments or receipts. The Additions to the provision for loan losses which is deducted from the item Lending in the balance sheet has been adjusted accordingly for the profit before tax and is shown separately in the cash flow statement.

The investments in and disposals of participating interests have been included in the cash flow from investing activities at cost/sales price, insofar as payment was made in cash. The cash assets of the consolidated participating interests concerned have been eliminated from the cost/sales price.

Cash dividends are included in the cash flow from financing activities.

Included in Cash are those assets which can be converted into cash without restriction and without material risk of diminution in value as a result of the transaction.

The difference between the net cash flow in accordance with the cash flow statement and the movement in Cash in the balance sheet is due to exchange differences and is separately accounted for as part of the reconciliation of the net cash flow and the balance sheet movement in cash.

F-20


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

2.   NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET OF ING GROUP

ASSETS

2.1. Tangible fixed assets

                 
    2004     2003  
Data-processing equipment
    325       375  
Other movable fixed assets
    927       936  
 
           
 
    1,252       1,311  
 
           
 
               
Opening balance
    1,311       1,415  
Additions
    423       523  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (8 )     (16 )
Disposals
    (58 )     (79 )
Depreciation
    (407 )     (459 )
Exchange differences
    (9 )     (73 )
 
           
Closing balance
    1,252       1,311  
 
           
 
               
Gross carrying amount as at December 31
    3,280       3,798  
Accumulated depreciation as at December 31
    2,028       2,487  
 
           
 
    1,252       1,311  
 
           

2.2. Participating interests

                                                 
                    2004                     2003  
    Ownership     Balance     Estimated     Ownership     Balance     Estimated  
    (%)     sheet value     fair value     (%)     sheet value     fair value  
Name of investee
                                               
Investments in associates:
                                               
Vesteda
    25       724       724       25       719       719  
Property Fund Iberica
    30       134       134       30       115       115  
Lion Property Fund
    12       116       116       27       134       134  
Lion Industrial Trust
    16       102       102                          
Q-Park N.V.
    19       97       97       21       84       84  
Lionbrook Property Partnership
    26       79       79                          
ING UK Property Income Limited Partnership
    45       63       63                          
ING logistic Property C.V.
    25       60       60       50       72       72  
ING Retail Property Fund Australia
    30       56       56       30       85       85  
Postkantoren B.V.
    50       49       49       50       47       47  
De Goudse Verzekeringen N.V.
    20       40       40       20       37       37  
N.V. Levensverzekeringsmaatschappij De Hoop
    33       19       19       33       19       19  
Airport Real Estate Fonds C.V.
    18       17       17                          
Other investments in associates (1)
            924       924               439       439  
 
                                   
 
            2,480       2,480               1,751       1,751  
 
Investments in other participating interests
            723       723               1,246       1,246  
 
                                   
Total investments in participating interests
            3,203       3,203               2,997       2,997  
Receivables from participating interests
            101       101               170       170  
 
                                   
 
            3,304       3,304               3,167       3,167  
 
                                   


(1)   Among which NRG and SulAmérica.

F-21


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

The balance sheet value of Participating interests as at December 31, 2004 included revaluations of EUR 235 million (2003: EUR 268 million). The cost of these Participating interests amounted to EUR 3,529 million (2003: EUR 3,411 million).

Movements in participating interests:

                                                 
                                            2003  
                            2003             Receivables  
                            Other             from  
            2003             participating             participating  
    2004     Associates     2004     interests     2004     interests  
Opening balance
    1,751       1,751       1,246       952       170       180  
Additions and advances
    245       178       206       449       21       4  
Changes in the composition of the group
    80       (22 )     (133 )     38       (75 )        
Transition to and from group companies and investments
    651       (78 )     (487 )     188                  
Revaluations
    60       149       (29 )     5                  
Results from participating interests
    109       267                                  
Dividends received
    (127 )     (186 )                                
Disposals and redemptions
    (264 )     (279 )     (103 )     (273 )     (15 )     (15 )
Impairments
                    1                          
Exchange differences
    (25 )     (29 )     22       (113 )             1  
 
                                   
Closing balance
    2,480       1,751       723       1,246       101       170  
 
                                   

2.3. Investments

Investments per type

                 
    2004     2003  
Land and buildings, including commuted ground rents
    9,380       8,994  
Shares and convertible debentures
    10,456       10,688  
Fixed-interest securities
    300,417       244,612  
Investments for risk of policyholders
    77,662       70,552  
Other investments
    99       157  
 
           
 
    398,014       335,003  
 
           

F-22


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Movements in investments (except for Other investments):

                                                                 
                            2003             2003             2003  
                            Shares and             Fixed-             Investments  
    2004     2003             convertible             interest             for risk of  
    Land and buildings     2004     debentures     2004     securities     2004     policyholders  
Opening balance
    8,994       10,951       10,688       12,278       244,612       209,878       70,552       64,281  
Additions and advances
    1,251       1,380       5,334       6,088       279,208       326,128       34,468       30,886  
Changes in the composition of the group
    409       (2,032 )     (246 )     (22 )     (1,146 )     740               (405 )
Transfer from other assets
                                            295                  
Yield differences
                                    (636 )     (1,439 )                
Revaluations
    135       296       695       337                                  
Impairments
    (41 )     (17 )     (9 )     (56 )     (44 )     (142 )                
Disposals and redemptions
    (1,318 )     (1,372 )     (5,909 )     (7,728 )     (213,727 )     (272,643 )     (29,382 )     (25,370 )
Exchange differences
    (52 )     (217 )     (97 )     (209 )     (7,850 )     (18,205 )     (4,212 )     (7,754 )
Other movements
    2       5                                       6,236       8,914  
 
                                               
Closing balance
    9,380       8,994       10,456       10,688       300,417       244,612       77,662       70,552  
 
                                               

Non-income-producing investments

Investments in connection with the insurance operations with a combined carrying value of EUR 136 million (2003: EUR 224 million) were non-income-producing for the year ended December 31, 2004.

Land and buildings by insurance and banking operations:

                                                 
            2003             2003                
            Insurance             Banking             2003  
    2004     operations     2004     operations     2004     Total  
Land and buildings wholly or partially in use by group companies
    731       865       1,535       1,772       2,266       2,637  
Other land and buildings
    5,251       5,159       1,863       1,198       7,114       6,357  
 
                                   
 
    5,982       6,024       3,398       2,970       9,380       8,994  
 
                                   

The balance sheet value as at December 31, 2004 included revaluations of EUR 1,290 million (2003: EUR 1,487 million). The cost or purchase price amounted to EUR 8,090 million (2003: EUR 7,507 million).

F-23


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Appraisal of land and buildings during the last five years (in percentages):

         
Years of appraisal        
2004
    70  
2003
    13  
2002
    2  
2001
    4  
2000
    11  
 
    100  

Shares and convertible debentures by insurance and banking operations:

                                                 
            2003             2003                
            Insurance             Banking             2003  
    2004     operations     2004     operations     2004     Total  
Listed
    8,960       8,800       546       766       9,506       9,566  
Unlisted
    950       1,122                       950       1,122  
 
                                   
 
    9,910       9,922       546       766       10,456       10,688  
 
                                   

Revaluation of shares and convertible debentures:

                 
    2004     2003  
Purchase price
    9,416       9,769  
Revaluation: – Gross unrealized
    2,041       2,243  
– Gross unrealized losses
    1,001       1,324  
 
           
 
    10,456       10,688  
 
           

As at December 31, 2004, the balance sheet value included shares and convertible debentures which were lent or sold in repurchase transactions amounting EUR 5 million (2003: EUR 5 million) and EUR 9 million (2003: nil), respectively.

Borrowed shares and convertible debentures are not recognized in the balance sheet and amounted EUR 12 million as at December 31, 2004 (2003: EUR 25 million).

F-24


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Fixed-interest securities by insurance and banking operations:

                                 
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
    Balance sheet value     Estimated fair value  
Insurance operations
                               
Debentures and fixed-interest securities
    99,403       90,116       106,610       95,632  
Private loans
    5,187       7,418       5,808       8,122  
Mortgage loans
    26,932       25,802       29,516       26,421  
Other fixed-interest securities
    6,545       6,239       6,550       6,210  
 
                       
 
    138,067       129,575       148,484       136,385  
 
                               
Banking operations
                               
Debentures and options
    154,824       109,563       160,438       112,714  
Other fixed-interest securities
    8,226       6,467       8,226       6,467  
 
                       
 
    163,050       116,030       168,664       119,181  
 
                               
Eliminations
    700       993       696       1,039  
 
                       
 
    300,417       244,612       316,452       254,527  
 
                       

The cost of investments in Fixed-interest securities amounted to EUR 302,380 million as at December 31, 2004 (2003: EUR 247,330 million).

As at December 31, 2004, an amount of EUR 273,067 million (2003: EUR 225,919 million) was expected to be recovered or settled after more than one year from the balance sheet date.

The balance sheet value of Debentures and options in connection with the banking operations as at December 31, 2004 included EUR 3,652 million (2003: EUR 3,159 million) in respect of short-dated government paper.

The balance sheet value as at December 31, 2004 included EUR 164 million (2003: EUR 139 million) in respect of listed securities issued by the group.

As at December 31, 2004, the balance sheet value included fixed-interest securities which were lent or sold in repurchase transactions amounting to EUR 719 million (2003: EUR 2,473 million) and EUR 29,408 million (2003: EUR 21,639 million), respectively.

Borrowed fixed-interest securities are not recognized in the balance sheet and amounted to EUR 2,868 million as at December 31, 2004 (2003: EUR 4,139 million).

Investments for risk of policyholders:

                 
    2004     2003  
Land and buildings
    18       23  
Shares and convertible debentures
    74,015       60,772  
Fixed-interest securities
    2,673       8,484  
Other investments
    956       1,273  
 
           
 
    77,662       70,552  
 
           

The cost of Investments for risk of policyholders as at December 31, 2004 was EUR 77,338 million (2003: EUR 70,723 million).

F-25


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

2.4. Lending

Lending is subject to credit risk, which means the risk of suffering losses following default by a debtor or counterparty. Concentrations of credit risk exist when changes in economic, industry or geographical factors similarly affect groups of counterparties whose aggregate exposure is material in relation to ING Group’s total exposure. Although ING Group’s portfolio of financial instruments is broadly diversified along industry and product lines, material transactions are completed with other financial institutions. Additionally, mortgages and loans in the Netherlands represent areas of significant credit exposure.

Lending analyzed by security:

                                                 
    Nether-     Inter-     2004     Nether-     Inter-     2003  
    lands     national     Total     lands     national     Total  
Loans to or guaranteed by public authorities
    7,295       17,119       24,414       6,473       16,603       23,076  
Loans secured by mortgages
    103,595       53,156       156,751       94,125       39,604       133,729  
Loans guaranteed by credit institutions
    414       702       1,116       701       1,289       1,990  
Other private lending
    6,420       8,473       14,893       7,009       7,813       14,822  
Other corporate loans
    35,897       88,639       124,536       36,861       86,722       123,583  
 
                                   
 
    153,621       168,089       321,710       145,169       152,031       297,200  
Provision for loan losses
    (1,072 )     (3,172 )     (4,244 )     (1,150 )     (3,494 )     (4,644 )
 
                                   
 
    152,549       164,917       317,466       144,019       148,537       292,556  
 
                                   

Lending analyzed by non-subordinated and subordinated receivables:

                 
    2004     2003  
Non-subordinated
    317,085       292,016  
Subordinated
    381       540  
 
           
 
    317,466       292,556  
 
           

Lending analyzed by industry:

                 
    2004     2003  
Private sector:
               
– agriculture, horticulture, forestry and fisheries
    2,094       1,797  
– manufacturing
    27,112       30,503  
– service industry
    55,746       57,012  
– financial institutions
    68,897       60,841  
– personal
    144,083       121,598  
– other
    6,600       5,881  
 
           
 
    304,532       277,632  
Public authorities
    12,934       14,924  
 
           
 
    317,466       292,556  
 
           

As at December 31, 2004, assets held under finance lease contracts amounted to EUR 11,506 million (2003: EUR 8,310 million) and assets held under operating lease contracts amounted to EUR 2,150 million (2003: EUR 3,215 million).

As at December 31, 2004, the balance sheet value of receivables included in Lending, of which interest income was not recognized in the profit and loss account because realization of the interest

F-26


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

income is almost certainly not to be expected, amounted to EUR 3,427 million (2003: EUR 3,564 million).

As at December 31, 2004, Lending included receivables with regard to securities which have been acquired in reverse repurchase transactions related to the banking operations amounting to EUR 44,279 million (2003: EUR 35,703 million).

Provision for loan losses

The provision for loan losses is allocated to Lending, Banks and other assets.

Allocation of the provision for loan losses to the various lending categories:

                                                 
            Inter-     2004             Inter-     2003  
    Netherlands     national     Total     Netherlands     national     Total  
Loans secured by public authorities
            36       36               30       30  
Loans secured by mortgages
    199       213       412       164       238       402  
Loans guaranteed by credit institutions
            5       5               1       1  
Other private lending
    181       344       525       258       385       643  
Other corporate loans and guarantees
    692       2,574       3,266       728       2,840       3,568  
 
                                   
Allocated to Lending
    1,072       3,172       4,244       1,150       3,494       4,644  
Allocated to Banks
            18       18               27       27  
Allocated to other assets
    14       180       194       16       148       164  
 
                                   
 
    1,086       3,370       4,456       1,166       3,669       4,835  
 
                                   

Movements in provision for loan losses included in Lending, Banks and other assets:

                 
    2004     2003  
Opening balance
    4,835       5,136  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (38 )     87  
Write-offs
    (956 )     (1,338 )
Recoveries
    85       48  
Additions from:
               
– value adjustments to receivables
    465       1,125  
– interest income
    84       123  
Other movements
    (19 )     (346 )
 
           
Closing balance
    4,456       4,835  
 
           

2.5. Banks

                                                 
            Inter-     2004             Inter-     2003  
    Netherlands     national     Total     Netherlands     national     Total  
Loans and advances to banks
    6,909       25,769       32,678       7,877       19,088       26,965  
Cash advances, overdrafts and other balances
    1,733       22,907       24,640       1,674       32,448       34,122  
 
                                   
 
    8,642       48,676       57,318       9,551       51,536       61,087  
Provision for loan losses
                    (18 )                     (27 )
 
                                   
 
                    57,300                       61,060  
 
                                   

F-27


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

As at December 31, 2004, Banks included receivables with regard to securities, which have been acquired in reverse repurchase transactions amounting to EUR 22,915 million (2003: EUR 14,494 million).

As at December 31, 2004, the non-subordinated receivables amounted to EUR 57,034 million (2003: EUR 60,514 million) and the subordinated receivables amounted to EUR 266 million (2003: EUR 546 million).

As at December 31, 2004, assets held under finance lease contracts amounted to EUR 158 million (2003: EUR 134 million) and assets held under operating lease contracts amounted to EUR 60 million (2003: EUR 158 million).

2.6. Cash

                 
    2004     2003  
Cash and bank balances
    8,659       11,423  
Call money of the insurance operations
    148       315  
 
           
 
    8,807       11,738  
 
           

As at December 31, 2004, Cash and bank balances included cash and balances with central banks of EUR 6,476 million (2003: EUR 8,838 million).

2.7. Other assets

                 
    2004     2003  
Trading portfolio
    46,337       38,911  
Equity participations
    766       1,295  
Property
    1,874       1,820  
Deferred tax assets
    1,028       901  
Receivables on account of direct insurance from:
               
– policyholders
    2,298       2,497  
– intermediaries
    327       411  
Reinsurance receivable
    388       567  
Income tax receivables
    232       443  
Pension assets and other staff-related assets
    354       179  
Other receivables
    5,306       6,449  
 
           
 
    58,910       53,473  
 
           

As at December 31, 2004, an amount of EUR 3,796 million (2003: EUR 3,905 million) was expected to be recovered or settled after more than one year from the balance sheet date.

An analysis of pension assets/liabilities and other staff-related assets/liabilities is included under General provisions.

F-28


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Deferred tax assets as at December 31 by origin:

                 
    2004     2003  
Deferred tax assets relating to:
               
– insurance provisions
    83       1,226  
– other provisions
    157       620  
– unused tax losses carried forward
    459       725  
– other
    528       623  
 
           
 
    1,227       3,194  
Deferred tax liabilities (offset by deferred tax assets) relating to:
               
– investments
    71       147  
– deferred acquisition costs
    48       947  
– general provisions
            1,036  
– other
    80       163  
 
           
 
    199       2,293  
 
               
 
    1,028       901  
 
           

Deferred tax assets in connection with unused tax losses carried forward:

                 
    2004     2003  
Total unused tax losses carried forward
    3,470       4,312  
Unused tax losses carried forward not recognized as a deferred tax asset
    1,817       1,868  
 
           
Unused tax losses carried forward recognized as a deferred tax asset
    1,653       2,444  
 
               
Average tax rate
    27.8 %     29.7 %
Deferred tax asset
    459       725  

Total unused tax losses carried forward as at December 31 analyzed by expiration terms:

                 
    2004     2003  
– up to five years
    630       742  
– five to ten years
    332       360  
– ten to twenty years
    938       1,677  
– unlimited
    1,570       1,533  
 
           
 
    3,470       4,312  
 
           

2.8. Accrued assets

                 
    2004     2003  
Accrued interest and rents
    8,345       7,945  
Deferred acquisition costs of insurance business
    10,350       9,760  
Other accrued assets
    2,453       2,758  
 
           
 
    21,148       20,463  
 
           

As at December 31, 2004, Other accrued assets included options held by the group for the account and risk of customers amounting to EUR 52 million (2003: EUR 64 million). These are customers’ options, which are not segregated from the assets and liabilities of the group and, therefore, included in the balance sheet. The associated liability is included in Other liabilities.

F-29


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

As at December 31, 2004, an amount of EUR 11,535 million (2003: EUR 9,971 million) was expected to be recovered or settled after more than one year from balance sheet date.

Deferred acquisition costs of insurance business by geographical area:

                                                 
    2004     2003     2004     2003     2004     2003  
    Life insurance     Non-life insurance             Total  
Netherlands
    443       466       60       62       503       528  
Belgium
    47       52       18       16       65       68  
Rest of Europe
    209       189       4       3       213       192  
North America
    5,923       5,890       246       193       6,169       6,083  
Latin America
    74       74       99       56       173       130  
Asia
    3,226       2,729       2       2       3,228       2,731  
Australia
                            29               29  
Other
    (1 )     (1 )                     (1 )     (1 )
 
                                   
 
    9,921       9,399       429       361       10,350       9,760  
 
                                   

Movements in Deferred acquisition costs of insurance business:

                                                 
    2004     2003     2004     2003     2004     2003  
    Life insurance     Non-life insurance             Total  
Opening balance
    9,399       10,299       361       337       9,760       10,636  
Capitalized
    2,854       1,997       262       148       3,116       2,145  
Amortization
    (1,808 )     (1,244 )     (219 )     (118 )     (2,027 )     (1,362 )
Changes in the composition of the group
            (28 )     37       (2 )     37       (30 )
Exchange differences
    (527 )     (1,619 )     (12 )     (16 )     (539 )     (1,635 )
Transfer of portfolios
    3       (6 )             12       3       6  
 
                                   
Closing balance
    9,921       9,399       429       361       10,350       9,760  
 
                                   

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

2.9. Shareholders’ equity

                 
    2004     2003  
Opening balance
    21,331       18,254  
 
               
Unrealized revaluations after taxation
    1,008       528  
Exchange differences
    (966 )     (1,123 )
 
           
Net profit not recognized in the profit and loss account
    42       (595 )
 
               
Realized revaluations released to the profit and loss account
    (932 )     (258 )
Write-off of goodwill
    (119 )     (145 )
Net profit for the period
    5,968       4,043  
Dividend paid
    (2,093 )     (1,995 )
Issue of shares
    1,694       1,977  
 
           
 
    25,891       21,281  
Changes in ING Groep N.V. shares held by group companies
    (25 )     50  
 
           
Closing balance
    25,866       21,331  
 
           

F-30


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

2.10. Preference shares of group companies

Preference shares of group companies consists of noncumulative guaranteed Trust Preferred Securities which are issued by wholly owned subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V. These securities have a liquidation preference of a certain amount plus any accrued interest and unpaid dividend. Dividends with regard to these preferred securities are accounted for, after tax, in Third-party interests in the profit and loss account. These Trust Preferred Securities generally have no voting rights.

Preference shares of group companies:

                                         
                                     
                Liquidation                
Number of           preference                  
shares   Interest     Year of     per share     2004     2003  
(in millions)   rate     issue     (in USD)     Balance sheet value  
1.5
    8.439       2000       1,000       1,100       1,189  
10
    9.2       2000       25       183       198  
20
    7.7       1999       25               396  
 
                                   
 
                            1,283       1,783  
 
                                   

These Trust Preferred Securities have been issued to raise Tier-1 capital for ING Bank NV.

2.11. Subordinated loans

Subordinated loans consists of perpetual subordinated bonds issued by ING Groep N.V. These bonds have been issued to raise hybrid capital for ING Verzekeringen N.V. and Tier-1 capital for ING Bank N.V.

Subordinated loans:

                                             
                                2004     2003  
Notional amount     Interest rate     Year of issue   First call date      Balance sheet value  
EUR
1,000     Variable     2004     June 30, 2014     1,000          
USD
500       6.2       2003     January 15, 2009     366       396  
EUR
750     Variable     2003     June 30, 2013     750       750  
USD
1,100       7.2       2002     December 15, 2007     807       872  
USD
800       7.05       2002     September 15, 2007     586       634  
EUR
600       6.5       2001     September 28, 2006     600       600  
 
                                       
 
                                4,109       3,252  
 
                                       

EUR 3,743 million (2003: EUR 2,256 million) of these loans has been subsequently provided as subordinated loans by ING Groep N.V. to ING Bank N.V. under the same conditions as the original bonds.

EUR 366 million (2003: EUR 396 million) has been subsequently provided as subordinated loan by ING Groep N.V. to ING Verzekeringen N.V. under the same conditions as the original bonds.

F-31


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

2.12. General provisions

                 
    2004     2003  
Deferred tax liabilities
    2,138       1,900  
Reorganizations and relocations
    253       236  
Other
    611       604  
 
           
 
    3,002       2,740  
 
           

As at December 31, 2004, an amount of EUR 2,457 million (2003: EUR 2,271 million) was expected to be settled after more than one year from balance sheet date.

Movements in General provisions:

                                                 
    2004     2003     2004     2003          
    Deferred tax     Reorganizations             2003  
    liabilities     and relocations     2004     Other  
Opening balance
    1,900       2,439       236       255       604       795  
Changes in the composition of the group
    151       (29 )     (10 )     35       (60 )     74  
Additions
    772       569       152       62       262       46  
Releases
    (379 )     (194 )     (5 )             (20 )     (32 )
Charges
    (284 )     (794 )     (118 )     (108 )     (162 )     (219 )
Exchange differences
    (22 )     (91 )     (2 )     (8 )     (13 )     (60 )
 
                                   
Closing balance
    2,138       1,900       253       236       611       604  
 
                                   

2.12.1. Deferred tax liabilities

Provision for deferred tax liabilities by origin:

                 
    2004     2003  
Deferred tax assets (offset by deferred tax liabilities) relating to:
               
– insurance provisions
    1,531       571  
– other provisions
    12       46  
– unused tax losses carried forward
    336       117  
– equalization reserve
    33       718  
– other
    713       138  
 
           
 
    2,625       1,590  
Deferred tax liabilities relating to:
               
– investments
    1,352       1,442  
– deferred acquisition costs
    2,623       791  
– equalization reserve
            259  
– depreciation
    76       3  
– general provisions
    318       460  
– receivables
    75       55  
– loans
    56       93  
– other
    263       387  
 
           
 
    4,763       3,490  
 
               
 
    2,138       1,900  
 
           

F-32


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Deferred tax asset (offset by deferred tax liabilities) in connection with unused tax losses carried forward:

                 
    2004     2003  
Total unused tax losses carried forward
    1,047       638  
Unused tax losses carried forward not recognized as a deferred tax asset
    64       85  
 
           
Unused tax losses carried forward recognized as a deferred tax asset
    983       553  
 
               
Average tax rate
    34.2 %     21.2 %
Deferred tax asset
    336       117  

Total unused tax losses carried forward as at December 31 by expiration terms:

                 
    2004     2003  
– up to five years
    268       416  
– five to ten years
    44       15  
– ten to twenty years
    657          
– unlimited
    78       207  
 
           
 
    1,047       638  
 
           

2.12.2. Pension liabilities and other staff-related liabilities

ING Group maintains defined benefit retirement plans in the major countries in which it operates. These plans generally cover all employees and provide benefits that are related to the remuneration and service of employees upon retirement. On condition the plan assets are sufficient, the benefits from many of these plans are subject to some form of indexation.

Annual contributions are paid to the funds at a rate necessary to adequately finance the accrued liabilities of the plans calculated in accordance with local legal requirements.

Plans in other countries comply with applicable local regulations concerning investments and funding levels.

ING Group provides other post-employment and post-retirement employee benefits to certain employees. These are primarily post-retirement healthcare benefits and post-employment defined benefit early-retirement plans provided to employees and former employees.

Certain group companies sponsor defined contribution pension plans. These do not give rise to balance sheet provisions, other than relating to short-term timing differences included in current liabilities.

Summary of Pension liabilities and other staff-related liabilities:

                                                                 
    2004     2003     2004     2003     2004     2003     2004     2003  
    Pension liabilities     Healthcare             Other             Total  
Defined benefit obligation
    13,222       11,710       710       614       289       335       14,221       12,659  
Fair value of plan assets
    10,664       9,651                       171       217       10,835       9,868  
 
                                               
 
    2,558       2,059       710       614       118       118       3,386       2,791  
Unrecognized past service costs
    (62 )     (1 )     18       6       59               15       5  
Unrecognized gains/(losses)
    (3,580 )     (2,913 )     (162 )     (98 )     (13 )     36       (3,755 )     (2,975 )
 
                                               
 
    (1,084 )     (855 )     566       522       164       154       (354 )     (179 )
 
                                               

F-33


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Movements in Pension liabilities and other staff-related liabilities:

                                                                 
    2004     2003     2004     2003     2004     2003     2004     2003  
    Pension liabilities     Healthcare             Other             Total  
Opening balance
    (855 )     (911 )     522       501       154       240       (179 )     (170 )
Plan adjustments
    13                                               13          
Benefit costs
    525       537       69       49       9       9       603       595  
Employer’s contribution
    (664 )     (527 )     (16 )     (3 )     2       (94 )     (678 )     (624 )
Changes in the composition of the group
    (113 )                                             (113 )        
Effect of curtailment or settlement
    (1 )     3               (1 )                     (1 )     2  
Exchange differences
    11       43       (9 )     (24 )     (1 )     (1 )     1       18  
 
                                               
Closing balance
    (1,084 )     (855 )     566       522       164       154       (354 )     (179 )
 
                                               

As at December 31, 2004, the defined benefit obligation consisted of funded plans amounting to EUR 12,660 million (2003: EUR 11,226 million) and unfunded plans amounting to EUR 1,561 million (2003: EUR 1,433 million).

The assets of funded plans primarily consist of debt securities, equity and real estate funds, of which as at December 31, 2004 to EUR 16 million (2003: EUR 60 million) was invested in securities issued by the employer and related parties, including shares of ING Groep N.V.

Because the balance of Pension liabilities and other staff related liabilities at December 31, 2004 is an asset, the amount is included in the balance sheet under Other assets.

2.13. Insurance provisions

                                                 
    2004     2003     2004     2003     2004     2003  
                            Reinsurance                  
            Gross             element             Own account  
Provision for life policy liabilities
    125,805       119,830       4,106       2,947       121,699       116,883  
Provision for profit sharing and rebates
    849       795                       849       795  
Provision for unearned premiums and unexpired insurance risks
    2,862       3,174       353       687       2,509       2,487  
Claims provision
    8,511       7,911       1,134       614       7,377       7,297  
Other insurance provisions
    17       21                       17       21  
 
                                   
 
    138,044       131,731       5,593       4,248       132,451       127,483  
 
                                               
Insurance provisions for policies for which the policyholders bear the investment risk
    78,807       71,687       1,151       1,135       77,656       70,552  
 
                                   
 
    216,851       203,418       6,744       5,383       210,107       198,035  
 
                                   

The insurance provisions are generally of a long-term nature.

F-34


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Insurance provisions own account by geographical area:

                                                                                 
    2004     2003     2004     2003     2004     2003     2004     2003     2004     2003  
        Insurance                              
        provisions for                                                  
        policies for which                                                  
    Provision     the policyholders                                                  
    for life     bear the investment                                                  
    policy liabilities     risk     Claims provision             Other             Total  
Netherlands
    39,264       37,485       15,472       14,883       3,364       3,409       874       911       58,974       56,688  
Belgium
    6,732       5,604       3,248       2,945       510       483       181       163       10,671       9,195  
Rest of Europe
    4,479       3,966       1,708       1,208       26       21       70       75       6,283       5,270  
North America
    52,395       53,981       46,912       44,020       2,994       2,626       1,404       1,194       103,705       101,821  
Latin America
    2,168       2,011       66       59       232       231       572       550       3,038       2,851  
Asia
    16,586       13,586       4,251       1,966       21       21       272       216       21,130       15,789  
Australia
    75       249       5,999       5,471               228               163       6,074       6,111  
Other
            1                       230       278       2       31       232       310  
 
                                                           
 
    121,699       116,883       77,656       70,552       7,377       7,297       3,375       3,303       210,107       198,035  
 
                                                           

Movements in the Claims provision for own account:

                 
    2004     2003  
Opening balance
    7,297       7,299  
Changes in the composition of the group
    215       (13 )
 
           
 
    7,512       7,286  
 
               
Additions:
               
– for the current year
    3,609       3,579  
– for prior years
    (311 )     (15 )
– interest accrual of provision for disability losses
    123       82  
 
           
 
    3,421       3,646  
 
               
Claim settlements and claim settlement costs:
               
– for the current year
    1,685       1,914  
– for prior years
    1,711       1,518  
 
           
 
    3,396       3,432  
 
               
Exchange differences
    (119 )     (198 )
Other movements
    (41 )     (5 )
 
           
Closing balance
    7,377       7,297  
 
           

F-35


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

2.14. Funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations

Funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations:

                 
    2004     2003  
Savings accounts
    221,121       168,168  
Other funds entrusted
    144,040       137,284  
 
           
Funds entrusted to the banking operations
    365,161       305,452  
Debt securities
    70,746       72,372  
 
           
 
    435,907       377,824  
 
           

Funds entrusted to the banking operations by type:

                                                 
                    2004                     2003  
          Inter-                 Inter-        
    Netherlands     national     Total     Netherlands     national     Total  
Non-interest bearing
    13,223       1,807       15,030       13,763       2,707       16,470  
Interest-bearing
    105,874       244,257       350,131       96,438       192,544       288,982  
 
                                   
 
    119,097       246,064       365,161       110,201       195,251       305,452  
 
                                   

No funds have been entrusted to ING Group by customers on terms other than those prevailing in the normal course of business. As at December 31, 2004, Funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations included liabilities with regard to securities sold in repurchase transactions amounting to EUR 20,892 million (2003: EUR 13,723 million).

Savings accounts

Savings accounts relates to the balances on savings accounts, savings books, savings deposits and time deposits of personal customers. The interest payable on Savings accounts, which is contractually added to the accounts, is also included.

Other funds entrusted

Other funds entrusted by type:

                 
    2004     2003  
Private loans
    1,539       1,729  
Mortgage loans
    68       50  
Corporate time deposits
    43,020       42,832  
Credit balances on customer accounts
    99,413       92,673  
 
           
 
    144,040       137,284  
 
           

Funds entrusted to the banking operations

Funds entrusted to the banking operations relates to non-subordinated debts to non-banks, other than in the form of debt securities.

F-36


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Debt securities

Debt securities includes debentures and other issued debt securities with either fixed-interest rates or interest rates dependent on prevailing interest-rate levels, such as certificates of deposit and accepted bills issued by the group, where not subordinated.

2.15. Banks

Banks includes non-subordinated debt to banks, other than in the form of debt securities. As at December 31, 2004, liabilities with regard to securities sold in repurchase transactions amounted to EUR 41,206 million (2003: EUR 20,979 million).

Banks by type:

                                                 
                    2004                     2003  
          Inter-                 Inter-        
    Netherlands     national     Total     Netherlands     national     Total  
Non-interest bearing
    280       1,964       2,244       115       2,282       2,397  
Interest-bearing
    44,996       65,557       110,553       29,369       70,349       99,718  
 
                                   
 
    45,276       67,521       112,797       29,484       72,631       102,115  
 
                                   

2.16. Other liabilities

Other liabilities by type:

                 
    2004     2003  
Subordinated loans of group companies
    15,675       14,511  
Debenture loans
    9,481       9,961  
Loans contracted
    4,540       5,500  
Loans from credit institutions
    3,438       3,672  
Deposits from reinsurers
    549       239  
Income tax
    1,072       1,296  
Other taxation and social security contributions
    437       540  
Trading portfolio
    14,822       12,316  
Payable to credit institutions
    2,060       1,598  
Other deposits
    1,689       1,891  
Other
    8,410       9,599  
 
           
 
    62,173       61,123  
 
           

F-37


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Other liabilities by remaining term:

                                                 
                    2004                     2003  
    up to 1 year     1 to 5 years     over 5 years     up to 1 year     1 to 5 years     over 5 years  
Subordinated loans of group companies
    843       2,854       11,978       673       4,217       9,621  
Debenture loans
    2,604       5,011       1,866       765       6,148       3,048  
Loans contracted
    3,499       879       162       4,403       794       303  
Loans from credit institutions
    3,077       343       18       3,029       624       19  
Deposits from reinsurers
    397       99       53       73       109       57  
Income tax
    827       238       7       1,121       147       28  
Other taxation and social security contributions
    423       12       2       520       16       4  
Trading portfolio
    14,822                       12,258       14       44  
Payable to credit institutions
    2,060                       1,598                  
Other deposits
    1,128       171       390       1,316       186       389  
Other
    8,232       163       15       9,559       34       6  
 
                                   
 
    37,912       9,770       14,491       35,315       12,289       13,519  
 
                                   

Other liabilities by activity:

                 
    2004     2003  
Liabilities relating to direct insurance
    1,532       1,983  
Liabilities relating to reinsurance
    173       298  

Non-subordinated debenture loans, loans contracted and deposits of the banking operations are included in Funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations and in Banks.

Subordinated loans of group companies relates to capital debentures and private loans, which are subordinated to all current and future liabilities of ING Bank N.V. or Postbank N.V. The average interest rate on the subordinated loans is 5.6% (2003: 6.1%).

Debenture loans have been issued with an average interest rate of 5.5% (2003: 5.7%) and are repayable in the years 2005 to 2036. The loans are denominated in various currencies. Some of the loans have been converted into U.S. dollars by means of currency swaps. Others have been converted into loans with a variable-interest rate by means of interest-rate swaps. As at December 31, 2004, loans amounting to EUR 8,540 million (2003: EUR 8,810 million) bore an average fixed-interest rate of 5.6% (2003: 5.9%). The remaining EUR 941 million (2003: EUR 1,151 million) bore an average variable-interest rate of 4.1% (2003: 4.0%).

The average interest rate of Loans contracted with fixed-interest rates, with a remaining principal amount of EUR 1,045 million (2003: EUR 1,087 million), was 6.6% (2003: 6.5%). The remaining EUR 3,495 million (2003: EUR 4,413 million) bore an average variable-interest rate of 1.7% (2003: 1.1%). These loans are repayable in the years 2005 to 2021.

The average interest rate of Loans from credit institutions with fixed-interest rates, with a remaining principal amount of EUR 2,695 million (2003: EUR 2,556 million), was 2.8% (2003: 2.7%). The remaining EUR 743 million (2003: EUR 1,116 million) bore an average variable-interest rate of 2.1% (2003: 1.2%). As at December 31, 2004, loans totalling EUR 4 million (2003: EUR 5 million) were secured by mortgages.

F-38


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

2.17. Accrued liabilities

                 
    2004     2003  
Accrued interest
    6,502       6,250  
Costs payable
    2,243       2,462  
Yield differences on fixed-interest investments
            126  
 
           
 
    8,745       8,838  
 
           

Because the balance of the provision for yield differences at December 31, 2004 is an asset (EUR 229 million), the amount is included in the balance sheet under Accrued assets.

As at December 31, 2004, an amount of EUR 1,148 million (2003: EUR 616 million) was expected to be settled after more than one year from the balance sheet date.

2.18. Additional information relating to the consolidated balance sheet of ING Group

Analysis of certain assets and liabilities by maturity:

                                                 
                    Three                    
            Up to three     months     One year to     Over five        
2004   On demand     months     to one year     five years     years     Total  
Assets
                                               
Lending
    18,669       73,252       24,761       56,273       144,511       317,466  
Banks
    5,300       39,067       6,002       4,389       2,542       57,300  
 
                                               
Liabilities
                                               
Funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations:
                                               
– Savings accounts
    191,789       22,002       2,660       3,846       824       221,121  
– Other funds entrusted
    72,664       50,907       10,609       5,333       4,527       144,040  
– Debt securities
    3       27,322       9,377       22,701       11,343       70,746  
Banks
    15,198       79,379       14,343       2,945       932       112,797  
                                                 
                    Three                    
            Up to three     months     One year to     Over five        
2003   On demand     months     to one year     five years     years     Total  
Assets
                                               
Lending
    23,474       74,067       20,406       49,834       124,775       292,556  
Banks
    7,854       38,089       7,864       4,428       2,825       61,060  
 
                                               
Liabilities
                                               
Funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations:
                                               
– Savings accounts
    149,910       11,226       2,846       3,274       912       168,168  
– Other funds entrusted
    68,688       44,804       12,437       4,812       6,543       137,284  
– Debt securities
    343       26,482       16,770       19,933       8,844       72,372  
Banks
    18,775       65,312       14,320       1,243       2,465       102,115  

F-39


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

2.18.1. Assets not freely disposable

The assets not freely disposable primarily consist of interest-bearing securities pledged to secure deposits from the Dutch Central Bank and other banks, serve to secure margin accounts and are used for other purposes required by law. Of these assets EUR 8,632 million (2003: EUR 5,658 million) relates to guarantees provided for certain liabilities included in the balance sheet as well as off-balance sheet contingent liabilities.

Assets not freely disposable:

                                                                                 
    2004     2003     2004     2003     2004     2003     2004     2003     2004     2003  
            Funds                                     Guarantees                
            entrusted and                             Contingent     for off-balance                
            debt securities             Banks             liabilities     sheet items             Total  
Investments
    2,846       751       50       2,480       1       42       715       567       3,612       3,840  
Lending
    2,863       895       403       422       9       2                       3,275       1,319  
Banks
    42       303       589       288                                       631       591  
Other assets
    340       170       1,448       294       41       11                       1,829       475  
 
                                                           
 
    6,091       2,119       2,490       3,484       51       55       715       567       9,347       6,225  
 
                                                           

2.18.2. Off-Balance sheet arrangements

Contingent liabilities

In the normal course of business ING Group is a party in activities whose risks are not reflected in whole or part in the consolidated financial statements. In response to the needs of its customers, ING Group offers financial products related to loans. These products include traditional off-balance sheet credit-related financial instruments.

Contingent liabilities:

                 
    2004     2003  
Insurance operations
               
Commitments concerning investments in land and buildings
    507       652  
Commitments concerning fixed-interest securities
    1,424       1,301  
Guarantees
    1,082       1,232  
Other
    546       605  
 
               
Banking operations
               
Contingent liabilities in respect of:
               
– guarantees
    17,080       17,115  
– irrevocable letters of credit
    6,233       5,356  
– other
    378       355  
 
           
 
    27,250       26,616  
 
               
Irrevocable facilities
    69,011       66,640  
 
           
 
    96,261       93,256  
 
           

F-40


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Guarantees relate both to credit and non-credit substitute guarantees. Credit-substitute guarantees are guarantees given by ING Group in respect of credit granted to customers by a third party. Many of them are expected to expire without being drawn on and therefore do not necessarily represent future cash outflows. The guarantees are generally of a short-term nature. The guarantees include credit default swaps in which ING sold credit protection amounting to EUR 1,981 million as at December 31, 2004 (2003: EUR 1,968 million). In addition to the items included in contingent liabilities, ING Group has issued guarantees as a participant in collective arrangements of national industry bodies and as participant in government required collective guarantee schemes which apply in different countries. The decrease of the guarantees of insurance operations was caused by the expiration of guarantees for a derivative portfolio.

Irrevocable letters of credit mainly secure payments to a third party for a customer’s foreign and domestic trade transactions in order to finance a shipment of goods. ING Group’s credit risk in these transactions is limited since these transactions are collateralized by the commodity shipped and are of a short duration.

Other contingent liabilities mainly relate to acceptances of bills and are of a short-term nature.

Irrevocable facilities mainly constitute unused portions of irrevocable credit facilities granted to corporate clients. Many of these facilities are for a fixed duration and bear interest at a floating rate. ING Group’s credit risk in these transactions is limited. Most of the unused portion of irrevocable credit facilities is secured by customers’ assets or counter-guarantees by the central government and exempted bodies under the regulatory requirements. Irrevocable facilities also include commitments made to purchase securities to be issued by governments and private issuers.

Special Purpose Entities (SPE)

ING Group has established a number of SPEs and engages in activities with SPEs, for example as investor, administrator or provider of other financial services. A number of SPEs which are controlled by ING Group are included in the consolidated financial statements.

Asset-backed commercial-paper conduits

The non-consolidated SPEs include asset-backed commercial-paper programmes. In the normal course of business, ING Group structures financing transactions for its clients assisting them in obtaining sources of liquidity by selling the clients’ receivables or other financial assets to an SPE. The SPE issues asset-backed commercial paper to the market to fund the purchases. ING Group, in its role as administrative agent, facilitates these transactions by providing structuring, accounting, funding and operations services. As ING Group has no ownership and controlling interest in the SPE nor does it service the transferred assets, the SPE is not included in the consolidated financial statements. ING Group supports the commercial paper programs by providing the SPE with short-term stand-by liquidity facilities. Primarily these liquidity facilities are meant to cover temporarily disruptions in the commercial-paper market. Once drawn these facilities bear normal credit risk. A number of programmes are supported by granting structured liquidity facilities to the SPE, in which ING Group - in addition to normal liquidity facilities - to a certain extent covers the credit risk incorporated in these programs itself, and as a consequence might suffer credit losses from it. Furthermore, under a Program Wide Credit Enhancement ING Group guarantees to a limited amount all remaining losses incorporated in the SPE to the commercial-paper investors. All facilities, which vary in risk profile, are granted to the SPE subject to normal ING Group analysis procedures regarding credit risk and liquidity risk. The fees received for services provided and for facilities are charged on market conditions. The normal non-structured stand by liquidity facilities and the structured facilities are reported under irrevocable facilities.

F-41


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Collateralized Debt Obligations (CDO)-transactions

Within ING Group, SPEs are used for CDO transactions. In a typical CDO transaction an SPE is used to issue structured, rated securities which are backed (or collateralized) by a pool of transferable debt securities. In these transactions ING often has different roles:

–  the arranger of the transaction; ING structures the SPE, acquires the assets for the SPE and sells the CDOs to investors;
 
–  collateral manager of the assets in the SPE; ING manages the assets based on strict conditions of the SPEs charter;
 
–  investor.

ING Group receives market-rate fees for structuring, (asset) managing and distributing CDO-securities to investors.

Other Entities

ING Group is also party in other SPEs used in for instance structured finance and leasing transactions.

2.18.3. Future rental commitments

Future rental commitments for lease contracts as at December 31, 2004:

         
2005
    100  
2006
    81  
2007
    68  
2008
    58  
2009
    51  
years after 2009
    152  

2.18.4. Legal proceedings

ING Group companies are involved in litigation and arbitration proceedings in the Netherlands and in a number of foreign jurisdictions, including the United States, involving claims by and against them which arise in the ordinary course of their businesses, including in connection with their activities as insurers, lenders, employers, investors and taxpayers. In certain of such proceedings, very large or indeterminate amounts are sought, including punitive and other damages. While it is not feasible to predict or determine the ultimate outcome of all pending or threatened legal and regulatory proceedings, management does not believe that their outcome will have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.

These legal proceedings include a dispute over certain hurricane damage alleged by the Mexican fertilizer producer Grupo Fertinal against ING Comercial América, a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Group. Fertinal claims EUR 238 million (USD 300 million) from ING Comercial América, the maximum coverage under the insurance policy of their mining operations. The case is disputed before a judge in Mexico. ING Comercial América continues to pursue this matter vigorously; however, we cannot assess the final outcome. Fertinal has also made criminal complaints alleging fraud against certain ING Comercial América employees, the outcome of which is also yet unclear.

ING Comercial América also has been the subject of certain complaints and suits concerning the performance of certain interest sensitive life insurance products. ING Comercial América is defending these matters vigorously; however, as of this date, we cannot assess the final outcome of these matters.

In the Netherlands ING Bank N.V., together with other major Dutch banks and the payment processor Interpay (in which ING Bank N.V. has a minority shareholding), were subject of an examination by the Dutch competition authority “Nederlandse Mededingings-autoriteit” or NMa. The NMa has adopted a decision in April 2004 in which it takes the view that ING Bank N.V. and other Dutch banks should have sold payment processing services on an individual basis and imposed a fine of EUR 3.9 million on ING Bank N.V. At the time of the decision, the banks had already decided that they would henceforth sell

F-42


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

payment processing services individually. The NMa furthermore held that Interpay committed a separate infringement by charging prices for its services that were in the opinion of the NMa anti-competitive. Both Interpay and the Dutch banks (including ING Bank N.V.) have appealed the NMa decision, which is as a result currently under reconsideration by the NMa. If the NMa upon reconsideration decides to maintain its original decision, that decision will be open to judicial review in two instances. It is therefore uncertain whether or not (and to what extent) the NMa decision will become definitive.

Like many other companies in the U.S. mutual funds, brokerage, investment products, and insurance industries, several of our U.S. companies have received informal and formal requests for information from various U.S. and state governmental and self-regulatory agencies in connection with investigations related to fund trading, compensation, conflicts of interest, and sales practices. ING is responding to the requests and working to resolve issues with regulators. One U.S. subsidiary has received notice of recommended disciplinary action by a U.S. regulator. We believe that any issues that have been identified thus far do not represent a systemic problem in the businesses involved and that the outcome of the investigations will not be material to ING Group.

2.18.5. Derivatives

Use of derivatives

ING Group uses derivative financial instruments in the normal course of business for non-trading and trading purposes. Derivatives are financial instruments, which include forwards, futures, options and swaps, whose value is based on an underlying asset, index or reference rate.

Non-trading activities

ING Group’s principal objective in holding or issuing derivatives for non-trading purposes is risk management. To achieve its risk-management objective, ING Group uses a combination of interest-rate instruments, primarily interest-rate swaps. Net positions in foreign currencies are subject to changes in value as exchange rates change. These fluctuations are managed by entering into currency swaps, forwards and options.

Notional amounts and the positive and negative fair values of derivative financial instruments used for non-trading purposes:

                                                 
    2004     2003     2004     2003     2004     2003  
    Notional amount     Positive year-end     Negative year-end  
                            fair value             fair value  
Interest-rate contracts
    413,574       332,779       7,875       4,512       6,397       5,169  
Currency contracts
    56,239       23,654       750       664       1,052       459  
Equity contracts
    5,044       4,499       155       80       75       21  
 
                                   
 
    474,857       360,932       8,780       5,256       7,524       5,649  
 
                                   

ING Group’s use of these instruments is changed from time to time in response to changing market conditions as well as changes in the mix of the related assets and liabilities.

Trading activities

ING Group trades derivative financial instruments on behalf of clients and for its own account. Derivative financial instruments used for risk-management purposes to control risks of trading portfolios are reported as being held for trading purposes.

F-43


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Notional amounts, the average fair values and year-end fair values of trading derivative financial Instruments:

                                                                                 
    2004     2003     2004     2003     2004     2003     2004     2003     2004     2003  
    Notional amount     Average positive     Average negative     Positive year-end     Negative year-end  
                    fair value     fair value     fair value     fair value  
Interest-rate contracts
    967,298       859,161       12,971       14,542       12,948       14,437       10,078       11,370       11,077       11,152  
Currency contracts
    259,584       269,394       5,123       5,300       5,497       6,155       7,064       5,672       7,495       6,785  
Equity contracts
    37,924       42,156       1,686       2,391       1,186       1,525       1,576       1,441       975       1,122  
 
                                                           
 
    1,264,806       1,170,711       19,780       22,233       19,631       22,117       18,718       18,483       19,547       19,059  
 
                                                           

Credit derivatives

As part of its trading activities, ING is also active in the field of credit derivatives. Credit derivatives are contracts in which the credit risk regarding a specified party with respect to certain types of financial instruments is transferred. As at December 31, 2004, ING Bank has sold protection via total return swaps and credit default swaps for a total of EUR 10,060 million (2003: EUR 6,307 million). ING also has bought protection via total return swaps and credit default swaps for a total of EUR 10,903 million (2003: EUR 8,173 million). The fair value of the total return swaps and credit default swaps used to sell protection amounts to EUR 136 million at December 31, 2004 (2003: EUR 123 million). For the total return swaps and credit default swaps used to buy protection the fair value amounts to EUR (145) million at December 31, 2004 (2003: EUR (88) million).

Numerical information about derivatives activities

The following tables give numerical information about the derivatives activities, detailing types of derivatives, credit risks, counterparties and use of the derivatives transactions.

The first table illustrates the relative importance of the various types of derivative products, showing the notional amounts at year-end 2004 and year-end 2003. Notional amounts represent units of account which, in respect of derivatives, reflect the relationship with the underlying assets (bonds, for example, in the case of interest-rate futures). What they do not reflect, however, is the credit risk assumed by entering into derivatives transactions.

Listed derivatives are standardized and include futures and certain option contracts. Over-the-counter derivatives contracts are individually negotiated between contracting parties and include forward contracts, options and swaps.

Forward contracts are commitments to exchange currencies or to buy or sell other financial instruments at specified future dates. Futures contracts are similar to forwards. However, major exchanges act as intermediaries and require daily cash settlement and collateral deposits.

Option contracts give the purchaser, for a premium, the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell within a limited period of time a financial instrument or currency at a contracted price that may also be settled in cash. Written options give the issuer the obligation to buy or sell within a limited period of time a financial instrument or currency at a contracted price that may also be settled in cash. This subjects ING Group to market risk, but not to credit risk, since the counterparties have already performed in accordance with the terms of the contract by paying a cash premium up front.

Swap contracts are commitments to settle in cash at a specified future date, based on differentials between specified financial indices as applied to a notional amount. Generally, no cash is exchanged at the outset of the contract and no principal payments are made by either party.

F-44


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

The year-end positive fair value represents the maximum loss that ING Group would incur on its derivatives transactions if all its counterparties at year end defaulted. This fair value can and will fluctuate from day to day due to changes in the value of the underlying assets. In order to arrive at an estimate of credit risk at any given time, a margin is added to the fair value figures to arrive, in accordance with internationally accepted criteria, at what is called the unweighted credit equivalents.

The weighted credit equivalents are the unweighted credit equivalents multiplied by the weighting factors determined in accordance with standards of the international supervisory authorities. Under certain conditions, the credit risk can be reduced by entering into bilateral netting agreements. In the case of non-observance of the obligation by the counterparty, this kind of agreement gives the right to net off receivables and payables in respect of open derivatives contracts. The effect of reducing the risk by means of bilateral netting agreements is shown at the bottom of the first table.

F-45


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Open contracts as at year-end:

                                                                 
                    Un-     2004                     Un-     2003  
                    weighted     Weighted                     weighted     Weighted  
            Positive     credit     credit             Positive     credit     credit  
    Notional     fair     equi-     equi-     Notional     fair     equi-     equi-  
    amount     value     valent     valent     amount     value     valent     valent  
Interest-rate contracts
                                                               
Over-the-counter:
                                                               
– swaps
    1,181,207       17,009       22,040       5,049       961,211       15,207       19,914       4,700  
– forwards
    50,606       21       24       6       74,393       53       81       21  
– options purchased
    67,544       920       1,311       278       62,689       617       912       247  
– options written
    38,163       3                       43,389       5                  
Listed:
                                                               
– options purchased
    2,275                               4,366                          
– options written
    2,990                               2,278                          
– futures
    38,087                               43,614                          
 
                                                               
Currency contracts
                                                               
Over-the-counter:
                                                               
– swaps
    66,808       2,691       6,072       1,507       40,589       1,344       3,109       861  
– forwards
    211,727       4,710       7,242       1,761       205,476       4,311       6,852       1,736  
– options purchased
    16,455       413       599       141       29,543       681       1,051       245  
– options written
    19,174                               16,207                          
Listed:
                                                               
– options purchased
    123                               375                          
– options written
    136                               317                          
– futures
    1,400                               541                          
 
                                                               
Equity contracts
                                                               
Over-the-counter:
                                                               
– swaps
    13,692       298       1,127       295       7,350       267       714       213  
– forwards
    1                               10               1          
– options purchased
    8,323       708       1,406       394       7,182       608       1,130       361  
– options written
    2,876                               4,891                          
Listed:
                                                               
– options purchased
    9,477       725                       13,862       646                  
– options written
    8,222                               12,304                          
– futures
    377                               1,056                          
 
                                               
 
    1,739,663       27,498       39,821       9,431       1,531,643       23,739       33,764       8,384  
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Effect of contractual netting
            (13,413 )     (16,810 )     (3,678 )             (12,441 )     (15,277 )     (3,706 )
 
                                                   
 
            14,085       23,011       5,753               11,298       18,487       4,678  
 
                                                   

Collateral held but not meeting the criteria for contractual netting, would additionally reduce the total weighted credit equivalent as at December 31, 2004 with an amount of EUR 573 million (2003: EUR 362 million).

F-46


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Open contracts by remaining term, based on the notional amounts, as at December 31:

                                                         
    up to 1     1 to 2     2 to 3     3 to 4     4 to 5     over 5        
2004   year     years     years     years     years     years     Total  
Interest-rate contracts
                                                       
Over-the-counter:
                                                       
– swaps
    608,438       129,704       82,239       65,022       66,825       228,979       1,181,207  
– forwards
    50,004       360       10       32       128       72       50,606  
– options purchased
    19,316       13,467       6,928       3,895       8,921       15,017       67,544  
– options written
    6,899       5,925       4,083       2,262       8,008       10,986       38,163  
Listed:
                                                       
– options purchased
    2,275                                               2,275  
– options written
    2,990                                               2,990  
– futures
    25,624       10,068       2,309       79       7               38,087  
 
                                                       
Currency contracts
                                                       
Over-the-counter:
                                                       
– swaps
    14,340       9,165       7,362       6,393       4,557       24,991       66,808  
– forwards
    196,496       8,909       3,543       1,388       1,266       125       211,727  
– options purchased
    15,717       534       77       19       1       107       16,455  
– options written
    18,380       621       41       34       1       97       19,174  
Listed:
                                                       
– options purchased
    123                                               123  
– options written
    136                                               136  
– futures
    1,261       80       2       57                       1,400  
 
                                                       
Equity contracts
                                                       
Over-the-counter:
                                                       
– swaps
    13,412       28       58       97       23       74       13,692  
– forwards
    1                                               1  
– options purchased
    1,974       864       772       863       273       3,577       8,323  
– options written
    977       410       544       457       265       223       2,876  
Listed:
                                                       
– options purchased
    4,178       2,263       1,933       921       34       148       9,477  
– options written
    3,651       1,892       1,413       1,258       8               8,222  
– futures
    314       63                                       377  
 
                                         
 
    986,506       184,353       111,314       82,777       90,317       284,396       1,739,663  
 
                                         

F-47


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Open contracts by remaining term, based on the notional amounts, as at December 31:

                                                         
    up to 1     1 to 2     2 to 3     3 to 4     4 to 5     over 5        
2003   year     years     years     years     years     years     Total  
Interest-rate contracts
                                                       
Over-the-counter:
                                                       
– swaps
    418,371       130,521       79,899       72,306       53,756       206,358       961,211  
– forwards
    69,018       5,026       157               32       160       74,393  
– options purchased
    28,716       6,770       5,831       5,317       3,500       12,555       62,689  
– options written
    16,402       5,065       5,020       4,387       2,654       9,861       43,389  
Listed:
                                                       
– options purchased
    4,330       6                               30       4,366  
– options written
    2,152       6                               120       2,278  
– futures
    37,256       3,864       1,347       24       321       802       43,614  
 
                                                       
Currency contracts
                                                       
Over-the-counter:
                                                       
– swaps
    11,415       6,530       4,982       5,521       3,922       8,219       40,589  
– forwards
    190,909       8,738       3,171       1,675       775       208       205,476  
– options purchased
    27,358       1,750       420       2       1       12       29,543  
– options written
    15,243       908       41       2       1       12       16,207  
Listed:
                                                       
– options purchased
    375                                               375  
– options written
    317                                               317  
– futures
    365       98       17               61               541  
 
                                                       
Equity contracts
                                                       
Over-the-counter:
                                                       
– swaps
    7,090       7       27       49       152       25       7,350  
– forwards
    10                                               10  
– options purchased
    3,179       1,579       934       293       669       528       7,182  
– options written
    2,418       1,188       617       170       338       160       4,891  
Listed:
                                                       
– options purchased
    10,184       1,317       1,029       752       580               13,862  
– options written
    8,832       1,011       1,342       687       432               12,304  
– futures
    1,056                                               1,056  
 
                                         
 
    854,996       174,384       104,834       91,185       67,194       239,050       1,531,643  
 
                                         

Open contracts by counterparty:

                                                 
                    2004                     2003  
            Unweighted     Weighted             Unweighted     Weighted  
    Notional     credit     credit     Notional     credit     credit  
    amount     equivalent     equivalent     amount     equivalent     equivalent  
Public sector
    75,241       363               90,025       283          
Banks
    1,517,336       34,324       6,864       1,219,686       27,856       5,571  
Other
    147,086       5,134       2,567       221,932       5,625       2,813  
 
                                   
 
    1,739,663       39,821       9,431       1,531,643       33,764       8,384  
 
                                   

F-48


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

2.18.6    Fair value of financial assets and liabilities

The following table presents the estimated fair values of ING Group’s financial assets and liabilities. Certain balance sheet items are not included in the table as they do not comply with the definition of a financial asset or liability. The aggregation of the fair values presented hereunder does not represent, and should not be construed as representing, the underlying value of ING Group.

Fair value of financial assets and liabilities:

                                 
            2004             2003  
    Estimated     Balance     Estimated     Balance  
    fair value     sheet value     fair value     sheet value  
Financial assets
                               
Participating interests
    3,304       3,304       3,167       3,167  
Investments
                               
– shares and convertible debentures
    10,456       10,456       10,688       10,688  
– fixed-interest securities
    316,452       300,417       254,527       244,612  
Lending (1)
    308,897       303,810       284,785       281,031  
Banks (1)
    58,918       57,082       60,916       60,768  
Cash
    8,807       8,807       11,738       11,738  
Other assets (2)
                               
– trading portfolio
    46,337       46,337       38,911       38,911  
– equity participations
    484       766       1,403       1,295  
– other receivables
    9,347       9,347       10,825       10,825  
Accrued assets (3)
    10,798       10,798       10,703       10,703  
Derivatives held for non-trading purpose
    8,780       3,398       5,256       2,405  
 
                       
 
    782,580       754,522       692,919       676,143  
 
                       
 
                               
Financial liabilities
                               
Subordinated loans
    4,342       4,109       4,059       3,252  
Insurance provisions related to investment-type contracts
    88,575       89,684       84,115       86,076  
Funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations
    435,225       435,907       380,126       377,824  
Bank
    113,735       112,797       102,330       102,115  
Other liabilities
    64,483       62,173       62,880       61,123  
Accrued liabilities
    8,745       8,745       8,838       8,838  
Derivatives held for non-trading purposes
    7,524       2,904       5,649       1,850  
 
                       
 
    722,629       716,319       647,997       641,078  
 
                       


(1)   Lending and Banks do not include receivables from leases.
 
(2)   Other assets does not include property, income tax receivables and pension assets and other staff-related assets.
 
(3)   Accrued assets does not include deferred acquisition costs of insurance business.

The estimated fair values correspond with the amounts at which the financial instruments could have been traded on a fair basis at the balance-sheet date between knowledgeable, willing parties in arm’s-length transactions. The fair value of financial assets and liabilities is based on quoted market prices, where available. Because substantial trading markets do not exist for most of these financial instruments various techniques have been developed to estimate their approximate fair values. These techniques are subjective in nature and involve various assumptions about the discount rate and the estimates of the amount and timing of the anticipated future cash flows. Changes in these assumptions could significantly affect the estimated fair values. Consequently, the fair values presented may not be indicative of the net realizable value. In addition, the calculation of the estimated fair value is based on market conditions at a specific point in time and may not be indicative of future fair values.

F-49


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

The following methods and assumptions were used by ING Group to estimate the fair value of the financial instruments.

Financial assets

Participating interests

The fair values of the shares of participating interests are based on quoted market prices or, if unquoted, on estimated market values based on quoted prices for similar securities. Fair values of the receivables from participating interests are determined using the same methods as described below for Fixed-interest securities.

Investments

The fair values of Shares and convertible debentures are based on quoted market prices or, if unquoted, on estimated market values generally based on quoted prices for similar securities. Fair values for Fixed-interest securities other than mortgage and policy loans are based on quoted market prices, where available. For those securities not actively traded, fair values are estimated using values obtained from private pricing services or by discounting expected future cash flows using a current market rate applicable to the yield, credit quality and maturity of the investment. The fair values of mortgage loans are estimated by discounting future cash flows using interest rates currently being offered for similar loans to borrowers with similar credit ratings. The fair values of fixed-rate policy loans are estimated by discounting cash flows at the interest rates charged on policy loans of similar policies currently being issued. Loans with similar characteristics are aggregated for purposes of the calculations. The fair values of variable-rate policy loans approximate their carrying values.

Lending

For loans that are repriced frequently and have had no significant changes in credit risk, carrying amounts represent a reasonable estimate of fair values. The fair values of other loans are estimated by discounting expected future cash flows using interest rates offered for similar loans to borrowers with similar credit ratings. The fair values of nonperforming loans are estimated by discounting the expected cash flows of recoveries.

Banks

The fair values of receivables from banks are estimated based on discounting future cash flows using available market interest rates offered for receivables with similar characteristics.

Cash

The carrying amount of cash approximates its fair value.

Other assets

The fair values of securities in the trading portfolio and equity participations are based on quoted market prices, where available. For those securities not actively traded, fair values are estimated based on internal discounted cash flow pricing models taking into account current cash flow assumptions and the counterparties’ credit standings. The carrying amount of Other receivables approximates its fair value.

Accrued assets

The carrying amount of accrued assets approximates its fair value.

Financial liabilities

Subordinated loans

The fair value of the Subordinated loans is estimated using discounted cash flows based on interest rates that apply to similar instruments.

Insurance provisions related to investment-type contracts (included in insurance provisions)

For guaranteed investment contracts the fair values have been estimated using a discounted cash

F-50


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

flow approach based on interest rates currently being offered for similar contracts with maturities consistent with those remaining for the contracts being valued. For other investment-type contracts, fair values are estimated based on the cash surrender values.

Funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations

The carrying values of demand deposits and other deposits with no stated maturity approximate their fair values. The fair values of other deposits with stated maturities have been estimated based on discounting future cash flows using the interest rates currently applicable to deposits of similar maturities.

Banks

The fair values of payables to banks are estimated based on discounting future cash flows using available market interest rates for payables to banks with similar characteristics.

Other liabilities

For publicly traded debt, the fair values are based on quoted market prices. For non-traded, variable-rate debt, the carrying amounts approximate their fair values. For non-traded, fixed-rate debt, the fair values have been estimated using discounted cash flow calculations based on interest rates charged on similar instruments currently being issued.

Accrued liabilities

The carrying amount of accrued liabilities approximates its fair value.

Derivatives

The fair values of derivatives held for non-trading purposes are based on broker/dealer valuations or on internal discounted cash flow pricing models taking into account current cash flow assumptions and the counterparties’ credit standings. The fair values of derivatives held for non-trading purposes generally reflect the estimated amounts that ING Group would receive or pay to terminate the contracts at the balance sheet date.

Fair value of other off-balance sheet financial instruments:

                                 
            2004             2003  
    Estimated     Contract     Estimated     Contract  
    fair value     amount     fair value     amount  
Insurance operations
                               
Commitments concerning investments in land and buildings
    507       507       652       652  
Commitments concerning investments in fixed-interest securities
    1,424       1,424       1,301       1,301  
Guarantees
            1,082               1,232  
Other
            546               605  
 
                           
 
            3,559               3,790  
 
                           
                                 
    Risk-     2004     Risk-     2003  
    weighted     Contract     weighted     Contract  
    value     amount     value     amount  
Banking operations
                               
Guarantees
    9,680       17,080       8,695       17,115  
Irrevocable letters of credit
    1,499       6,233       1,017       5,356  
Irrevocable facilities
    13,074       69,011       12,413       66,640  
Other
    333       378       303       355  
 
                       
 
    24,586       92,702       22,428       89,466  
 
                       

For the other off-balance sheet financial instruments the following methods are used in order to determine the fair value.

F-51


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Insurance operations

The fair values of the commitments for investments in land and buildings and commitments concerning investments in fixed-interest securities are the same as their contract amounts on account of their short-term nature.

Banking operations

Risk-weighted amounts of the banking operations have been calculated in accordance with the Dutch Central Bank guidelines which are based on the solvency ratio directives of the European Commission. In view of the lack of an established market and difficulties involved in segregating the value of these instruments from their underlying degree of uncertainty, it is not considered to be meaningful to provide an estimate of the fair value for these instruments.

2.18.7. Capital base

Breakdown capital base :

                                                 
                    2004                     2003  
    Group     Insurance     Bank     Group     Insurance     Bank  
Shareholders’ equity
    25,866                       21,331                  
Preference shares of group companies
    1,283                       1,783                  
Subordinated loans
    4,109                       3,252                  
 
                                           
 
                                               
Capital base ING Group
    31,258                       26,366                  
 
                                               
Core debt (debt raised to finance subsidiaries)
    3,436                       4,441                  
 
                                               
 
                                           
 
    34,694       14,278 (1)     20,416 (2)     30,807       12,382 (1)     18,425 (2)
 
                                               
Third party interests
            1,722       508               1,187       553  
Subordinated loans
                                               
ING Verzekeringen N.V.
            2,250                       2,250          
Equity components not included in Tier 1 (3)
                    (325 )                     (353 )
ING Group shares held and consolidation adjustments
            22       540               25       449  
 
                                       
 
Capital base:
                                               
- ING Verzekeringen N.V.
          18,272                       15,844          
- ING Bank N.V. (Tier-1 qualifying capital)
                    21,139                       19,074  


(1)   Includes EUR 366 million (2003: EUR 396 million) of subordinated loans to ING Insurance.
 
(2)   Includes EUR 5,025 million (2003: EUR 2,256 million) of subordinated loans to ING Bank. In 2004, new subordinated loans have been granted by ING Groep N.V. to ING Bank N.V. for an amount of EUR 2,883 million.
 
(3)   Includes revaluation reserve and dividend declared but not yet paid.

2.18.8. Regulatory requirements

ING Bank

Capital adequacy and the use of regulatory required capital are based on the guidelines developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the Basel Committee) and European Community Directives, as implemented by the Dutch Central Bank (DNB) for supervisory purposes. The minimum Tier-1 ratio is 4% and the minimum total capital ratio (known as the ‘BIS ratio’) is 8% of all risk-weighted assets, including off-balance sheet items and market risk associated with trading portfolios.

F-52


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Capital position of ING Bank:

                 
    2004     2003  
Shareholders’ equity (1)
    13,977       14,868  
Third-party interests
    508       553  
Capital and reserves of Stichting Regio Bank
    507       469  
Subordinated loans qualifying as Tier-1 capital (2)
    5,025       2,256  
Fund for general banking risks
    1,446       1,281  
Dividend preference shares (3)
            (118 )
Revaluation reserve (4)
    (324 )     (235 )
 
           
Core capital - Tier 1
    21,139       19,074  
 
               
Supplementary capital - Tier 2
    10,471       9,743  
Available Tier-3 funds
    357       138  
Deductions
    (534 )     (473 )
 
           
Qualifying capital
    31,433       28,482  
 
           
 
               
Risk Weighted Assets
    274,138       251,266  
 
               
Tier 1-ratio
    7.71 %     7.59 %
BIS ratio
    11.47 %     11.34 %


(1)   As at December 31, 2003, Shareholders’ equity included an amount of EUR 3,002 million that qualifies as innovative Tier-1 capital (dated and undated). EUR 2,402 million was raised via Trust Preferred Securities issued by ING Groep N.V. and EUR 600 million was raised by ING Groep N.V. as perpetual subordinated bonds. These amounts have been repaid in 2004.
 
(2)   Subordinated loans qualifying as Tier-1 capital have been placed by ING Groep N.V. with ING Bank N.V. In 2004, new subordinated loans have been granted by ING Groep N.V. to ING Bank N.V. for an amount of EUR 2,883 million.
 
(3)   Dividend declared but not yet paid is deducted as it is not part of Tier-1 capital.
 
(4)   Revaluation reserve is deducted as it is not part of Tier-1 capital (included in Tier 2).

ING Insurance

European Union directives require insurance companies established in member states of the European Union to maintain minimum capital positions. The capital position of ING Insurance has been measured on the basis of this EU requirement.

Capital position of ING Insurance:

                                                 
            Non-                     Non-        
            insurance                     insurance        
            companies,                     companies,        
    Total ING     core debt &     2004     Total ING     core debt &     2003  
    Verzekeringen     other elimi-     Insurance     Verzeke-     other elimi-     Insurance  
    N.V     nations     companies     ringen N.V.     nations     companies  
Available capital
    18,272       278       18,550       15,844       2,619       18,463  
Required capital
    8,697               8,697       8,779               8,779  
 
                                               
 
                                       
Surplus capital
    9,575               9,853       7,065               9,684  
 
                                       
 
                                               
Ratio of available required versus capital
    210 %             213 %     180 %             210 %

F-53


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

ING Group

According to an agreement (‘Protocol’) between the Dutch Central Bank and the Pension & Insurance Board regarding the supervision of financial conglomerates, ING Group is required to have an amount of capital, reserves and subordinated loans which are at least equal to the sum of:

- the required capital for the banking activities and

- the required capital for the insurance activities.

For regulatory purposes certain (external) subordinated loans of ING Bank N.V. and ING Verzekeringen N.V. are included.

Regulatory required capital ING Group:

                 
    2004     2003  
Shareholders’ equity
    25,866       21,331  
Preference shares of group companies
    1,283       1,783  
Subordinated loans
    4,109       3,252  
 
           
Capital base ING Group
    31,258       26,366  
 
               
Subordinated loans ING Bank N.V. (included in Tier 2)
    9,951       8,979  
Subordinated loans ING Verzekeringen N.V.
    2,250       2,250  
 
           
Capital base including subordinated loans
    43,459       37,595  
 
               
Required capital banking operations
    21,931       20,101  
Required capital insurance operations
    8,697       8,779  
 
           
Surplus capital
    12,831       8,715  
 
           

2.18.9. Related parties

In the normal course of business, ING Group enters into various transactions with related companies. Related companies comprise non-consolidated participating interests and the non-consolidated part of joint-ventures. These transactions are not considered material to ING Group, either individually or in the aggregate. Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability to control or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial or operating decisions. Transactions have taken place on an at arm’s length basis.

Related party transactions:

                                 
            2004             2003  
    Joint     Asso-     Joint     Asso-  
    ventures     ciates     ventures     ciates  
Receivables
    142       242       303       167  
Liabilities
    214       27       10       21  
Guarantees issued in favour of
    124       2       79       1  

Income received from and expenses paid to joint-ventures were EUR 5 million respectively EUR 150 million (2003: nil respectively nil) and income received from and expenses paid to associates were EUR 7 million respectively nil (2003: EUR 7 million respectively EUR 2 million).

F-54


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

3. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT OF ING GROUP

3.1. Income

3.1.1. Premium income

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
Premium income from life insurance policies
    36,975       33,904       38,899  
Premium income from non-life insurance policies
    6,642       7,288       7,917  
 
                       
 
    43,617       41,192       46,816  
 
                       

Premium income has been included before deduction of reinsurance and retrocession premiums granted.

Premium income includes EUR 18,472 million (2003: EUR 16,259 million; 2002: EUR 21,460 million) relating to investment type policies of the US, Latin America and Asia-Pacific operations. These policies mainly consist of individual and group fixed and variable annuities and universal life contracts.

3.1.2. Income from investments of the insurance operations

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
Income from disposal of group companies
    480       110       518  
Income from land and buildings
    766       822       872  
Income from investments in shares and convertible debentures
    1,009       510       1,611  
Income from investments in fixed-interest securities:
                       
- debentures
    5,537       5,485       6,412  
- private loans
    329       151       127  
- mortgage loans
    1,664       1,656       1,781  
- policy loans
    171       183       208  
- deposits with credit institutions
    19       31       49  
- professional loans
    16       17       17  
- other
    526       757       180  
Deposits with insurers
    17       19       14  
 
                 
 
    10,534       9,741       11,789  
Eliminations
    163       218       73  
 
                 
 
    10,371       9,523       11,716  
 
                 

As from 2003, additions to the provision for investment losses are reported on a separate line within Total expenditure. Previously these additions were reported as an element of Income from investments of the insurance operations. The comparative figures have been adjusted accordingly.

Income from land and buildings includes an amount in respect of rental income allocated to business units of ING Group (the same amount is included in Other expenses) of EUR 52 million (2003: EUR 57 million; 2002: EUR 50 million).

Income from investments in land and buildings and shares and convertibles includes realized results on disposal of EUR 1,030 million (2003: EUR 425 million; 2002: EUR 1,357 million).

F-55


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Income from investments by counterparty:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
ING Group
    2       4       3  
Group companies
    161       214       70  
Third parties
    10,371       9,523       11,716  
 
                 
 
    10,534       9,741       11,789  
 
                 

Income from investments for risk of policyholders of EUR 2,309 million (2003: EUR 9,973 million; 2002: EUR (10,642) million) is not included in Income from investments of the insurance operations.

3.1.3. Interest result from the banking operations

In 2004, interest income includes an amount of EUR 7,186 million (2003: EUR 5,559 million; 2002: EUR 5,075 million) in respect of interest-bearing securities. Interest expense includes an amount of EUR 3,368 million (2003: EUR 3,187 million; 2002: EUR 3,964 million) in respect of interest-bearing securities.

Despite the existence of a legal claim, interest income of EUR 84 million (2003: EUR 123 million; 2002: EUR 105 million) is not recognized in the profit and loss account because the realization of the interest income is almost certainly not to be expected.

Interest income and expenses:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
Interest income on loans/deposits
    16,019       16,015       16,097  
Interest income suspended
    (84 )     (123 )     (105 )
 
                 
Net interest income on loans/deposits
    15,935       15,892       15,992  
 
                       
Origination fees and loan-servicing fees
    96       96       102  
Interest income on investment securities
    6,303       4,818       3,994  
Interest income on trading portfolio
    883       741       1,081  
Other interest income
    2,363       2,255       2,919  
 
                 
Total interest income
    25,580       23,802       24,088  
 
                       
Interest expenses on deposits by banks
    1,351       1,437       2,071  
Interest expenses on funds entrusted
    9,613       8,260       6,273  
Interest expenses on debt securities
    2,707       2,587       4,105  
Interest expenses on subordinated loans
    921       857       779  
Other interest expenses
    2,180       2,546       3,214  
 
                 
Total interest expenses
    16,772       15,687       16,442  
 
                       
 
                 
Net interest result
    8,808       8,115       7,646  
Eliminations
    (42 )     (51 )     (56 )
 
                 
 
    8,850       8,166       7,702  
 
                 

F-56


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Interest margin, analyzed on a percentage basis of the Netherlands and international operations:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
Netherlands
    1.86       2.00       1.87  
International
    0.98       1.00       1.01  
 
                       
Overall
    1.48       1.58       1.62  

In 2004 the growth of the average total assets caused an increase of the interest result with EUR 1,200 million (2003: EUR 689 million). The decrease of the interest margin with 10 basis points caused a decrease of the interest result with EUR 507 million (in 2003 the decrease of the interest margin with 4 basis points caused an decrease of the interest result with EUR 220 million).

3.1.4. Commission

                                                                         
    2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002  
    Insurance operations     Banking operations                     Total  
Funds transfer
                            575       587       592       575       587       592  
Securities business
                            665       665       731       665       665       731  
Insurance broking
    118       114       159       136       115       117       254       229       276  
Management fees
    470       551       628       766       594       688       1,236       1,145       1,316  
Brokerage and advisory fees
                            139       146       197       139       146       197  
Other
    613       648       558       300       357       290       913       1,005       848  
 
                                                     
 
    1,201       1,313       1,345       2,581       2,464       2,615       3,782       3,777       3,960  
 
                                                     

In 2004, the banking operations received EUR 3,336 million (2003: EUR 3,085 million; 2002: EUR 3,231 million) and paid EUR 755 million (2003: EUR 621 million; 2002: EUR 616 million) in respect of commission.

3.1.5. Other income

                                                                         
    2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002  
    Insurance operations     Banking operations                     Total  
Income from participating interests and equity participations
    216       255       156       47       154       201       263       409       357  
Results from financial transactions
    236       213       112       596       562       454       832       775       566  
Other results
    184       539       514       505       385       285       689       924       799  
 
                                                     
 
    636       1,007       782       1,148       1,101       940       1,784       2,108       1,722  
 
                                                     

Income from participating interests and equity participations

                                                                         
    2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002  
    Insurance operations     Banking operations                     Total  
Shares
                            160       14       182       160       14       182  
Investments in associates
    159       154       137       (113 )     57       (11 )     46       211       126  
Other participating interests
    20       18       20               14       30       20       32       50  
Equity participations
    37       83       (1 )             69               37       152       (1 )
 
                                                     
 
    216       255       156       47       154       201       263       409       357  
 
                                                     

F-57


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Results from financial transactions

                                                                         
    2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002  
    Insurance operations     Banking operations                     Total  
Results from securities trading portfolio
    1       30       (6 )     365       226       201       366       256       195  
Results from currency trading portfolio
                            566       46       242       566       46       242  
Other
    235       183       118       (335 )     290       11       (100 )     473       129  
 
                                                                       
 
                                                     
 
    236       213       112       596       562       454       832       775       566  
 
                                                     

Other results

Other results includes income which cannot be classified with any of the above items, including rental income, results on the sale of property and leasing income which is not classified as interest.

3.2. Expenditure

3.2.1. Underwriting expenditure

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
Expenditure from life underwriting
                       
Reinsurance and retrocession premiums
    1,619       1,102       1,093  
Benefits for own account
    24,847       23,283       28,327  
Movements in other insurance provisions for own account
    11,097       10,871       10,450  
Costs of acquiring insurance business
    1,324       1,248       1,523  
Other underwriting expenditure
    713       87       255  
Profit sharing and rebates
    684       755       559  
 
                       
Expenditure from non-life underwriting
                       
Reinsurance and retrocession premiums
    756       930       1,275  
Claims for own account
    3,294       3,738       3,765  
Movements in the provision for unearned premiums
    73       230       345  
Movements in the claims provision
    58       207       625  
Costs of acquiring insurance business
    951       997       1,043  
Other underwriting expenditure
    (32 )     (52 )     (153 )
 
                 
 
    45,384       43,396       49,107  
 
                 
 
                       

Profit sharing and rebates:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
Distributions on account of interest or underwriting results
    313       328       60  
Bonuses added to policies
    371       427       499  
 
                 
 
    684       755       559  
 
                 

As a result of the transfer of life insurance business to Scottish Re in 2004 by means of a co-insurance contract, ING recorded a loss amounting to EUR 160 million in Underwriting expenditure. This loss represents the reduction of the related deferred acquisition costs. In addition, an amount of EUR 240 million will be amortized over the life of the underlying business, starting in 2005 with a charge amounting to EUR 25 million and gradually decreasing in subsequent years as the business runs off.

F-58


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Underwriting expenditure includes an amount of EUR 4,258 million in 2004 (2003: EUR 3,714 million; 2002: EUR 3,974 million) in respect of commission paid and payable with regard to the insurance operations. Amortization of deferred costs of acquiring new business amounted to EUR 2,027 million in 2004 (2003: EUR 1,362 million; 2002: EUR 1,548 million).

Underwriting expenditure regarding investment income for risk of policyholders of EUR 2,309 million (2003: EUR 9,973 million; 2002: EUR (10,642) million) is not included in Underwriting expenditure.

3.2.2. Other interest expenses

Other interest expenses mainly consist of interest in connection with the insurance operations, including interest on the perpetual subordinated loans issued by ING Groep N.V. in September 2001, July 2002, December 2002, July 2003, October 2003 and June 2004.

Other interest expenses includes eliminations of EUR 121 million (2003: EUR 167 million; 2002: EUR 17 million).

3.2.3. Salaries, pension and social security costs

                                                                         
    2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002  
    Insurance operations     Banking operations                     Total  
Salaries
    1,878       1,904       2,032       3,283       3,132       3,228       5,161       5,036       5,260  
Pension, healthcare and early- retirement costs
    237       245       201       454       449       298       691       694       499  
Social security costs
    191       202       232       426       421       453       617       623       685  
Other staff costs
    457       384       299       818       692       808       1,275       1,076       1,107  
 
                                                     
 
    2,763       2,735       2,764       4,981       4,694       4,787       7,744       7,429       7,551  
 
                                                     

F-59


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Pension, healthcare and early-retirement costs:

                                                                                                 
    2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002  
    Pension     Healthcare     Other     Total  
Current service cost
    433       405       467       31       23       21       6       6       9       470       434       497  
Past service cost
    (1 )     (7 )     12               (6 )                             (1 )     (1 )     (13 )     11  
Interest expenses
    633       628       599       35       32       31       15       16       32       683       676       662  
Expected return on assets
    (685 )     (645 )     (647 )                             (12 )     (13 )     (14 )     (697 )     (658 )     (661 )
Amortization of unrecognized past service costs
    (1 )     3               (3 )                                             (4 )     3          
Amortization of unrecognized net (gains)/losses
    146       153       23       6               (2 )                             152       153       21  
Effect of curtailment or settlement
    (1 )     3       (9 )             (1 )     (2 )                     (128 )     (1 )     2       (139 )
Defined benefit post-
                                                                                               
employment plans
  524     540     445     69     48     48     9     9     (102 )   602     597     391  
 
                                                                       
 
                                                                                               
Defined contribution plans
                                                                            89       97       108  
 
                                                                                         
 
                                                                            691       694       499  
 
                                                                                         

Contributions to defined contribution plans are generally determined as a percentage of pay.

The actual return on the plan assets amounted to EUR 835 million (2003: EUR 849 million; 2002: EUR (718) million).

Remuneration senior management, Executive Board and Supervisory Board

The information on option plans and remuneration of senior management, members of the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board is included in the remuneration paragraph in the annual report on Form 20-F (page 128 up to and including page 140). This information is considered to be an integral part of the audited annual accounts.

Stock option and share plans

ING Group has granted option rights on ING Group shares and conditional rights on depositary receipts for ING shares to a number of senior executives (members of the Executive Board, general managers and other officers nominated by the Executive Board), to all ING Group staff in the Netherlands and to a considerable number of employees outside the Netherlands. The purpose of the option and share schemes, apart from promoting a lasting growth of ING Group, is to attract, retain and motivate senior executives and staff.

ING Group holds direct or indirect its own shares in order to fulfil the obligations with regard to the existing stock option plan and to hedge the position risk of the options concerned (so-called delta hedge). As at December 31, 2004, 29,427,538 (2003: 28,068,191; 2002: 28,437,105) own shares were held in connection to the option plan compared to 81,010,410 options outstanding. As a result the granted option rights were (delta-)hedged, taking into account the following parameters: strike price, opening price, zero coupon interest rate, dividend yield, expected volatility and employee behaviour. The hedge is rebalanced regularly at predetermined points in time.

F-60


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Exposure arising out of the share plan is not hedged. The obligations with regard to these plans will be funded by issuing own shares.

The option rights are valid for a period of five or ten years. Option rights, that are not exercised within this period, lapse. Option rights granted will remain valid until expiry date, even if the option scheme is discontinued. The option rights are subject to certain conditions, including a certain continuous period of service. The exercise prices of the options are the same as the quoted prices of ING Group shares at the date on which the options are granted.

The entitlement to the depositary receipts for ING shares is granted conditionally. If the participant remains in the employment for an uninterrupted period of three years from the grant date, the entitlement becomes unconditional. In 2004 68,750 shares have been granted to the members of the Executive Board and 3,647,146 shares have been granted to senior management and remaining personnel.

Each year, the ING Group Executive Board will take a decision as to whether the option and share schemes are to be continued and, if so, to what extent.

F-61


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Number of options outstanding and exercisable, analyzed in accordance with year of issue and exercise price:

                                 
            Options     Options        
            outstanding     outstanding        
    Original     as at     as at     Exercise  
    number     January 1,     December 31,     price in  
Financial year   of options     2004     2004     euros  
1999
    4,962,540       2,876,032       2,548,490       25.25  
 
    48,000       38,594       38,000       25.50  
 
    576,626       246,650       82,844       25.67  
 
    8,733,946       7,324,196       354,700       25.87  
 
    1,412,200       1,290,700       1,133,700       26.10  
 
    201,500       28,900               26.62  
 
    1,408,438       780,592       606,952       26.92  
2000
    1,528,300       1,446,300       1,428,300       28.30  
 
    17,853,130       7,282,326       6,785,174       28.68  
 
    210,800       64,204       62,236       30.16  
 
    1,872,376       1,431,118       1,362,118       35.26  
 
    579,550       109,000       197,010       37.55  
 
    865,580       678,500       655,720       37.74  
2001
    4,000                       28.50  
 
    341,603       324,720       255,058       28.60  
 
    621,312       570,722       380,022       33.26  
 
    900       900       900       33.33  
 
    19,827,702       17,356,296       12,913,976       35.26  
 
    1,555,720       1,491,080       1,472,760       35.80  
 
    561,844       479,584       398,744       36.95  
2002
    69,800       67,300       55,003       19.25  
 
    125,479       116,407       109,337       23.12  
 
    187,240       170,490       151,158       28.55  
 
    88,750       88,750       85,600       28.60  
 
    19,534,311       18,404,173       17,476,619       29.39  
 
    1,057,650       1,025,750       1,009,850       29.50  
2003
    1,167,350       1,152,050       1,142,500       12.55  
 
    17,706,793       17,294,720       16,289,651       12.65  
 
    901,213       855,783       796,974       14.24  
 
    480       480       480       14.54  
 
    90,291       90,291       87,825       18.32  
 
    103,025       100,525       93,859       18.38  
 
    500       500       500       18.63  
2004
    448,100               448,100       17.69  
 
    12,130,371               11,907,756       18.71  
 
    660,994               658,694       18.75  
 
    850               850       18.76  
 
    18,950               18,950       18.79  
 
                       
 
    117,458,214       83,187,633       81,010,410          
 
                         

F-62


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Movements in the option rights:

                                                 
    2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002  
          Weighted average  
    Options outstanding     exercise price  
Executive Board
                                               
Opening balance
    1,037,000       1,350,800       1,474,800       27.05       30.26       27.54  
Granted
    206,250       210,000       210,000       17.69       12.64       29.40  
Exercised
                    334,000                       17.72  
Expired
    240,000       303,800               25.95       31.30          
Transferred from/to Employees (1)
    22,990       (220,000 )                                
 
                                         
Closing balance
    1,026,240       1,037,000       1,350,800       25.25       27.05       30.26  
 
                                         
 
                                               
Employees
                                               
Opening balance
    82,150,633       84,620,784       69,571,115       26.43       30.53       30.45  
Granted
    13,362,160       19,773,502       20,826,405       18.27       12.79       29.32  
Exercised
    918,566       95,935       3,028,910       16.76       12.69       20.44  
Expired
    14,587,067       22,367,718       2,747,826       28.65       29.93       30.51  
Transferred from/to the Executive Board (1)
    (22,990 )     220,000                                  
 
                                         
Closing balance
    79,984,170       82,150,633       84,620,784       24.87       26.43       30.53  
 
                                         


(1)   The options of former members of the Executive Board are included in the movements in option rights of employees.

The weighted average fair value of options granted in 2004 was EUR 3.45 (2003: EUR 3.64; 2002: EUR 6.78).

Summary of stock options outstanding and exercisable as at December 31, 2004:

                                         
    Options     Weighted             Options        
    outstanding     average             exercisable     Weighted  
           Range of   as at     remaining     Weighted     as at     average  
exercise price   December 31,     contractual     average     December 31,     exercise  
           in euros   2004     life     exercise price     2004     price  
 0.00 - 15.00
    18,229,605       8.13       12.71       1,464,887       12.89  
15.00 - 20.00
    13,271,537       9.12       18.67       60,445       18.58  
20.00 - 25.00
    109,337       7.65       23.12       44,158       23.12  
25.00 - 30.00
    31,956,445       5.88       28.63       16,427,402       27.92  
30.00 - 35.00
    443,158       3.49       32.82       429,258       32.81  
35.00 - 40.00
    17,000,328       4.27       35.47       12,625,198       35.46  

Options in the money and options out of the money:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
In the money
    31,501,142       19,493,849          
Out of the money
    49,509,268       63,693,784       85,971,584  

F-63


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

The options granted do not cause costs for ING Group except administrative costs for the stock option plan and funding costs resulting from the purchase of own shares. Due to timing differences in granting option rights and buying shares to hedge them, results can occur if shares are purchased at a different price than the exercise price of the options. These results are recognized in Shareholders’ equity. However, ING Group does not intentionally create a position and occurring positions are closed as soon as possible. If option rights expire, the results on the (sale of) shares which were bought to hedge these option rights are either debited or credited to Shareholders’ equity.

Pro forma result if stock options would have been recognized in the profit and loss account (1):

                                                 
    2004     2003     2002  
    As     Pro     As     Pro     As     Pro  
    reported     forma     reported     forma     reported     forma  
Net profit (in millions of euros)
    5,968       5,923       4,043       3,974       4,500       4,386  
Basic profit per share (in euros)
    2.80       2.79       2.00       1.97       2.32       2.27  
Diluted profit per share (in euros)
    2.80       2.79       2.00       1.97       2.32       2.27  


(1)   The amounts in the pro forma columns reflect the figures if the fair value of the stock options at the time they were granted would have been recognized in the profit and loss account.

The fair values have been determined by using an option-pricing model. This model takes the risk free interest rate into account, as well as the expected life of the options granted, the expected volatility of the certificates of ING Group shares and the expected dividends.

3.2.4 Additions to the provision for investment losses

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
Fixed interest securities
    32       163       663  
Participating interests
                    1  
 
                 
 
    32       163       664  
 
                 

As from 2003, Additions to the provision for investment losses from the insurance operations are reported on a separate line within Total expenditure. Previously these additions were reported as an element of Income from investments of the insurance operations and Other expenses. The comparative figures have been adjusted accordingly.

3.2.5. Other expenses

                                                                         
    2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002  
    Insurance operations     Banking operations     Total  
Depreciation of tangible fixed assets
    100       119       141       308       340       361       408       459       502  
Computer costs
    211       214       217       663       699       584       874       913       801  
Office equipment and accommodation
    633       671       727       647       675       727       1,280       1,346       1,454  
Travel and accommodation expenses
    91       96       115       116       110       130       207       206       245  
Advertising and public relations
    128       152       167       557       418       324       685       570       491  
External advisory fees
    435       345       369       273       233       289       708       578       658  
Other
    476       565       703       1,113       1,015       1,096       1,589       1,580       1,799  
 
                                                     
 
    2,074       2,162       2,439       3,677       3,490       3,511       5,751       5,652       5,950  
 
                                                     

F-64


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

As from 2003 all office related expenses (including accommodation costs) are reported on one line. The comparative figures have been adjusted accordingly.

3.3. Taxation

Taxation by type:

                                                                         
    Nether-     Inter-     2004     Nether-     Inter-     2003     Nether-     Inter-     2002  
    lands     national     Total     lands     national     Total     lands     national     Total  
Current taxation
    568       808       1,376       280       836       1,116       436       262       698  
Deferred taxation
    236       157       393       304       70       374       50       341       391  
 
                                                     
 
    804       965       1,769       584       906       1,490       486       603       1,089  
 
                                                     

Reconciliation of the statutory income tax rate to ING Group’s effective income tax rate:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
Profit before tax
    8,009       5,877       5,921  
Statutory tax rate
    34.5 %     34.5 %     34.5 %
 
                 
 
                       
Statutory tax amount
    2,763       2,028       2,043  
Participating interests exemption
    (507 )     (305 )     (905 )
Differences caused by different foreign tax rates
    (120 )     (51 )     (99 )
Other
    (367 )     (182 )     50  
 
                 
Effective tax amount
    1,769       1,490       1,089  
 
                 
 
                       
Effective tax rate
    22,1 %     25,4 %     18,4 %
 
                 

3.4. Net profit per share

Basic net profit per ordinary share is calculated on the basis of the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue. The following has been taken into consideration in calculating the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue:

–   own shares held by group companies are deducted from the total number of ordinary shares in issue;
 
–   the computation is based on daily averages;
 
–   in calculating the increase in the weighted average number of shares resulting from interim and final stock dividends, the day on which the dividend is payable is taken into consideration;
 
–   in case of exercised warrants, the day of exercise is taken into consideration.

Diluted profit per share data are computed as if the stock options and warrants outstanding at year-end were exercised at the beginning of the period. It is also assumed that ING Group uses the cash thus received for stock options and warrants exercised to buy its own shares against the average market price in the financial year. The net increase in the number of shares resulting from the exercise of warrants and stock options is added to the average number of shares used for the calculation of diluted net profit per share.

F-65


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Net profit per share:

                                                                         
    2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002  
                            Weighted average                          
                            number of ordinary                          
                            shares outstanding                          
    Net profit     during the period     Net profit per share  
    (in millions of euros)     (in millions)             (in euros)  
Net profit
    5,968       4,043       4,500                                                  
Dividend on preference shares
    (14 )     (21 )     (21 )                                                
 
                                                                 
Basic profit
    5,954       4,022       4,479       2,125.3       2,014.4       1,928.0       2.80       2.00       2.32  
 
                                                                 

Due to the absence of dilutive effects, the basic profit equals the diluted profit.

3.5. Dividend per ordinary share

                 
            Total  
            amount  
            of dividend  
    Per ordinary     paid  
    share     (in millions  
    (in euros)     of euros)  
2004 (1)
    1.07       2,359  
2003
    0.97       2,024  
2002
    0.97       1,930  


(1)   The Executive Board, with the approval of the Supervisory Board, has proposed, subject to the ratification by the General Meeting of Shareholders, a dividend of EUR 1.07 per share for the year 2004. Following the decision of the General Meeting of Shareholders with regard to the profit appropriation, the final dividend will become payable from May 4, 2005.

F-66


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

3.6. Additional information relating to the consolidated profit and loss account of ING Group

3.6.1. Result from investments in shares and convertible debentures and land and buildings

                                                 
            Realized                              
            and     Operating                          
    Direct     unrealized     and                     Investment  
    Investment     revaluations     management     Before     After     result  
    income     and exchange     expenses (1)     taxation     taxation     in %(2)  
Shares and convertible debentures
                                               
2004
    442       598               1,040       822       8.1  
2003
    507       73       (3 )     577       480       4.4  
2002
    646       (4,404 )     (12 )     (3,770 )     (2,341 )     (12.9 )
2001
    707       (3,351 )     (14 )     (2,658 )     (2,241 )     (9.9 )
2000
    717       480       (27 )     1,170       960       3.8  
1999
    698       2,973       (1 )     3,670       3,194       12.9  
1998
    500       3,918       (2 )     4,416       4,305       23.4  
1997
    436       4,405       (1 )     4,840       4,467       35.6  
Average
    582       586       (8 )     1,160       1,206       6.7  
 
                                               
Land and buildings
                                               
2004
    678       42       (174 )     546       360       3.8  
2003
    736       142       (230 )     648       435       4.3  
2002
    820       (19 )     (181 )     620       401       3.3  
2001
    770       453       (146 )     1,077       718       7.2  
2000
    782       1,007       (160 )     1,629       1,075       12.2  
1999
    623       314       (107 )     830       545       7.7  
1998
    579       98       (141 )     536       355       6.1  
1997
    520       114       (128 )     506       335       6.4  
Average
    688       269       (158 )     799       528       6.2  
 
                                               
Total
                                               
2004
    1,120       640       (174 )     1,586       1,182       6.0  
2003
    1,243       215       (233 )     1,225       915       4.3  
2002
    1,466       (4,423 )     (193 )     (3,150 )     (1,940 )     (6.4 )
2001
    1,477       (2,898 )     (160 )     (1,581 )     (1,523 )     (4.7 )
2000
    1,499       1,487       (187 )     2,799       2,035       6.0  
1999
    1,321       3,287       (108 )     4,500       3,739       11.7  
1998
    1,079       4,016       (143 )     4,952       4,660       19.2  
1997
    956       4,519       (129 )     5,346       4,802       27.0  
Average
    1,270       855       (166 )     1,959       1,734       6.6  


(1)   In the profit and loss account, operating costs relating to investments in land and buildings are netted off against the income from these investments.
 
(2)   Investment result after tax as a percentage of the average amount invested.

The result from investments in shares and convertible debentures and land and buildings (excluding investments for risk of policyholders) includes all the income and expenses associated with this category of investments except financing charges. In the annual accounts these income and expenses are partly included in the profit and loss account (dividends, interest, rental income, realized revaluations and exchange differences, operating and management expenses) and partly reflected directly as changes in Shareholders’ equity (unrealized revaluations and exchange differences). Taxation is allocated on the basis of the standard rate, making allowance for tax exemptions.

F-67


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

3.6.2. Segment reporting

ING Group evaluates the results of its segments using financial performance measures called operating profit before tax and operating (net) profit. Operating (net) profit is defined as (net) profit excluding:

–   capital gains and losses on equity securities,
 
–   the impact of the negative revaluation reserve on equity securities, and
 
–   realized gains on divestments that are made with the purpose of using the proceeds to finance acquisitions.

While these excluded items are significant components in understanding and assessing the Group’s consolidated financial performance, ING Group believes that the presentation of operating results enhances the understanding and comparability of its performance by highlighting net income attributable to ongoing operations and the underlying profitability of the businesses. Trends in the underlying profitability of ING Group’s businesses can be more clearly identified without the fluctuating effects of realized capital gains and losses on equity securities and the impact of the negative revaluation reserve on equity securities. These results are largely dependent on market cycles and can vary across periods. The timing of sales that would result in gains or losses is largely at the discretion of the company. The realized gains on divestments that are made with the purpose of using the proceeds related to the divestments to finance acquisitions are excluded because the timing of these gains is largely subject to the company’s discretion, influenced by market opportunities and ING Group does not believe that they are indicative of future results. Operating profit before tax and operating net profit are not a substitute for profit before tax and net profit. ING Group’s definition of operating profit before tax and operating net profit may differ from those used by other companies and may change over time.

Reconciliation of net profit to operating net profit:

                                                                         
    2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002  
    Insurance operations     Banking operations     Total  
Net profit
    3,564       2,498       3,605       2,404       1,545       895       5,968       4,043       4,500  
Taxation
    912       891       756       857       599       333       1,769       1,490       1,089  
Third parties
    119       117       92       153       227       240       272       344       332  
 
                                                     
Profit before tax
    4,595       3,506       4,453       3,414       2,371       1,468       8,009       5,877       5,921  
Realized capital gains (losses) on shares
    590       20       1,003                               590       20       1,003  
Gain on divestments to finance acquisitions
                    280                                               280  
 
                                                     
Operating profit before tax
    4,005       3,486       3,170       3,414       2,371       1,468       7,419       5,857       4,638  
Taxation
    901       861       540       857       599       333       1,758       1,460       873  
Third parties
    119       117       92       153       227       240       272       344       332  
 
                                                     
Operating net profit
    2,985       2,508       2,538       2,404       1,545       895       5,389       4,053       3,433  
 
                                                     

F-68


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Operating results by insurance operations and banking operations:

                                                                         
    2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002  
    Insurance operations     Banking operations     Total (1)  
Premium income
    43,617       41,192       46,816                               43,617       41,192       46,816  
Income from investments of the insurance operations
    9,944       9,721       10,506                               9,781       9,503       10,433  
Interest result from the banking operations
                            8,808       8,115       7,646       8,850       8,166       7,702  
Commission
    1,201       1,313       1,345       2,581       2,464       2,615       3,782       3,777       3,960  
Other income
    636       1,007       782       1,148       1,101       940       1,784       2,108       1,722  
 
                                                     
Total income
    55,398       53,233       59,449       12,537       11,680       11,201       67,814       64,746       70,633  
 
                                                                       
Underwriting expenditure
    45,384       43,396       49,107                               45,384       43,396       49,107  
Other interest expenses
    1,140       1,291       1,305                               1,019       1,124       1,288  
Salaries, pension and social security costs
    2,763       2,735       2,764       4,981       4,694       4,787       7,744       7,429       7,551  
Additions to the provision for loan losses
                            465       1,125       1,435       465       1,125       1,435  
Additions to the provision for investment losses
    32       163       664                               32       163       664  
Other expenses
    2,074       2,162       2,439       3,677       3,490       3,511       5,751       5,652       5,950  
 
                                                     
Total expenditure
    51,393       49,747       56,279       9,123       9,309       9,733       60,395       58,889       65,995  
 
                                                                       
Operating profit before tax
    4,005       3,486       3,170       3,414       2,371       1,468       7,419       5,857       4,638  
 
                                                                       
Taxation
    901       861       540       857       599       333       1,758       1,460       873  
 
                                                     
Operating profit after tax
    3,104       2,625       2,630       2,557       1,772       1,135       5,661       4,397       3,765  
 
                                                                       
Third-party interests
    119       117       92       153       227       240       272       344       332  
 
                                                     
Operating net profit for the period
    2,985       2,508       2,538       2,404       1,545       895       5,389       4,053       3,433  
 
                                                     


(1)   The column Total includes eliminations with regard to Income from investments of the insurance operations of EUR 163 million (2003: EUR 218 million; 2002: EUR 73 million), Interest result from the banking operations of EUR (42) million (2003: EUR (51) million; 2002: EUR (56) million) and Other interest expenses of EUR 121 million (2003: EUR 167 million; 2002: EUR 17 million).

F-69


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

3.6.3. Segmented operating net profit of the insurance operations

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
Operating result from life underwriting
                       
Premiums for own account:
                       
– gross premiums
    36,975       33,904       38,899  
– outward reinsurance premiums
    1,619       1,102       1,093  
 
                 
 
    35,356       32,802       37,806  
 
                       
Allocated income and expenses
    8,217       8,285       8,289  
Other underwriting income for own account
    33       94       223  
 
                       
Benefits for own account :
                       
– gross
    25,776       24,294       29,322  
– reinsurers’ share
    929       1,011       995  
 
                 
 
    24,847       23,283       28,327  
 
                       
Changes in other insurance provisions for own account:
                       
Provision for life policy liabilities :
                       
– gross
    12,608       10,520       10,701  
– reinsurers’ share
    1,511       (351 )     251  
 
                 
 
    11,097       10,871       10,450  
 
                       
Profit sharing and rebates
    684       755       559  
Acquisition costs and other underwriting expenditure
    2,037       1,327       1,762  
Operating expenses
    2,536       2,459       2,601  
Other insurance expenses for own account
    9       8       16  
 
                 
 
    2,396       2,478       2,603  
 
                 
 
                       
Operating result from non-life underwriting
                       
Premiums written for own account :
                       
– gross premiums
    6,642       7,288       7,917  
– outward reinsurance premiums
    756       930       1,275  
 
                 
 
    5,886       6,358       6,642  
 
                       
Changes in provision for unearned premiums and unexpired non-life underwriting risks :
                       
– gross
    (100 )     (209 )     (420 )
– reinsurers’ share
    (27 )     21       (75 )
 
                 
 
    (73 )     (230 )     (345 )
 
                 
Premiums earned for own account
    5,813       6,128       6,297  
 
                       
Allocated income and expenses
    1,232       920       732  
Other underwriting income for own account
    27       9       62  
 
                       
Claims for own account:
                       
– gross
    3,620       4,196       4,376  
– reinsurers’ share
    326       458       611  
 
                 
 
    3,294       3,738       3,765  
 
                       
Changes in the claims provision :
                       
– gross
    16       76       665  
– reinsurers’ share
    (42 )     (131 )     40  
 
                 
 
    58       207       625  
 
                 
 
    3,352       3,945       4,390  
 
                       
Acquisition costs and other underwriting expenditure
    919       945       890  
Operating expenses
    883       849       911  
Other insurance expenses for own account
    309       310       333  
 
                 
 
    1,609       1,008       567  
 
                 

F-70


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
                         
    2004     2003     2002  
Total operating result from insurance operations
                       
Operating result from life underwriting
    2,396       2,478       2,603  
Operating result from non-life underwriting
    1,609       1,008       567  
 
                 
Technical operating result
    4,005       3,486       3,170  
 
                       
Income from investments
    9,944       9,721       10,506  
Investment expenses
    2,239       2,557       2,629  
Additions to the provision for investment losses
    32       163       664  
Other income
    1,777       2,218       1,842  
Other expenses
    1       14       34  
Allocated income and expenses transferred to result from underwriting
    (9,449 )     (9,205 )     (9,021 )
 
                 
Operating profit before tax
    4,005       3,486       3,170  
 
                       
Taxation
    901       861       540  
 
                 
Operating profit after tax
    3,104       2,625       2,630  
 
                       
Third-party interests
    119       117       92  
 
                 
Operating net profit for the period
    2,985       2,508       2,538  
 
                 

Allocated income and expenses

Income and expenses that are not directly recorded in operating result from insurance operations, are allocated to the Result from life underwriting and Result from non-life underwriting on the basis of life insurance provisions and non-life insurance provisions of the insurance companies.

3.6.4. Geographical analysis of claims ratio, cost ratio and combined ratio for non-life insurance policies

                                                                         
    2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002  
    Claims ratio     Cost ratio     Combined ratio  
Netherlands
    60.6       69.8       77.5       36.8       31.0       28.9       97.4       100.8       106.4  
Belgium
    71.1       70.6       76.7       36.7       35.1       34.7       107.8       105.7       111.4  
Rest of Europe
    46.1       40.9       49.8       35.8       37.0       41.6       81.9       77.9       91.4  
North America
    61.0       73.9       77.7       27.6       24.7       25.6       88.6       98.6       103.3  
Latin America
    71.8       68.1       68.8       27.6       26.9       25.6       99.4       95.0       94.4  
Asia
    56.6       55.1       66.6       40.9       43.5       51.5       97.5       98.6       118.1  
Australia
    46.3       49.9       66.9       28.0       28.5       29.5       74.3       78.4       96.4  
Other
    62.8       42.4       94.4       16.4       51.6       7.8       79.2       94.0       102.2  
 
                                                                       
Total
    63.0       69.4       75.0       30.6       28.2       27.1       93.6       97.6       102.1  

The claims ratio is the claims, including claims handling expenses, expressed as a percentage of net earned premiums. The cost ratio is the costs expressed as a percentage of net premiums written. The claims ratio and the cost ratio together form the combined ratio. A combined ratio of more than 100% does not necessarily mean that there is a loss on non-life insurance policies, because the result also includes the allocated investment income.

3.6.5. Analysis of premium income of the insurance operations

Reinsurance

ING Group is involved in both ceded and assumed reinsurance for the purpose of spreading risk and limiting exposure on large risks. Reinsurance premiums are recognized in Underwriting expenditure.

F-71


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Effect of reinsurance on premiums written:

                                                                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    Non-life     Life     Total     Non-life     Life     Total     Non-life     Life     Total  
Direct premiums written, gross
    6,592       35,532       42,124       7,226       32,587       39,813       7,869       37,608       45,477  
Reinsurance assumed premiums written, gross
    50       1,443       1,493       62       1,317       1,379       48       1,291       1,339  
 
                                                     
Total gross premiums written
    6,642       36,975       43,617       7,288       33,904       41,192       7,917       38,899       46,816  
Reinsurance ceded
    756       1,619       2,375       930       1,102       2,032       1,275       1,093       2,368  
 
                                                     
 
    5,886       35,356       41,242       6,358       32,802       39,160       6,642       37,806       44,448  
 
                                                     

The reinsurance covers with respect to catastrophe exposure for the non-life insurance business have been designed to cover a large part of exposures resulting from events with a return period up to once in 250 years.

To the extent that the assuming reinsurers are unable to meet their obligations, ING Group remains liable to its policyholders for the portion reinsured. Consequently, provisions are made for receivables on reinsurance contracts which are deemed uncollectible. To minimize its exposure to significant losses from reinsurer insolvencies, ING Group evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors concentrations of credit risk arising from similar geographical regions, activities or economic characteristics of the reinsurer.

As at December 31, 2004, the receivables from reinsurers amounted to EUR 388 million (2003: EUR 567 million; 2002: EUR 797 million), against which EUR 7 million (2003: EUR 12 million; 2002: EUR 20 million) was provided for as uncollectible reinsurance.

Premium income on life insurance policies:

                                                                         
                                                                         
            Rein-     2004             Rein-     2003             Rein-     2002  
            surers’     Own             surers’     Own             surers’     Own  
    Gross     share     account     Gross     share     account     Gross     share     account  
Policies for which the insurer bears the investment risk
    19,119       783       18,336       19,018       663       18,355       20,447       931       19,516  
Policies for which the policy- holder bears the investment risk
    16,413       53       16,360       13,569       70       13,499       17,161       78       17,083  
 
                                                     
Total direct business
    35,532       836       34,696       32,587       733       31,854       37,608       1,009       36,599  
 
                                                                       
Indirect business
    2,090       1,430       660       1,320       372       948       1,299       92       1,207  
 
                                                     
 
    37,622       2,266       35,356       33,907       1,105       32,802       38,907       1,101       37,806  
Eliminations
    647       647               3       3               8       8          
 
                                                     
 
    36,975       1,619       35,356       33,904       1,102       32,802       38,899       1,093       37,806  
 
                                                     

F-72


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Premiums written from direct life business:

                                                 
           
      Policies for which the insurer     Policies for which the policyholder  
    bears the investment risk     bears the investment risk  
            Rein-                     Rein-          
            surers’     Own             surers’     Own  
2004   Gross     share     account     Gross     share     account  
Periodic premiums
                                               
Individual policies:
                                               
– without profit sharing
    6,605       632       5,973       3,566       1       3,565  
– with profit sharing
    4,213       74       4,139                          
 
                                   
Total
    10,818       706       10,112       3,566       1       3,565  
 
                                               
Group policies:
                                               
– without profit sharing
    2,223       58       2,165       6,653       37       6,616  
– with profit sharing
    802       14       788                          
 
                                   
Total
    3,025       72       2,953       6,653       37       6,616  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total periodic premiums
    13,843       778       13,065       10,219       38       10,181  
 
                                               
Single premiums
                                               
Individual policies:
                                               
– without profit sharing
    1,476       1       1,475       4,011       1       4,010  
– with profit sharing
    2,716               2,716                          
 
                                   
Total
    4,192       1       4,191       4,011       1       4,010  
 
                                               
Group policies:
                                               
– without profit sharing
    677               677       2,183       14       2,169  
– with profit sharing
    407       4       403                          
 
                                   
Total
    1,084       4       1,080       2,183       14       2,169  
 
                                               
 
                                   
Total single premiums
    5,276       5       5,271       6,194       15       6,179  
 
                                               
 
                                   
Total life business premiums
    19,119       783       18,336       16,413       53       16,360  
 
                                   

The total single premiums includes EUR 457 million in 2004 from profit sharing.

F-73


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Premiums written from direct life business:

                                                 
           
      Policies for which the insurer     Policies for which the policyholder  
    bears the investment risk     bears the investment risk  
            Rein-                     Rein-          
            surers’     Own             surers’     Own  
2003   Gross     share     account     Gross     share     account  
Periodic premiums
                                               
Individual policies:
                                               
– without profit sharing
    10,202       548       9,654       2,432       5       2,427  
– with profit sharing
    2,179       33       2,146                          
 
                                   
Total
    12,381       581       11,800       2,432       5       2,427  
 
                                               
Group policies:
                                               
– without profit sharing
    1,692       67       1,625       5,969       36       5,933  
– with profit sharing
    741       10       731                          
 
                                   
Total
    2,433       77       2,356       5,969       36       5,933  
 
                                               
 
                                   
Total periodic premiums
    14,814       658       14,156       8,401       41       8,360  
 
                                               
Single premiums
                                               
Individual policies:
                                               
– without profit sharing
    856       1       855       4,529               4,529  
– with profit sharing
    2,802               2,802                          
 
                                   
Total
    3,658       1       3,657       4,529               4,529  
 
                                               
Group policies:
                                               
– without profit sharing
    121               121       639       29       610  
– with profit sharing
    425       4       421                          
 
                                   
Total
    546       4       542       639       29       610  
 
                                               
 
                                   
Total single premiums
    4,204       5       4,199       5,168       29       5,139  
 
                                               
 
                                   
Total life business premiums
    19,018       663       18,355       13,569       70       13,499  
 
                                   

The total single premiums includes EUR 600 million in 2003 from profit sharing.

F-74


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Premiums written from direct life business:

                                                 
           
      Policies for which the insurer     Policies for which the policyholder  
    bears the investment risk     bears the investment risk  
                                                 
            Rein-                     Rein-          
            surers’     Own             surers’     Own  
2002   Gross     share     account     Gross     share     account  
Periodic premiums
                                               
Individual policies:
                                               
– without profit sharing
    9,698       858       8,840       2,496       6       2,490  
– with profit sharing
    4,556       115       4,441                          
 
                                   
Total
    14,254       973       13,281       2,496       6       2,490  
 
                                               
Group policies:
                                               
– without profit sharing
    1,403       75       1,328       7,646       40       7,606  
– with profit sharing
    802       17       785                          
 
                                   
Total
    2,205       92       2,113       7,646       40       7,606  
 
                                               
 
                                   
Total periodic premiums
    16,459       1,065       15,394       10,142       46       10,096  
 
                                               
Single premiums
                                               
Individual policies:
                                               
– without profit sharing
    1,553               1,553       6,280               6,280  
– with profit sharing
    1,958       2       1,956                          
 
                                   
Total
    3,511       2       3,509       6,280               6,280  
 
                                               
Group policies:
                                               
– without profit sharing
    261       (140 )     401       739       32       707  
– with profit sharing
    216       4       212                          
 
                                   
Total
    477       (136 )     613       739       32       707  
 
                                               
 
                                   
Total single premiums
    3,988       (134 )     4,122       7,019       32       6,987  
 
                                               
 
                                   
Total life business premiums
    20,447       931       19,516       17,161       78       17,083  
 
                                   

The total single premiums includes EUR 566 million in 2002 from profit sharing.

F-75


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Premium income on non-life insurance policies by class of business:

                                                         
                            Acquisition     Net        
    Gross     Gross     Gross           costs/ Other     reinsurance        
    Premiums     premiums     claims     Operating     underwriting     income/     Operational  
    written     earned (2)     expenses     expenses     expenditure (3)     expenses     result  
2004
                                                       
Health
    1,097       1,078       785       127       169       (50 )     77  
Accident (1)
    872       857       507       125       111       5       271  
Third-party liability motor
    840       839       556       106       94       (10 )     94  
Other motor
    1,335       1,343       663       161       204       (5 )     362  
Marine and aviation
    141       142       55       18       22       (38 )     9  
Fire and other property losses
    1,489       1,494       681       228       306       (136 )     156  
General liability
    438       431       228       69       89       (46 )     20  
Credit and suretyship
    57       55       3       10       10       (14 )     20  
Legal assistance
    35       35       25       13       6               (8 )
Miscellaneous financial losses
    288       217       109       22       28       (49 )     509  
Indirect business
    50       51       24       4       (49 )     (5 )     99  
 
                                         
 
    6,642       6,542       3,636       883       990       (348 )     1,609  
 
                                         

Premium income on non-life insurance policies by class of business:

                                                         
                            Acquisition     Net        
    Gross     Gross     Gross           costs/ Other     reinsurance        
    Premiums     premiums     claims     Operating     underwriting     income/     Operational  
    written     earned (2)     expenses     expenses     expenditure (3)     expenses     result  
2003
                                                       
Health
    1,404       1,321       1,110       136       140       22       77  
Accident (1)
    840       858       539       110       96       2       245  
Third-party liability motor
    840       802       613       98       109       (21 )     14  
Other motor
    1,479       1,412       827       159       221       (17 )     173  
Marine and aviation
    180       164       68       18       31       (26 )     23  
Fire and other property losses
    1,648       1,600       744       206       313       (220 )     120  
General liability
    491       468       234       68       84       (53 )     63  
Credit and suretyship
    52       45       3       10       8       (6 )     18  
Legal assistance
    33       33       24       10       5               (6 )
Miscellaneous financial losses
    259       316       102       33       33       (148 )     15  
Indirect business
    62       60       8       1       84       31       266  
 
                                         
 
    7,288       7,079       4,272       849       1,124       (436 )     1,008  
 
                                         

F-76


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Premium income on non-life insurance policies by class of business:

                                                         
                            Acquisition     Net        
    Gross     Gross     Gross           costs/ Other     reinsurance        
    Premiums     premiums     claims     Operating     underwriting     income/     Operational  
    written     earned (2)     expenses     expenses     expenditure (3)     expenses     result  
2002
                                                       
Health
    1,596       1,571       1,301       149       164       (6 )     125  
Accident (1)
    869       874       659       101       98       2       155  
Third-party liability motor
    816       781       629       113       64       (9 )     28  
Other motor
    1,682       1,580       1,035       166       203       (19 )     133  
Marine and aviation
    198       192       86       24       30       (36 )     15  
Fire and other property losses
    1,718       1,581       829       215       289       (165 )     78  
General liability
    490       438       307       68       73       4       15  
Credit and suretyship
    49       44       3       12       6       (4 )     20  
Legal assistance
    28       28       25       8       5               (8 )
Miscellaneous financial losses
    423       342       144       51       56       (106 )     (5 )
Indirect business
    48       66       23       4       158       122       11  
 
                                         
 
    7,917       7,497       5,041       911       1,146       (217 )     567  
 
                                         


(1)   Including disability insurance products.
 
(2)   Excluding reinsurance.
 
(3)   Including other underwriting income.

3.6.6. Analysis by business lines

ING Group’s operating segments relate to the internal business segmentation by business lines. The business line structure was introduced in 2004. In the new structure a clear distinction is made between the insurance and banking business. For insurance the business lines are Insurance Europe, Insurance Americas and Insurance Asia/Pacific. For banking also three business lines exist: Wholesale Banking, Retail Banking and ING Direct. Other mainly includes items not directly attributable to the business lines.

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which discrete financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker or decision making group in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. ING Group’s chief operating decision making group is the Executive Board.

Each business line is headed by a chairman who is also a member of the Executive Board. With the new structure the Executive Committees and Management Committees no longer exist. The Executive Board sets the performance targets and approves and monitors the budgets prepared by the business lines. The strategic, commercial and financial policy of the business lines are set by key executives at the business line level in conformity with the strategy and performance targets set by the Executive Board.

The accounting policies of the operating segments are the same as those described under Accounting principles for the consolidated balance sheet and profit and loss account (see page F-7). Transfer prices for inter-segment transactions are set at arm’s length. Geographical distribution of income is based on the origin of sales. The corporate expenses are allocated to the operating segments and geographical areas based on time spent by head office personnel, the relative number of staff or on the basis of income and/or assets of the operating segment. The comparative figures have been adjusted in accordance with the new structure.

F-77


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Operating segments of ING Group:

                                                                                 
                Insurance                                 Total              
    Insurance     Insurance     Asia/     Wholesale     Retail     ING             Seg-     Recon-     Total  
2004   Europe     Americas     Pacific     Banking     Banking     Direct     Other     ments     ciliation     Group  
Total operating income:
                                                                               
Income - external
    16,179       28,108       10,467       7,020       4,430       1,174       436       67,814               67,814  
Income - inter-segment
    30       4       20       (1,259 )     605       531       569       500       (500 )        
 
                                                           
 
    16,209       28,112       10,487       5,761       5,035       1,705       1,005       68,314       (500 )     67,814  
 
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Segment operating profit before tax(1)
    1,733       1,669       751       1,932       1,170       432       (268 )     7,419               7,419  
 
                                                                               
Segment assets
    98,228       125,555       31,578       344,549       136,985       170,001       25,726       932,622       (66,421 )     866,201  
 
                                                                               
Segment liabilities
    88,467       120,259       28,953       329,417       133,354       167,117       15,226       882,793       (45,953 )     836,840  
 
                                                                               
Average number of employees(2)
    15,891       25,326       8,230       23,965       34,326       5,278       23       113,039               113,039  

Operating segments of ING Group:

                                                                                 
                Insurance                               Total              
    Insurance     Insurance     Asia/     Wholesale     Retail     ING             Seg-     Recon-     Total  
2003   Europe     Americas     Pacific     Banking     Banking     Direct     Other     ments     ciliation     Group  
Total operating income:
                                                                               
Income - external
    16,480       27,361       8,414       7,098       4,059       645       689       64,746               64,746  
Income - inter-segment
    57       228       10       (1,273 )     714       400       638       774       (774 )        
 
                                                           
 
    16,537       27,589       8,424       5,825       4,773       1,045       1,327       65,520       (774 )     64,746  
 
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Segment operating profit before tax (1)
    1,791       1,310       411       1,272       1,058       151       (136 )     5,857               5,857  
 
                                                                               
Segment assets
    90,186       124,290       25,398       324,371       126,356       114,119       29,625       834,345       (55,574 )     778,771  
 
                                                                               
Segment liabilities
    81,076       119,396       23,336       313,799       122,743       111,459       17,235       789,044       (35,117 )     753,927  
 
                                                                               
Average number of employees (2)
    16,569       26,165       8,275       25,010       35,201       3,971       27       115,218               115,218  


(1)   For a reconciliation of segment operating profit before tax (Total Group) to the Consolidated Financial Statements reference is made to page F-68.
 
(2)   The average numbers of employees of joint ventures are included proportionally.

F-78


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Operating segments of ING Group:

                                                                                 
            Insurance                         Total              
    Insurance     Insurance     Asia/     Wholesale     Retail     ING             Seg-     Recon-     Total  
2002   Europe     Americas     Pacific     Banking     Banking     Direct     Other     ments     ciliation     Group  
Total operating income:
                                                                               
Income - external
    15,577       35,037       8,770       5,545       4,754       485       465       70,633               70,633  
Income - inter-segment
    132       313       8       220       60       133       (27 )     839       (839 )        
 
                                                           
 
    15,709       35,350       8,778       5,765       4,814       618       438       71,472       (839 )     70,633  
 
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Segment operating profit before tax (1)
    1,296       1,430       574       596       1,023       (48 )     (233 )     4,638               4,638  
 
                                                                               
Segment assets
    90,713       131,497       22,514       310,331       123,575       63,099       14,509       756,238       (39,868 )     716,370  
 
                                                                               
Segment liabilities
    85,210       127,119       20,675       301,618       119,827       61,799       (1,556 )     714,692       (20,681 )     694,011  
 
                                                                               
Average number of employees (2)
    16,534       27,308       7,592       26,253       32,857       2,512               113,056               113,056  


(1)   For a reconciliation of segment operating profit before tax (Total Group) to the Consolidated Financial Statements reference is made to page F-68.
 
(2)   The average numbers of employees of joint ventures are included proportionally.

Interest income (external) and interest expense (external) breakdown per Business lines

                                                                 
                    Insurance                                          
    Insurance     Insurance     Asia/     Wholesale     Retail     ING           Total  
    Europe     Americas     Pacific     Banking     Banking     Direct       Other     group  
2004
                                                               
Interest income
    3,313       4,171       642       11,560       7,832       6,141       167       33,826  
Interest expense
    126       320       5       6,955       4,491       5,077       905       17,879  
 
                                               
 
    3,187       3,851       637       4,605       3,341       1,064       (738 )     15,947  
 
                                                               
2003
                                                               
Interest income
    3,214       4,282       570       12,003       7,449       4,273       310       32,101  
Interest expense
    129       276       10       7,241       4,568       3,689       1,065       16,978  
 
                                               
 
    3,085       4,006       560       4,762       2,881       584       (755 )     15,123  
 
                                                               
2002
                                                               
Interest income
    2,822       5,561       565       12,958       7,995       2,626       349       32,876  
Interest expense
    613       508       8       7,966       5,902       2,208       542       17,747  
 
                                               
 
    2,209       5,053       557       4,992       2,093       418       (193 )     15,129  
 
                                               

F-79


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

3.6.7. Geographical analysis of the insurance and banking operations

Operating income by geographical area:

                                                                                                 
    2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002  
    Insurance operations     Banking operations     Eliminations     Total  
Netherlands
    11,520       11,745       10,965       5,372       5,270       4,982       13       7       14       16,879       17,008       15,933  
Belgium
    2,875       2,947       2,640       2,255       2,012       2,044                               5,130       4,959       4,684  
Rest of Europe
    1,814       1,844       2,031       3,265       2,997       2,773                               5,079       4,841       4,804  
North America
    25,439       24,681       31,479       1,039       731       536                       1       26,478       25,412       32,014  
Latin America
    2,671       2,908       3,940       115       162       315                               2,786       3,070       4,255  
Asia
    8,673       6,532       6,623       311       376       436                               8,984       6,908       7,059  
Australia
    1,814       1,892       2,168       180       132       107                               1,994       2,024       2,275  
Other
    1,091       1,695       437                       8                               1,091       1,695       445  
 
                                                                       
 
    55,897       54,244       60,283       12,537       11,680       11,201       13       7       15       68,421       65,917       71,469  
 
                                                                       
 
                                                                                               
Income between geographical areas (1)
    (499 )     (1,011 )     (834 )                             108       160       2       (607 )     (1,171 )     (836 )
 
                                                                       
 
    55,398       53,233       59,449       12,537       11,680       11,201       121       167       17       67,814       64,746       70,633  
 
                                                                       


(1)   Mainly related to reinsurance premiums ceded between group companies in different geographical areas.

Operating income from the insurance operations by geographical area:

                                                                                                 
                            2004     2003     2002                                                  
    2004     2003     2002     Non-life premiums     2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002  
    Life premiums written     written     Investment income(1)     Total  
Netherlands
    5,823       5,582       4,927       1,693       1,847       1,859       4,004       4,316       4,179       11,520       11,745       10,965  
Belgium
    2,115       2,257       2,053       324       311       282       436       379       305       2,875       2,947       2,640  
Rest of Europe
    1,366       1,360       1,580       48       44       38       400       440       413       1,814       1,844       2,031  
North America
    17,922       17,037       22,162       2,741       2,944       3,069       4,776       4,700       6,248       25,439       24,681       31,479  
Latin America
    506       466       747       1,591       1,872       2,546       574       570       647       2,671       2,908       3,940  
Asia
    8,009       5,905       5,969       37       45       66       627       582       588       8,673       6,532       6,623  
Australia
    1,223       1,288       1,467       200       356       296       391       248       405       1,814       1,892       2,168  
Other
    14       12       3       142       337       385       935       1,346       49       1,091       1,695       437  
 
                                                                       
 
    36,978       33,907       38,908       6,776       7,756       8,541       12,143       12,581       12,834       55,897       54,244       60,283  
 
                                                                                               
Income between geographical areas (2)
    (3 )     (3 )     (9 )     (134 )     (468 )     (624 )     (362 )     (540 )     (201 )     (499 )     (1,011 )     (834 )
 
                                                                       
 
    36,975       33,904       38,899       6,642       7,288       7,917       11,781       12,041       12,633       55,398       53,233       59,449  
 
                                                                       


(1)   Including commission and other income.
 
(2)   Mainly related to reinsurance premiums ceded between group companies in different geographical areas.

F-80


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Operating profit before tax by geographical area:

                                                                         
    2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002  
    Insurance operations     Banking operations     Total  
Netherlands
    1,423       1,451       1,067       1,727       1,588       1,510       3,150       3,039       2,577  
Belgium
    128       109       74       713       478       613       841       587       687  
Rest of Europe
    182       231       155       351       (15 )     (311 )     533       216       (156 )
North America
    1,438       1,008       1,123       483       110       (509 )     1,921       1,118       614  
Latin America
    231       302       307       41       118       74       272       420       381  
Asia
    314       235       245               38       38       314       273       283  
Australia
    437       176       329       99       60       55       536       236       384  
Other
    (148 )     (26 )     (130 )             (6 )     (2 )     (148 )     (32 )     (132 )
 
                                                     
 
    4,005       3,486       3,170       3,414       2,371       1,468       7,419       5,857       4,638  
 
                                                     

Operating profit before tax from the insurance operations by geographical area:

                                                                         
    2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002  
    Life     Non-life     Total  
Netherlands
    1,139       1,192       914       284       259       153       1,423       1,451       1,067  
Belgium
    111       86       72       17       23       2       128       109       74  
Rest of Europe
    171       221       149       11       10       6       182       231       155  
North America
    652       781       945       786       227       178       1,438       1,008       1,123  
Latin America
    108       137       127       123       165       180       231       302       307  
Asia
    311       236       251       3       (1 )     (6 )     314       235       245  
Australia
    162       101       290       275       75       39       437       176       329  
Other
    (258 )     (276 )     (145 )     110       250       15       (148 )     (26 )     (130 )
 
                                                     
 
    2,396       2,478       2,603       1,609       1,008       567       4,005       3,486       3,170  
 
                                                     

Operating net profit for the period by geographical area:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
Netherlands
    1,964       2,210       2,027  
Belgium
    654       459       485  
Rest of Europe
    343       14       (146 )
North America
    1,497       717       349  
Latin America
    220       309       242  
Asia
    178       157       166  
Australia
    447       166       375  
Other
    86       21       (65 )
 
                 
 
    5,389       4,053       3,433  
 
                 

F-81


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

4. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS OF ING GROUP

4.1. Net cash flow from operating activities

The net cash flow shown in respect of Lending only relates to transactions involving actual payments or receipts. The Additions to the provision for loan losses which is deducted from the item Lending in the balance sheet has been adjusted for the profit before tax and is shown separately in the cash flow statement.

4.2. Net cash flow from investing activities

Most significant companies acquired:

                         
    Rodamco Asia     Allianz Canada     DiBa  
General                  
Year of acquisition   2004     2004     2002  
            Non-life        
Primary line of business   Real Estate     insurance     Direct banking  
 
Purchase price
                       
Purchase price
    0.4       0.2       0.6  
Assumed debt in purchase price
            0.1          
 
                       
Assets
                       
Investments
    0.8       0.6       7.7  
Miscellaneous other assets
            0.2       0.1  
 
                       
Liabilities
                       
Insurance provisions
            0.6          
Funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations
    0.4               6.4  
Miscellaneous other liabilities
            0.1       1.2  

F-82


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

5. PARENT COMPANY BALANCE SHEET OF ING GROUP AS AT DECEMBER 31

before profit appropriation

                 
    Amounts in millions of euros  
    2004     2003  
Assets
               
Participating interests (5.2.1)
    29,859       28,651  
Other assets (5.2.2)
    7,340       4,284  
 
           
Total
    37,199       32,935  
 
           
 
               
Equity and liabilities
               
Shareholders’ equity (5.2.3)
               
Share capital
    634       612  
Share premium
    8,525       8,064  
Revaluation reserve
    2,114       2,223  
Reserve for participating interests
    613       585  
Exchange differences reserve
    694       607  
Other reserves
    7,318       5,197  
Net profit for the period
    5,968       4,043  
 
           
 
    25,866       21,331  
 
           
 
               
Subordinated loans (5.2.4)
    5,392       5,035  
 
           
Capital base
    31,258       26,366  
 
           
 
               
Other liabilities (5.2.5)
    5,941       6,569  
 
           
Total
    37,199       32,935  
 
           

PARENT COMPANY PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT OF ING GROUP
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 31 DECEMBER

                         
    Amounts in millions of euros  
    2004     2003     2002  
Result of group companies after tax
    5,978       4,064       4,521  
Other results after taxation
    (10 )     (21 )     (21 )
 
                 
Net profit for the period
    5,968       4,043       4,500  
 
                 

The numbers against the items refer to the notes starting on page F-84.

5.1 . Accounting principles for the parent company balance sheet and profit and loss account of ING Group

The principles of valuation and determination of results stated in connection with the consolidated balance sheet and profit and loss account are also applicable to the valuation of directly held participating interests. Amounts receivable from and owed to group companies in connection with ordinary interbank transactions are included in Other assets and Other liabilities, respectively.

Changes in balance sheet values due to changes in the revaluation reserve of the participating interests are reflected in the Revaluation reserve, which forms part of Shareholders’ equity. Changes in balance sheet values due to the results of these Participating interests, accounted for in accordance with ING Group accounting principles, are included in the profit and loss account. Other changes in the balance sheet value of these Participating interests, other than those due to changes in share capital, are included in Other reserves, which forms part of Shareholders’ equity.

F-83


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

A statutory reserve is carried at an amount equal to the share in the results of Participating interests since their first inclusion at net asset value less the amount of profit distributions to which rights have accrued in the interim. Profit distributions which can be repatriated to the Netherlands without restriction are likewise deducted from the Reserve for participating interests, which forms part of Shareholders’ equity.

5.2. Notes to the parent company balance sheet of ING Group

ASSETS

5.2.1. Participating interests

                                 
            2004             2003  
    Ownership     Balance     Ownership     Balance  
    (%)     sheet value     (%)     sheet value  
Name of investee
                               
ING Bank N.V.
    100       15,396       100       16,169  
ING Verzekeringen N.V.
    100       13,911       100       11,985  
Other
            552               497  
 
          29,859             28,651  
 
                           

Movements in Participating interests:

                 
    2004     2003  
Opening balance
    28,651       26,596  
Repayments to group companies
    (2,303 )     (40 )
(Des)investments in group companies
    152       527  
Write-off of goodwill
    (119 )     (145 )
Revaluations
    (966 )     (1,192 )
Result of group companies
    5,978       4,064  
Dividend
    (1,446 )     (1,102 )
 
           
 
    29,947       28,708  
Changes in ING Groep N.V. shares held by group companies
    (88 )     (57 )
 
           
Closing balance
    29,859       28,651  
 
           

5.2.2. Other assets

                 
    2004     2003  
Receivables from group companies
    7,202       4,150  
Other receivables, prepayments and accruals
    138       134  
 
           
 
    7,340       4,284  
 
           

F-84


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

5.2.3. Shareholders’ equity

                                                 
                Cumulative  
    Ordinary shares     Preference shares     preference shares  
    (par value EUR 0.24)     (par value EUR 1.20)     (par value EUR 1.20)  
    number             number             number        
Share capital   x 1,000     amount     x 1,000     amount     x 1,000     amount  
2004
                                               
Authorized share capital
    3,000,000       720       300,000       360       900,000       1,080  
Unissued share capital
    795,280       190       212,920       256       900,000       1,080  
 
                                   
Issued share capital
    2,204,720       530       87,080       104       0       0  
 
                                   
 
                                               
2003
                                               
Authorized share capital
    3,000,000       720       300,000       360       900,000       1,080  
Unissued share capital
    884,099       212       212,920       256       900,000       1,080  
 
                                   
Issued share capital
    2,115,901       508       87,080       104       0       0  
 
                                   
 
                                               
2002
                                               
Authorized share capital
    3,000,000       720       300,000       360       900,000       1,080  
Unissued share capital
    1,007,323       241       212,920       256       900,000       1,080  
 
                                   
Issued share capital
    1,992,677       479       87,080       104       0       0  
 
                                   

Movements in issued share capital:

                                 
    Ordinary shares     Preference shares  
    number             number        
    x 1,000     amount     x 1,000     amount  
Issued share capital as at January 1, 2002
    1,992,672       479       87,080       104  
 
From exchange of ING Groep N.V. B warrants
    5                          
 
                       
Issued share capital as at December 31, 2002
    1,992,677       479       87,080       104  
 
                       
 
                               
From exchange of ING Groep N.V. B warrants
    407                          
From 2002 final stockdividend
    38,387       9                  
From 2003 interim stockdividend
    28,087       7                  
Issue of shares
    56,343       13                  
 
                       
Issued share capital as at December 31, 2003
    2,115,901       508       87,080       104  
 
                       
 
                               
From exchange of ING Groep N.V. B warrants
                               
From 2003 final stockdividend
    31,731       8                  
From 2004 interim stockdividend
    31,699       8                  
Issue of shares
    25,389       6                  
 
                       
Issued share capital as at December 31, 2004
    2,204,720       530       87,080       104  
 
                       

Shares

All shares are in registered form. No share certificates will be issued. Shares may be transferred by means of a deed of transfer, subject to the approval of the Executive Board of ING Group.

F-85


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Ordinary shares

The par value of the ordinary shares is currently EUR 0.24.

Preference shares

The par value of the preference shares is EUR 1.20. Preference shares are divided into two categories: “A” preference shares and “B” preference shares. The authorized share capital of ING Group consists of 100 million “A” preference shares, of which as at December 31, 2004 87 million have been issued and 200 million “B” preference shares, of which none have yet been issued.

Preference shares may only be issued if at least the nominal value is paid up.

Preference shares rank before ordinary shares in entitlement to dividends and distributions upon liquidation of ING Group, but are subordinated to cumulative preference shares. Holders of “A” and “B” preference shares rank pari passu among themselves. If the profit or amount available for distribution to the holders of preference shares is not sufficient to make such distribution in full, the holders will receive a distribution in proportion to the amount they would have received if the distribution could have been made in full. The “A” preference shares and “B” preference shares are not cumulative and their holders will not be compensated in subsequent years for a shortfall in a prior year.

The ING Group’s Articles of Association make provision for cancellation of preference shares.

“A” preference shares

The dividend on the “A” preference shares is equal to a percentage of the amount (including share premium) for which the “A” preference shares were originally issued.

This percentage is calculated by taking the arithmetic mean of the average effective yield on the five longest-dated Dutch government loans, as calculated by a Calculating Agent to be designated by the Executive Board for the last twenty stock exchange days preceding the day on which the first “A” preference shares are issued, or, as the case may be, preceding the day on which the dividend percentage is adjusted. The percentage thus established may be increased or decreased by not more than a half percentage point, depending on the market conditions then prevailing, as the Executive Board may decide with the approval of the Supervisory Board.

The dividend on the “A” preference shares has been EUR 0.2405 per year until January 1, 2004. On January 1, 2004 the dividend has been readjusted to EUR 0.1582 per year until January 1, 2014. Then the dividend percentage will be readjusted again (and thereafter every ten years) to the average effective yield at that time on the five longest-dated Dutch government loans.

“A” preference shares may only be cancelled if a distribution of the amount (including share premium) for which the “A” preference shares were originally issued reduced by the par value of the shares can be made on each “A” preference share. Upon liquidation of ING Group, a distribution of the amount (including share premium) for which the “A” preference shares were originally issued will, insofar as possible, be made on each “A” preference share.

Depositary receipts for ordinary shares and for preference shares

More than 99% of the ordinary shares and preference shares issued by ING Group are held by the Stichting ING Aandelen (Trust Office ING Shares). In exchange for these shares, the Trust Office has issued depositary receipts in bearer form for ordinary shares and for preference shares, respectively. The depositary receipts are listed on various European stock exchanges. Depositary receipts can be exchanged for (non-listed) shares of the relevant category without any restriction.

The holder of a depositary receipt is entitled to receive from the Trust Office payment of dividends and distributions corresponding with the dividends and distributions received by the Trust Office on a share of the relevant category.

F-86


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

In addition, the holder of a depositary receipt is entitled to attend and to speak at the General Meeting of Shareholders of ING Group either in person or by proxy. A holder of a depositary receipt who thus attends the General Meeting of Shareholders, is entitled to vote as a proxy of the Trust Office but entirely to his own discretion for a number of shares equal to the number of his depositary receipts of the relevant category.

A holder of a depositary receipts who does not attend the General Meeting of Shareholders in person or by proxy is entitled to give a binding voting instruction to the Trust Office for a number of shares equal to the number of his depositary receipts of the relevant category.

Concentration of holders of depositary receipts for shares

As at December 31, 2004, ABN AMRO, AEGON and Fortis had an interest in depositary receipts (for ordinary shares and for preference shares) of ING Group between 5% and 10%.

Depositary receipts for ordinary shares held by ING Group

With reference to Section 98 (5), Book 2, of the Dutch Civil Code, as at December 31, 2004, a number of 29 million of depository receipts for ordinary shares ING Groep N.V. with a par value of EUR 0.24 was held by ING Group or its subsidiaries. These were purchased to hedge option rights granted to the Executive Board members and other employees. In 2004, ING Group sold 1,587,627 and purchased 2,948,601 depository receipts of own shares in connection with these option plans with an average price of EUR 15.59 and EUR 19.70 respectively. The net effect of these transactions is included in Other reserves. The secondary placements relate to shares issued when options from the option plans are exercised.

Movements in depositary receipts for ordinary shares held by ING Groep N.V. and its subsidiaries to hedge the option rights granted to the Executive Board and other employees in 2004

                 
    Number        
    x 1,000     Amount  
Opening balance
    28,068       845  
Purchases
    2,948       58  
Sales
    (658 )     (11 )
Secondary placements
    (930 )     (13 )
Differences between purchase and sales prices
            (9 )
 
           
Depositary receipts as at December 31, 2004
    29,428       870  
 
           

Cumulative preference shares

The par value of the cumulative preference shares is EUR 1.20.

The cumulative preference shares rank before the preference shares and the ordinary shares in entitlement to dividend and to distributions upon liquidation of ING Group.

The dividend on the cumulative preference shares will be equal to a percentage, calculated on the amount compulsorily paid up or yet to be paid up. This percentage shall be equal to the average of the Euro OverNight Index Average (EONIA) as calculated by the European Central Bank. During the financial year for which the distribution is made, this percentage is weighted on the basis of the number of days for which it applies, increased by two and a half percentage points.

If and to the extent that the profit available for distribution is not sufficient to pay the dividend referred to above in full, the shortfall will be made up from the reserves insofar as possible. If and to the extent that the dividend distribution cannot be made from the reserves, the profits achieved in subsequent years shall first be used to make up the shortfall before any distribution may be made on shares of any other category.

F-87


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

ING Group’s Articles of Association make provision for the cancellation of cumulative preference shares. Upon cancellation of cumulative preference shares and upon liquidation of ING Group, the amount paid up on the cumulative preference shares will be repaid together with the dividend shortfall in preceding years, insofar as this shortfall has not yet been made up.

B warrants

In 1998, ING Group authorised the issue of a maximum of 17,317,132 B warrants, of which 17,220,200 have been issued. As at December 31, 2004, 17,190,610 B warrants were outstanding (2003: 17,190,815). B warrant holders are entitled to obtain from ING Group, for a fixed price, depositary receipts for ordinary shares in the proportion of 1 B warrant to 2 depositary receipts. B warrant holders may exercise their rights at their own discretion but no later than January 5, 2008. As at December 31, 2004, no B warrants (2003: nil) were held by group companies of ING Group.

The current exercise price of B warrants is EUR 49.92 for 2 depositary receipts. The exercise price of B warrants will be adjusted by ING Group if one or more of the following circumstances occur:

1.   ING Group issues ordinary shares with pre-emptive rights for existing holders thereof at a price lower than the average price over the 20 business days preceding the relevant announcement of the median price between the highest and lowest prices of the depositary receipts of EUR 0.24 par value as stated in the Official Price List of Euronext Amsterdam N.V.;

2.   ING Group issues ordinary shares to existing holders thereof, such shares being paid from a reserve of the company at a price lower than the average price over the 20 business days preceding the relevant announcement of the median price between the highest and lowest prices of the depositary receipts of EUR 0.24 par value as stated in the Official Price List of Euronext Amsterdam N.V.;

3.   ING Group issues ordinary shares to existing holders thereof by way of paying a dividend at a price lower than the average price over the 20 business days preceding the relevant announcement of the median price between the highest and lowest prices of the depositary receipts of EUR 0.24 par value as stated in the Official Price List of Euronext Amsterdam N.V.;

4.   ING Group grants to existing holders of ordinary shares pre-emptive rights to obtain securities other than ordinary shares;

5.   Any company grants to existing holders of ordinary shares of ING Group a right of subscription for securities which may be converted into or exchanged for ordinary shares of ING Group, provided that the price for which such ordinary shares of ING Group may (initially) be obtained is lower than the then applicable exercise price;

6.   ING Group makes a distribution in cash out of its share premium reserve(s) to holders of ordinary shares.

In case of a split or consolidation of the shares of ING Group, a warrant holder shall remain entitled to a number of shares, the aggregate par value of which shall be equal to the aggregate par value of the number of shares to which he was entitled before the split or consolidation.

In case of a restructuring of the share capital of ING Group or a merger of ING Group with any other company or a transfer of the assets of ING Group (or a substantial part thereof) to any other company, the exercise price of the B warrants will not be adjusted. In that event, a warrant holder will be entitled to obtain the securities of the kind and number a holder of ordinary shares would have been entitled to if the B warrants had been exchanged for ordinary shares immediately before that event.

F-88


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Reserves

                                                 
                            Reserve              
                            for              
                            partici-     Exchange        
            Share     Revaluation     pating     differences     Other  
    Total     premium     reserve     interests     reserve     reserves  
Balance as at December 31, 2001
    16,354       7,188       6,287       466       (155 )     2,568  
 
                                               
Unrealized revaluations after tax
    (5,833 )             (4,304 )     35               (1,564 )
Exchange differences
    398                               398          
 
                                   
Net profit not recognized in the profit and loss account
    (5,435 )             (4,304 )     35       398       (1,564 )
 
                                               
Write-off of goodwill
    (1,176 )                                     (1,176 )
Profit appropriation previous year
    4,577                                       4,577  
2001 final dividend and 2002 interim dividend (1)
    (1,969 )                                     (1,969 )
Exercise of warrants and options
    (2 )     (2 )                                
Changes in ING Groep N.V. shares held by group companies
    822                                       822  
 
                                   
Balance as at December 31, 2002
    13,171       7,186       1,983       501       243       3,258  
 
                                               
Unrealized revaluations after tax
    (1,215 )             240       84               (1,539 )
Exchange differences
    364                               364          
 
                                   
Net profit not recognized in the profit and loss account
    (851 )             240       84       364       (1,539 )
 
                                               
Write-off of goodwill
    (145 )                                     (145 )
Profit appropriation previous year
    4,500                                       4,500  
2002 final dividend and 2003 interim dividend (2)
    (1,995 )     (1,068 )                             (927 )
Issue of shares
    1,946       1,946                                  
Changes in ING Groep N.V. shares held by group companies
    50                                       50  
 
                                   
Balance as at December 31, 2003
    16,676       8,064       2,223       585       607       5,197  
 
                                               
Unrealized revaluations after tax
    (977 )             (109 )     28               (896 )
Exchange differences
    87                               87          
 
                                   
Net profit not recognized in the profit and loss account
    (890 )             (109 )     28       87       (896 )
 
                                               
Write-off of goodwill
    (119 )                                     (119 )
Profit appropriation previous year
    4,043                                       4,043  
2003 final dividend and 2004 interim dividend (3)
    (2,109 )     (1,227 )                             (882 )
Issue of shares
    1,688       1,688                                  
 
                                               
Changes in ING Groep N.V. shares held by group companies
    (25 )                                     (25 )
 
                                   
Balance as at December 31, 2004
    19,264       8,525       2,114       613       694       7,318  
 
                                   


(1)   2001 final dividend of EUR 0.50 per share and 2002 interim dividend of EUR 0.48 per share.
 
(2)   2002 final dividend of EUR 0.49 per share and 2003 interim dividend of EUR 0.48 per share.
 
(3)   2003 final dividend of EUR 0.49 per share and 2004 interim dividend of EUR 0.49 per share.

F-89


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

As at December 31, 2004, the capital and reserves of Stichting Regio Bank, included in Other reserves, amounted to EUR 507 million (2003: EUR 469 million) and cannot be freely distributed.

The revaluation reserve and the reserve for participating interests include the statutory reserves.

Dividend restrictions

ING Group and its Dutch group companies are subject to legal restrictions regarding the amount of dividends they can pay to their shareholders. The Dutch Civil Code contains the restriction that dividends can only be paid up to an amount equal to the excess of the company’s own funds over the sum of (i) the paid-up capital, and (ii) reserves required by law. Additionally, certain group companies are subject to restrictions on the amount of funds they may transfer in the form of cash dividends or otherwise to the parent company.

Furthermore, in addition to the restrictions in respect of minimum capital requirements that are imposed by industry regulators in the countries in which the subsidiaries operate, other limitations exist in certain countries.

The Executive Board of ING Group believes that these limitations will not affect the ability of ING Group to pay dividends to its shareholders in the future.

5.2.4. Subordinated loans

Subordinated loans consists of perpetual subordinated bonds issued by ING Groep N.V. These bonds have been issued to raise hybrid capital for ING Verzekeringen N.V. and Tier-1 capital for ING Bank N.V.

Subordinated loans:

                                         
                            2004     2003  
Notional amount   Interest rate     Year of issue     First call date   Balance sheet value  
EUR 1,000
  Variable       2004     June 30, 2014     1,000          
USD 500
    6.2       2003     January 15, 2009     366       396  
EUR 750
  Variable       2003     June 30, 2013     750       750  
USD 1,100
    7.2       2002     December 15, 2007     807       872  
USD 800
    7.05       2002     September 15, 2007     586       634  
EUR 600
    6.5       2001     September 28, 2006     600       600  
 
                            4,109       3,252  
 
                                       

EUR 3,743 million (2003: EUR 2,256 million) of these loans has been subsequently provided as subordinated loans by ING Groep N.V. to ING Bank N.V. under the same conditions as the original bonds.

EUR 366 million (2003: EUR 396 million) has been subsequently provided as subordinated loan by ING Groep N.V. to ING Verzekeringen N.V. under the same conditions as the original bonds.

The number of debentures held by group companies as at December 31, 2004 was 7,800 with a balance sheet value of EUR 1 million (2003: 211,086 with a balance sheet value of EUR 21 million).

Unsecured subordinated loans from group companies to ING Groep N.V., which may be renewable at their due dates at the then prevailing market rates, are included in Subordinated loans.

F-90


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Unsecured subordinated loans from group companies to ING Groep N.V.

                                 
                    2004     2003  
Interest rate   Year of issue     Due date   Balance sheet value  
8.439
    2000     December 31, 2030 (1)   1,100       1,189  
9.2
    2000     June 30, 2030     183       198  
7.7
    1999     June 29, 2029             39  
 
                           
 
                    1,283       1,783  
 
                           


(1)   Interest rate is fixed until December 31, 2010, thereafter the interest rate will be reset based on three-month LIBOR plus spread.

5.2.5. Other liabilities

                 
    2004     2003  
Debenture loans
    5,178       5,704  
Amounts owed to group companies
    606       655  
Other amounts owed and accrued liabilities
    157       210  
 
           
 
    5,941       6,569  
 
           

Debenture loans:

                                 
                    2004     2003  
Interest rate   Year of issue     Due date   Balance sheet value  
5
    2001     May 3, 2006     1,000       1,000  
6.125
    2000     January 4, 2011     1,000       1,000  
6
    2000     August 1, 2007     750       750  
5.5
    2000     May 11, 2005     1,428       1,500  
5.5
    1999     September 14, 2009     1,000       1,000  
7.125
    1994     June 28, 2004             454  
 
                           
 
                    5,178       5,704  
 
                           

The number of debentures held by group companies as at December 31, 2004 was 6,377 with a balance sheet value of EUR 6 million (2003: 67,925 with a balance sheet value of EUR 68 million).

Amounts owed to group companies by remaining term

                 
    2004     2003  
– up to one year
    600       556  
– one year to five years
            7  
– over five years
    6       92  
 
           
 
    606       655  
 
           

F-91


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
     
Amsterdam, March 7, 2005
   
 
   
The Supervisory Board,
  The Executive Board,
 
   
Cor A.J. Herkströter, chairman
  Michel J. Tilmant, chairman
Eric Bourdais de Charbonnière
  Cees Maas, vice-chairman and Chief Financial Officer
Luella Gross Goldberg
  Eric F. Boyer de la Giroday
Paul F. van der Heijden
  Fred S. Hubbell
Claus Dieter Hoffmann
  Eli P. Leenaars
Aad G. Jacobs
  Alexander H.G. Rinnooy Kan
Wim Kok
  Hans K. Verkoren
Godfried J.A. van der Lugt
   
Paul Baron de Meester
   
Jan D. Timmer
   
Karel Vuursteen
   

F-92


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

6. DIFFERENCES BETWEEN DUTCH AND US ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

6.1.   Valuation and income recognition differences between Dutch and US accounting principles

The consolidated financial statements of ING Group are presented in accordance with accounting principles generally applied in the Netherlands (“Dutch GAAP”). Dutch GAAP differs in certain respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The following is a summary of the significant differences.

a.   Purchase accounting and Goodwill and other intangible assets.
 
    Under Dutch GAAP, goodwill arising from acquisitions is directly charged to shareholders’ equity immediately at the time of an acquisition.

U.S. GAAP requires that goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have an indefinite life be capitalized and be subject to annual impairment tests. Under FASB Statements of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, goodwill is allocated to ING Group’s reporting units and goodwill impairment exists if the carrying value of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value (see note 7.12 on F-128). Other intangible assets are amortized over their useful lives. Under U.S. GAAP, goodwill arising on the purchase of a foreign entity is translated at closing rates with exchange differences taken to equity.

ING Group adopted SFAS 142 as of January 1, 2002 and recorded the cumulative effect of the accounting change for the transitional goodwill impairment charge of EUR 13,103 billion in the 2002 U.S. GAAP profit and loss account. Before implementation of SFAS 142 goodwill was amortized over its estimated economic life and was evaluated for impairment by comparing the entity-level unamortized balance of goodwill to projected undiscounted cash flows, which did not result in an indicated impairment.

Subsequent goodwill impairment tests are performed if any events or a change in circumstances indicate that impairment may have taken place, or at a minimum on an annual basis. ING Group performs the annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter for all reporting units. There was a EUR 26 million charge from the annual goodwill impairment test in 2004. An impairment charge of EUR 101 million was recognized in the 2003 annual goodwill impairment test for goodwill allocated to the reporting unit Latin America. The 2004 and 2003 impairment charge are discussed in Note 7.12 on page F-128. There was no impact on ING Group’s net income or financial condition under Dutch GAAP since goodwill had not been capitalized but charged to equity immediately at the time of an acquisition.

This item includes other intangible assets, which under Dutch GAAP are recognized as goodwill.
 
b.   Real estate.
 
    Under Dutch GAAP, investments in land and buildings are carried at the fair values, with any unrealized revaluations accounted for directly in shareholders equity. These assets are not depreciated. Impairment losses are first charged against the revaluation reserves existing for these assets. Any remaining impairment losses are charged to the profit and loss account. Results on disposal are charged to the profit and loss account.

Under U.S. GAAP, investments in land and buildings are carried at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and are adjusted for any impairment in value. Depreciation is calculated over the economic lives of the assets concerned. Results on disposal are charged to the profit and loss account.
 
c.   Valuation of debt securities.
 
    The carrying amount of loans is adjusted for prepayment penalties and the effect of related fees, discounts and premiums. Differences between the nominal value of loans and their carrying amount are taken to the profit and loss account over the remaining life of the loans concerned using the effective interest method.

F-93


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

    Investments in fixed-income securities are carried at redemption value under Dutch GAAP. Differences between redemption value and cost are amortized and charged to the profit and loss account over the remaining terms of the investments concerned using the effective interest method. Zero-coupon bonds are carried at amortized cost. Additionally, debt securities are recorded net of a provision for credit losses.
 
    Under U.S. GAAP, the method of accounting for these assets depends on the classification of the securities concerned:

  (i)   Securities held as part of the trading portfolio are stated at fair value. Realized and unrealized movements in the fair value are taken to the profit and loss account.
 
  (ii)   Securities held until maturity are stated at amortized cost, differences between redemption value and cost being amortized and charged to the profit and loss account over the remaining terms of the investments concerned.
 
  (iii)   Securities which are available for sale are stated at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported in shareholders’ equity. Realized results on disposal are recognized in the profit and loss account.

    Revaluation of debt securities classified as available-for-sale to fair value results in a reconciling item to shareholders’ equity. A portion of this reconciliation relates to assets held in support of policies where the policyholder shares in the profits of the Company. Unrealized results on available-for-sale securities are included in shareholders’ equity for U.S. GAAP purposes. When these results are realized, a portion may be passed to policyholders, at the discretion of the Company. As at December 31, 2004 the portion of unrealized gains which may be passed to policyholders is estimated at EUR 2.2 billion.
 
    In addition, the revaluation reserve resulting from the valuation of debt securities at fair value is adjusted for the impact there of on the deferred acquisition costs.
 
    Allowances for credit losses on debt securities are not permitted. Individual securities classified as either available-for-sale or held-to-maturity are subject to review to determine whether a decline in fair value below amortized cost is other than temporary. If the decline in fair value is judged to be other than temporary, the cost basis of the individual security is written down to fair value as the new cost basis and the amount of the write down is included in the profit and loss account.
 
    ING Group accounts for certain securities in accordance with EITF Issue 99-20, Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased and Retained Beneficial Interests in Securitized Financial Assets. Pursuant to EITF 99-20, changes in the estimated yield of certain collateralized mortgage obligations are to be recorded on a prospective basis. If the fair value of the collateralized mortgage obligations has declined below its carrying amount and there has been an adverse change in the estimated future cash flows from previous estimates, the decline is considered to be other than temporary and the security is written down to fair value.
 
    ING Group holds securities in a number of different currencies that are available for sale. The unrealized translation results are recognized in the profit and loss account under Dutch GAAP. EITF 96-15, Accounting for the Effects of Changes in Foreign Currency Exchange Rates on Foreign-Currency-Denominated Available-for-Sale Debt Securities, requires that these foreign currency translation results are recognized in shareholders’ equity as part of the fair value adjustment.
 
d.   Realized results on sales of debt securities.
 
    The result on disposal of investments in debt securities, i.e. the difference between the proceeds from sale and the book value, is treated as a yield difference under Dutch GAAP. The yield differences are taken to the profit and loss account over the estimated average remaining life of the investment portfolio.
 
    Under U.S. GAAP, the result on disposal is immediately recognized as income.

F-94


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

e.   Valuation of equity securities.
 
    For Dutch GAAP, investments in equity securities are stated at fair value as at balance sheet date with unrealized gains and losses reported in shareholders’ equity (revaluation reserve), unless the securities are considered to be impaired. Impairments are charged to the profit and loss account. The determination of impairments involves various assumptions and factors, including the period of time and the extent to which the unrealized loss has existed and general market conditions, but is primarily based on the financial condition of the issuer in the long-term; taking into account the intent and ability to hold the securities under ING Group’s long-term investment strategy. If, in a subsequent period, the recoverable amount increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment was recognized in income, the impairment charge should be reversed, with the reversal included in net profit for the period.
 
    Under U.S. GAAP, additional impairments are recognized for other than temporary unrealized losses on top of the impairments already recognized under Dutch GAAP after giving additional consideration to the extent to which the market value has been below cost price and the period of time for which the unrealized losses have existed. Impairments are treated as a reduction of the cost.
 
f.   Accounting for derivative financial instruments held for risk management purposes.
 
    Under Dutch GAAP, derivative financial instruments, primarily interest rate swap contracts, used to manage interest rate risk are accounted for as off-balance sheet transactions. The related interest income and expense is accounted for on a basis consistent with the hedged position, primarily on an accrual basis. Transactions qualify as hedges if these transactions are identified as such and there is a negative correlation between the hedging results and the results of the position being hedged.
 
    U.S. GAAP requires that derivatives be carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in income unless specified criteria are met to obtain hedge accounting treatment.
 
    SFAS 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, as amended by SFAS 138, requires that all derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, be recorded on the balance sheet, as either an asset or liability, measured at its fair value. The change in a derivative’s fair value is generally to be recognized in the current period’s profit and loss account. However, if certain conditions are met, a derivative may be specifically designated as a hedge of an exposure to changes in fair value, variability of cash flows, or certain foreign currency exposures. When designated as a hedge, the fair value of the derivative instrument should be recognized currently in the profit and loss account or in equity, depending on whether such designation is considered a fair value hedge, a cash flow hedge, or a hedge of a net investment in foreign operations. With respect to fair value hedges, the fair value of the derivative, as well as changes in the fair value of the hedged item for the risk being hedged, are reported in the profit and loss account. For cash flow hedges the effective portion of the gains or losses on the derivative instrument are reported in equity and subsequently reclassified into the profit and loss account when the hedged item affects the profit and loss account. The remaining gains and losses in excess of the cumulative change in the present value of future cash flows of the hedged item, if any (i.e. ineffectiveness), is recognized in the profit and loss account during the period of change. For a hedge of a net investment in a foreign currency, the gain or loss is reported in equity to the extent it is effective.
 
    For the purpose of reconciliation of Dutch GAAP shareholders’ equity and net profit to U.S. GAAP, the change in the fair values of the hedged items have been set off against the gains or losses on the derivative instrument for hedges that meet SFAS 133 fair value hedge criteria.

F-95


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

g.   Deferred acquisition costs of insurance contracts.
 
    The acquisition costs of life insurance business involving the receipt of regular premiums are capitalized and amortized to the profit and loss account in proportion to future premiums. Under U.S. GAAP, deferred acquisition costs of traditional insurance contracts are likewise amortized in proportion to future premiums.
 
    For universal-life type contracts, investment contracts and for participating individual life insurance contracts, U.S. GAAP requires that deferred acquisition costs be amortized at a constant rate based on the present value of the estimated gross profit margins expected to be realized over the life of the book of contracts. Changes in estimated gross profits result in a retroactive adjustment recorded in the period the estimate of future gross profits change.
 
    In addition, in accordance with SFAS 115, deferred acquisition costs related to universal-life type contracts, investment contracts and participating individual life insurance contracts are adjusted to reflect changes that would have been necessary if unrealized investment gains and losses related to available-for-sale securities had been realized. The SFAS 115 adjustment to deferred acquisition costs is an adjustment to equity and is not taken through net profit. As a result of this adjustment U.S. GAAP equity has been reduced by EUR 778 million at December 31, 2004 (reduced by EUR 878 million at December 31, 2003).
 
h.   Pension liabilities and pension costs.
 
    The pension rights of the majority of the staff are insured with separate pension funds. In accordance with Dutch GAAP, as from January 1, 1998, retroactive as from January 1, 1997, the pension expenses are based on a specific method of actuarial valuation of plan assets and related projected liabilities for accrued service including future salary indexation. Plan assets are taken at fair value. The pension expenses under U.S. GAAP are based on the same method of valuation of liabilities and assets. Differences in the level of expense and liabilities (or assets) occur due to the different transition dates under U.S. GAAP.
 
    Under U.S. GAAP an additional liability is recognized immediately in a situation where the accumulated benefit obligation exceeds the fair value of the plan assets. This additional liability is charged to shareholders’ equity. The accumulated benefit obligation differs from the projected benefit obligation in that it does not take into account future compensation levels.
 
i.   Post-retirement benefits.
 
    Expenses and liabilities are determined under a similar methodology as described under pensions.
 
    The benefit expense under U.S. GAAP is based on the same method of valuation of liabilities. Differences in the level of expense and liabilities occur due to the different transition date under U.S. GAAP.
 
j.   Provision for life policy liabilities.
 
    In accordance with both Dutch GAAP and U.S. GAAP, the provision for life policy liabilities is calculated on the basis of a prudent prospective actuarial method, having regard to the conditions of current insurance contracts. The difference between Dutch GAAP and U.S. GAAP primarily concerns the treatment of initial expenses and the assumptions which are made in calculating the provisions with regard to the yield on the investments. This item includes reserve strengthening provisions recorded under Dutch GAAP not permitted under U.S. GAAP.
 
    Under both Dutch and U.S. GAAP, the liability for life policy benefits for traditional life insurance contracts is computed using a net level premium method with assumptions such as expected investment yields, mortality, morbidity, terminations and expenses consistent with the provisions of SFAS 60, Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises. These assumptions are based on expectations at the time the insurance contracts are made and include a provision for adverse deviation. Additionally, under both Dutch and U.S. GAAP, the adequacy of the provision for life

F-96


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

    policy benefits is evaluated each year and is augmented if necessary. The principal difference between Dutch and U.S. GAAP relates to applied investment yields for certain Group companies.
 
    Under both Dutch and U.S. GAAP, the liability for life policy benefits for universal life and investment type contracts as described in SFAS 97, Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Long-Duration Contracts and for Realised Gains and Losses from the Sale of Investments, is equal to the balance that accrues to the benefit of policyholders at the balance sheet date.
 
    These contracts include policies where the policyholder bears the investment risk, annual life funds and unit-linked policies. Investments related to such contracts are segregated and the majority is valued at fair value with changes in fair value recorded through current period earnings for both Dutch and U.S. GAAP.The liability for these contracts is generally equal to the fair value of the assets.
 
    In the Netherlands, the principal individual life insurance contracts sold by the subsidiaries of ING Group provide for bonuses and distributions on account of interest or underwriting experience to policyholders based on the overall results of the operations. Such amounts are generally credited in the form of additional paid-up insurance.

Participating insurance contracts with such features are traditionally sold in the United States by mutual insurance companies. Under both Dutch and U.S. GAAP, the liability for these types of contracts is equal to the net level reserve consistent with the provisions of SFAS 120, Accounting and Reporting by Mutual Life Enterprises and by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Long-Duration Participating Contracts.
 
    Under U.S. GAAP, the revaluation reserve resulting from the valuation of debt securities at fair value (as explained in item c.) is adjusted for the impact thereof on deferred profit sharing to policyholders.
 
k.   Provision for future catastrophe and other insurance provisions.
 
    ING Group carries other insurance provisions for potential exposure to future losses. Amongst these is a non-life provision for future catastrophe and other accidental losses.
 
    Under U.S. GAAP, these provisions are not allowed since such losses are recorded in the period they are incurred. Amounts that were released from the catastrophe provision are recorded in the profit and loss account under Dutch GAAP. For the purpose of the reconciliation to U.S. GAAP, these releases are not recognized in income as the corresponding liability is not allowed under U.S. GAAP. Amounts that are charged against the catastrophe provision under Dutch GAAP are recorded in the profit and loss account under U.S. GAAP.
 
l.   Valuation and profit recognition of equity investments.
 
    This item relates to equity participations and certain equity investments. Equity participations that are held for sale are carried at either the lower of cost or market value or at net asset value. Dividends received and realized gains and losses on the sale of these shareholdings are charged to the profit and loss account.
 
    Under U.S. GAAP, these shareholdings are accounted for at either fair value with changes in fair value recorded in shareholders’ equity, or, in cases where significant influence can be exercised by ING Group, by the equity method.
 
    The criteria on recognition of gains and losses on the sale of certain equity investments are more stringent under U.S. GAAP as compared to Dutch GAAP. As a result, profit on sale is not always recognized in the same accounting period.

F-97


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

m.   Restructuring provision
 
    Under Dutch GAAP, certain restructuring costs relating to employee terminations are recognised when a restructuring plan has been announced.
 
    Under U.S. GAAP, liabilities related to termination benefits are recognised when incurred. Employee termination costs are generally considered to be incurred when certain criteria have been met and the plan has been communicated to employees (communication date). Liabilities are recognized on the communication date unless further service (beyond a minimum retention period) is required from the employee in which case costs are recognised as benefits are earned.

F-98


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

6.2.   Reconciliation of Dutch GAAP shareholders’ equity and net profit to US GAAP
                                         
    Shareholders’ equity                     Net profit  
    2004     2003     2004     2003     2002  
Amounts determined in accordance with Dutch GAAP:
    25,866       21,331       5,968       4,043       4,500  
 
                                       
Adjustments in respect of:
                                       
 
                                       
a. Goodwill:
                                       
Goodwill and other intangible assets
    4,191       4,315       (164 )     (125 )     (29 )
b. Real estate:
                                       
Valuation
    (2,589 )     (3,017 )     (269 )     (214 )     (237 )
Realized gains and losses on sales
                    178       267       179  
c. Valuation of loans and debt securities
    13,075       9,579       533       (6 )     195  
d. Realized results on sales of debt securities:
                                       
Realized gains and losses on sales
                    245       1,009       414  
Reversal of provision for yield differences
    (1,419 )     (936 )     (228 )     (247 )     (179 )
Amortization of premiums and discounts
                    (344 )     (172 )     248  
e. Valuation of equity securities
                    148       335       (1,085 )
f. Accounting for derivative financial instruments held for risk management
    (101 )     (530 )     425       (87 )     (472 )
g. Deferred acquisition costs of insurance contracts
    (341 )     (418 )     (79 )     (154 )     25  
h. Pension liabilities and pension costs
    (974 )     (962 )     38       53       24  
i. Post-retirement benefits
    52       52       5       (11 )     (5 )
j. Provision for life policy liabilities
    (448 )     (650 )     280       5       (51 )
k. Provision for future catastrophe and other insurance provisions
    17       21       2       (96 )     (172 )
l. Valuation and profit recognition of equity investments
    (138 )     115       5       25       8  
m. Restructuring provision
    60               60                  
Sub-total
    11,385       7,569       835       582       (1,137 )
Tax effect of the adjustments
    2,503       1,207       141       129       (99 )
Minority interest in adjustment (after tax)
    346       314       26       16       14  
 
                                       
Total adjustments
    9,228       6,676       720       469       (1,024 )
 
                                       
Amounts determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP (excluding effects of changes in accounting principles):
    35,094       28,007       6,688       4,512       3,476  
 
                                       
Cumulative effects of changes in accounting principles(1)
                    (91 )             (13,103 )
 
                                       
Amounts determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP:
    35,094       28,007       6,597       4,512       (9,627 )
 
                                       


(1)   The cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles in 2004 is EUR 91 million as explained in note 6.8 (2003: nil, 2002: EUR 13,103 million as explained in note 7.12).

F-99


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

6.3. Net profit per share

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
Net profit determined in accordance with Dutch GAAP
    5,968       4,043       4,500  
Reconciling adjustments to net profit U.S. GAAP
    629       469       (14,127 )
Net profit/(loss) determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP
    6,597       4,512       (9,627 )
Dividend on preference shares
    (14 )     (21 )     (21 )
Dutch GAAP
    5,954       4,022       4,479  
U.S. GAAP
    6,583       4,491       (9,648 )
 
                       
Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding
    2,125.3       2,014.4       1,928.0  
 
                       
Basic earnings/(loss) per share:
                       
Dutch GAAP
    2.80       2.00       2.32  
U.S. GAAP (excluding effects of changes in accounting principles)(1)
    3.14       2.23       1.79  
U.S. GAAP (including effects of changes in accounting principles)(1)
    3.10       2.23       (5.00 )
 
                       
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share:
                       
Dutch GAAP
    2.80       2.00       2.32  
U.S. GAAP (excluding effects of changes in accounting principles)(1)
    3.14       2.23       1.79  
U.S. GAAP (including effects of changes in accounting principles)(1)
    3.10       2.23       (5.00 )


(1)   The cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles in 2004 is EUR 91 million as explained in note 6.8. (2003: nil, 2002: EUR 13,103 milion as explained in note 7.12.).

Method of computation of basic and diluted earnings per share has been described in note 3.5.

6.4.   Presentation differences between Dutch and US accounting principles

In addition to the differences in valuation and income recognition principles, other differences, essentially related to presentation, exist between Dutch and U.S. GAAP. Although these differences do not cause differences between Dutch and U.S. GAAP reported net profit and/or shareholders’ equity, it may be useful to understand them to better interpret the financial statements presented in accordance with Dutch GAAP. The following is a summary of the classification differences that pertain to the basic financial statements.

a.   Tangible fixed assets, comprised primarily of data processing equipment and other movable assets used in the company’s operations, are presented as a separate item in the balance sheet.
 
    Under U.S. GAAP, such assets are presented, together with all other assets used in the company’s operations, under Property and equipment.
 
b.   Joint ventures are accounted for using proportionate consolidation, reflecting the share in ownership(2).

Under U.S. GAAP, such investments are accounted for using the equity method.


(2)   Total assets proportionally consolidated in the Dutch GAAP financial statements in 2004 is EUR 7,748 million (2003: EUR 7,852 million), total profit before income tax proportional consolidated in the Dutch GAAP financial statements in 2004 is EUR 245 million (2003: EUR 62 million; 2002: EUR 41 million).

c.   Real estate properties in use by ING Group’s operating entities are presented as an investment, and the related rental income as investment income and operating expense.

F-100


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

    Under U.S. GAAP, real estate owned and occupied by a business unit is presented separately under the caption Property and equipment, and the impact of rental income and expense is eliminated from the profit and loss account.
 
d.   Equity securities of shareholdings in enterprises in the same industries as ING Group and certain receivables from the same enterprises are reported as participating interests, regardless of whether they are accounted for using the equity method.
 
    Under U.S. GAAP, only shareholdings that are accounted for under the equity method are presented separately from other investments in equity securities. Furthermore, a subsidiary presented as participating interest under Dutch GAAP is consolidated under U.S. GAAP.
 
e.   Investments for the risk of policyholders, interest in investment pools and deposits with reinsurers are included in Investments.
 
    Under U.S. GAAP, investments for the risk of policyholders that meets the definition of separate accounts are reported as such. Interests in investment pools and deposits with reinsurers are included in Other assets.
 
f.   Assets, other than real estate, under operational lease contracts are classified as Lending.
 
    Under U.S. GAAP, assets under operational lease contracts are included in Other assets.
 
g.   The balance sheet value of derivative contracts is included in Other assets and Other liabilities.
 
    Under U.S. GAAP the gross positive and negative fair values of derivatives that are considered to be held for trading purposes are presented under Trading account assets and Trading account liabilities.
 
h.   Funds received in financing transactions that involve the issuance of preferred shares (whether or not in conjunction with common shares) to banks are presented as a liability under Banks.
 
    Although the criteria for classification as shareholders’ equity appear to be met, in substance the amount is more a liability and is presented as such.

Under U.S. GAAP, such funds are presented as minority interest as the legal definition of equity is met.
 
i.   Reinsurance recoverables on claims are recorded as an offset to the insurance provisions. Reinsurance ceded results are included in Underwriting Expenditure.
 
    Under U.S. GAAP, the insurance liabilities are presented on a gross basis and the reinsured portion as an asset under Reinsurance receivables. Reinsurance ceded results are applied to each appropriate caption of the profit and loss account.
 
j.   Premium income of the non-life operations is presented on a written basis, with the change in unearned premiums reported as an underwriting expenditure.
 
    Under U.S. GAAP, non-life premium income is presented on an as earned basis.
 
k.   Premiums collected on universal-life type contracts and insurance contracts that do not expose the company to significant mortality or morbidity risks are reported as premium income and the allocation of these premiums to the provision for life policy benefits as an underwriting expense.

F-101


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

    Under U.S. GAAP, premiums collected on these types of products are not reported as revenue in the profit and loss accounts; revenues from these products are amounts assessed against policyholders and are reported in the period that the amounts are assessed unless evidence indicates that the amounts are designed to compensate for services provided over more than one period.
 
l.   Death and surrender benefits paid on universal-life type contracts and the corresponding release of the provision for life policy benefits are reported separately as underwriting expenses in the profit and loss accounts.
 
    Under U.S. GAAP, these items are not reported separately; the amount of expense reported for these products is the amounts paid in excess of the related release of the provision for life policy benefits.
 
m.   Interest paid to contract holders of guaranteed investment contracts is reported as an investment expense that is netted against investment income.
 
    Under U.S. GAAP, the interest paid to contract holders of guaranteed investment contracts is reported as an underwriting expense and not netted against investment income.
 
n.   Short-term and long-term borrowings are included in the following captions: funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations and other liabilities.
 
    Under U.S. GAAP, short-term borrowings are presented separately from long term borrowings.
 
o.   If the financial statements had been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, certain items, which are included in interest income and expense, would have been classified differently. Included in these captions are, among others, the amortization of realized gains (losses) on sales of certain financial instruments used in interest rate risk management which have been deferred, results of interest arbitrage transactions and certain loan fees.
 
    Under U.S. GAAP, realized gains (losses) on sales of financial instruments are classified as either trading income or separately as results from sales. Results of interest arbitrage transactions are included in trading income under U.S. GAAP.
 
p.   Investment expenditures include certain amounts for interest charges and value adjustments to investments as well as administrative expenses.
 
    Under U.S. GAAP, investment expenditures would generally only include administrative expenses.

F-102


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

6.5.   Condensed consolidated balance sheet

The following is a condensed consolidated balance sheet of ING Group, for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, restated to reflect the impacts of the valuation and presentation differences between Dutch and U.S. GAAP.

                                 
            2004             2003  
    U.S. GAAP Dutch GAAP     U.S. GAAP Dutch GAAP  
Assets
                               
 
                               
Total investments
    333,252       398,014       270,031       335,003  
Separate accounts
    77,663               70,552          
Trading account assets
    73,929       47,103       65,230       40,206  
Loans
    315,429       317,466       288,148       292,556  
Banks
    57,637       57,300       61,185       61,060  
Cash and due from banks
    8,807       8,807       11,738       11,738  
Participating interests
    2,216       3,304       1,382       3,167  
Reinsurance receivables
    6,851       388       5,349       567  
Other receivables
    9,678       9,545       11,120       10,880  
Deferred policy acquisition costs
    10,009       10,350       9,342       9,760  
Goodwill and other intangible assets
    4,191               4,315          
Property and equipment
    2,714       1,252       3,223       1,311  
Other assets
    15,806       12,672       17,162       12,523  
 
                       
Total assets
    918,182       866,201       818,777       778,771  
 
                       
 
                               
Liabilities
                               
 
                               
Future policy benefits, claims reserves, other policyholder funds and unearned premiums
    217,552       210,107       203,361       198,035  
Deposits
    365,161       435,907       306,354       377,824  
Banks
    113,173       112,797       100,986       102,115  
Trading account liabilities
    26,007               25,104          
Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt
    50,060               52,464          
Long-term borrowings, excluding current maturities
    61,327               56,677          
Other liabilities
    45,497       78,029       41,604       75,953  
 
                       
Total liabilities
    878,777       836,840       786,550       753,927  
Minority interests
    4,311       3,495       4,220       3,513  
Shareholders’ equity
    35,094       25,866       28,007       21,331  
 
                       
Total liabilities, minority interests and shareholders’ equity
    918,182       866,201       818,777       778,771  
 
                       

F-103


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

6.6.   Condensed consolidated profit and loss account

The following is a condensed consolidated profit and loss account of ING Group, for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 to reflect the impacts of the valuation and presentation differences between Dutch and U.S. GAAP.

                                                 
            2004             2003             2002  
    U.S. GAAP Dutch GAAP     U.S. GAAP Dutch GAAP     U.S. GAAP Dutch GAAP  
Revenues
    49,756       68,404       48,025       64,766       49,316       71,916  
Expenses
    40,912       60,395       41,555       58,889       44,504       65,995  
 
                                   
Profit before income taxes
    8,844       8,009       6,470       5,877       4,812       5,921  
Income taxes
    1,910       1,769       1,630       1,490       990       1,089  
 
                                   
Profit after income taxes
    6,934       6,240       4,840       4,387       3,822       4,832  
Minority interests
    246       272       328       344       346       332  
 
                                   
Net profit (excluding effect of changes in accounting principles)
    6,688       5,968       4,512       4,043       3,476       4,500  
Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles
    (91 )                             (13,103 )        
 
                                   
Net profit/(loss) (including effect of changes in accounting principles)
    6,597       5,968       4,512       4,043       (9,627 )     4,500  
 
                                   

Revenues under Dutch GAAP are reconciled to Revenues under US GAAP as follows:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
Revenues, Dutch GAAP
    68,404       64,766       71,916  
 
                       
Presentation differences premium income
    (19,527 )     (17,480 )     (22,748 )
Presentation differences investment income
    31       (57 )     (50 )
Valuation differences investment income
    848       796       198  
 
                 
Revenues U.S. GAAP
    49,756       48,025       49,316  
 
                 

Presentation differences relate to Dutch GAAP revenue that is not included in revenue under U.S. GAAP, but equally impacts expenses under U.S. GAAP; therefore, there is no impact on net income.

As from 2004 Guaranteed Investment Contracts are no longer included in revenues (Premium-income) and expenses (Underwriting expenditure) as described in Note 1.3. The comparative figures have been adjusted accordingly.

As from 2003, Additions to the provision for investment losses are reported on a separate line within Expenses. Previously, these additions were reported as an item within Revenues, as described in Notes 3.1.2.

6.7.   Consolidated Statement of cash flows

The Consolidated Statement of cash flows presented according to International Accounting Standards is included on page F-6.

6.8   Newly issued accounting standards

Adoption of FIN No. 46-R

In January 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Interpretation No. 46

F-104


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

(“FIN 46”), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (“VIEs”)”. In December 2003, the FASB issued a revised FIN 46 (“FIN 46-R”) to clarify some of the provisions in the original interpretation and to exempt certain entities from its requirements. FIN 46-R changed the method of determining whether certain entities (VIEs) should be included in the consolidated financial statements. Many VIEs are commonly referred to as special-purpose entities or off-balance sheet structures, but the guidance applies to a larger population of entities. FIN 46-R requires ING Group to consolidate a VIE if ING Group is subject to a majority of the risk of loss from the variable interest entity’s activities or entitled to receive a majority of the entity’s residual returns or both (i.e. when ING Group is the ‘primary beneficiary’). In addition, the primary beneficiary is required to make certain disclosure in relation to the VIE.

Application of FIN 46-R for ING Group was required as of January 1, 2004. ING Group is a party to a number of VIEs, including Asset Backed Commercial Paper Conduits, Structured Investment Vehicles, Collateralized Debt Obligations (CDOs), structured finance transactions and investment funds. Based on FIN 46-R, ING Group is required to consolidate certain VIEs that were previously not consolidated. Additionally to the VIEs consolidated in INGs figures under Dutch GAAP, ING consolidated in its reporting in accordance with U.S. GAAP Asset Backed Commercial Paper (ABCP)-conduits with a balance sheet total EUR 4 billion. There is no significant impact on shareholders’ equity and net result under U.S. GAAP.

ING holds positions in its investment portfolio, mainly investments in asset backed securities, including mortgage backed securities, issued by variable interest entities (“VIEs”), which ING does not consolidate because ING is not the primary beneficiary of any of these VIEs. Although actual losses, if any, are not expected to be material, ING’s maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with these VIEs was EUR 61 billion at December 31, 2004. For this purpose, maximum exposure to loss of the asset-backed securities is equal to the carrying amount of these investments.

Adoption of SOP 03-01

In July 2003, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee (“AcSec”) of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) issued Statement of Position 03-01, “Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Nontraditional Long-Duration Contracts and for Separate Accounts” (“SOP 03-01”). SOP 03-01 established several new accounting and disclosure requirements for certain nontraditional long-duration contracts and for separate accounts including, among other things, a requirement that assets and liabilities of separate account arrangements that do not meet certain criteria be accounted for as general account assets and liabilities. In addition, the SOP requires additional liabilities be established for certain guaranteed death benefits and for products with certain patterns of cost of insurance charges, and also that sales inducements provided to contract holders be recognized on the balance sheet separately from deferred policy acquisition costs and amortized as a component of benefits expense using methodology and assumptions consistent with those used for amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs.

ING Group adopted SOP 03-01 as of January 1, 2004 and determined that it is affected by the SOP’s requirements to account for certain separate account arrangements as general account arrangements, to establish additional liabilities for certain guaranteed benefits and for products with patterns of cost of insurance charges that result in losses in later policy durations from the insurance benefit function, and to defer, amortize, and recognize separately sales inducements to contract holders. Upon adoption, ING Group recognized a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of EUR 45 million (net of tax) in the 6 month period ended June 30, 2004.

In June 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) 97-1, “Situations in Which Paragraphs 17(b) and 20 of FASB Statement No. 97, Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Long- Duration Contracts and for Realized Gains and Losses from the Sale of Investments, Permit or Require Accrual of an Unearned Revenue Liability”. FSP 97-1 clarifies the accounting for unearned revenue liabilities of certain universal-life type contracts under SOP 03-1. ING Group’s adoption of FSP 97-1 on July 1, 2004 did not significantly impact ING Group’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

F-105


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

In September 2004, the AICPA SOP 03-1 Implementation Task Force issued a Technical Practice Aid (“TPA”) to SOP 03-01. The TPA clarified certain key implementation issues with respect to SOP 03-01. ING Group adopted the TPA with an effective date as of January 1, 2004. The TPA had no impact on ING’s annuity business; there was an impact on ING’s interest-sensitive life insurance business. Upon adoption, ING Group recognized a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of EUR 46 million (net of tax). This is in addition to the impact of the adoption of SOP 03-01, in the first quarter of 2004 for a total cumalative effect of EUR 91 million.

On a Dutch GAAP basis, the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle is reported in shareholders’ equity and resulted in a reduction to shareholders’ equity of EUR 91 million. On a U.S. GAAP basis, the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle is reported in net income and resulted in a reduction to net income of the same amount.

Adoption of SFAS 132 (R)

In December 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board revised SFAS No.132, Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits (“SFAS 132-R”), which retains most of the disclosure requirements of SFAS 132 and requires additional disclosure in financial statements about the assets, obligations, cash flows, and net periodic benefit cost of domestic defined benefit pension plans and other domestic defined benefit postretirement plans for periods ending after December 15, 2003; however certain disclosures about foreign plans and expected future benefit payments are effective for fiscal years ending after June 15, 2004. Accordingly, the new disclosures are included in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. ING Group’s adoption of SFAS 132-R did not have an impact on ING Group’s shareholders’ equity and net profit on a U.S. GAAP basis since it only revised disclosure requirements.

Stock Based Compensation

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board revised SFAS No.123, “Share-Based Payments” (“SFAS 123R”). SFAS 123R requires all entities to recognize compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of share-based payments, such as stock options granted to employees. ING Group is required to apply SFAS 123R on a modified prospective method. Under this method, ING Group is required to record compensation expense (as previous awards continue to vest) for the unvested portion of previously granted awards that remain outstanding at the date of adoption. SFAS 123R is effective for the first reporting period beginning after June 15, 2005. However, ING Group has elected to adopt SFAS 123R as of January 1, 2005 to contribute to the alignment of U.S. GAAP and IFRS. Management has not completed its evaluation of the effect that SFAS 123R will have, but believes that the effect will be consistent with the amounts disclosed in its pro forma disclosures.

Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets

In December 2004, Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 153, “Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets — An Amendment of APB Opinion No. 29” (“SFAS 153”). SFAS 153 amends APB Opinion No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions. The amendments made by SFAS 153 are based on the principle that exchanges of nonmonetary assets should be measured based on the fair value of the assets exchanged. Further, the amendments eliminate the exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replace it with a general exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. The provisions in SFAS 153 are effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005 and shall be applied prospectively. ING Group does not expect the adoption of SFAS 153 to have a material effect on ING Group’s shareholders’ equity and net profit on a U.S. GAAP basis since the adoption of SFAS 153 will contribute to the alignment of U.S. GAAP and IFRS.

EITF 03-01

In March 2004, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached a final consensus on EITF 03-01, The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments, which establishes an impairment model for determining when certain debt and equity securities are considered impaired and whether that impairment is other-than-temporary. An impairment loss should be recognized for the difference between the investment’s carrying value and its fair value when an impairment is other-than-temporary. Subsequent to an other-than-temporary impairment loss, a debt

F-106


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

security should be accounted for in accordance with SOP 03-03, Accounting for Loans and Certain Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer, which allows the accretion of the difference between the carrying value and expected value of a security if the amount and timing of the recognition of that difference in cash is probable and reasonably estimable.

EITF 03-01 will require ING Group, among other things, to make an assertion of their intent and ability to hold a security that has a fair value that is below cost for a period necessary to allow for recovery of fair value. Absent such an assertion, the security will be considered other-than-temporarily impaired. As a result of concerns expressed by various constituents, the FASB has agreed to provide additional implementation guidance as to the application of the “intent and ability to hold” requirement to certain debt securities and to defer the application of EITF 03-01 until the additional guidance is issued. ING Group has complied with the disclosure requirements of EITF 03-1 which were effective December 31, 2003. The accounting guidance of EITF 03-1 relating to the recognition of investment impairment has been delayed pending the development of additional guidance. ING Group continues to monitor the progress of this developing standard and is currently evaluating the potential impact. Total unrealized losses on debt securities as of December 31, 2004 is EUR 769 million as discussed under Investment portfolio impairments and unrealized losses on page 78.

F-107


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

7. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REQUIRED UNDER US GAAP

The following information represents additional disclosures required under U.S. GAAP. The information has been prepared in accordance with Dutch GAAP unless it specifically states that it is based on U.S. GAAP.

7.1. Investments

Debt securities include fixed-interest securities, with the exception of mortgage loans and policy loans. Following is a summary of investments in marketable securities at December 31, 2004 and 2003, on a U.S. GAAP basis. Amounts reported in the column “Balance sheet value” correspond to the Dutch GAAP balance sheet.

                                         
          Gross     Gross     Estimated     Balance  
    Amortized     unrealized     unrealized     fair     sheet  
    cost     gains     losses     value     value  
December 31, 2004
                                       
Debt securities available-for-sale:
                                       
– Dutch Government
    9,458       872       1       10,329       9,476  
– Foreign Governments
    82,138       5,688       84       87,742       82,164  
– Corporate debt securities
    99,058       3,989       262       102,785       97,308  
– Mortgage-backed securities
    75,151       1,144       329       75,966       74,701  
– Other
    6,985       327       93       7,219       6,946  
 
                             
Sub-total
    272,790       12,020       769       284,041       270,595  
Shares and convertible debentures
    8,204       2,404       152       10,456       10,456  
 
                             
Total
    280,994       14,424       921       294,497       281,051  
 
                             
 
                                       
December 31, 2003
                                       
Debt securities available-for-sale:
                                       
– Dutch Government
    10,357       685       63       10,979       10,338  
– Foreign Governments
    66,920       3,368       359       69,929       66,202  
– Corporate debt securities
    86,458       3,249       525       89,182       48,293  
– Mortgage-backed securities
    43,662       932       252       44,342       43,451  
– Other
    10,328       493       45       10,776       47,631  
 
                             
Sub-total
    217,725       8,727       1,244       225,208       215,915  
Shares and convertible debentures
    8,334       2,518       164       10,688       10,688  
 
                             
Total
    226,059       11,245       1,408       235,896       226,603  
 
                             

F-108


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

The table below provides the gross unrealized loss of EUR 921 million as of December 31, 2004 broken down by type of security and by the period of time for which the fair value was below cost price:

                                 
    Less than     Between     More than        
    6 months     6 and 12 months     12 months          
    below cost     below cost     below cost     Total  
Debt securities available-for-sale:
                               
– Dutch Government
            1               1  
– Foreign Governments
    29       17       38       84  
– Corporate debt securities
    79       55       128       262  
– Mortgage-backed securities
    124       118       87       329  
– Other
    37       5       51       93  
 
                       
Sub-total
    269       196       304       769  
Shares and convertible debentures
    67       26       59       152  
 
                       
Total
    336       222       363       921  
 
                       

The table below provides the gross unrealized loss of EUR 1,408 million as of December 31, 2003 broken down by type of security and by the period of time for which the fair value was below cost price:

                                 
    Less than     Between     More than        
    6 months     6 and 12 months     12 months          
    below cost     below cost     below cost     Total  
Debt securities available-for-sale:
                               
– Dutch Government
    61       2               63  
– Foreign Governments
    152       124       83       359  
– Corporate debt securities
    257       221       47       525  
– Mortgage-backed securities
    123       80       49       252  
– Other
    14       26       5       45  
 
                       
Sub-total
    607       453       184       1,244  
Shares and convertible debentures
    75       19       70       164  
 
                       
Total
    682       472       254       1,408  
 
                       

Maturities of debt securities

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities by contractual maturity are shown below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without penalties.

                 
            2004  
    Amortized     Estimated  
    cost     fair value  
– Within one year
    18,951       19,111  
– After 1 year through 5 years
    63,177       65,430  
– After 5 years through 10 years
    79,207       83,481  
– After 10 years
    35,737       39,475  
– Without maturity
    567       578  
– Mortgage-backed securities
    75,151       75,966  
 
           
Total
    272,790       284,041  
 
           

F-109


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Realized results on the sales of investment securities

During the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 proceeds from sales of debt securities were EUR 116,518 million, EUR 144,922 million and EUR 169,332 million respectively. For the same periods, proceeds from sales of shares and convertible debentures were EUR 5,901 million, EUR 7,481 million and EUR 10,421 million respectively.

Results on the sales of debt securities give rise to a reconciling item between Dutch GAAP and U.S. GAAP as discussed in Note 6.1.d. Under Dutch GAAP, the difference between redemption value and the purchase price as well as realized results on sales of debt securities are reported in the provision for yield differences. The provision for yield differences also includes realized results on the termination of derivative financial instruments.

The changes in the provision for yield difference are as follows:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
Opening balance
    126       875       1,688  
Additions
    (522 )     (1,463 )     (2,034 )
Amortization
    141       662       1,242  
Foreign currency translation adjustments
    26       52       (21 )
 
                 
Ending balance
    (229 )     126       875  
 
                 

The change in the revaluation reserves to realized and unrealized results on shares and convertible debentures consists of:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
Realized gains and losses
    (590 )     20       (1,003 )
Unrealized gains and losses
    608       239       (3,977 )
 
                 
Total
    18       259       (4,980 )
 
                 

The portion of trading gains and losses for the year ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 that relates to trading securities still held at December 31, amounts to EUR (154) million, EUR 18 million and EUR 8 million respectively.

7.2. Lending

Loans are stated at their outstanding principal balances. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Each of the business units within the banking operations of ING Group maintains its own system for servicing and monitoring past due loans. ING Group’s international banking offices and subsidiaries generally account for delinquent loans in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Domestic banking offices follow the same policy for consumer mortgage and personal loans. For commercial loans combined with an overdraft facility, interest continues to accrue and is charged to that overdraft facility. The collectibility of the overdraft facility is evaluated with the primary loan on a regular basis, and a provision is established as deemed necessary in the judgment of management.

ING Group identifies loans as impaired as those loans for which it is probable that the principal and interest amounts contractually due will not be collected. ING Group evaluates all loans on non-accrual status for potential impairment as well as other loans of which management may have concerns as to the ultimate collectibility.

F-110


Table of Contents

\

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

The following table summarizes ING Group’s investments in impaired loans as of December 31. In accordance with SFAS 114 Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan, small balance homogeneous loans such as consumer mortgages and loans and small business loans are excluded from the definition of impaired loans presented below.

                 
    2004     2003  
Total recorded investment in impaired loans at December 31
    6,181       7,681  
Amount of impaired loans for which a provision exists
    4,545       5,691  
Amount of provision related to impaired loans
    2,671       2,831  
Average recorded investment in impaired loans during the period
    6,480       7,301  
Interest income on impaired loans recognized in the period
    176       277  
Interest income on impaired loans recognized on a cash basis
    96       137  

7.3. Deferred tax assets

The net deferred tax assets amounting to EUR 3,852 million (2003: EUR 4,784 million) includes a valuation allowance of EUR 520 million (2003: EUR 946 million).

7.4. Pension liabilities

In the main countries in which ING Group operates, employees’ retirement arrangements that cover the majority of employees are provided by defined benefit plans based on average remuneration and length of service. These are generally externally funded, with assets of the plan held separately from those of ING Group in independently administered funds. Some smaller Dutch plans are fully insured with insurance companies of ING Group.

Where a constructive obligation exists by a business to provide benefits as established by a history of such benefits, these have been valued in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards.

Pension Investment Strategy

The primary financial objective of the ING Employee Benefit Plan (the Plan) is to secure participant retirement benefits. As such, the key objective in the Plan’s financial management is to promote stability and, to the extent appropriate, growth in funded status (i.e. the ratio of market value of assets to liabilities).The investment strategy for the Plan’s portfolio of assets (the Fund) balances the requirement to generate returns with the need to control risk. The asset mix is recognized as the primary mechanism to influence the reward and risk structure of the Fund in an effort to accomplish the Plan’s funding objectives. Desirable target allocations amongst identified asset classes are set and within each asset class, careful consideration is given to balancing the portfolio among industry sectors, geographies, interest rate sensitivity, dependence on economic growth, currency and other factors affecting investment returns. The assets are managed by professional investment firms. They are bound by precise mandates and are measured against specific benchmarks. Among managers, consideration is given, among others, to balancing security concentration, investment style, and reliance on particular active investment strategies. ING will review its asset mix of the fund on a regular basis. Generally, ING will rebalance the fund’s asset mix to the target mix as individual portfolios approach their minimum or maximum levels.

Determination of Expected Return on Assets

An important element for financial reporting is the assumption for return on assets (ROA). The ROA is updated at least annually, taking into consideration the Plan’s asset allocation, historical returns on the types of assets held in the Fund, and the current economic environment. Based on these factors, it is expected that the Fund’s assets will earn an average percentage per year over the long term. This estimation is based on an active return on a compound basis, with a reduction for administrative expenses and non-ING investment manager fees paid from the Fund. For estimation purposes, it is assumed the long term asset mix will be consistent with the current mix. Changes on the asset mix

F-111


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

could impact the amount of recorded pension income or expense, the funded status of the Plan, and the need for future cash contributions.

Net periodic pension cost

The aggregate amount of the net periodic pension cost for the defined benefit pension plans computed in accordance with SFAS 87 Employers’ Accounting for Pensions is presented below.

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
Service cost
    433       405       467  
Interest cost
    633       628       599  
Expected return on assets
    (685 )     (645 )     (647 )
Amortization of:
                       
Transition obligation (asset)
    (0 )     (16 )     (17 )
Actuarial (gain) loss
    107       113       19  
 
                 
Net employer cost
    488       485       421  
 
                 

Projected benefit obligation

A detailed reconciliation of the Projected Benefit Obligation for the defined benefit retirement plans over 2004 and 2003 is presented in the following table:

                 
    2004     2003  
Net benefit obligation beginning of year
    11,710       11,054  
Service cost
    433       405  
Interest cost
    633       628  
Plan participants’ contributions
    2       3  
Effect of prior service cost
    60       (1 )
Actuarial (gain) loss
    1,043       403  
Acquisitions and disposals
    (248 )        
Curtailments
    (1 )     3  
Gross benefits paid
    (392 )     (388 )
Currency (gains) loss
    (88 )     (222 )
Other
    70       (175 )
 
           
Net benefit obligation at end of year
    13,222       11,710  
 
           

The Accumulated Benefit Obligation is EUR 10,424 million at December 31, 2004 (2003: EUR 9,008 million).

Fair value of plan assets

A detailed reconciliation of the Fair Value of Plan Assets for the defined benefit retirement plans over 2004 and 2003 is presented in the following table:

                 
    2004     2003  
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
    9,651       8,841  
Actual return on plan assets
    871       836  
Employer contributions
    663       526  
Plan participants’ contributions
    2       2  
Acquisitions
    (134 )        
Gross benefits paid
    (392 )     (388 )
Currency gains
    (65 )     (166 )
Other
    68          
 
           
Fair value of plan assets
    10,664       9,651  
 
           

F-112


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Funded status reconciliation

A detailed reconciliation of the funded status at December 31, 2004 and 2003 including amounts recognized in the ING Group’s financial statements is presented in the following table:

                 
    2004     2003  
Under-funded status at end of year
    2,558       2,059  
Unrecognized net actuarial loss
    (3,032 )     (2,315 )
Unrecognized prior service cost
    (60 )     2  
Unrecognized net transition (obligation) or asset
    3       (1 )
 
           
Net amount recognized at end of year
    (531 )     (255 )
 
           

These amounts recognized in the statement of financial position consist of the following:

                 
    2004     2003  
Prepaid benefit cost
    (1,256 )     (1,188 )
Accrued benefit cost
    727       934  
Additional minimum liability
    418       366  
Intangible asset
    (3 )     (5 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    (417 )     (362 )
 
           
Net amount recognized at end of year
    (531 )     (255 )
 
           

A breakdown of the Projected Benefit Obligation (PBO) and Fair Value of the Plan Assets is given below:

                                                 
    December 31, 2004     December 31, 2003     December 31, 2002  
    Assets     PBO     Assets     PBO     Assets     PBO  
    exceed     exceeds     exceed     exceeds     exceed     exceeds  
    PBO     assets     PBO     assets     PBO     assets  
PBO
    690       12,532       690       11,020       2,855       8,199  
Fair Value of Plan Assets
    823       9,841       769       8,882       2,974       5,867  

Financial assumptions

The weighted average of principal actuarial assumptions used for valuation purposes, rounded to the nearest 25 basis points, were:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
Discount rate (end of period)
    4.75 %     5.50 %     6.00 %
Salary increase (end of period)
    2.50 %     2.50 %     2.75 %
 
                       
Expected return on assets
    6.75 %     7.25 %     7.50 %

All assumptions except the expected return on assets were weighted by projected benefit obligations. The expected rate of return on assets assumption was weighted by the fair value of assets.

F-113


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Plan Assets

ING Group’s pension plan asset allocation at December 31, 2004, and 2003, target allocation for 2005, and expected long-term rate of return by asset category are as follows:

                                 
                Weighted-  
                Expected  
            Percentage     Average  
    Target     of Plan Assets at     Long-Term  
    Allocation     December 31     Rate of return  
    2005     2004     2003     2004  
Asset Category
                               
Equity securities
    35.80 %     37.90 %     39.40 %     8.25 %
Debt securities
    56.90 %     52.00 %     54.40 %     5.25 %
Real estate
    6.40 %     8.20 %     6.20 %     6.50 %
Other
    0.90 %     1.90 %             4.00 %
 
                         
Total
    100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %        
 
                         

Equity securities include ING Group common stock in the amounts of nil at December 31, 2004 (2003: EUR 39 million, 0.40% of total plan assets).

Cash Flows

It is expected that EUR 624 million will be contributed to the pension plans during 2005 to satisfy minimum funding requirements. The Company anticipates that the contributions will comprise EUR 624 million in cash.

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

         
Employer Contributions   Pension Benefits (in USD)  
2005
    267  
2006
    306  
2007
    331  
2008
    347  
2009
    370  
Years 2010 – 2014
    2,140  

Defined contribution plans

ING Group also operates a number of defined contribution plans covering employees of certain subsidiaries. The assets of all ING Group’s defined contribution plans are held in independently administered funds. Contributions are generally determined as a percentage of pay. The pension costs charged to the profit and loss account represent contributions payable by ING Group to the funds.

7.5 Post-retirement benefits other than pensions

ING Group provides post-retirement health care benefits to a number of retired employees in certain countries, principally the Netherlands and the United States, which are unfunded.

Net periodic benefit cost

The aggregate amount of net periodic benefit costs for the post employment benefit plans computed

F-114


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

in accordance with SFAS 106 Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions principles is presented below:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
Service cost
    31       23       21  
Interest cost
    35       32       31  
Amortization of:
                       
Prior service costs
    (1 )     2       3  
Actuarial (gain) loss
    2       2       (2 )
 
                 
Net employer cost
    67       59       53  
 
                 

Projected benefit obligation

A detailed reconciliation of the Projected Benefit Obligation for the defined benefit post retirement plans other than pensions over 2004 and 2003 is presented in the following table:

                 
    2004     2003  
Net benefit obligation beginning of year
    613       515  
Service cost
    31       23  
Interest cost
    35       33  
Effect of prior service cost
    (17 )     (4 )
Actuarial (gain) loss
    70       76  
Curtailments
            (1 )
Gross benefits paid
    (16 )     (3 )
Currency (gains) loss
    (7 )     (23 )
Other
    1       (3 )
 
           
Net benefit obligation at end of year
    710       613  
 
           

The Accumulated Benefit Obligation is EUR 613 million at December 31, 2004 (2003: EUR 496 million).

Funded status reconciliation

A detailed reconciliation of the funded status at December 31, 2004 and 2003 including amounts recognized in the ING Group’s financial statements is presented in the following table:

                 
    2004     2003  
Under-funded status at end of year
    710       613  
Unrecognized net actuarial loss
    (181 )     (115 )
Unrecognized prior service cost
    (14 )     (27 )
Unrecognized net transition obligation
    (1 )     (1 )
                 
 
           
Net amount recognized at end of year
    514       470  
 
           

These amounts recognized in the statement of financial position consist of the following:

                 
    2004     2003  
Prepaid benefit cost
    (11 )     (9 )
Accrued benefit cost
    525       479  
 
           
Net amount recognized at end of year
    514       470  
 
           

F-115


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

As there are no Plan Assets supporting these obligations, for all plans the Projected Benefit Obligation (PBO) and the Accumulated Benefit Obligation (ABO) exceed the assets.

Financial assumptions

The weighted average of principal actuarial assumptions used for valuation purposes, rounded to the nearest 25 basis points, were:

                 
    2004     2003  
Discount rate (end of period)
    4.75 %     5.50 %
Salary increase (end of period)
    2.50 %     2.50 %

All assumptions were weighted by projected benefit obligations.

Valuation of the major Dutch plans assumes that medical cost inflation will fall from its current level of 7.8% (2003: 6.4%; 2002: 3.0%) over the next five years and reach a constant level of 2.75% thereafter. The discount rate assumed at December 31, 2004 was 4.75% (2003: 5.5%; 2002: 5.75%). The valuation of the major U.S. plans assume that medical cost inflation will fall from its current level of 10.0% (2003 and 2002: 10.0%) over the next few years and reach a constant level of 5.0% (2003 and 2002: 5.0%) in five years. The weighted average discount rate assumed for the major U.S. plans at December 31, 2004 was 6.25% (2003: 6.25%; 2002: 6.75%).

Cash Flows

It is expected that EUR 15 million will be contributed to the post retirement benefit plans other than pensions during 2005 to satisfy minimum funding requirements. The Company anticipates that the contributions will comprise EUR 15 million in cash.

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

         
    Post Retirement  
    Benefits Other Than Pensions  
2005
    21  
2006
    22  
2007
    24  
2008
    25  
2009
    26  
Years 2010 – 2014
    139  

An increase of 1% in the assumed health care costs for each future year would have resulted in an additional accumulated projected benefit obligation of EUR 146 million at December 31, 2004 (2003: EUR 120 million; 2002: EUR 81 million) and an increase in the charge for the year of EUR 12 million (2003: EUR 7 million; 2002: EUR 11 million). A decrease of 1% in the assumed health care costs for each future year would have resulted in lower accumulated projected benefit obligation of EUR 108 million at December 31, 2004 (2003: EUR 87 million; 2002: EUR 46 million) and a decrease in the charge for the year of EUR 9 million (2003: EUR 6 million; 2002: EUR 7 million).

7.6 Post employment benefits

ING Group provides post employment benefits to eligible employees based on employee pensionable remuneration.

Net periodic benefit cost

The aggregate amount of net periodic benefit costs for the post employment benefit plans computed

F-116


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

in accordance with SFAS 112 Employers Accounting for Postemployment Benefits principles is presented below:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
Service cost
    6       6       8  
Interest cost
    15       16       32  
Expected return on assets
    (12 )     (13 )     (14 )
Amortization of:
                       
Curtailments
                    (128 )
 
                 
Net employer cost
    9       9       (102 )
 
                 

Projected benefit obligation

A detailed reconciliation of the Projected Benefit Obligation for the post employment benefit plans over 2004 and 2003 is presented in the following table:

                 
    2004     2003  
Net benefit obligation beginning of year
    335       450  
Service cost
    6       6  
Interest cost
    15       16  
Actuarial (gain) loss
    (3 )     (20 )
Gross benefits paid
    (7 )     (117 )
Other
    (57 )        
 
           
Net benefit obligation at end of year
    289       335  
 
           

The Accumulated Benefit Obligation is EUR 14 million at December 31, 2004 (2003: nil).

Fair value of plan assets

A detailed reconciliation of the Fair Value of Plan Assets for the post employment benefits over 2004 and 2003 is presented in the following table:

                 
    2004     2003  
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
    217       227  
Actual return on plan assets
    (36 )     13  
Employer contributions
    (3 )     94  
Gross benefits paid
    (7 )     (117 )
 
           
Fair value of plan assets
    171       217  
 
           

Funded status reconciliation

A detailed reconciliation of the funded status at December 31, 2004 and 2003 including amounts recognized in the ING Group’s statement of financial position is presented in the following table:

                 
    2004     2003  
(Funded) or under-funded status at end of year
    118       118  
Unrecognized net actuarial gain or (loss)
    (13 )     36  
Unrecognized prior service cost
    59          
 
           
Net amount recognized at end of year
    164       154  
 
           

F-117


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

These amounts recognized in the statement of financial position consist of the following:

                 
    2004     2003  
Accrued benefit cost
    (164 )     (154 )
 
           
Net amount recognized at end of year
    (164 )     (154 )
 
           

A breakdown of the Projected Benefit Obligation (PBO) and Fair Value of the Plan Assets is given below:

                                 
    December 31, 2004     December 31, 2003  
    Assets     PBO     Assets     PBO  
    exceed     exceeds     exceed     exceeds  
    PBO     assets     PBO     assets  
PBO
            289               335  
Fair Value of Plan Assets
            171               217  

Financial assumptions

The weighted average of principal actuarial assumptions used for valuation purposes, rounded to the nearest 25 basis points, were:

                 
    Dec 31,     Dec 31,  
    2004     2003  
Discount rate (end of period)
    3.25 %     5.75 %
Salary increase (end of period)
    2.50 %     2.50 %
 
               
Expected return on assets
    6.75 %     7.25 %

Expected return on assets is weighted by the fair value of assets. All other assumptions were weighted by projected benefit obligations.

Plan Assets

ING Group’s post employment benefits plan asset allocation at December 31, 2004, and 2003, target allocation for 2005, and expected long-term rate of return by asset category are as follows:

                                 
                            Weighted-Average  
                            Expected  
    Target     Percentage of Plan Assets at     Long-Term  
    Allocation     December 31     Rate of return  
    2005     2004     2003     2004  
Asset Category
               
Equity securities
    35.80 %     37.80 %     39.40 %     8.25 %
Debt securities
    56.90 %     52.00 %     54.40 %     5.25 %
Real estate
    6.40 %     8.20 %     6.20 %     6.50 %
Other
    0.90 %     2.00 %             4.00 %
 
                         
Total
    100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %        
 
                         

Equity securities do not include ING Group common stock at December 31, 2004 or December 31, 2003.

F-118


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Cash Flows

Of the EUR 14 million is expected to be contributed to fund the other post-employment benefit plans during 2005, the entire contribution is discretionary, as the plans are not subject to any minimum regulatory funding requirements. The contribution is expected to be in the form of cash.

7.7. Analysis of the non-life liability for unpaid claims and claims adjustment expenses

Activity in the non-life liability for unpaid claims and claims adjustment expenses is as follows:

                 
    2004     2003  
Gross opening balance at January 1
    7,911       8,106  
Less reinsurance recoverable
    614       807  
 
           
Net opening balance at January 1
    7,297       7,299  
Changes in composition of the group
    215       (13 )
 
           
Adjusted net opening balance at January 1
    7,512       7,286  
Additions:
               
– for the current year
    3,609       3,579  
– for prior years
    (311 )     (15 )
– interest accrual of provision for disability losses
    123       82  
 
           
 
    3,421       3,646  
 
               
Claim settlements and claim settlement costs:
               
– for the current year
    1,685       1,914  
– for prior years
    1,711       1,518  
 
           
 
    3,396       3,432  
Exchange differences
    (119 )     (198 )
Other movements
    (41 )     (5 )
 
           
Net ending balance at December 31
    7,377       7,297  
Plus reinsurance recoverable
    1,134       614  
 
           
Gross ending balance at December 31
    8,511       7,911  
 
           

ING Group had an outstanding balance of EUR 96 million at December 31, 2004 (EUR 111 million at December 31, 2003; EUR 112 million at December 31, 2002) relating to environmental and asbestos claims of the insurance operations. In establishing the liability for unpaid claims and claims adjustment expenses related to asbestos –related illness and toxic waste cleanup, the management of ING Group considers facts currently known and the current state of the law and coverage litigation. Liabilities are recognized for IBNR claims and for known claims (including the costs of related litigation) when sufficient information has been developed to indicate the involvement of a specific insurance policy, and management can reasonably estimate its liability. In addition, liabilities are reviewed and updated continually.

The release of the provision from prior years in 2004 is a result of favourable underwriting results in several business units. In particular, the Netherlands business units benefited from a change in legal requirements for health and disability benefits and Canada experienced an unexpectedly mild winter.

F-119


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

7.8. Funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations

The debt securities relate to debentures and other issued debt securities with either fixed interest rates or interest rates based on interest-rate levels, such as certificates of deposit and accepted bills issued by ING Group, except for subordinated items. ING Group does not have debt securities that are issued on terms other than those available in the normal course of business. The maturities of the debt securities are as follows:

                                                 
                    2004                     2003  
    Domestic     Foreign     Total     Domestic     Foreign     Total  
Fixed rate debt securities
                                               
– 1 year or less
    5,843       18,820       24,663       7,807       21,806       29,613  
– 2 years or less but over 1 year
    1,419       1,786       3,205       765       2,376       3,141  
– 3 years or less but over 2 years
    1,408       2,173       3,581       1,367       1,048       2,415  
– 4 years or less but over 3 years
    1,277       2,631       3,908       1,276       2,858       4,134  
– 5 years or less but over 4 years
    2,299       1,371       3,670       1,268       421       1,689  
– over five years
    2,811       7,206       10,017       2,554       5,164       7,718  
 
                                   
Total fixed rate debt securities
    15,057       33,987       49,044       15,037       33,673       48,710  
 
                                               
Floating rate debt securities
                                               
– 1 year or less
    70       11,458       11,528       950       13,032       13,982  
– 2 years or less but over 1 year
    433       1,800       2,233       40       2,115       2,155  
– 3 years or less but over 2 years
    27       873       900       362       998       1,360  
– 4 years or less but over 3 years
    104       2,306       2,410       25       2,771       2,796  
– 5 years or less but over 4 years
    140       1,758       1,898       7       2,236       2,243  
– over five years
    1,582       1,151       2,733       458       668       1,126  
 
                                   
Total floating rate debt securities
    2,356       19,346       21,702       1,842       21,820       23,662  
 
                                   
Total debt securities
    17,413       53,333       70,746       16,879       55,493       72,372  
 
                                   

As of December 31, 2004, ING Group had unused lines of credit available for the banking operations, including the payment of commercial paper borrowings presented above as part of the debt securities, totaling EUR 15,904 million (2003: EUR 14,750 million). The commercial paper programs of the insurance operations are presented as part of Other liabilities, in Note 7.9.

Funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations include the short-term borrowings, borrowings with an original maturity of one year or less. The only category of short-term borrowings for which the average balance outstanding during the year was equal to or greater than 30% of consolidated shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2004 consists of commercial paper. None of the categories of short-term borrowings exceeded 30% of consolidated shareholders’ equity in earlier years. An analysis of the balance and interest rates paid on commercial paper is provided below.

                 
    2004     2003  
Year-end balance
    15,904       14,750  
Average balance
    15,027       12,176  
Maximum month-end balance
    16,436       15,680  
Average interest rate during the year
    2.01 %     1.66 %
Average interest rate at year-end
    1.90 %     1.28 %

F-120


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

7.9. Borrowings

Maturities of borrowings presented as part of Other liabilities are as follows:

                                                         
    December 31, 2004  
    2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     Thereafter     Total  
Subordinated loans of group companies
    843       1,131       550       377       796       11,978       15,675  
Debenture loans
    2,604       1,854       1,544               1,613       1,866       9,481  
Loans contracted
    3,499       406       46       207       220       162       4,540  
Loans from credit institutions
    3,077       19       278       46               18       3,438  
 
                                         
Total
    10,023       3,410       2,418       630       2,629       14,024       33,134  
 
                                         
                                                         
    December 31, 2003  
    2004     2005     2006     2007     2008     Thereafter     Total  
Subordinated loans of group companies
    673       498       924       1,147       1,648       9,621       14,511  
Debenture loans
    765       2,510       2,099       1,539               3,048       9,961  
Loans contracted
    4,403       94       439       45       216       303       5,500  
Loans from credit institutions
    3,029       294       70       214       46       19       3,672  
 
                                         
Total
    8,870       3,396       3,532       2,945       1,910       12,991       33,644  
 
                                         

Commercial paper of the insurance operations, with a carrying value of EUR 1,599 million and EUR 2,594 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, is included in Other liabilities. Lines of credit of EUR 1,192 million and EUR 789 million support various commercial paper programs at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Commercial paper borrowings of the banking operations are presented as part of the Funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations. See Note 7.8.

F-121


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Debt issues are as follows:

                                 
                    Balance     Balance  
                    sheet     sheet  
    Interest     Maturity     amount     amount  
Type of issue   rate     date     2004     2003  
Group companies’ subordinated loans
                               
 
    5.00 %     2005               238  
 
    7.25 %     2006       110       119  
 
    6.25 %     2006       453       454  
 
    6.00 %     2007       320       317  
 
    6.00 %     2007       454       454  
 
    2.34 %     2007       289          
 
    5.13 %     2008       112       112  
 
    5.38 %     2008       340       340  
 
            2008       934       950  
 
    4.63 %     2009       495       498  
 
            2010       125       122  
 
    7.00 %     2010       496       496  
 
    6.50 %     2010       752       738  
 
    7.25 %     2011       111       127  
 
    5.88 %     2011       1,265       1,222  
 
            2012       219       195  
 
    5.50 %     2012       1,804       1,736  
 
    5.25 %     2013               212  
 
    5.25 %     2013       764       497  
 
    2.31 %     2014       586          
 
    5.00 %     2015       111          
 
    5.13 %     2015       733       793  
 
    3.35 %     2019               750  
 
    4.63 %     2019       985          
 
    7.05 %     2032       586       634  
 
    6.20 %     2033       366       396  
 
    7.20 %     2033       440       476  
 
                               
Debentures loans
                               
 
    2.75 %     2005               192  
 
    3.75 %     2005               192  
 
    6.25 %     2005               113  
 
    7.00 %     2005               133  
 
    7.50 %     2005               317  
 
    3.50 %     2006       194       192  
 
    3.75 %     2006               192  
 
    5.50 %     2006       147       159  
 
    5.50 %     2006       220       238  
 
    6.00 %     2006       293       317  
 
    3.00 %     2007       194       192  

F-122


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
                                 
                    Balance     Balance  
                    sheet     sheet  
    Interest     Maturity     amount     amount  
Type of issue   rate     date     2004     2003  
 
    3.00 %     2007       259       257  
 
    5.75 %     2007               340  
 
    5.88 %     2007       340          
 
    6.25 %     2009       113       113  
 
    3.75 %     2009       500          
 
    6.75 %     2013       142       153  
 
    7.25 %     2023       139       150  
 
    7.63 %     2026       323       348  
 
    6.97 %     2036       221       240  
 
                               
Loans from credit institutions
                               
 
    0.08 %     2005               111  
 
    7.30 %     2007       213          
 
    7.96 %     2007               146  
 
                               
Loans taken up
                               
 
    8.00 %     2006       148       161  
 
    7.13 %     2006       258       279  
 
    6.50 %     2008       142       152  
 
    6.04 %     2009       180       194  
 
                               
Other issues maturing in 2005
                    10,023       8,870  
Issues less than EUR 100 million maturing beyond 2005
                    7,628       8,017  
 
                           
Total
                    33,134       33,644  
 
                           

7.10. Preference shares of group companies

Under U.S. GAAP, minority interest in equity includes preferred stock issued by ING Group and its consolidated subsidiaries to banks in financing transactions (whether or not in conjunction with ordinary shares). The funds received in these transactions are presented under the liabilities under Dutch GAAP. This classification difference between Dutch and U.S. accounting principles does not affect ING Group’s financial condition and is disclosed in note 6.4 on page F-100. In 2003, an ING Group company in the United States issued USD 497,5 million 4.3136% preferred shares in combination with ordinary shares in such a transaction. The preferred rate was changed to 4.486% in 2004 in conjunction with the secondary offering described below. This transaction, while perpetual in nature, may be terminated at any time at thirty days notice by either the holder or ING Group through a liquidation of the subsidiary and repayment of the minority interest. In 2004, the same ING Group company in the United States issued a further USD 298.5 million 4.486% preferred shares in a similar transaction. In 2002, an ING Group company in the United States issued USD 790 million 4.5% preferred shares in combination with ordinary shares in a similar transaction. ING Group may force redemption of these shares for cash at any time. In addition, the holder has the option for ING Group to repurchase the shares at fair value at any time. The funds received in both transactions have been used to finance the general activities of ING Group.

In December 2000, ING Capital Funding Trust III (the “trust III”), a wholly owned company of ING Group in the United States issued 1.5 million 8.439% non-cumulative guaranteed trust preference shares (the “8.439% trust preference shares”), with a liquidation preference of USD 1,000 per share, plus any accrued interest and unpaid dividend. The proceeds from the sale of the trust preference

F-123


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

shares were invested in preference shares (“company preference shares”) of ING Capital Funding III LLC (“LLC III”), a limited liability company in the United States and a wholly owned company of ING Group. The LLC has used the proceeds from the sale of its company preference shares to purchase subordinated notes of ING Group.

In June 2000, ING Capital Funding Trust II (the “trust II”), a wholly owned company of ING Group in the United States issued 10 million 9.2% non-cumulative guaranteed trust preference shares (the “9.2% trust preference shares”), with a liquidation preference of USD 25 per share, plus any accrued interest and unpaid dividend. The proceeds from the sale of the trust preference shares were invested in preference shares (“company preference shares”) of ING Capital Funding II LLC (“LLC II”), a limited liability company in the United States and a wholly owned company of ING Group. The LLC has used the proceeds from the sale of its company preference shares to purchase subordinated notes of ING Group.

Trust II and III may redeem the trust preference shares for cash after June 25, 2005 and December 31, 2010 respectively or if certain special events occur. The company preference shares have substantially the same terms as the trust preference shares. ING Group has issued subordinated guarantees for the payment of the redemption price and the liquidation distribution on the trust preference shares and the company preference shares.

In 2004, ING Capital Funding Trust I, a wholly owned company of ING Group in the United States redeemed the 20 million 7.7% non-cumulative guaranteed trust preference shares that were issued in June 1999.

7.11. Derivative financial instruments

ING Group enters into derivative transactions for both trading and non-trading purposes. Derivatives are subject to various risks similar to those related to the underlying financial instruments, including market, credit and liquidity risk. The risks of derivatives should not be viewed in isolation but rather should be considered on an aggregate basis along with risks related to ING Group’s non-derivative trading and other activities. ING Group manages derivative and non-derivative risks on an aggregate basis as part of its firm-wide risk management policies. See item 11, ‘Qualitative and quantitative disclosure of market risk’.

Derivative financial instruments held for trading purposes

ING Group trades derivative financial instruments on behalf of customers and for proprietary purposes. Derivatives held for trading purposes include forwards, options and futures and a number of structured derivatives which are based on equity securities, interest rates, credit and foreign exchange rates. In addition, derivative financial instruments held for risk management purposes incorporated into composite trading portfolios are also reported as held for trading.

Derivative financial instruments held for trading are reported at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in the profit and loss account as they occur, as part of the Results from financial transactions. Distinction is made in results from securities trading, results from currency trading and other results. See note 3.1.5 on page F-57.

The Result from securities trading portfolio includes trading results on fixed income and equity securities and the trading results of certain derivative financial instruments such as equity options and futures. The trading results in respect of currency forward contracts, currency options and currency swaps are reported as part of the Result from currency trading portfolio. Other result includes among other, the trading revenue in respect of other derivative financial instruments. Because of their nature, the trading results in respect of interest rate swaps and interest rate futures are reported partially as part of Result from securities trading portfolio and partially as part of Other result.

F-124


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Derivative financial instruments held for non-trading purposes

ING Group’s principal objective in holding or issuing derivatives for non-trading purposes is risk management. To achieve its risk management objective, ING Group uses a combination of interest-rate instruments, primarily interest-rate swaps. Net positions in foreign currencies are subject to changes in value as exchange rates change. These fluctuations are managed by entering into currency swaps, forwards and options. ING Group’s use of these instruments is changed from time to time in response to changing market conditions as well as changes in the mix of the related assets and liabilities.

Forward and option interest rate contracts held for other than trading purposes are either carried at historical cost or at market value, depending on the carrying value of the related asset or liability. The exchange rate component of forwards is marked to market with changes in market value charged to current period earnings. Premiums paid for purchased options are deferred and recognized as an expense upon maturity of the related contracts. Initial margin requirements of organized exchanges are accounted for as Other assets.

ING Group also uses swaps and forward currency contracts to hedge its exposure to foreign exchange rate risk related to certain foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities. These swaps and forward contracts are carried at market value and are recorded as Other assets or Other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. Changes in market values of these swaps and forwards, hedging the foreign exchange rate risk, are recorded in current period profits in Results from financial transactions. For swaps and forward contracts which are designated as hedges of net investments in subsidiaries with foreign currency exposure, changes in market values are recorded in the revaluation reserve component of shareholders’ equity.

Hedge of foreign exchange risk of net investments in foreign operations

ING Group policy is to hedge the translation risk of foreign operations in order to minimize the impact of foreign currency movements. The main currencies of ING Insurance are US Dollar, Canadian Dollar, Korean Wong and the Australian Dollar. The translation risk of the foreign operations is managed taking into account the effects on debt-equity ratio of ING Insurance.

ING Bank’s main foreign currencies are US Dollar, Pound Sterling and Polish Zloty. The translation risk of the foreign operations is managed taking into account the effect of translation results on the Tier-1 ratio of ING Bank.

The foreign exchange revaluation of the net investment in foreign operations and the on-balance hedging instruments are reported in equity, derivatives hedging instruments are reported in P&L. The impact of the unhedged exposure is not material to ING Group equity.

The following table reflects the notional amounts and gross fair values of trading derivative financial instruments. All significant intercompany contracts have been excluded. The ending net fair value is included on the consolidated balance sheet under Other assets.

F-125


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
                                                                                 
    2004     2003  
            Average     Ending             Average     Ending  
            Positive     Negative     Positive     Negative             Positive     Negative     Positive     Negative  
    Notional     fair     fair     fair     fair     Notional     fair     fair     fair     fair  
    amount     value     value     value     value     amount     value     value     value     value  
Interest-rate contracts
                                                                               
OTC
                                                                               
-swaps
    788,477       12,174       12,329       9,215       10,505       650,579       13,686       13,503       10,783       10,653  
-forwards
    41,627       37       34       20       17       60,252       60       51       49       53  
-options
                                                                               
- purchased
    56,488       743       11       840               59,691       789       8       533       14  
- written
    37,361       4       569       3       555       40,868       5       874       5       432  
 
                                                                               
Listed
                                                                               
-options
                                                                               
- purchased
    2,275       3                               4,366       1                          
- written
    2,990       1       2                       1,798       1       1                  
-futures
    38,080       9       3                       41,607                                  
 
                                                                               
Currency contracts
                                                                               
OTC
                                                                               
-swaps
    49,614       1,499       1,615       2,298       2,208       29,167       953       1,197       954       1,439  
-forwards
    178,449       3,121       3,369       4,387       4,894       197,690       3,953       4,549       4,079       4,669  
-options
                                                                               
- purchased
    14,086       500               379               26,223       388               639          
- written
    16,639               509               392       15,081               401               675  
 
                                                                               
Listed
                                                                               
-options
                                                                               
- purchased
    123       3                               375       6                          
- written
    136               3               1       317               8               2  
-futures
    537                                       541                                  
 
                                                                               
Equity contracts
                                                                               
OTC
                                                                               
-swaps
    13,577       399       156       298       114       7,235       697       78       267       92  
-forwards
    1               18                       10               2               2  
-options
                                                                               
- purchased
    3,832       493               553               3,615       1,000               528          
- written
    2,660               423               404       4,489               908               491  
-futures
                                                                               
 
                                                                               
Listed:
                                                                               
-options
                                                                               
- purchased
    9,477       789               725               13,863       694               646          
- written
    8,222               587               457       12,305               537               537  
-futures
    155       5       3                       639                                  
 
                                                           
 
    1,264,806       19,780       19,631       18,718       19,547       1,170,711       22,233       22,117       18,483       19,059  
 
                                                           

F-126


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

End-user activity

ING Group’s principal objective in holding or issuing derivatives for purposes other than trading is risk management. The operations of ING Group are subject to a risk of interest rate fluctuations to the extent that there is a difference between the amount of interest-earning assets and the amount of interest-bearing liabilities that mature or reprice in specified periods. The principal objective of ING Group’s asset/liability management activities is the management of interest rate risk and liquidity within parameters established by various management committees and approved by the Executive Board. To achieve its risk management objective, ING Group uses a combination of interest rate instruments, primarily interest rate swaps. When ING Group purchases foreign currency denominated debt or has foreign net investments, it subjects itself to changes in value as exchange rates move. These fluctuations are managed by entering into currency swaps, forwards and options.

The following table reflects the notional principal amounts and fair value of derivative financial instruments used for non-trading. All significant intercompany contracts have been excluded.

                                                 
                    2004                     2003  
    Notional             Ending fair value     Notional             Ending fair value  
Interest-rate contracts   amounts     Assets     Liabilities     amounts     Assets     Liabilities  
OTC swaps
    392,730       7,794       6,285       310,632       4,424       5,144  
- forwards
    8,979       1       2       14,141       4       2  
- options:
                                               
- purchased
    11,056       80               2,998       84          
- written
    802               110       2,521               23  
 
                                               
Listed options
                                               
-options
                                               
- written
                            480                  
- futures
    7                       2,007                  
 
                                               
Currency contracts
                                               
OTC swaps
    17,194       393       672       11,422       390       396  
- forwards
    33,278       323       346       7,786       232       50  
- options
                                               
- purchased
    2,369       34               3,320       42          
- written
    2,535               34       1,126               13  
 
                                               
Listed options
                                               
- futures
    863                                          
 
                                               
Equity contracts
                                               
OTC swaps
    115               12       115               18  
- options:
                                               
- purchased
    4,491       155               3,567       80       2  
- written
    216               63       402               1  
- futures
                                               
 
                                               
Listed
                                               
- options purchased
                            (1 )                
- options written
                            (1 )                
- futures
    222                       417                  
 
                                   
 
    474,857       8,780       7,524       360,932       5,256       5,649  
 
                                   

F-127


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

End-user Contracts:

                                                 
    Notional principal     Percentage of 2004 amount maturing  
    amounts     Within     1 to 5              
    2004     2003     1 year     years     Thereafter     Total  
Interest Rate Contracts
    413,574       332,779       42.00 %     26.05 %     19.05 %     87.10 %
Currency contracts
    56,239       23,654       8.44 %     1.58 %     1.82 %     11.84 %
Equity contracts
    5,044       4,499       0.37 %     0.16 %     0.53 %     1.06 %
Other contracts
                                               
 
                                   
Total
    474,857       360,932       50.81 %     27.79 %     21.40 %     100.00 %
 
                                   

End-user Interest Rate Swaps:

                                 
    Notional amounts of contracts maturing as of December 31, 2004  
    Within 1 year     1 to 5 years     Thereafter     Total  
Received fixed swaps
                               
Received fixed swaps
                               
Notional amounts
    105,930       60,295       53,888       220,113  
Weighted average received rate
    2.66 %     4.12 %     4.82 %     3.59 %
Weighted average paid rate
    2.37 %     2.71 %     2.49 %     2.49 %
Pay fixed swaps
                               
Notional amounts
    77,512       54,696       32,835       165,043  
Weighted average received rate
    3.19 %     2.58 %     3.28 %     3.00 %
Weighted average paid rate
    3.76 %     4.50 %     5.79 %     4.41 %
Other swaps
                               
Notional amounts
    2,179       2,200       3,195       7,574  
Weighted average received rate
    1.44 %     0.58 %     1.88 %     1.38 %
Weighted average paid rate
    1.17 %     0.65 %     2.16 %     1.44 %
 
                       
Total
    185,621       117,191       89,918       392,730  
 
                       

All rates were those in effect at December 31, 2004. Variable rates are primarily based on LIBOR and may change significantly, affecting future cash flows.

7.12. Business combinations

For acquisitions in 2004 and 2003 refer to note 1.4. “Changes in the composition of the group”.

Under both Dutch and U.S. GAAP, the business combinations are accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Under Dutch GAAP, goodwill arising from acquisitions is directly charged to shareholders’ equity in the respective years when the acquisitions take place. Accordingly, goodwill charged to shareholder’s equity under Dutch GAAP amounted to EUR 119 million in 2004, EUR 145 million in 2003 and EUR 1,176 million in 2002.

For the purpose of the reconciliation of Dutch GAAP to U.S. GAAP, ING Group’s accounting policy is to capitalize goodwill and test for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently if circumstances indicate a potential impairment.

Total goodwill net of impairments for U.S. GAAP purposes at December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 amounted to EUR 4,191 million, EUR 4,315 million and EUR 4,601 million, respectively.

Goodwill capitalized net of impairments for U.S. GAAP purposes in 2004 includes intangible assets of EUR 318 million (2003: EUR 363 million) which are recognized apart from goodwill and amortized over twenty years under U.S. GAAP and not separated but included in the amount of goodwill under ING

F-128


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Group accounting principles. Gross amount of intangible assets recognized under U.S. GAAP amounts to EUR 582 million, the accumulated amortization is EUR 105 million as of December 31, 2004. The accumulated exchange differences amount to EUR (159) million as of December 31, 2004.

ING Group adopted SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other intangible assets, as of January 1, 2002 and performed the required assessment of whether there was any indication that goodwill was impaired as of the date of the adoption. Subsequently, ING Group performs the goodwill impairment test if any events or a change in circumstances indicate that impairment may have taken place, or at a minimum on an annual basis. Evaluating whether or not the indication for an impairment is significant enough to require an impairment test to be performed involves significant judgment. ING Group performs the annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter for all segments.

The transitional goodwill impairment test had to be performed in two steps. In Step 1, ING Group identified its reporting units and determined the carrying value of each reporting unit by assigning the assets and liabilities, including existing goodwill and intangible assets, to those reporting units as of January 1, 2002. Furthermore, ING Group determined the fair value of each reporting unit and compared this fair value to the carrying amount of the reporting unit. If that carrying amount exceeded the calculated fair value, ING Group was required to perform Step 2 of the transitional goodwill impairment test.

In performing Step 1 of the transitional goodwill impairment test ING Group determined the fair value of the reporting units using valuation techniques consistent with market appraisals for insurance companies and banks. The fair value of the insurance operations, including the reporting units US, Latin America and Greater China, was determined using a discounted cash flow model, discounting the future earnings arising on the books at January 1, 2002, requiring assumptions as to a discount rate and expectations with respect to future growth rates. Future earnings were discounted at the risk free rate, adjusted for the basic risk premium that differs per country. The fair value of the banking operations, including the reporting units Germany and UK, was determined with a price/earnings multiple model, in which the 2002 forecasted profit was multiplied by the current price/earnings multiple for similar acquisitions. Determining the assumptions to be used to calculate fair value involves significant judgments and estimates. Minor changes in these assumptions have significant impact on the fair value of the reporting unit and as a consequence, on the implied fair value of goodwill and the amount of goodwill impairments.

In Step 2, the fair value of the reporting unit was allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of that reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation, in accordance with SFAS 141. The residual fair value after this allocation was the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill that is compared to the carrying value of goodwill. A goodwill impairment was recorded to the extent that carrying value of goodwill exceeds the calculated implied fair value of goodwill.

Transitional goodwill impairment test

As a result of the transitional goodwill impairment test, certain goodwill was impaired and ING Group has included a separate line item of EUR 13.103 billion in the 2002 profit and loss account for the cumulative effects of changes in accounting principles as required by SFAS 142.

The transitional goodwill impairment charge related to the following reporting units:

         
    2002  
Reporting unit
       
US
    8,077  
Latin America
    2,836  
Germany
    977  
UK
    191  
Greater China
    1,022  
 
     
 
    13,103  
 
     

F-129


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Annual impairment tests

The annual goodwill impairment test is performed in the fourth quarter for all reporting units.

In 2004, with the exception of reporting unit Latin America discussed below, there is no indication that goodwill is impaired as of December 31, 2004.

Goodwill for reporting unit Latin America was almost fully impaired in the 2002 transitional goodwill impairment test. Remaining goodwill for reporting unit Latin America was EUR 461 million, of which EUR 439 million related to the 49% interest in Sul América, accounted for under the equity method in the Dutch GAAP annual accounts. Goodwill allocated to equity method investments is not tested for impairment in accordance with SFAS 142 but under APB 18, which requires that a other than temporary decline in value of an equity method investments is recognized in the profit and loss account.

Of the remaining goodwill for reporting unit Latin America, EUR 101 million was written off in the 2003 annual goodwill impairment test. As of December 31, 2003 the fair value, estimated using a discounted cash flow model was below carrying value. Since the acquisition in 2002, the local economic environment and business conditions deteriorated, leading to higher interest rates and devaluation of the Real. The decline in fair value was viewed as other than temporary and ING Group recognized an impairment charge of EUR 101 million in 2003 for U.S. GAAP purposes.

The fair value of the reporting unit, estimated using a discounted cash flow model, has continued to decrease in 2004 and the decrease is viewed as other than temporary. In 2004, ING Group has recognized an additional impairment charge of EUR 26 million for U.S. GAAP purposes for goodwill allocated to the reporting unit Latin America. The impairment charge had no impact on net income under Dutch GAAP since goodwill has not been capitalized but charged to equity immediately at the time of the acquisition.

The 2002 annual goodwill impairment test did not result in any impairment charges above that recorded as the transition impairment charge described above.

The business line structure that was introduced in 2004 changed ING Group’s operating segments and, one level below, the components used in the transitional goodwill impairment test to identify the reporting units. As a consequence, ING Group revised the reporting units in 2004 which did not affect the outcome of the 2004 annual goodwill impairment test.

Following the change in the segment information as discussed on page F-77 the table below provides the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by business line.

F-130


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2004 are as follows:

                                                         
                    Insurance     Whole-                    
    Insurance     Insurance     Asia/     sale     Retail              
    Europe     Americas     Pacific     Banking     Banking     ING Direct     Total  
Balance as of December 31, 2003
    277       695       903       819       574       684       3,952  
Annual impairment charge
            (26 )                                     (26 )
Goodwill acquired during year
    29       48               26               16       119  
Disposals
            (100 )             (9 )     (8 )             (117 )
Exchange differences
            (13 )     (58 )     10       6               (55 )
 
                                         
Balance as of December 31, 2004
    306       604       845       846       572       700       3,873  
 
                                         

All segments are tested for impairment in the fourth quarter.

The changes in the carrying amount of intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2004 are as follows:

         
Balance as of December 31, 2003
    363  
Amortization
    (21 )
Exchange differences
    (24 )
 
     
Balance as of December 31, 2004
    318  
 
     

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2003 are as follows:

                                                         
                    Insurance     Whole-                    
    Insurance     Insurance     Asia/     sale     Retail              
    Europe     Americas     Pacific     Banking     Banking     ING Direct     Total  
Balance as of December 31, 2002 (after restatement)
    260       840       1,034       839       596       571       4,140  
Annual impairment charge
            (101 )                                     (101 )
Goodwill acquired during year
    18       7       1       6               113       145  
Disposals
                    (24 )                             (24 )
Exchange differences
    (1 )     (51 )     (108 )     (26 )     (22 )             (208 )
 
                                         
Balance as of December 31, 2003
    277       695       903       819       574       684       3,952  
 
                                         

All segments are tested for impairment in the fourth quarter.

The changes in the carrying amount of intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2003 are as follows:

         
Balance as of December 31,2002
    462  
Amortization
    (24 )
Exchange differences
    (75 )
 
     
Balance as of December 31, 2003
    363  
 
     

F-131


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

7.13. Dividend restrictions

In addition to the restrictions in respect of minimum capital and solvency requirements that are imposed by industry regulators in the countries in which the subsidiaries operate, other limitations exist in certain countries. The most significant restrictions for ING Group are related to the insurance operations located in the United States, which are subject to limitations on the payment of dividends to the parent company imposed by the Insurance Commissioner of the state of domicile. For life, accident and health subsidiaries, dividends are generally limited to the greater of 10% of statutory surplus or the statutory net gain from operations. For the property and casualty subsidiaries, dividends are limited to a specified percentage of the previous year’s shareholders’ equity or previous year’s net investment gains, which varies by state. Dividends paid in excess of these limitations require prior approval of the Insurance Commissioner of the state of domicile.

The management of ING Group does not believe that these limitations will affect the ability of ING Group to pay dividends to its shareholders in the future.

7.14. Minimum capital requirements

In accordance with European Union directives, insurance enterprises organized in European Union member countries are required to maintain minimum solvency margins. Life insurance companies are required to maintain a minimum solvency margin of generally 4% of insurance reserves (1% of separate accounts reserves) plus 0.3% of the amount at risk under insurance policies. The required minimum solvency margin for non-life insurers is the greater of two calculations, one based on premiums and one based on claims. The former is based on at least 16% of gross premiums written for the year, the latter is based on 23% of a three-year average of gross claims. As of December 31, 2004, the solvency margin of the insurance operations of ING Group computed in accordance with these directives amounted to EUR 8,697 million (2003: EUR 8,779 million). These companies held capital and surplus, as of December 31, 2004, of EUR 18,550 million (2003: EUR 18,463 million).

The banking operations of ING Group are regulated by the Dutch Central Bank. The solvency requirements of the banking activities of ING Group depend on the degree of risk involved in the various banking operations. The related assets are assigned a weighting coefficient. The total risk (weighted value of both on- and off-balance sheet items) is divided into actual own funds to obtain a Tier 1 ratio. Internationally, it has been agreed that the “BIS” (Bank for International Settlements) ratio must be at least 8%. As of December 31, 2004, the Tier-1 ratio and BIS ratio of ING Bank N.V. were 7.71% (2003: 7.59%) and 11.47% (2003: 11.34%), respectively.

7.15. Stock option plan

ING Group has adopted the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS 123, Accounting for stock-based compensation as amended by SFAS 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation – Transition and disclosures – an amendment of FASB Statement 123”. Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized for the stock option plan. Had compensation cost for ING Group’s stock-based compensation been determined based on the fair value at the grant dates consistent with the method of SFAS 123, net profit and earnings per share based on U.S. GAAP would have been as follows:

F-132


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
Net profit after deducting profits on preference shares
                       
- as reported
    6,583       4,491       (9,648 )
- pro forma(1)
    6,552       4,443       (9,741 )
 
                       
Basis earnings per share
                       
- as reported
    3.10       2.23       (5.00 )
- pro forma
    3.08       2.21       (5.05 )
 
                       
Diluted earnings per share
                       
- as reported
    3.10       2.23       (5.00 )
- pro forma
    3.08       2.21       (5.05 )


(1)   The compensation cost for ING Group’s employee stock-based compensation expenses determined based on the fair value at grant dates consistent with the requirements of SFAS 123 is EUR 31 million in 2004 (2003: EUR 48 million; 2002: EUR 93 million).

The fair value of options at the date of the grant was estimated for these purposes using the Monte Carlo simulation model with the following weighted average assumptions:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
Risk-free interest rate
    3.60 %     3.16 %     4.98 %
Expected volatility
    30.70 %     52.03 %     27.73 %
Expected dividends
    5.36 %     7.73 %     4.02 %

Beginning in the year 2000, the Equity compensation plan of ING America Holding Inc provides certain key employees with Restricted American Depositary Shares (ADS) Units and Restricted Performance Units to reward individual performance. Restricted American Depositary Shares (ADS) are subject to a vesting period of three to five years from the grant date. Restricted Performance units are contingent grants of ING Group N.V. ADS based upon the achievement of future profit objectives of ING America Holding Inc and are subject to three year vesting period from the date of grant. As of December 31, 2004, a total of 667,998 Restricted ADS units (2003: 1,261,289) and no Restricted Performance Units (2003: 653,660) were granted at weighted average grant price of USD 23.60 (2003: USD 15.73) and none (2003: USD 20.00) respectively. As at December 31, 2004, 1,814,963 Restricted ADS Units (2003: 1,483,249) and 1,049,475 Restricted Performance Units (2003: 1,438,128) remained outstanding.

7.16. Restructuring charges

Of the restructuring provision of EUR 101 million before tax, which was recognized in 2004, EUR 41 million will be used to streamline the International Network of the Wholesale Banking, as part of a strategy to focus on core products and clients. In total about 400 jobs are being eliminated in Asia, the U.K. and the Americas, primarily in back-office and IT functions, out of a total of 22,363 Wholesale Banking jobs worldwide at the end of 2004. The remaining restructuring charge of EUR 60 million relates to the restructuring provision for at ING-BHF Bank.

In 2003, ING Group recognized a restructuring charge of EUR 82 million that mainly relates to the international wholesale banking operations on top of the restructuring provision recognized in 2002. ING Group announced the further restructuring of its international wholesale banking operations in 2002 to improve profitability. The additional restructuring measures primarily addressed underperforming branches and businesses. The 2002 restructuring charge mainly related to a restructuring provision of EUR 128 million that was charged to the profit and loss account to cover the expenses of these measures. The restructuring of the international wholesale banking operations announced in 2002 included a further 1,000 full-time equivalents reduction on top of the realized 700 at wholesale banking since the end of 2001.

F-133


Table of Contents

7.17 Risks and uncertainties

Under IFRS, loan loss provisions will be determined under a revised methodology based on a narrow interpretation of an incurred loss model as further described on page 67. The application of the IFRS methodology will significantly reduce the amount of the unallocated provision for loan losses that we provide to adequately capture various subjective and judgmental aspects of credit risk assessment that are not considered on an individual basis. Accordingly, the alignment of US GAAP reporting with the change in estimation process on adoption of IFRS in 2005 could result in a significant release of the provision through the income statement.

F-134


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Supervisory Board and Executive Board of ING Bank N.V.

We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of ING Bank N.V. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated profit and loss accounts, consolidated statements of comprehensive net profit and consolidated statements of cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We serve as principal auditor of ING Bank N.V. In our position we did not audit assets constituting 23% in 2004 and 24% in 2003, and total income constituting 22% in 2004, 22% in 2003 and 23% in 2002 of the consolidated totals of ING Bank N.V. These data were reported on by other auditors whose reports have been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to parts not audited by us, is based solely on the reports of the other auditors.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits and the reports of the other auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, based on our audits and the reports of the other auditors, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of ING Bank N.V. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the consolidated results of its operations, its comprehensive net profits and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the Netherlands.

Amsterdam, the Netherlands
March 7, 2005

/s/ KPMG Accountants N.V.

F-135


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER
31, 2004 TO THE SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETING OF ING BANK BELGIUM S.A./N.V.

In accordance with legal and regulatory requirements, we are pleased to report to you on the performance of the audit mandate, which you have entrusted to us.

We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of ING Bank Belgium S.A./N.V. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated profit and loss accounts for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004 (not presented separately herein). These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. We have also examined the Directors’ report.

Unqualified audit opinion on the consolidated financial statements

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the “Institut des Reviseurs d’Entreprises/Instituut der Bedrijfsrevisoren” and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement and, with respect to the standards of the “Institut des Reviseurs d’Entreprises/Instituut der Bedrijfsrevisoren”, taking into account the legal and regulatory requirements applicable to consolidated financial statements in Belgium.

In accordance with those standards, we considered the group’s administrative and accounting organization, as well as its internal control procedures. We have obtained explanations and information required for our audit. We examined, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts in the consolidated financial statements. We have assessed the validity of the accounting principles, the consolidation policies and significant accounting estimates made by the company, as well as the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that those procedures provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with applicable legal and regulatory requirements in Belgium.

In our opinion, based on our audits, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the group’s assets, liabilities and consolidated financial position as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and the consolidated results of the operations for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, in accordance with its legal and regulatory requirements applicable in Belgium and the information given in the notes to the consolidated financial statements is adequate.

Additional certification

The Directors’ report contains the information required by law and is consistent with the consolidated financial statements.

Brussels, March 21, 2005

/s/ Ernst & Young Reviseurs d’Entreprises S.C.C. (B 160)

F-136


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY

Associate

An associate is a participating interest in which a significant influence is exercised over the financial and operating policy and which is neither a subsidiary nor a joint venture of the investor.

Basic net profit per ordinary share

The net profit per ordinary share is calculated on the basic of the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue. The following has been taken into consideration in calculating the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue:

–    own shares held by group companies are deducted from the total number of ordinary shares in issue;
 
–    the computation is based on daily averages;
 
–    in the case of exercised warrants, the day of exercise is taken into consideration.

BIS

The Bank for International Settlements (BIS) is an international organisation which fosters international monetary and financial co-operation and serves as a bank for central banks. BIS has set a minimum for the solvency ratio reflecting the relationship between capital and risk weighted assets. The ratio should at least be 8%.

Certificates of deposit

Short-term negotiable bearer debt instruments issued by banks.

Claim

A demand for payment of a policy benefit because of the occurrence of an insured event, such as the death or disability of the insured or the maturity of an endowment, the incurrence of hospital or medical bills, the destruction or damage of property and related deaths or injuries, defects in, liens on, or challenges to the title to real estate, or the occurrence of a surety loss.

Claims ratio

The claims ratio is the claims, including claims handling expenses, expressed as a percentage of net earned premiums.

Combined ratio

The sum of the claims ratio and the cost ratio for a non-life insurance company or a reinsurance company. A combined ratio of more than 100% does not necessarily mean that there is a loss on non-life insurance policies, because the result also includes the allocated investment income.

Control

Control is presumed to exist when ING Group has, direct or indirect through group companies, more than one half of the voting power or otherwise exercises effective control.

Concentrations

Concentrations of credit risk exist when changes in economic, industry or geographical factors similarly affect groups of counterparties whose aggregate exposure is material in relation to ING Group’s total exposure.

Contingent liabilities

Contingent liabilities are commitments or risks, for which it is more likely than not that no outflow from ING Group of resources embodying economic benefits will occur. The underlying value of these liabilities is not recorded as liabilities in the balance sheet.
For these products, the underlying value represents the maximum potential credit risk to which ING Group is exposed, i.e. assuming that all counterparties failed completely to perform in accordance with the terms of the contracts and that any existing collateral or security proves to be of no value.

Convertible debenture

Convertible debentures are debentures with embedded options issued by corporations. The holder has the right to exchange a convertible debenture for equity in the issuing company at certain times in the future according to a certain exchange ratio. Very often, the conversion is callable. This means that it can be repurchased by the issuer at a certain price at certain times in the future. Once the debentures have been called, the holder can always choose to convert prior to repurchase.

Cost ratio

Underwriting costs expressed as a percentage of premiums written.

Country risk

The risk that a foreign government will not fulfil its obligations or obstructs the remittance of funds by debtors, either for financial reasons (transfer risk) or for other reasons (political risk).

Credit institutions

Credit institutions are all institutions which are subject to banking supervision by public authorities, including mortgage banks, capital market institutions, multilateral development banks and the International Monetary Fund (IMF).

F-137


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY

Deferred tax assets

The amounts of income tax recoverable in future periods in respect of:

-    deductible temporary differences;
 
-    the carry forward of unused tax losses; and
 
-    the carry forward of unused tax credits.

Deferred tax liabilities

The amounts of income tax payable in future periods in respect of temporary valuation differences between carrying amounts of assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and tax base, based on tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the assets are realised or the liabilities are settled.

Defined benefit plan

Defined benefit plans are post-employment benefit plans other than defined contribution plans.

Defined contribution plan

Post-employment benefit plans under which an enterprise pays fixed contributions into a separate entity (a fund) and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employee benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods.

Depositary receipt

Depositary receipt for ordinary and preference shares, issued by the Trust, in exchange for ordinary and preference shares issued by ING Group.

Derivatives

Derivatives are financial instruments, which include forwards, futures, options and swaps, whose value is based on an underlying asset, index or reference rate.

Diluted net profit per share Diluted net profit per share data are computed as if the stock options and warrants outstanding at year-end were exercised at the beginning of the period. It is also assumed that ING Group uses the cash thus received for stock options and warrants exercised to buy its own shares against the average market price in the financial year. The net increase in the number of shares resulting from the exercise of warrants and stock options is added to the average number of shares used for the calculation of diluted net profit per share.

Discounted bills

Bills that are sold under deduction of interest giving the owner the right to receive an amount of money on a given date.

Elimination

Elimination is a process by which intercompany transactions are matched with each other and deducted, so that the assets, liabilities, income and expenses are not inflated.

Employee benefits

All forms of consideration given by a company in exchange for service rendered by (former) employees.

Equity method

A method of accounting whereby a participating interest is recorded at its net asset value according to the accounting principles of ING Group.

Equity participation

An investment in the equity of a corporation which is held in order to participate temporarily. The investment does not serve the business of the acquirer and will not be part of the investment portfolio. The acquirer and the equity participation are not organisationally bound.

Fair value

The amount at which an asset or a liability could be traded on a fair basis at the balance sheet date, between knowledgeable, willing parties in arm’s-length transactions.

Finance lease

A lease that transfers substantially all the risks and rewards associated with ownership of an asset to the lessee. Title may or may not eventually be transferred.

Financial asset

Any asset that is:

-   a contractual right to receive cash or another financial asset from another company;
 
-    a contractual right to exchange financial instruments with another company under conditions that are potentially favourable; or
 
-    an equity instrument of another company.

Financial instruments

Financial instruments are contracts that give rise to both a financial asset for one company and a financial liability or equity instrument for another company.

Financial liability

Any liability that is a contractual obligation:

-   to deliver cash or another financial asset to another company; or
 
-   to exchange financial instruments with another company under conditions that are potentially unfavourable.

F-138


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY

Forward contracts

Forward contracts are commitments to exchange currencies or to buy or sell other financial instruments at specified future dates.

Future contracts

Future contracts are commitments to exchange currencies or to buy or sell other financial instruments at specified future dates. Exchanges act as intermediaries and require daily cash settlement and collateral deposits.

General provision

A general provision is a liability carried in the balance sheet for a present obligation arising from past events, the settlement of which is expected to result in an outflow from the company of resources embodying economic benefits, whereas the timing or amount of the outflow is uncertain. The settlement, which will take place in the future, should be reliably measurable. The settlement can be enforced by law or the event creates valid expectations in other parties that the company will discharge the obligation.

Goodwill

Goodwill is the difference between the cost of the acquisition and the net asset value of a participating interest. The net asset value is calculated according to the fair value of the assets and liabilities of the participating interest at the moment of acquisition.

Gross premiums written

Total premiums (whether or not earned) for insurance contracts written or assumed (including deposits for investment contracts with limited or no life contingencies written) during a specific period, without deduction for premiums ceded.

Group company

Corporations, i.e. public limited liability companies, private limited liability companies, general partnerships or limited partnerships, that form an organisational and economic entity and are controlled by ING Group.

Hedge accounting

Transactions qualify as hedges if they are identified as such and there is a negative correlation between the hedging results and the results of the positions being hedged. Hedging instruments are accounted for in accordance with the accounting principles of the hedged item.

Impairment

An impairment is a permanent diminution in value, i.e. the recoverable amount is less than the carrying amount of the asset. In such circumstances a write-down of the asset is necessary.

Interest bearing instrument

An interest bearing instrument is a financial asset or a liability for which a time-proportionate compensation is paid or received, in relation to a notional amount.

Interest-rate arbitrage

Taking advantage of interest-rate differences between separate markets.

Interest-rate rebates

Profit sharing for group life insurance business. A rebate granted to policyholders based on the discounted value of the difference between the interest rate used for calculating the premiums and the expected yield on investment. The profit sharing is granted by means of a premium discount related to the yield on government bonds.

In the money

A call option is said to be in the money if the exercise price is lower than the price of the underlying value; a put option is said to be in the money if the exercise price is higher than the price of the underlying value.

Investment portfolio

The investment portfolio comprises those assets which are intended for use on a continuing basis, and have been identified as such. These investments are held in order to cover the insurance provisions and to manage interest rate, capital and liquidity risks.

Irrevocable facility

Irrevocable facilities mainly constitute unused portions of irrevocable credit facilities granted to corporate clients and commitments made to purchase securities to be issued by governments and private issuers.

Irrevocable letters of credit

An irrevocable letter of credit concerns an obligation on behalf of a client to, within certain conditions, pay an amount of money under submission of a specific document or to accept a bill of exchange.

An irrevocable letter of credit cannot be cancelled or adjusted by the bank that has granted it during the duration of the agreement unless all those concerned agree.

Joint venture

A contractual arrangement whereby two or more parties undertake an economic activity which is subject to joint control.

F-139


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY

Monetary assets and liabilities

Monetary assets and liabilities are assets and liabilities whose amounts are fixed in terms of units of currency by contract or otherwise. Examples are cash, short or long-term accounts, notes receivable in cash and notes payable in cash.

Net asset value

The net asset value is used in the equity method of accounting. The initial net asset value of the investment is determined by the fair value of the assets and liabilities of the investee. After the initial valuation of assets and liabilities of the investee at fair value, the assets and liabilities of the investee are valued in accordance with the accounting principles of the investor. The income statement reflects the investor’s share in the results of operations of the investee.

Net premiums written

Gross premiums written for a given period less premiums ceded to retrocessionaires during such period.

Notional amounts

Notional amounts represent units of account which, in respect of derivatives, reflect the relationship with the underlying assets. They do not reflect, however, the credit risks assumed by entering into derivative transactions.

Offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities

Offsetting is done on the basis of a legal right, by contract or otherwise, to settle or otherwise eliminate all or a portion of an amount due to a creditor by applying against that amount an amount due from the creditor. A financial asset and a financial liability should be offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet when ING:

-    intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the financial asset and settle the financial liability simultaneously; and
 
-    has a legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts; and
 
-    the financial asset and the financial liability are identical in nature.

Operating segments

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which discrete information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker or decision making group in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.

Operating lease

A lease other than a finance lease.

Option contracts

Option contracts give the purchaser, for a premium, the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell within a limited period of time a financial instrument or currency at a contracted price that may also be settled in cash. Written options subject ING Group to market risk, but not to credit risk, since the counterparties have already performed in accordance with the terms of the contract by paying a cash premium up front.

Ordinary share

An equity instrument that is subordinate to all other classes of equity instruments. Ordinary shares participate in the net profit for the financial year after other types of shares such as preference shares.

Out of the money

A call option is said to be out of the money if the exercise price is higher than the price of the underlying value; a put option is said to be out of the money if the exercise price is lower than the price of the underlying value.

Over-the-counter instrument

Non-standardised financial instrument not traded on a stock exchange but directly between market participants.

Participating interest

A participating interest exists if a corporation or its subsidiary provides capital or causes capital to be provided for the account of either of them to another corporation in order to be durably linked to that corporation in furtherance of its own activities. An interest is deemed to be a participating interest if 20% or more of the share capital is provided.

Plan assets

Plan assets comprise assets held by a long-term employee benefit fund and qualifying insurance policies.

Assets held by a long-term employee benefit fund are assets (other than non-transferable financial instruments issued by the reporting enterprise) that:

-    are held by an entity (a fund) that is legally separate from the reporting enterprise and exists solely to pay or fund employee benefits; and
 
-    are available to be used only to pay or fund employee benefits, are not available to the reporting enterprise’s own creditors (even in bankruptcy), and cannot be returned to the reporting enterprise, unless either the remaining assets of the fund are sufficient to meet all the related employee benefit

F-140


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY

obligations of the plan or the reporting enterprise or the assets are returned to the reporting enterprise to reimburse it for employee benefits already paid.

A qualifying insurance policy is an insurance policy issued by an insurer that is not a related party of the reporting enterprise, if the proceeds of the policy:

–    can be used only to pay or fund employee benefits under a defined benefit plan; and
 
–    are not available to the reporting enterprise’s own creditors (even in bankruptcy) and cannot be paid to the reporting enterprise, unless either the proceeds represent surplus assets that are not needed for the policy to meet all the related employee benefit obligations or the proceeds are returned to the reporting enterprise to reimburse it for employee benefits already paid.

Post-employment benefit plans

Formal or informal arrangements under which a company provides post-employment benefits for one or more employees. Post-employment benefits are employee benefits other than termination benefits and equity compensation benefits, which are payable after the completion of employment.

Preference share

A preference (or preferred) share is similar to an ordinary share but carries certain preferential rights. These rights usually concern the guarantee of a fixed (cumulative) return to the shareholder or a guaranteed return on the investment.

Premiums earned

That portion of net premiums written in current and past periods which applies to the expired portion of the policy period, calculated by substracting movements in unearned premium reserves from net premiums.

Private loan

Private loans are loans to governments, other public bodies, public utilities, corporations, other institutions or individuals with a loan agreement as the only instrument of title.

Private placement

A placement where newly issued shares or debentures come into possession of a limited group of subscribers who are prepared to buy the new securities.

Projected unit credit method

An actuarial valuation method that considers each period of service as giving rise to an additional unit of benefit entitlement and measures each unit separately to build up the final obligation.

Proportional consolidation

A method of accounting and reporting whereby a venturer’s share of each of the assets, liabilities and income and expense items of a jointly controlled entity is combined on a line-by-line basis with similar items in the venturer’s financial statements or reported as separate line items in the venturer’s financial statements.

Provision for loan losses

Provision, presented as a deduction from Lending and Banks, meant to absorb losses from debtors’ defaults in the Lending and Banks portfolios.

Recognition

The process of incorporating in the balance sheet or profit and loss account an item that meets the definition of an element and satisfies the following criteria for recognition:

 
–    it is probable that any future economic benefit associated with the item will flow to or from the enterprise; and
 
–    the item has a cost or value that can be measured reliably.

Redemption value

With respect to investments in fixed-interest securities, the amount payable on the maturity date.

Reinsurance

The practice whereby one party, called the reinsurer, in consideration for a premium paid to him, agrees to indemnify another party, called the reinsured or ceding company, for part or all of the liability assumed by the reinsured under a contract or contracts of insurance which the reinsured has issued. The reinsured may also be referred to as the original or primary insurer, the direct writing company, or the ceding company.

Repurchase transactions

Repurchase transactions are commitments to repurchase securities which have been sold.

Reverse repurchase transactions

Reverse repurchase transactions are commitments to sell securities which have been purchased.

Share premium (reserve)

Paid-in capital in addition to the nominal value and paid-up on issued share capital.

F-141


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY

Stock option plan

Option rights granted to a number of senior executives, to all ING Group staff in the Netherlands and to a considerable number of employees outside the Netherlands to purchase ING Group shares.

Subordinated loan

A credit or a liability where, in the event of bankruptcy under the application of the emergency regulations as referred to in the Act on Supervision of the Credit System, or liquidation of the debtor, the outstanding part is not eligible for set-off and is not repayable until all other currently outstanding debts have been repaid.

Subsidiary

A corporation:

–    in which, by agreement with other holders of voting rights or otherwise, more than half of the voting rights in a general meeting can be exercised by the company or one of its subsidiaries;
 
–    of which the company or a subsidiary is a member or shareholder and can appoint or dismiss, by agreement with other holders of voting rights or otherwise, alone or together with others more than half of the executive board or the supervisory board.

Surrender

The termination of a life or retirement contract at the request of the policyholder after which the policyholder receives the cash surrender value, if any, on the contract.

Swap contracts

Swap contracts are commitments to settle in cash at a specified future date, based on differentials between specified financial indices as applied to a notional principal amount. Generally, no cash is exchanged at the outset of the contract and no principal payments are made by either party.

Third-party interest

That part of the net results and of net assets of a subsidiary attributable to an interest which is not owned, directly or indirectly, by the parent.

Tier-1 capital

The tier-1 capital is also referred to as the core capital of ING Bank. It comprises paid up share capital, reserves excluding revaluation reserves, fund for general banking risks, retained earnings, third party interest.

Tier-1 ratio

The tier-1 ratio is reflecting the tier 1 capital of ING Bank as a percentage of its total risk weighted assets. The minimum set by the Dutch central bank is 4%.

Trading portfolio

The trading portfolio comprises those financial instruments which are held to obtain short-term transaction results, to facilitate transactions on behalf of clients or to hedge other positions in the trading portfolio.

Treasury bills

Generally short-term debt certificates issued by a central government. Dutch Treasury Certificates are regarded as Dutch Treasury bills.

Unweighted credit equivalent

The unweighted credit equivalent is the maximum loss that ING Group would incur on its derivatives transactions if all its counterparties defaulted with a margin added in accordance with internationally accepted criteria.

Warrant

A financial instrument that gives the holder the right to purchase ordinary shares.

Weighted credit equivalent

The weighted credit equivalent is the unweighted credit equivalent multiplied by the weighting factors determined in accordance with standards of the international supervisory authorities. Under certain conditions, the credit risk can be reduced by entering into bilateral netting agreements. Reverse repurchase transactions are commitments to sell securities which have been purchased.

F-142


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE I–SUMMARY OF INVESTMENTS OTHER THAN INVESTMENTS IN
RELATED PARTIES
Amounts are in millions of euros

                         
Column A   Column B     Column C     Column D  
Type of investment   Cost     Fair Value     Amount at  
                    which  
                    shown  
                    in the  
                    balance  
                    sheet  
Debt securities
                       
Debentures / available-for-sale:
                       
– Dutch government
    6,699       7,183       6,740  
– Foreign governments
    82,127       87,730       82,153  
– Public utilities
    6,505       6,821       6,300  
– Mortgage-backed securities
    75,151       75,965       74,702  
– Redeemable preference shares/sinking fund
    289       314       289  
– All other corporate bonds
    93,961       97,260       92,271  
Private loans / available-for-sale:
                       
– Dutch government
    2,759       3,146       2,736  
– Foreign governments
    11       12       11  
– Public utilities
    341       393       349  
– Corporate and other loans
    1,720       1,841       1,670  
Deposits with credit institutions
    636       636       636  
Other fixed maturity investments
    2,591       2,740       2,738  
 
                       
Shares and convertible debentures
                       
Ordinary shares
                       
– Public utilities
    213       249       249  
– Banks, trusts and insurance companies
    1,691       2,452       2,452  
– Industrial and all others
    4,967       6,275       6,275  
Preference shares
    1,323       1,468       1,468  
Convertible debentures
    10       12       12  
 
                       
Mortgage loans
    26,809       29,516       26,932  
Real estate
    6,786       9,380       9,380  
Policy loans
    2,890       2,895       2,890  
 
                 
Total investments
    317,479       336,288       320,253  
 
                 

F-143


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE III–SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION
Amounts are in millions of euros

                                                                                 
Column   Column     Column     Column     Column     Column     Column     Column     Column     Column     Column  
           A   B     C     D     E     F     G     H     I     J     K  
                                            Net                            
                                            invest-                            
                                            ment                            
                                            income                            
                                            (inclu-                            
                                            ding                            
                                            other                            
            Future                             income             Amorti-              
            policy                             and other             zation              
            benefits,             Other             expenses)     Benefits,     of              
            losses,             policy             allocated     Claims,     deferred              
    Deferred     claims,     Un-     and             to     Losses     policy     Other        
    policy     and     earned     claims             under-     and     acqui-     opera-     Pre-  
    acquisition     loss     Pre-     benefits     Premium     writing     Settlement     sition     ting     miums  
Segment   costs     expenses     miums     payable     revenue     accounts     expenses     costs     expenses     written  
2004
                                                                               
Life
    9,921       199,355               808       35,356       8,217       36,628       1,808       2,741       35,356  
Non-life
    429       7,377       2,509       58       5,813       1,232       3,352       219       1,865       5,886  
 
                                                           
Total
    10,350       206,732       2,509       866       41,169       9,449       39,980       2,027       4,606       41,242  
 
                                                           
 
2003
                                                                               
Life
    9,399       187,435               786       32,802       8,285       34,909       1,244       2,456       32,802  
Non-life
    361       7,297       2,487       30       6,128       920       3,945       118       1,977       6,358  
 
                                                           
Total
    9,760       194,732       2,487       816       38,930       9,205       38,854       1,362       4,433       39,160  
 
                                                           
 
2002
                                                                               
Life
    10,299       185,136               848       37,806       8,289       39,336       1,454       2,702       37,806  
Non-life
    337       7,299       2,432       116       6,297       732       4,390       94       1,978       6,642  
 
                                                           
Total
    10,636       192,435       2,432       964       44,103       9,021       43,726       1,548       4,680       44,448  
 
                                                           

F-144


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE IV–REINSURANCE

Amounts are in millions of euros
                                         
Column A   Column B     Column C     Column D     Column E     Column F  
                    Assumed             Percentage  
            Ceded to     from             of amount  
            other     other             assumed  
    Gross Amount     companies     companies     Net amount     to net  
2004 Premiums:
                                       
– Life
    35,532       1,619       1,443       35,356       4.1 %
– Non-Life
    6,592       756       50       5,886       0.8 %
 
                             
Total Premiums
    42,124       2,375       1,493       41,242       3.6 %
 
                               
 
                                       
2003 Premiums:
                                       
– Life
    32,587       1,102       1,317       32,802       4.0 %
– Non-Life
    7,226       930       62       6,358       1.0 %
 
                             
Total Premiums
    39,813       2,032       1,379       39,160       3.5 %
 
                               
 
                                       
2002 Premiums:
                                       
– Life
    37,608       1,093       1,291       37,806       3.4 %
– Non-Life
    7,869       1,275       48       6,642       0.7 %
 
                             
Total Premiums
    45,477       2,368       1,339       44,448       3.0 %
 
                               

F-145


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE VI – SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION CONCERNING
NON-LIFE INSURANCE OPERATIONS
Amounts are in millions of euros

                                                                                         
Column   Column     Column     Column     Column     Column     Column     Column     Column     Column     Column  
A   B     C     D     E     F     G     H     I     J     K  
                                            Net                            
                                            Invest-                            
                                            ment                            
                                            income                            
                                            (inclu-                            
                                            ding                            
                                            other                            
                                            income                            
            Reserves                             and other                            
            for     Discount,                     expenses)     Claims and claims                      
    Deferred     unpaid     if any,                     allocated     adjustment             Paid        
    Policy     claims &     deducted                     to     expenses incurred             claims        
    acqui-     claims     in                     non-life     related to     Amortiza-     & claims     Pre-  
Affiliation   sition     adjusted     Column     Unearned     Earned-     opera-     accident years     tion of     adjusted     miums  
with the registrant   costs     expenses     C     premiums     premiums     tions     Current     Prior     DPAC(1)     expenses     Written  
2004
                                                                                       
Consolidated non-life entities
    429       7,377       295       2,509       5,813       1,232       3,609       (188 )     219       3,294       5,886  
 
                                                                                       
2003
                                                                                       
Consolidated non-life entities
    361       7,297       365       2,487       6,128       920       3,579       67       118       3,738       6,358  
 
                                                                                       
2002
                                                                                       
Consolidated non-life entities
    337       7,299       559       2,432       6,297       732       4,431       164       94       3,765       6,642  


(1) DPAC : Deferred policy acquisition costs

F-146